^, 
 
 ^> 
 
 ^> 
 
 w 
 
 
 h 
 
 V] 
 
 <? 
 
 /i 
 
 7 
 
 
 . Cm/ a^ w ^y 
 
 >^ 
 
 *^ .^^^ 
 
 o 
 
 7 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT^3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 IIIIIM 
 
 I.I 
 
 lii i£ lllllio 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.25 
 
 U IIIIII.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 •sj 
 
 li 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^<b 
 
 v 
 
 \ 
 
 «> \;'^q\ 
 
 '^\>. 
 
 •v-.-^ 
 
 rv 
 
 ^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STRPfiT 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/IMotes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 oiiginal copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde 
 
 I I Cover title missing/ 
 
 D 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes gdographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relid avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cau; e shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re Mure serrde peut causar de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge int^rieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas dtd film^es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilieur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mdthode normaie de filmage 
 sont indiquds ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages/ 
 
 □ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag^es 
 
 Pages restored and/oi 
 
 Pages restauriss st^ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxet 
 Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu^es 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtachdes 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Quality indgale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary materii 
 Comprend du matdriel scjpplementaire 
 
 I — I Pages damaged/ 
 
 I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 r~7| Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 
 I I Pages detached/ 
 
 r~7| Showthrough/ 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponibSa 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de fagon & 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Co document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 
 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 SOX 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 
 
 
 16X 
 
 
 
 
 20X 
 
 
 
 
 24X 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
ails 
 
 du 
 
 difier 
 
 jne 
 
 lage 
 
 The topy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grSce it la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque nationa'e du Canada 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la netteti de l'exemplaire filmd, et en 
 conformity cvec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper coverr are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 othef original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimis sont filmds en commenqant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol --^'(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED "), or the symbol y (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams iHustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, plar'^^es, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour &tre 
 reproduit en un seul clichti, il est filmd d partir 
 de Tangle sup6rieur gaucho, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 rata 
 
 3 
 
 lelure, 
 
 id 
 
 3 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
COMPANION 
 
 " > line 
 
 FOURTH BOOK 
 
 "I" T/IK 
 
 ONT.I/^/O .S7:A'//,-.v ^V.VvV:-.//>/;-A..v 
 
 SECO^^O EOaiON. REVISED ,Xn ..VV,.,/.. ;«, 
 
 TORONTO ; 
 
 w. J. ga(;e cV' company. 
 
j-'S 
 
 ^.- — I . 
 
 Entered aocordindr to the Act of Parliament of Canada, in tbe year one thousand 
 
 eight hundred and eit;ht>-.six, by W. J 'J.uik & (.'(»., io 
 
 the office of the Minister of Au'iiuuiture. 
 
 -'i<B 5 » 
 
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 
 
 In tho soconrl ofiition of the Notks llio last twenty-six lessons have 
 icccivcd fuller IrcatMU'iit than in the first, riinl free use has l)een madt; 
 of tin; notes on these? lessons prcjpared by Mr. J. \i. Wells, M.A . which 
 appearerl in the first edition. 
 
 As the Foi;rth ivi;\i)i;K is " the most advanced rcsadinj^-liook that 
 the great majority of the pnpds of the Province will use," its import 
 ance as an aid to the f(jrination and cultivation of a taste for literature 
 is obvious. Wlule it is true in a general sense that " the poet is bc^rn, not 
 made," the poetic, il or imaginative faculty is capable of much develop- 
 ment, and in this bt'lief an attempt has been maile, in some c;f the later 
 lessons especially, to direct the pupil into methods ot study whereby 
 he may be able to iliscover the beauty of the poet's thought and ex- 
 pression, and picture to his own imagination something of what the 
 poet himself has seen. 
 
 Although the annotations may in some instances be considered very 
 full, there remains much for the teacher and pupi! to do together, for 
 many of the notes are to be regarded rather as hints to the teacher 
 than as helps to the pupil. 
 
 Thanks for valuable assistance are due to Mr. J. T. Fotheringham, 
 B.A., late Classical Master of the Whitby Collegiate Institute; and to 
 Mr. N. W. Campbell, late English and Science Master of the same 
 school, now I'ublic School Inspector for South Grey. The composition 
 exercises have been prepared chiefly by Mr. D. C. Hetherington, 
 I'rincipal of the St. Catharines I'ublic Scliools. 
 
 Whitby, March, 18S7. 
 
I"*? 
 
 
 ... Thefagc. nf.rr.d „■ <n //„• No,., an ll.os. ..fUu- For,n„ R,.AnEP 
 
 X 
 
 \ i 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Lrssov. 
 I 
 11 
 III 
 IV. 
 V. 
 VI 
 VII 
 VIII 
 IX. 
 X 
 XI. 
 XII, 
 XIII 
 XIV. 
 XV. 
 XVI. 
 XVII. 
 XVIII. 
 XIX. 
 XX 
 XXI. 
 XXII. 
 XXIII. 
 XXIV. 
 XXV. 
 XXVI. 
 XXVII. 
 XXVIII. 
 XXiX. 
 XXX 
 XXXI. 
 XXXII. 
 XXXIII. 
 XXXIV. 
 XXXV. 
 XXXVI. 
 XXXVII. 
 XXXVIII. 
 XXXIX. 
 XL. 
 XLI. 
 XLII. 
 XLIII. 
 XLIV. 
 XLVI. 
 XLVII. 
 XLVI 1 1. 
 XLIX. 
 L. 
 LI. 
 
 fTiir TJla of I'orliail /,<■>; uics tiic in Itiiiu%.) 
 
 Tom Brown 
 
 / // Fi>i,i ii Way or Makr It 
 
 Lmis of the liii'ki nli( tiil 
 
 riu- Little Midsliipm iii 
 
 Picliii'is ('/ M( inory 
 
 .Vloxandor and the African Chii 1 
 
 Tilt: HattU'of Ha.stings 
 
 Goati Lift , L'lUfr Lift- 
 
 The Bait foot liov . 
 
 Till' IC-'iiiiiiij; Cloud 
 
 TIk; Truant . 
 
 Tiir Bills of SJunidini 
 
 Liiiiinif of till' Irish l-'.inii(yant 
 
 Cloiul.s, Kaiiis, and Kivcr.s 
 
 Till- fllllllhh Ih'c- 
 
 Tlw So7,ur's SotifT 
 
 The; Vision of Mirza (First Rrddini^'J 
 
 The Didth ofthr Flo-.ccrs 
 
 The Vision of ISIirza (Second Rendimj;) 
 
 Oft, in the Stilly Nii^ht 
 
 'Tis the Last Rose of Suntifier . 
 
 On His O'cn Blindness 
 
 The I'^ue Af^uiinst tlie Pnm 
 
 Discovery of the Albert Nyanza 
 
 From " TJie Deserted Villoi^e" . 
 
 The BattUiof iJannockburn 
 
 I 'A. 
 
 Bntec to His Troops Before the !> 
 
 For A' That and A' That . 
 
 Tht! I'ixed Stars 
 
 To Mary in Heaven 
 
 Flo7i> Gentlv, SiCeet Afton 
 
 The Skylark 
 
 Death of Little Nell 
 
 Resi<^niation 
 
 The Black Prince ai Cressv 
 
 The Bell of Atri 
 
 The Discovery of America 
 
 A Psalm of Life 
 
 Rinir Out, Wild Bells 
 
 Making Maple Sugar 
 
 Ladv Clare .... 
 
 The Gulf Stream 
 
 Dora ..... 
 
 Lead, Ki)id'v Liirht 
 
 Rock of Aires 
 
 Epiphany Hymn 
 
 The Mound-Builders 
 
 The Prairies 
 
 The Heroes of the Long Sault 
 
 '//,• 
 
 fl 
 
 an 
 
 no 
 
 'kh 
 
 ur: 
 
 '(. 
 IS 
 
 20 
 .:i 
 
 ■■/ 
 
 3 ' 
 .^J 
 .\^ 
 .H 
 34 
 
 .•!'' 
 
 3« 
 3') 
 3' J 
 
 .,r, 
 
 ■V) 
 
 50 
 31 
 
 3^ 
 
 5-i 
 
 53 
 
 55 
 
 5^' 
 
 5^ 
 60 
 
 61 
 
 c^i 
 ^n 
 
 66 
 67 
 60 
 70 
 
 71 
 72 
 
 7^ 
 73 
 70 
 

 IV. 
 
 CONTF.NTS. 
 
 Lesson. 
 
 LIII. 
 
 LIV. 
 
 I.V. 
 
 r.vi. 
 
 LVII. 
 LVlll. 
 LIX. 
 lA. 
 LXl. 
 LXII. 
 LXIII. 
 LXIV. 
 LXV. 
 LXVi. 
 LXVII. 
 LXVIII. 
 LXIX. 
 I.XX. 
 LXXI. 
 LXXII. 
 * LXXm. 
 LXXIV. 
 LXXV. 
 LXXVI. 
 LXXVII. 
 LXXVIII. 
 LXXIX. 
 LXXX. 
 LXXXI. 
 LXXXll. 
 LXXXIII, 
 LXXX IV. 
 l.XXXV. 
 LXXXVI. 
 LXXXVII. 
 LXXXVIII. 
 LXXXIX. 
 
 xc. 
 
 XCI. 
 
 XCII. 
 
 XCIII. 
 
 XCIV. 
 
 xcv. 
 
 XCVI. 
 
 XCVII. 
 
 XCVllI. 
 
 XCIX. 
 
 c. 
 
 CI. 
 ClI. 
 
 cm. 
 
 CIV. 
 CV. 
 
 iidinr^) 
 
 R 
 
 id 
 
 yacquci Cnrt'hf . . . • 
 
 Scene; from " I \anhr>o" 
 
 LoihinTcr . . . • • 
 
 Thi; History of n I'ii'Cf; of Co.'il (Fiy..t I 
 
 The Honest Man .... 
 
 l>roki n l''r'u}i'hliip 
 
 '\'\v.\ lii^lory of M riecc! < f Coal ('^:c(.;i , 
 
 Yafrnu' Unrhittd . • 
 
 To a Skyliir'^ . . . • 
 
 She was (I Phautuni of DcUfrht 
 
 Lnnilx-'riuK' (Fir^t Rending) 
 
 The li.viie of F.iin 
 
 Ye Miirineisvf Fni^liind . 
 
 I.umluTinf; (Second Reading) 
 
 Before Sedan . . • 
 
 Aniom: the TlioiKHud Fslmid: 
 
 The Heroine of V't-rchurLS 
 
 Tlie Chaiii^ilnu: . . • • 
 
 A Cliristinris Carol 
 
 The Heritaire .... 
 
 'i'ho Two Breaths . 
 
 The Three Fishers 
 
 Song of the River .... 
 
 ThoConquehtof lien.iral 
 
 Landing of the Pi! grim . . 
 
 To Flarinee Nighliiigole 
 
 Riding Together .... 
 
 The Capture of yuclx'C 
 
 Waterloo . • • • • 
 
 A.^'riculture . . . ■ 
 
 The Ocean . . • • • 
 
 The Influence of Beauty 
 
 King Richard and the Xnl>i n (I'irst R. 
 . Marmion and Douglas 
 
 Kins Kichard and tlie Nii!,ian (S.eond 
 
 The Song uf the Shirt . 
 
 The Demon of the Deep . . , 
 
 After Death in Arabia 
 
 Mercy ....•• 
 
 Robert Burns .... 
 
 Fdinbiirgh after Flodden 
 
 The Founders of Upper Canada 
 
 The Ride from Ghent to Aix 
 
 A Forced Recruit a) Solferino 
 
 Canada and the United States 
 
 The Sublimity of God 
 
 National Morality . . • ■ • 
 
 The Forsaken Merman 
 
 Shakespeare ...••• 
 
 Scene from " King John" . . • 
 
 The Merchant of Venice (First Reading; . 
 ToaSkvlerk . . • ' ,.' , 
 
 The :\Iercnant of Venice (Second Reading) 
 
 Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard 
 
 ading 
 Read 
 
 ■•>r:) 
 
 I'Ar.K, 
 . So 
 
 Hi 
 
 • «5 
 86 
 
 . 8S 
 89 
 
 . go 
 91 
 
 • 93 
 
 94 
 . 06 
 
 98 
 . 100 
 
 J "3 
 . 105 
 
 106 
 . 107 
 
 T09 
 . Ill 
 
 114 
 
 • "7 
 1 19 
 
 . 120 
 121 
 
 . 126 
 128 
 
 • 130 
 132 
 
 • 137 
 
 • '13 
 
 . ^ ^ 
 131 
 
 • 155 
 . ,S 
 
 . 1 ' o 
 
 1 '3 
 
 10/ 
 
 7-: 
 
 • i/f 
 ,7s 
 
 . iSi 
 
 . 1S6 
 189 
 
 . I 74 
 105 
 
 . .00 
 -.02 
 
 . .'oC 
 
INTRODUCTION, 
 
 As many "f the pupils in tli(3 I\)tirth ('las;; of tlio Public School? 
 aro pri'pariiit; for tin; ICntrancc I'.x.imination to llif,'h ScIidoIs, it is 
 naliir illy cxpcctrd that considcrabli; attcnliun will bo ^\\\:,{ to tlic 
 lessons prcscril)i'(l from time to tiinu for this examination. It is not 
 necessary, howeviT, that tlu; whole time allotleti tf) l.itiT.itnre and 
 Keadin}^ ehonld be denoted to these lessons alone. Perhaps it would 
 be a {,U)od plan to read over all the prescribiil lessons early in each 
 term to find out th<ir general nuranin;,'. Other lessons may then be 
 taben up concurrently witli the more minute study of the prescribed 
 lessons; the former being Uied, wherever possible, to explain and 
 illustrate the latti.r. 
 
 In entering upon the teaching of Literature, as of any other subject, 
 the first business of the teacher is to assign the les.st)n. To do this 
 properly is not so simple a task as m.iy at f;rst appear. Th.e teacher 
 must fust have studied tlie lesson himself, before' he can assign it 
 intelligently to his pupils; and it is impossible f(jr him to teach intelli- 
 gently and profital)ly unless he lie master of thi3 subject he intends to 
 teaeh, and have in his own mind some clearly-defined plan of teaching 
 that subject. This statement may .seem a truism, yet it is to lie feared 
 that too often the teacher's knowledge of the lesson he unde'rtakt;s to 
 teach is not as clear and full as it should be, and that his notion of the 
 proper way of teaching it is very vague and indistinct. 
 
 Some hints as to the niciliod of derding with a lesson are given 
 below, Boiid'uca being seU;cted for the purpose; but these are offered 
 merely as L'uggestions, for it must not be forgotten tliat a uniform 
 method of treatment cannot be prescribed for all lessons. Neither 
 would it be possible or desirable for all teachers to pursue the same 
 plan. The teacher's own individuality must be a potent force in 
 teaching, and to lose that would be to lose much of his power as an 
 instructor. He would become a mere teaching machine. 
 
 How to assi<rn the lesson. — As the first object is to get at the 
 meaning of the lesson, it is necessary for the teacher to draw attention 
 to any technical or difficult expressions likely to confuse the pupil, 
 and either to explain such expressions or give hints that will en- 
 able him to find out the explantion for hims(.;lf. The teacher should 
 then give a short account of the Romans, and of their invasion of 
 Britain. The story of licjadicja should be told, or the class instructed 
 where to find die story for themselves. A few leading questions should 
 be asked to put the pupil in a fair way of getting an intelligent meaning 
 from the lesson. The length of the lesson must be determined by cir- 
 cumstances. It is better to err on the side of brevity. 
 
 Ho7v to teach the lesson. — First, get back from the pupils all the 
 information given them when the lesson was assigned — ex{)lanation 
 of difficult expressions, the story of Boadicea, etc. Then retpiire the 
 pupils to read the lesson, (juestioning them us the reading proceeds to 
 find out what general impression they have received from their study 
 
NOTi:s TO rili. I'oi Kill i:t;.M)|,K. 
 
 of it. nnd correcting' any rnistnkcti ncthms thry m.iy hnvc. Thirdly, 
 rx.'imiiH! tlu! 1( >!soiis inip.iitciv, st.'ni;^.'i by stanzi. aiid lint; by line. This 
 should Ik: (Iiiih;, not by talKin^,' t') tluni al'ont the lesson. i)nt by talixinR 
 li'H/i them, by (jnirstion and ansui-r, l)y sni.';^<'stion. bv explanation, 
 ^'iving Ik'Ij) only where hel[> is needed, until e'>ery word, phrase, sen- 
 tence, ,'iiul passaj^'e, is cle.uly understood. When an explan.ation is 
 f,'iven, do not f.iil to i^'ct the explanation a^'ain from thi; pupils, either 
 verbally or in writing', Si-i", too, that each answer forms a coniple'te 
 senttMice, and does not viojat'? any rule of correct spe,al<in^'. I )o not 
 admit of pali-h-u-urk (|ne4ini:s and ,in:v>'.>;rs, tlie pupil ta' :nji up his 
 answtir where the traehi'r .s 'pn ->tion brcil soff; for examph Tnutur: 
 
 " Jioadieea wasa ([uveii of .'"' I'up'tl: "theleeni." Teacher: "The 
 
 Iceni wero ?" I'lipil: " a tril. oof the .ancient Jiritons." Theques- 
 
 tions tni^dit jiroeecd a:; fo!lM\ .;: - - When arc tlu; events of the lesson 
 suppoM.'d to hi\i; taken p! u: ? Who w.is the icarrior-qnn u ? Why 
 (lid she bcjcome ;i uuirriir? Xanie olli< r Tedrrior-fftdiiis of lCn^,'Iancl. 
 Is QuccM \'i(t"ii V ;>, wan-'niy ijH: lit? Wliy not.'' Would Fii'^lisli do hh 
 well as lUili^liP h>;plaiii that liiii;lish is now oft^Mi used when; liiitish 
 should bo used. lv\i)lain also the dilhrence in meaning between the 
 modt;rn use of Uiitisli and its nso in the If son. Was she actually 
 hlecdiiiir at this tiipe? b^xplain that a bundle of rods, called fascis, 
 with an axo in the centre, was carried b fore Roman magistrates as a 
 symbol of their power o\er life anil linii>; lait that the rods werenot used 
 a.s instruments of punishiU'-nt, a v.hip being used for that purpose 
 What is the me.aning of /;/(//;,'//(/.•// .-■' ointuii? What different nit^aning 
 would (III!;;)'}' look eoavey? (live anotlKT word ])ronounced like niiiii, 
 and use it cc^neetly in a sent(Mice. \\'liat is nu> ant by sitkiiii^ counsel? 
 Give anothcsr word pr( aiouin ed like eoiiiisel, with its meaning. Was 
 Boadicea asking advice, or was she wishing to iiupiirc; into the future? 
 Why fro(h instead oiGml? Tlie bi'lief in more than one God is called 
 polytlieis:,t. I^y what name is P)0,adicea's reli.!,'ion commonly known? 
 Tell about the n;ligious riles of the early J5ritons; or. better still, if 
 there is a school library, the pupils should be shown how to make use 
 of it, and be encouraged to independent effort. They thus learn to 
 acquire knowleflge from books, and so become their own teachers. 
 
 In this way the stuily of the lesson should proceed until each thought 
 and expression is clearly understood by the pupils, the teacher com- 
 paring and illustrating, and leading his pupils to make comparisons for 
 themselves and to find illustrations in tlunr own reading. The proper 
 connection of the stanzas should be noted. Weirds and expressions 
 should be amplified by the pupils, and stated in different language, to 
 show th.at they clearl\- understand their meaning. Many expressions are 
 elucidated by illustration better than by explanation, and in order to 
 be ready with illustrations, the teacher must him.self be a student. 
 
 A short sketch of the author should follow the study of the lesson, 
 and this sketch should be made as life like as possible. If the class is 
 sufficiently advanced, the lesson may be examined to discover any 
 evidences of the author's peculiaritii's of style, and the literary beauties 
 of the lesson may also be pointed out. 
 
 The finer passages of prose and poetry, and whole poems of real 
 merit, should be committed to memory. 
 
 After the meaning of the lesson is clearly comprehended by the 
 pupil, he should be prepared to read it \.ith proper expression. The 
 
 f,'n 
 
 to 
 
 iini 
 niol 
 
 Wl 
 
 necl 
 
INTKODITTION. 
 
 dirtH'tion, "Do not clccl.iiin, ' ^'ivni \n the rra'lini,' hints to I.^sson 
 I.XXN'I., will Serve for any lesson l'r<'<]n< ntly mak" n rhetorical 
 
 .• ■ -. . - _, . . . ., 
 
 analysis of tho passages to In- icad, to tlitrrniim' v.liat clt incnts o 
 expression shouM l-f cnipli >' <'(1 in tin' n ulint;, where tiie emphases aiu 
 paus(.'S • liould he plaeed, what indections should hr. used, etc. 
 
 The teacher should be prepared to illustrate, I'V his own reading, 
 th<! proper rendering of t;viT\' passnt,'e, for it is inipossiblt; to te k h 
 young pi'ople to read well e.\cej)t l>>' si'ttin^^ a good e\ani[)le betore 
 them. J5ut care must be taken to pre\ent pupils becurning sla\ish 
 imitators of their teacher; tln'V must be laujht that goo<l reading 
 consists not only in the correct and ii'.telligiblc utterance of the words 
 used, but also in tho natural and intelligent expression of the ideas 
 they represent. 
 
 to 
 
 ight 
 im- 
 for 
 ler 
 ions 
 to 
 are 
 to 
 
 real 
 
 • the 
 The 
 
 i)i:ii\r!i()Ns ()!• ri:KMs. 
 
 Figures of Speech. These are int'-ntiond deviations from the 
 ordinary modi' of expression with a view to gre.iter I'tltct. The prin- 
 cipal fiuures used in the I'ol'rtii Kkami.k are as folUnvs: - 
 
 1. Allegory. — A sentence or disci)urse in which the principal subject 
 is described by means of anotlu r subject, v.hich reseir.bles it in its 
 properties and circumstanciss, as Tin- Vision of Mirza. 
 
 The great allegory of the ICnglish language is Hunyan's Pil:;:iin's 
 Prof^ti-ss. 
 
 2. Allusion. — A rcforenci; to something supjiosed to l)e known to the 
 hearer or reader, but not explicitly mentioned ; — 
 
 " Some vill.ii^c II impdon, fh.it, with ('..-unities'; bre.i.it. 
 The little tyrant of his tielils withstood." 
 
 3. Anaphora.- -The repetition of a word or a phrase at tiie begin- 
 ning of several sentences or clauses following one another in close 
 succession : — 
 
 " Who loved to hunt the wiltl-lmir in the woodi-, 
 Who loved his falcons with liieir criin on hood.,." 
 
 4. Antithesis. — A contrast or opposition of words or sentiments, to 
 give them greater force : — 
 
 " Umpire is on tts hcitr)wcd. 
 
 Shame ami ruin wait lorj'ou." 
 
 5. Apostrophe.— A turning off from tin- regular course of the subject 
 to address something absent as if it were present : — 
 
 " And is this ail the world lias ^'ained by theo, 
 'rhou liibt and last ut fields I kin .;-niakin^ \'ictory r " 
 
 6. Climax. — A series of thouglits or sentiments each rising in 
 importance ab(;ve the one which precedes it, so that the strongest or 
 most important comes la.st : — 
 
 " .\nd nearer, elearer, deadlier th.ui belore '. " 
 
 When the series descends in importance, we 1m v«: Anti-Climax. 
 
 7. Ellipsis. — Th(3 omis'-ion in a sc-ntt-u ■■ ; f so .le word or words 
 necessary to a full and re^;ular construclii'a : — 
 
 " Blessings on thci-, little "lan." 
 
8 
 
 NOTES TO THK FOURTH READER. 
 
 8. Epizeuxis. — The repetition of some worrl or wcjrds for the sake 
 of emphasis : - 
 
 " ,1 nn ! A i':ii '. it i^ — it »5 -tlio cannon's openinu; lu.ir I " 
 
 9 Erotesis or Interrogation. V fi'4un; which aims at conveying 
 an opinion more strongly by k'^'H'o 't- the form of a (Question : — 
 
 " Is (lie spot marked with no colo--sal bust? 
 Nor columns trojihicd lo; triumphal show ? " 
 
 10. Euphemism. —The use of cU'icate or softened language to 
 express what is harsli or offensive : — 
 
 " Anil the sooner it's over, the sooner to sleep." 
 
 11. Hyperbole. -A fi'.;ure by which nrirh more or less than the 
 trutli 's expressed. The exaggeration is so great that it is not ex- 
 pecti;d that the statement will be believed by the reader or the 
 hearer : - 
 
 ' vVlicre the wind from Tluilc freezes the word upon the lip." 
 
 12. Imitative Harmony. The use of a word, ]ihrase, or sentence, 
 whosi; sound corresi)on(ls to, or rt;sembles, tlu; thing signified. Words, 
 eilhei alone or in combination, maj' be imitative, not only of sounds, 
 but also of motion, bulk, etc., as in the following passage : — 
 
 " She liears the sea-bird scret-ch. 
 
 To and fro, to and fro." — Lesson XXIV. 
 
 When a word is used to imitate sound only, the figure is called 
 Onomatopoeia. 
 
 13. Irony. — .\ mode of speech by whicn it is designed to express a 
 sense contrary to the literal meaning of che words v..jed : — 
 
 " Ye are careful wardors," eic— Lesson LXXXVL 
 
 14. Metaphor. — A comparison based on the resemblance which one 
 object is supposed to bear, in some respect, to another. The compari- 
 son is merely implied ; it is not ff-rmally expressed. \Vhen personal 
 (]ualities are attributed to inanimate objects, the figure is called 
 Personal Metaphor: — 
 
 " Oft, in the stilly niftht, 
 
 Ere Slumber's chain has bound me." 
 
 " Where smiling spring its earliest visit paid." 
 
 15. Metonymy. The substitution of one word for another on 
 account of some actn.il relatit)n between the things signified, as: — the 
 effect for the cause, the abstract for the concrete, the sign for the thing 
 signified, the container for the thing contained, etc., and vice versa : — 
 
 " Live and l.iugh as boyhood can." 
 
 " For talking age and whispering; lovers made." 
 
 iG. Oxymoron. — .\ figure in which an epithet of (juite an opposite 
 signification is added to a word : — 
 
 "The living tUad in m.iny siiape-; and forms." 
 
 17. Personification. -Tlu; reMrrseiiting of in.iuimafe objects or 
 abstract notions as endued with life and actions, li is nearly allied to 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Personal Mi'taphor. The latter mny be expanded into a Simile ; Personi- 
 fication cannot be so expandeci : — 
 
 " Let the dead Past bury its dead." 
 
 i8. Simile. — A coinparison between two things wliic h have some 
 pointer p(<ints of reseinblanee. In the Simile tlie sif.;n of the com- 
 |)arison — "like" or "as" — is exjiressed. A Mitaphur may be expanded 
 into a Simile : — 
 
 " How the ma'4ic wand of summer cla<l the landscape tfi his eyes, 
 Like the dry bones of the just when they wake in I'ar idi;,e." 
 
 ig. Synecdoche.-- The fi.t^ure by which the whole of a thinp; is jnit 
 
 for a part, or a jiart for the whole; also, the material for the thinj.; 
 
 made of it, a definite for an indefinite number, etc. In Mttunymy a 
 
 thing is named by some accompaniment, in Synecdoche, by some 
 
 part ; — 
 
 " Whose fla;; has braved a thovsand yean 
 The battle and the breeze 1 " 
 
 20. Tautology. — A needless repeti ion of the same idea in different 
 
 words ; — 
 
 '• This was in the /in/ beginning of the fight." 
 
 21. Transferred Epithet. — The shifting of an epithet from its proper 
 subject to some closely related subject or circumstance: — 
 
 " To the golden sands and the leapvtg bar." 
 
 Alliteration. — The repetition of the same letter or sound at or near 
 the beginning of words immediately succeeding each cjther, or at short 
 intervals. Only the intentional repetition of the same letter or sound 
 as a poetical ornament should be regarded as Alliteration. 
 
 Prose. — The ordinary written or spoken language of man. 
 
 Poetry. — The expression of high thoughts and impassioned feelings 
 in a special form of composition called Verse. The main object of 
 Prose is to convey information; that of Poetry, to give pleasure. 
 Verse, in its restricted sense, signifies a single line of poetry. It is 
 sometimes used for stanza, which, properly, is a number of lines or 
 verses regularly connected, and forming one of the regular divisions of 
 a poem. The art or practice of composing verse or poetry is called 
 Versification. 
 
 Rhyme. — A similarity of sound at the end of words, in lines of 
 poetry. The essentials oi perfect rhyme are : (i) The vowels should be 
 alike in sound ; (2) the consonants before the vowels, unlike in sound ; 
 and {3) the consonants after the vowels, alike in sound. When two suc- 
 cessive lines of poetry rhyme, they are called a Couplet ; when three, 
 a Tripkc. 
 
 Blank Verse. — Verse in which the lines do not end in rhymes. 
 
 Poetic or Verse Accent. — The stress placed on syllables, at regular 
 intervals in a verse or line of poetry. 
 
 Rhythm. — The regular recurrence of accented syllables in any 
 species of composition. When the recurrence of accented syllables is 
 regulated by some law, we have Metre. 
 
 The chief divisions of poetry are, the Epic, the Lyric, and the 
 Dramatic 
 
lO 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 Epic.~An epic poem is the recital of some illustrious enterprise in 
 a poetical form. 
 
 Romance. — A narrative in which the interest of the story turns 
 upon adventure, love being an im]">ortant elenicMit. Kom^nces may be 
 written either in poetry or in prose. Ivanhoc is a prose romance. 
 
 Ballad. — A short narrative poem, especirll} such as is adapted for 
 sinking. 
 
 The Romance and the Ballad belong to the ICpic group. 
 
 Lyric. — A lyric poem is an expression i.f some intense feeling, 
 passion, emotion, or sentiment. 
 
 Song. -A short poem, intended, or fit, to be sung. It is not narra- 
 tive, and is thus distinguished from the liallad. A Sacred Song is 
 called a Hymn. 
 
 Ode.— A short poem which expresses intense feeling in concise and 
 energetic language. The poet acldres-ses persons and objects instead 
 of speaking about them. 
 
 Elegy. -A poem or a song expressive of sorrow. 
 
 Sonnet. - See page 27. 
 
 The Song, (3de, Kiegy, and Sonnet, belong to the Lyric group. 
 
 Dramatic. —A dramatic poem is a picture of life in which action 
 or narrative is represented, not related. It is generally designed to be 
 spoken in character, and to be represented on the stage. Its two chief 
 varieties are Tragedy and Comedy. 
 
 Tragedy. — A dramatic poum representing an event or series of 
 events in the life of some person or persons, and generally having a 
 fatal issue. 
 
 Comedy.— A dramatic composition of an amusing character repre- 
 sent 'ng the light and trivial occurrences of ordinary life. 
 
 Epithet.— A term used to express some quality of the thing to which 
 it is applied. 
 
 Synonyms.— Words having the same or almost the same meaning. 
 
 Homonyms.— Words having the same sound but different meanings. 
 
 Frequentative. A word formed from another word to express the 
 freouent repetition of an action. 
 
 Diminutive. — A word formed from another word to express a little 
 thing of the kind. 
 
 |i I 
 
 The Paragraph. — A paragraph is a connected series of sentences 
 relating to the same subject. 
 
 The chief qualities of a properly constructed paragraph are : 
 (i) Unity; iz) Continuity; (3) Variety. 
 
 Unity recju ires that all the sentences composing the paragraph shall 
 relate to one definite division of the subject wiiich tlu^y illustrate and 
 explain. The opening sentence, unless clearly preparatory, should 
 /nclicfl-te the subject of the paragraph. 
 
 Contin .ity requires that the sentences shall be so arranged as to 
 carry the ane of thought naturally and suggestively from one to the 
 /)ther. 1 ae bearing of each sentence on what precedes should be 
 i<^nrly seen. 
 
 <^ariety requires that the sentences shall differ b )th in length and 
 ..n structure. The form of the senten :e should hv. in keeping with the 
 idea to be expr-.^ssed. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 II 
 
 Directions for constructing the Paragraph : 
 
 1. Carefully read the sentences to dibcover the subject of the 
 paragraph. 
 
 2. Make the sentence which beiit states the subject the opening 
 sentence of the paragraph. 
 
 3. Select the leading statements for the principal sentences, and 
 express the others by words, phrases, or clauses. 
 
 4. Avoid bringing together in the same sentences statements that 
 have no connection m sense. 
 
 5. Arrange the sentences in the order best suited to keep up the 
 continuity of thought. 
 
 6. Aim at variety of construction. Make the sentences simple, 
 comple.x, or comiHjund, as seems best suited to the purpose. For clear 
 and forcible expression use shtjrt sentences; long sentences are suited 
 better for the expression of lofty, dignified sentiments. 
 
 Direct Narration. — That form of speech in which the words of the 
 speaker are given exactly as uttered by himself. 
 
 Indirect Narration. — That form of speech in «Iiich the words of 
 the speaker are reported by another, in the third j^rson. 
 
 Paraphrasing. — A paraphrase expresses the meaning of a passage 
 in different, and usually, in simpler, language. 
 
 The chief objects of the paraphrase are to ascertain if the pupil has 
 a clear idea of the full meaning of each W(Td, as used in the passage, 
 and to accustom him to express himself with facility and correctness. 
 
 Directions for paraphrasing may be found in Swinton's School 
 Composition, chap, v., and in Morrison's Composition, chap. vi. 
 
 ^\^ shall 
 
 :ae and 
 
 should 
 
 v^lh and 
 with lUc 
 
fm 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 I n 
 
NOTES 
 
 TO THE 
 
 FOURTH READER 
 
 I. TOM P>RO\VN. 
 
 Rugby, s. town in Warwickshire, gives its name to one of the great 
 public schools of England. Other great English public schools are, 
 Eton, Harrow, Westminster, Winchester, Shrewsbury, 
 
 Dr. Thomas Arnold, father of Matthew Arnold the English critic 
 (see Lesson xcix), was Headmaster at Rugby from 1828 till his death in 
 1842. By showing himself kind and courteous as well as firm, , he 
 taught his boys that he was their friend and not their "natural enemy.' 
 He inspired them with his own love of truth and high sense of honor, 
 and gained their lasting respect and affection. On one occasion, when 
 he had been compelled to send away several boys, he said : " It is nut 
 necessary that this should be a school of three hundred, or one hundred, 
 or of fifty boys, but it is necessary that it should be a school of Christian 
 genilemen." Every teacher should read Dean Stanley's Life and Cor- 
 respondence of Dr. Arnold. 
 
 Tom Brown had given his teachers a great deal of trouble, and was 
 in danger of being expelled from the school, when the happy thought 
 was suggested of entrusting to Tom's care a boy younger than himself, 
 in the hope that a sense of responsibility would make him more manl'- 
 and thoughtful. This experiment proved a complete success. 
 
 17. Schoolhouse prayers.— 
 
 Show that this expression refers 
 to the days assembled for prayers, 
 as well as to the service itself. 
 
 First night — the first night of 
 the session, or "half," as it was 
 called at Rugby. 
 
 With all . . come. — Express 
 by a clause. 
 
 Thought of it. — Show what " it " 
 refers to. 
 
 School close — klos, not kloz— 
 the "school field," or fMc/o5<r</ play- 
 ground. 
 
 Responsible . . discipline- 
 Express differently. 
 
 18. Fags. — In certain English 
 public schools this name is given 
 to boys who are required to carry 
 messages, to attend t.) fires, and to 
 perform other similar duties for 
 their school .late^ in the highest 
 
H 
 
 NOTES TO THP: FOURTH READKU 
 
 forms. The faj^f^in^ system has 
 led to many abusers, and is now 
 lallinf{ into disfavor. 
 
 Bound to be up— obi i Red to b<i 
 upstairs. 
 
 Verger — ver'jer — ^janitor or care- 
 taker. 
 
 Their entrance. — To whom does 
 "tlieir" reftir ? 
 
 Chatting. — Slightest a better 
 position for this word. 
 
 Clearly. — Where else in the sen- 
 tenet; may this word be placed so 
 as to convey (i) the sanK^ mean- 
 ing, (2) a diri(!r<'nt meaning,'? 
 
 Painful. In what n^six-ct ? 
 
 With an effort. —What caused 
 the effort ? 
 
 Staring. —Why did Tom stare ? 
 
 Ablutions— wash i uffs. 
 
 19. On. — The position of "on" 
 here gives energy to the expression. 
 Observe how the author in this 
 par^igraph develops the trying sit- 
 uation of Arthur and increases our 
 interest in him. 
 
 The light . . clear.— What dif- 
 ference would that make ? 
 
 This time . . ask. — Why did 
 he not ask this time ? 
 
 Agony — great distress or suffer- 
 ing. 
 
 Shied. — Distinguish from throiv, 
 and other words of similar mean- 
 ing. 
 
 Snivelling — crying with a.snuff- 
 ing sound. Here used as a term 
 of contempt. 
 
 Then all . . bully. — Account for 
 Tom's action. 
 
 Never . . mean. — Why does 
 Tom not give a direct answer ? 
 
 Tingling — producing a thrilling 
 or pricking sensation. Tom's blood 
 is heated by sudden passion. Com- 
 pare the common phrase *' to make 
 one's ears tingle." 
 
 Unrobing— undressing. 
 
 20. Toddled — walked with 
 short, unsteady steps. 
 
 Taken to heart — seriously 
 thought over. 
 Flood of memories— rapid suc- 
 
 cession of thoughts Af the past. 
 Show the force antl aptness of 
 " flood." 
 
 Thinking— here, fixing or con- 
 trolhng his thoughts. I'oint out 
 and explain the effects producerl 
 by Tom's excitement. 
 
 Resolving — making up his 
 mind. 
 
 He was . . old. —Why is this 
 remark made here ? 
 
 Leaven — t > influence gradually. 
 I'or the kind of influence meant 
 here, S(!e Matthew xiii., 33. J-'or 
 the use of this word in a bad r,ense, 
 sec Matthew xvi., 6. 
 
 The tables turned. — Express 
 otiierwise. To turn tin' fiihlrs, a 
 nuitaphorical expression taken 
 from the changes of fortune at the 
 gaming-t.able. 
 
 Schoolhouse— the residence of 
 the Headmaster, and the principal 
 boarding-house of the school. 
 
 Candle . . him out. — The same 
 worrl should not be used in close 
 succession in difft^renc senses, as 
 " out " is used here. 
 
 In fear . . out. - Kxplain, What 
 different mt'aning would for fear 
 that, etc., convey ? Notice the 
 contrast between the conducL of 
 Tom and that of Arthur in similar 
 circumstances. 
 
 21. To break his heart — 
 to cause him the deepest gri<;f. 
 " Which " is co-ordinate in this 
 sentence. Compare " which," two 
 lines below. 
 
 Cowardice. — Tn what respect 
 was Tom a coward ? 
 
 The vice . . loathed. — Note 
 any irregular construction. What 
 is the antecedent of " which " ? 
 
 Burned in — made a deep im- 
 pression. 
 
 He had lied . . not do. — 
 Change to direct narration so as 
 to show whose thoughts these 
 really are. Explain how Tom had 
 lied in a threefold manner. 
 
 Braggart — a vain boaster. How 
 was Tom a braggart ? 
 
 S 
 
 P 
 
 h( 
 ar 
 in 
 
 iill 
 
 •!■ 
 
TOM BROWN. 
 
 ,rt- 
 
 Icricf. 
 this 
 two 
 
 pspect 
 
 ■ Note 
 IWhat 
 
 IP im- 
 
 do.— 
 
 so as 
 these 
 |)mhad 
 
 How 
 
 Dawn.— Explain " dawn " here 
 
 Through thick and thin.— (iivt- 
 the mcN-ininf; in other words. 
 
 Burdens. -What were these!* 
 Compart; Galatians vi., 2. 
 
 To bear testimony— to make an 
 open profession or deel.iration. 
 
 The morning . . harder. — 
 Why ' 
 
 All but . . waistcoat. -Supjily 
 th(; ellipsis. 
 
 A still, small voice. — See i 
 Kind's xi\., i j. 
 
 The words . . publican.— Sec 
 LiiUe x\ iii., 13. Kead < ardnlly the 
 l>ihlo storiesallnded to in this sen- 
 tence. 
 
 Humbled . . world. — Note 
 Tom's varying,' fe<'ling whil'.' on 
 his kn«M^s, and explain how he 
 conld \h\ " hninbled," ,'ind at the 
 same tinu; " ready to face the 
 whole world." 
 
 22. Glimmer— the first faint ho. 
 ^inninj^^'s. ("onipave " lust dawn 
 of romfort," paf;e j f . 
 
 Has conquered . . world. — 
 B(>cause to conciner ones self is 
 the hard('r task. vSeu rrov(.'rbs 
 vi , 32. 
 
 Exaggerated — rt^z-ai'-rr-nf-rd 
 -over-estimated. 
 
 One by one . . lead. Note 
 the inflnence of Tom's exampU;. 
 
 Compare Tom's character and 
 Arthnr's, and point out any useful 
 lessons that are taiiLjht in the 
 extract. 
 
 Do not neglect to read the whole 
 story of Tom Brown's school- 
 days. 
 
 Read this selection in pure nar- 
 rative tone, and in moderate pitch, 
 force, and time. 
 
 17. " As Tom's . . position." — 
 Slightly lower the pitch. 
 
 18. "At which time . . out." — 
 Parenthetical and less important ; 
 hence, lower pitch. Read Tom's 
 anwer to Arthur with the rising 
 inflection. 
 
 19. "ToopcMi . . agony." -What 
 
 change in tone ? 
 , JO. " He was . . old." -To be 
 
 read with the rising intli'clion 
 
 Why ? 
 I 2[. " He had lied . . Cod."— 
 
 Read wiih increasing force and 
 I di'epening tone. 
 
 I. nistinguish b<>tween new and 
 /•'/«,-.• ; farther ■,vm\ fiiytlicr .- slight 
 and .s7/ i'^ht : boy and hiicv: straight 
 and stiutif : seem and si;ini : elder 
 :\U(\ nldrr ; weak and ,-,•<■,/{■ .- pray 
 and /'/-/ T ; deserted .uu] /ursiikrii 
 
 II. NauK! tiu! prefixes in the 
 following words, and show how 
 tlieyaffert the meaning: undress- 
 ing, attc^ntion, understood, resolv- 
 ing, outward, unlaciii},'. 
 
 III. I'ara phrase : I'oor little 
 .\rthur wasoverwtielmefl with the 
 no\-elty ()f his position. Tin; idea 
 of sleei)iiii,' in tii<- room with 
 stranj;t; i)oys had ck.-arly never 
 erossefl his mind, before. \ few 
 years later, when Arnold's manly 
 piety had begim to lca\cn the 
 school, the tables turned. The 
 fir^t dawn of romfort r.i me to him 
 in swearing that he would stand 
 bv that boy throu-li thick and 
 thin. He found Ik; had greatly 
 exaggerated I lie ('frert to be pr()- 
 ducinl by his act. 
 
 IV. NauK! and explain the use 
 of the punctuati(>ii marks in the 
 first paragraphs on pages 17 and 
 21. 
 
 V. Combine into one sentence : 
 (i.) There! was sudden silenre. 
 Tom was sitting at the foot of his 
 bed. lie was uidacing his shoes. 
 His back was towards Arthur. He 
 did not see what had happened. 
 He looked up in wonder at the 
 silence. (ii.) The liltU; fellows 
 w(Mit quietly to their own beds. 
 They began undressing. They 
 began talking to each other. They 
 talked in whisptTS. Tom was 
 among the older boys. These sat 
 

 i6 
 
 NOTES TO TIIK FOURTH RKADF.R. 
 
 chatting on one another's bods. 
 They had their jackets and waist- 
 coats off, 
 
 VI. Keproduce the lesson from 
 the f()llowin>4 heads: —The descrip- 
 tion of the sleeping-room. The 
 
 preparation for retiring. Arthur 
 washes and prays. The attack on 
 Arthur, and Tom's defence of him. 
 Tom's thoughts as he lay awake, 
 His action in the morning. The 
 effect of Arthur's course. 
 
 II. riJ. I'lND A WAV OR MAKE IT. 
 
 M ! 
 
 22. Rome s . . day -the period 
 of Rome's greatest power. Otinr 
 instances of the use of " clay " with 
 extended meaning are, "the days 
 of our fathers," " he was useful in 
 his day." 
 
 Croaker — one who complains 
 without cause. 
 
 Castle — in Roman times, a for- 
 tified camp or stronghold ; not a 
 permanent place of residence like 
 the castles of later times 
 
 Aspiration —what you aspire to, 
 or arilently desire to reach. So, 
 'ambition " in third stanza. 
 
 Her path . . high. — Paraphrase 
 so as to lair.g out fully the mean- 
 ing of " steep " and of " high. " 
 
 Her temple. — Explain. Com- 
 pare ; 
 
 "Ah ! who can tell how hard it 
 
 is to climb 
 The steep where Fame's proud 
 
 temple shines afar ? " 
 
 — Beattie's Minstrel, Book I., st. i. 
 
 grammatical 
 who is con- 
 
 Content. — The 
 
 construction is, he 
 tent, etc. 
 
 Shining- throne — the throne re- 
 served by the goddess Fame for 
 each one who seeks her. Why 
 " shining " ? 
 
 Roman firmness. — Firmness 
 was characteristic of the Roman 
 people. See also, "Roman will " 
 
 and " Rf)man courage," in the 
 third and fourth stanzas. 
 
 23. No royal road— that is, to 
 learning. An allusion to the an- 
 swer of Euclid, the great mathe- 
 matician of Alexandria, to Ptol- 
 emy, King of Egypt. It is .said 
 that the king asked him if geom- 
 etry could not be made easier, 
 and received the reply : — "There 
 is no royal road to geometry." 
 
 Hel'icon— a mountain of Ba^otia 
 in Ancient Oreece. On its slope 
 were two famous fountains of the 
 Muses, Aganip'pc and Hippo- 
 crri'ne. The waters of these 
 fountains were fabled to bestow 
 poetic inspiration upon those who 
 drank of them. 
 
 Slake — (juench. 
 
 Boon — favor, blessing. 
 
 Read, and compare with this 
 poem, Eliza Cook's poem, Win re 
 There's a Will, There's a Way. 
 
 Read in a firm, vigorous tone. 
 
 St. I. Pause after "castle," 
 "safe." Emphasize "no." Strongly 
 emphasize " On ! on ! " 
 
 Pause after " way " in last line 
 of each stanza. 
 
 2. Apply the rules in the Fourth 
 Re.ader for Pause and Emphasis. 
 P-mphasize " Her." 
 
 3. b2mphasize "no." Pause 
 after " learning." " alike," " Heli- 
 con." 
 
 n 
 
 •Si 
 C( 
 
 a I 
 
 fe 
 
 inP 
 
 on 
 
 Otlj 
 
 coJ 
 
 H ; 
 
THE LOSS OF I HI': lURKhNHKAD. 
 
 17 
 
 III. THE LOSS OF THE BIRKENilEAl). 
 
 The author of this poum is a second cousin of Sir Charles Hastings 
 Doyle, the first Lieutenant-Governor of Nova Scotia after (\>nfetlcr- 
 ation. 
 
 this 
 \Vhcii' 
 
 vy ■ 
 )ne. 
 tie," 
 [ongly 
 
 ;t line 
 
 )tIRTH 
 
 ihasis. 
 
 I Pause 
 Ueli- 
 
 23. Flank - side ; usually ap- 
 plied to an army, a regiment, etc. 
 The corresponding naval term is 
 btam. 
 
 Crimson sun.— Explain. 
 
 Rolled . . repose. — The s. ip 
 struck at 2 o'clock in the morning, 
 on a reef of sunken rocks near 
 Algoa Bay, in South Africa. " The 
 night was clear and the sea was 
 smooth except for the existence of 
 a lung swell." 
 
 Like . . rose. - Examine the 
 correctness of this comparison. 
 
 Stout — strong. Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Without hope- — Complete the 
 phrase. 
 
 Her timbers . . shock. — The 
 effect produced by the crashing of 
 the ship upon the rock is here 
 compared to that produced by an 
 electric shock oipon th.e nervous 
 system. Why "Her"? See 
 Mason's Gramnmr, par. 40. 
 
 24. Before — in presence of. 
 Rush of steel — bayonet charge 
 
 in battle. 
 
 Disorderly. What is the gram- 
 matical relation ? Paraphrase this 
 .stanza, bringing out clearly the 
 comparison bet ween the "cowards" 
 and the " planks." 
 
 White sea-brink. —"White" re- 
 fers to the foam of the surf dash- 
 ing upon the shore, which was 
 only about two miles distant. 
 
 Could . . all. — Why not say, 
 "could not hold all " ? 
 
 Ere . . devours. — Express 
 otherwise. To what is the sea 
 compared here ? 
 
 Colors. — Here used to symbol- 
 ize the iioud name and fame of the 
 suldiers. Hence, to do a disgr.ice- 
 ful act would be to stain the colors. 
 
 Without a spot.— Express by 
 one wonl. 
 
 Loose babblers — Babbler, an 
 idle talker ; strictly speaking, one 
 who keeps on saying ha ha. sylla- 
 bles imitative of the first efforts 
 of a child to speak. What mean- 
 ing has " loose " here ? 
 
 Made no reply. In words, or 
 by action, which ? Compart; •• We 
 would not . . not," in the pie- 
 ceding stanza. 
 
 Colonel — Colonel Seton of the 
 74th Highlanders. A former spel- 
 ling of colonel was coronel, which 
 is tlie Spanish form of the word, 
 and has given us the {)resent pro- 
 nunciation, ciir'nel. OiK)te lint^s 
 similar in sentiment to this stanza, 
 from T(innyson's Charge of the 
 Light Brigade. 
 
 Shameful . unhonored. -Show 
 thi; ai)tness of these two epithets. 
 
 Quit. — Give synonyms. 
 
 Our post . . weak. — Express 
 in different words. 
 
 The oars . . again. — The poet 
 no doubt means that the boats, 
 while being loaded, were repeat- 
 edly carried away from the vessel 
 by the swell. Only three boats 
 were safely launched ; one of these 
 succeeded in lauding after j^reat 
 difficulty, the others were picked 
 up by a passing schooner. 
 
 Still under . . men. — Para- 
 phrase the stanza so as to bring out 
 the full meaning of this line. 
 
i8 
 
 NOTES TO III I. loiKrii ki:adkr. 
 
 ^5 The bloody surf tin- se.i 
 iii.'ulu nil Willi till' l>Ktt)il ol lliosc 
 who fell a pr*')' ti» tho sharks 
 Cumparc " purph; tide. " 
 
 Wild Krave. -Why " wild ' ? 
 
 Wearing . . stars. - An allusion 
 to thu stars, medals, crosses, etc., 
 ^ivcn tosoldicrs l»y their. sovereign, 
 as rewards for v.alorous conduct. 
 
 Joint heirs with Christ Set; 
 Koiuans viii., 17. 
 
 The (Tew of the Birkenhead 
 nunihered I so. and she had about 
 3oi> troops, with women antl chil- 
 dren, «)n ho.ird Of this num- 
 ber only !<>[ wire saved. The 
 OiU't-n ordered a monument to * 
 erected m (ireenwich llospitn 
 to tl:e memory of those who 
 died, and it is recorded that the 
 present Minpc-ror of Cierinany had 
 the story read to every regiment 
 in the Prussian service, as a les- 
 son in heroism and disciplme. 
 
 St. I. (Iroup " Ki^ht . . flank," 
 and pause after "tlank." KtMd 
 with iiij.;lier pitch "like . . town." 
 
 2. I'ause after "cauj^ht," 
 "hope." Strt)ugly cmphasi^e 
 " thrilled as inTves. ' 
 
 .\. I )etpfn the tone at " not all." 
 
 5. (Iroup "Out . . boats"; 
 pause after "boats," "clamciring." 
 
 C. Kead with increasing lirm- 
 ness throughout. 
 
 7. I'ause after "better," "line." 
 ICmphasize " to die." 
 
 8. Emphasize " no," " not," and 
 avoid the verse accent ui)on 
 " were." 
 
 10. I'ause after " died " and 
 " dinching," in 1. z. 
 
 Note the change of expression 
 in the last two lines of this stanza. 
 
 11. Read in a deeper ton.;, ani- 
 mated at first to express exult ition. 
 becoming more earnest and im- 
 pressive in " because . . vain." 
 
 IV. THK LITTLE MIDSHIPMAN. 
 
 ill i 
 
 I' 
 i 
 
 25. Jean Ingelow. — Pronoun- 
 ced /c"« hi'Jt-lo. 
 
 Midshipman— a young oflicer 
 in training on board a ship of war ; 
 so called because he holds a tiiiii- 
 dlc rank between that of a supe- 
 rior officer and a common sea- 
 man. 
 
 They . . wood. — Note the 
 change of subject. 
 
 Checkered shadows.— Ex- 
 plain. Give another spelling of 
 *' checkered." 
 
 26. Dark -looking. — Note the 
 meaning here. 
 
 Impulse — influence acting on 
 the mind. 
 Wayfarer — a traveller. 
 
 27. Under . . canopy— fern 'o/)v 
 — a covering overhead. Notice 
 the peculiar use of "under." 
 
 Heyday — ha' da — an exclama- 
 tion of astonishment ; usually a 
 joyous exclamation. 
 
 28. Dairy — dCi'ry. — Distinguish 
 from dl'ary. In all words in which 
 d (or its equivalents ai and ci) is 
 followed by r, be careful to pro- 
 nounce it like a in pare, and not 
 like a in pane. 
 
 29. Where . . cloud. — Point 
 oui and explain fully the metaphor 
 in this cl luse. 
 
 Blinking — twinkling, shining 
 with a quivering light. The fixed 
 stars twinkle, the planets do not. 
 
 Very jaws of death. — Death is 
 here represented as a huge monster 
 about to seize his victim. What is 
 the force of " very " ? 
 
 Holloa. — Written also hollo and 
 holla. 
 
THF'. I iTTf.!-. NfinSUII'MAN' — I'lCTURI'S Ol' MKNfoUV 
 
 10 
 
 ( 
 
 Benighted overtaken with 
 niulit. I las it anyadilitional nn-an- 
 \n^ here? Si;e the boy's answer. 
 
 Youngster. ~Sl,-r was a femi- 
 nine sutMx in AiiK'lo-Saxon, nsed 
 to denote the .ij,'ent, as in sf^iiist' r. 
 
 Lone — for lonely. Xuiice the 
 collotiuial expressions in this par v- 
 f^raph. 
 
 Quarter-deck— that part of the 
 nppt^r deck which is abaft or be- 
 hind the mainmast, or which e\- 
 tv.iuhi from the mainmast to tl e 
 stern. 
 
 30. Dark night enough —With 
 what word is " enough " connected 
 in meaning. 
 
 Sea-serpent. — This is a favorite 
 snbje'Ct for s:i\\)vs' yarns. 
 
 Goes back again.— Is "again ' 
 necessary here ■* 
 
 Frustrated— baffled.— F>'»s/rrt/f, 
 to defeat; bajjic, to check. We 
 frustrate plans, designs, etc. ; we 
 baffle persons. Show that the 
 difference in the meaning and 
 application of these two words is 
 here correctly indicated. 
 
 Jib-boom— a spar running out 
 from the bow of the vessel. 
 
 Main - top - mast cross-trees — 
 pieces of timber supporting a semi- 
 circular platform called the main- 
 top, where the main - mast and 
 main-top-mast are joined together. 
 See the illustration of a full-rigged 
 ship in Webster's Dictionary. 
 Why are these places dangerous ? 
 
 31. Beset — surrounded on all 
 sides. 
 
 -ee 
 
 I.uk( 
 
 Our eyes see. 
 x\i\ , i'> 
 Not a sparrow . . ground. — 
 
 See Matthew x., ^i). 
 
 Note the animated style of this 
 stor\ , and point out any striking 
 n.itural descriptions. Show, too, 
 what lessons one may learn from 
 the story. 
 
 A lively narr iti\('. What tone, 
 pitch, etc., should be eniployeil in 
 reading it? Note any changes in 
 moilulation. I'ersonate the speak 
 ers in tlu; selection. 
 
 I. Distinguish between presently 
 and ininuilidtily ; wood and fi'f, st ; 
 impossible and imf^csstihli : glitter 
 and shiiu' ; benighted and lost : 
 voyage axxQl jolt I'Hiy ; provide and 
 supply. 
 
 il. Show the effect of the pre- 
 fixes in the following words: — for- 
 bear, apart, impossible, impulse, 
 asunder, arrested, surface, impa- 
 tient, benighted. 
 
 III. Transpose: — "I wish you 
 good night," says the man when 
 he passes. Fast and faster the 
 man runs, and as fast as he can 
 the boy runs after him. 
 
 IV. Writeout the story of "The 
 Little Midshipman " from the fol- 
 lowing heads : — Who he is. Where 
 he is going. What he sees on the 
 journey. The man who desires to 
 rob him. How the Midshipman 
 escapes in the wood. How we all 
 resemble the Little Midshipman. 
 
 V. PICTURES OF MEMORY. 
 
 31. Among . . wall.— Memory 
 is compared in this metaphor to 
 a picture-gallery. 
 
 Gnarled — knotty, twisted. 
 
 Mistletoe— wJ27-^o.— The name 
 seems to mean fwig of darkness 
 or mist; hence, probably, the 
 
 epithet " dark. " It is a European 
 plant, and is parasitic—that is, it 
 derives its nourishment from the 
 tree upon which it grows. It is 
 common enough on certain species 
 of trees, such as apple trees, but is 
 very seldom found on the oak. It 
 
20 
 
 NOTliS lO Till-; rolRlM KKADF.R. 
 
 was con«;rrrnt«'(l to religious pur- 
 poses by tlic ,-ui( iciit (\;ltic ii.i- 
 tioris of l'"iir<)|)i!, briri),' held in 
 K'rcat veneration by the I)rni(ls, 
 <ir ('eltic priests, particularly 
 svhen it was found growing on 
 the oak. 
 
 Violets golden. — Arc viol(!ts 
 "goldi'U"? The yc.Uow f^d II sy is 
 a <»pe(i(!S of violet. ' 
 
 Milk-white lilies.— The lily is 
 an eiulilcin <if purity. I )(jes the 
 epithet "milk-white" accurately 
 describe t Ik Molor of f lie white lily ? 
 
 Coquetting . . sunbeams. Ivx- 
 
 plain. Cixjiht (ko-k(!t'), to flirt, to 
 play at Imvc making. 
 
 Stealing . edge. -This refers 
 to tilt; white lily becoming yellow 
 with age. 
 
 Upland— higher ground. 
 
 (^'arefuliy not(^ the grammatical 
 construction of the sentence, " not 
 for its gnarled oaks . . best." 
 
 32. Deep. —I'A plain. 
 
 in the lap asleep. - Para - 
 
 phr.tsc, showing the full force of 
 the comparison implied h(>r(!. 
 
 Long ago. — Used poetically n«? 
 a noun. 
 
 Note the grammatical construc- 
 tion of the four preceding lines, 
 " fj'ght . . ago." 
 
 On the hills. What is the gram- 
 matical rel.ition of " on " .' 
 
 -Why " yel- 
 -E.xpress 
 
 Yellow leaves. 
 
 low ' > 
 
 As the light . . face. 
 
 otherwise. 
 
 Arrows of sunset— the last rays 
 of the setting sun falling upon the 
 tre<! tops, atul hlling them with 
 light. Show th(; full forci; of the 
 beautiful metaphor in this and the 
 following line 
 
 Gates of light. - \ reference to 
 the beantifiU simset, which, to the 
 mind of iXw. poet, appears like the 
 gates of the celestial city opening 
 to admit the dying child. 
 
 'i'he reading of this poem should 
 be marked by t<Mider feeling, and 
 by a touch of sadness, especially 
 in the pathetic lines " lint his feet 
 . . gates of light." 
 
 VI. ALEXANDER AND THE AFRICAN CHIEF. 
 
 11 I 
 
 si' 
 
 3j. Alexander the Macedonian 
 
 — commonly known as Alexander 
 the Great — was king of Macedon, 
 a country north of Ancient (Greece, 
 now forming part of Turkey. Dur- 
 ing his reign, B.C^ 336-j23,hecon- 
 (juered Greece, F.gypt, and a large 
 part of Asia. He died at Babylon, 
 in his thirty -third year, of a fever 
 brought on by excessive drinking. 
 
 Remote -secluded. —Distin- 
 guish. 
 
 In peaceful huts.— Does "peace- 
 ful" apply to the huts or to the 
 dwellers in the huts? 
 
 Hospitably — in a kind, friendly 
 manner. 
 
 Golden.— What is the forceofrn ? 
 
 I take it . . us. -What does the 
 chief mean by this indirect answer ? 
 
 Tempted— attracted. Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Manners and customs. Cus- 
 toms, common practices ; vituiucrs, 
 general mode of life. Make short 
 sentences introducing these words 
 properly. 
 
 Rejoined. -i?tyo/>/ is to answer 
 to a reply (see p. 34). In law the 
 answer of the defendant to the 
 plaintiff's declaration is called a 
 plea : the plaintiff replies to th« 
 defendant's plea, and the defend • 
 ant rejoins to the plaintiff's reply. 
 
 ;i;i! 
 
ALEX.\NI>KK AM) IIII, AlKICW rHII I h(»AI»l( I.A. 
 
 21 
 
 Sojourn - siVJnni t") Ii\i' in ;i 
 place .'IS a tnnpKrary resident. 
 (ii\e syiKin\ ins 
 
 Conversation.- Distinmiish 
 from its synonyms, cluit, talk, dia- 
 l(ii;iif, di^idiiisf. 
 
 Plaintiff phlu' tijj—h\ law, the 
 person who coniniences a suit : 
 opposed tni{ifi)tt{iiiif. 
 
 3}. Beneath it. (live ilie |)ro- 
 per substitution Icr " it " 
 
 Contingent- posslMt" or liabU." 
 to arise, out not certain or ex- 
 pected. Ke write the sentence in 
 simple lan^ua^'e. 
 
 Supreme Judge. — Tiy what 
 name is tliis ollicial known in 
 Canada? 
 
 Recapitulated--^<tvoa sminnary. 
 or brief statrnn nt of. Distin^uisli 
 from rtpc-at and riitiratv. 
 
 Reflection — close or serious 
 thought. 
 
 Marriage-portion. — M.\ press by 
 a single worii. 
 
 Would- should. —Note the cor- 
 rect use of these words here. 
 
 Taken into custody.— ICxprcss 
 otherwise. 
 
 But are there. — Show the force 
 of " but " here. 
 
 ill it shi>uM be l< ,i<l will) the f.iil 
 1114 ililUetioii. 
 
 Point out the <]uestions in this 
 feelection that should be re.ul with 
 the rising inflect ion, and those 
 
 I. I )istin^Miish between people 
 
 and iiiitiuii : hut and /ions, : hither 
 ;ind lurr : surprised .and (^cifl, U(/,- 
 answered and ;.//.'.(/. 
 
 II. SeUct the prefixes in the 
 follnwin^ and shov how thev 
 .illei t tile meinin^'s of tlie wonls : 
 -rejoineil, understooi!, unjust, as- 
 sure, disow n, immortal, disorderly. 
 
 III. N.'ime antl aeroiint fortht; 
 position of the puiu tuation ni.irks 
 in first paraj^'raph of this lesson. 
 
 I\'. Combine iiitoone s»'ntence : 
 (i ) \ pciiodical was published 
 in i^('0 and i.^io. It was called 
 The I'liiiiJ. It was published by 
 Coleridj^e. It was published at 
 CrasiiR-re. ruasmerc,' is in Cum- 
 berland, ICn^land. ( ii. ) .Mcs.in- 
 der visited an obscure pcDplc in 
 Africa. He was led to the hut of 
 the (liief. The Chief set lHk)re 
 him f^old for food. The Chief did 
 this as thoii;,di undi-r the belief 
 that .\lexander liadcomefoi ^^I'ldi-n 
 food. 
 
 V. Reproduce the lesson from 
 the followinj;' heads : — TIk; ban- 
 (|uet and the conversation about 
 it. The Court of |ustice. The 
 .African Chief's opinion of ,\k\- 
 der's country. 
 
 VII. F>o.\nici:.\. 
 
 35. Warrior - queen. Name 
 other ivary'tor-qticiHs of ICn^land. 
 
 Bleeding . . rods.— Koad the 
 story of Boadicea in Thompson's 
 History of England, and in Epochs 
 of Enfr/ish History. 
 
 Indignant — angry, with the 
 added notion of scorn or contempt. 
 
 Mien — jucn — air, look. Ciive 
 other words of the same sound, 
 with their meanings. 
 
 Sage. Give the meaning and 
 llif ^,'ramm;itical nlation. 
 
 Druid.- Tht; Druids wcnr the 
 priests among the ancient Celtic 
 nations of Britain, b'ranre, and 
 Ciermany. They formed a distinct 
 and separate class, and possessed 
 great authority. They regard(>d 
 the oak as sacred, and the oak 
 groves were their temples. See 
 note on " Mistletoe," \y. 31. 
 
22 
 
 NOTES TO TH1-: FOl'KTH RKADEK. 
 
 I 
 
 1^ , 
 
 Hoary chief. — Huayy, white cir 
 gr;iy willi age. The chief Druid 
 was elected l^y his fellow-priests, 
 and enjoyed his dignity for life. 
 
 Burning word. — Explain 
 ' binning." 
 
 Princess . . tongues. — This 
 passage is somewhat obscure. By 
 making " ties " equivalent to " has 
 hitherto tied," the meaning may 
 be, that the Druids had hitherto 
 remained silent because of the 
 very intensity of their indignation, 
 and had wept in private' over the 
 wrongs of their (|ueen ; but, moved 
 by her personal appeal, they now 
 give utterance to the denuncia- 
 tions that follow. 
 
 " Resentment " may possibly 
 refer to the anger of the Romans 
 against the Druids. The meaning 
 then would be that the Druids 
 were silent because the Romans 
 had cruelly imposed silence upon 
 them. The Druids were believed 
 to have the power to bring down 
 the wrath of heaven upon any one 
 that opposed their authority; and 
 we are informed by Tacitus that 
 the Druids had just before, by 
 their curses and threats, caused a 
 panic in the Roman army, and 
 that in consequence their groves 
 had been cut down and a garrison 
 placed over them. 
 
 Matchless — unequalled. 
 
 Write . . spilt. — This has refer- 
 ence to the sure fulfilment of the 
 prophecy. There is an allusion 
 here to the cru' !ty of the; Romans, 
 and, perhaps, also to a custom 
 among robbers, assassins, etc., of 
 signing agreements with their own 
 blood, thereby indicating that the 
 breaking of the agreement involved 
 thei'- death. 
 
 Abhorred hated extremely, de- 
 tested. 
 
 Deep . guilt. — Explain. Give 
 grammatical relation of "Deep." 
 
 Thousand— a definite used for 
 an indefinite number. 
 
 Soon ground —Express by 
 a paraphrase. 
 
 Gaul- an inhabitant of Gallic, 
 or ancient France — here taken to 
 include all the northern nations of 
 Europe, by whom Rome's power 
 was destroyed in the fifth century. 
 " Cioth " is a suggested reading, 
 because it does not appear that the 
 Gauls were among those invading 
 nations. 
 
 36. Other Romans — the Ital- 
 ians. The description in the next 
 line was true of thQ Italians in 
 Cowper's time. Does it apply 
 now? 
 
 Sounds . . fame.— An allusion 
 to the love of the Italian for music. 
 Paraphrase this stanza. 
 
 Harmony — musical science. 
 
 Progeny— pyoj'cn-y — offspring. 
 What is the reference here? 
 
 Armed . . wings. — Explain. 
 Paraphrase the stanza. 
 
 Caesar — Nero, Emperor of 
 Rome, A.D. 54-68. He was an 
 infamous blood-thirsty tyrant. He 
 murdered hisown wife, and mother, 
 and many of the best citizens of 
 Rome. During his reign there was 
 a fii^rce persecution of the Christ- 
 ians, in which the Apostle Paul is 
 supposed to have perished. 
 
 Thy posterity . . sway.— In 
 what sense is "posterity" used 
 here ? 
 
 Where . . they. — The cafrlc was 
 tile Roman military standard. 
 "They" refers to "posterity." 
 Express the meaning of these lines 
 by a paraphrase. 
 
 Invincible — that cannot be con- 
 (juered. 
 
 Pregnant . . fire. — Explain. 
 See Gray's ii/r/^i , twelfth stanza. 
 'J'he Druids were pruphcts and 
 IxirJs, as well as priests. 
 
 Bending . . lyre.— The Druid 
 is represented as requiring the use 
 of music to bring on the inspira- 
 tion. See 2 Kings iii., 15, and 
 compare Gray's Bard : 
 
 "And with a master's hand, and 
 prophet's lire, 
 
 Struck the deep sorrows of his 
 lyre." 
 
BOADICEA — THE BATTLE OF HASTINGS. 
 
 23 
 
 Felt . glow. — ^The "burning 
 words " of the Druid kindle a de- 
 sire for revenge in Boadicea's 
 breast. 
 
 Rushed . . died. — See Epochs 
 «f English History. 
 
 RufR&ns — Rn/'y an s. — Give 
 synonyms. 
 
 Heaven . . due. — See Romans 
 xii., 19 ; Hebrews x., 30. 
 
 Empire . . you. — What is the 
 meaning of "empire" here and 
 in the fifth stanza ? The Druid 
 has made Boadicea believe that 
 " the whirligig of time brings in 
 his revenges." 
 
 St. I, 2. Pause after "bleeding," 
 "counsel," "sage." Emphasize 
 " burning . . spoke." 
 
 3-8. The voice of the Druid is 
 at tirst tremulous with rage and 
 grief, but as he proceeds with 
 his prophetic denunciations, it 
 assumes a firmer and more defi- 
 ant tone. Pause after "weep." 
 Emphasize "resentment." What 
 inflection on "tongues"? Strongly 
 emphasize "Rome shall perish," 
 "blood." Bring out the contrast 
 between "Sounds" and "arms," 
 " knew " and " sway." 
 
 II. Bring out the force of the 
 contrasted expression in the two 
 last lines. 
 
 VIII. THE BATTLE OF HASTINGS. 
 
 ;1 
 
 I 
 
 37. The Confessor. — Edward 
 the Confessor was King of Eng- 
 land, 1042-1066. He was the last of 
 the Saxon or Old-English Kings in 
 direct descent from Egbert. The 
 title "CoH/t'sso^-" — here equivalent 
 to "Saint" — was conferred upon 
 him, about one hundred years after 
 his death, by Pope Alexander III., 
 for his zeal in behalf of the Church. 
 A f ter the death of Edward , Harold , 
 hisbrother-in-law, son of Earl God- 
 win, was chosen to succeed him. 
 
 Norman William.— William the 
 Conqueror, who was also Duke of 
 Normandy. Normandy was a 
 province in the north of France, 
 the capital of which was Rouen 
 (roo'un) on the Seine (sdn). 
 
 Ambassadors— high officers of 
 state who represent their own 
 countries at foreign courts or gov- 
 ernments. They are also called 
 ministers. Ambassadors are of 
 two kinds — those who reside in 
 the country to which they are 
 sent, and those sent on special 
 
 occasions. The latter was the 
 only kind known in early times. 
 
 To keep his oath. —Harold had 
 at one time been driven to the 
 coast of France by a storm, and, 
 having fallen into the power of 
 Duke William, he was obliged to 
 swear that he would help VVilliam 
 to become King of England. 
 
 Leagued— joined for mutual aid. 
 
 Rebel brother. — This was 
 Tostig,the outlawed Earl of North- 
 umberland. He fell at Stamford 
 Bridge. Gurth and Leofwin, two 
 other brothers of Harold, fell at 
 Hastings, fighting bravely for their 
 country. 
 
 Flanders — formerly an impor- 
 tant manufacturing and commer- 
 cial district in the north-east of 
 France, including also portions of 
 what are now Belgium and Hol- 
 land. It was ruled hy Counts, 
 who were nominally vassals of the 
 Kings of France. 
 
 Vassal— a feudal tenant. What 
 were the relations of vassal and 
 
24 
 
 NOTKS TO THE FOUr^TH READER. 
 
 (•II 
 
 !! 
 
 III I ,' 
 
 1 1 1!' 
 
 lit 
 
 lord, under the feudal system ? 
 See Collier's History, or Epochs of 
 Evfj^Ush Hiitory. 
 
 Har'drada— that is, sfern-in- 
 cuunsel, because of his harsh rule. 
 
 Two nobles— Edwin and Mor- 
 car, brothcrs-in law of Harold. 
 
 Stamford Bridge —south-east of 
 York. 
 
 Derwent — a tributary of the 
 Ouse, in Yorkshire. 
 
 Brave —makinf^ a fine display 
 in bearing and general appear- 
 ance. Distinguish from its ordi- 
 nary meaning. 
 
 38. Such a fight . . led.— E.\- 
 press differently, and note the 
 peculiar use of "led." 
 
 S'). Galley — a low, one-decked 
 vessel, navigated with sails and 
 oars. 
 
 Prow — proH — bow. 
 
 Whereof. — What is the more 
 common expression ? 
 
 Three Lions — device or emblem 
 on the Norman banner, now form- 
 ing part of the royal arms of Great 
 Britain. According to some, the 
 third lion was added by Henry II. 
 
 Vanes— strips of metal or wood 
 to show the direction of the wind. 
 
 Decorations — ornaments. 
 
 Gorgeous — showy, glittering 
 v/ith gay colors. 
 
 Castle —See note on "castle" 
 under I'll Find a Way or Make it. 
 
 Pevensey —a hamlet or village 
 ten miles south-west of Hastings. 
 
 Pillaged — nearly synonymous 
 with plundered. 
 
 Ascertain— find out. 
 
 Outposts — troops stationed at a 
 distance from the main body of an 
 army. 
 
 Some proposals.— William sent 
 a messenger to Harold to propose 
 that he should either surrender 
 the Crown, refer it to the disposal 
 of the Pope, or fight a duel for it. 
 Harold rejected all three, and the 
 messenger came a second time 
 with the offer to leave to Harold all 
 the country north of the Humber, 
 
 if he would giv^ up the Crown at 
 once. This oft'cv was also rejected. 
 Reconciliation — agnem ' ;n t . 
 
 40. Senlac -a hill about eight 
 miles north of Hastings. 
 
 Rood — a crucifix, or cross bear- 
 ing an image of the Savicjur. The 
 royal palace in Edinburgh, former- 
 ly the residence of the Scottish 
 sovereigns, is called " Holy rood " 
 (hi'dlyrood). 
 
 Norman knight —This was the 
 minstrel Taillefer, who rode in 
 front shouting a war-song in praise 
 of Charlemagne {slnir-le-nidn) or 
 Cliarles the Great, and his brave 
 kai<ihts. 
 
 First beginning. - Tautology. 
 Compare the expression " latter 
 end." 
 
 41. Golden — silvery. -Compare 
 "red sunset" and " white mcjon- 
 light," six lines above. These 
 distinctive epithets are common 
 in poetry. See "gle.im of crim- 
 son," p. 45; "silver sphere," p. 318. 
 
 42. Carousing — drinking and 
 making merry. 
 
 Norman lions . . field— What 
 is meant ? 
 
 Point out any peculiarities of 
 expression or of style, which show 
 that this selection was written for 
 children. 
 
 I. Distinguish between (i.) Sent, 
 cent, and scent ; resign and re-sign ; 
 threw and through; sail and sale ; 
 vane, vmn and vein; faint and 
 feint; rode ^.ndroad; knight and 
 night; mail! and mane, (ii.) Drop- 
 ped and drooped ; among and he- 
 tivccn ; mortal and deadly ; fight 
 and battle; coA&t a-nd shore ; clash 
 and din ; council and counsel. 
 
 II. Name the suffixes in the fol- 
 lowing words, and show how they 
 affect the meaning of the words : — 
 Hunting, freely, powerful, distinct- 
 ly, silvery, pitiless. 
 
 HI. Punctuate in two ways . — 
 My men replied Harold will find 
 
GOOD L!FE, LONG LIFE — THE lUREFOOT BOY. 
 
 25 
 
 them good soldier!?. Give reasons 
 for your puiictii. tion. 
 
 IV. I'araphrase : - He had good 
 need to be quick about it. He 
 found them drawn up in a hollow 
 circle. " The King of Norway be- 
 ing a tall man, perhaps a little 
 more." replied the captain. The 
 intelligence was true. The sun 
 rose high, and sank, and the battle 
 still raged. 
 
 V. Combine into one sentence : 
 Harold was at York. It was after 
 the battle of Stamford Bridge. 
 Messengers came. They had rid- 
 den far and fast over the rough 
 ground. They brought news of 
 the landing of the Normans. The 
 Normans had landed on the south- 
 ern coast. They were laying waste 
 the land. 
 
 VI. Describe the two battles. 
 
 IX. GOOD LIFE, LONG LIFE. 
 
 This selection is from an ode to the memory and friendship of 
 Lord Falkland and Sir H. Morison. Morison had died young; Falk- 
 land espoused the royalist side in the struggle between Charles I. and 
 the Parliament, and fell at the first battle of Newbury in 1643, praying 
 that peace might come to his distracted country. He was then only 
 thirty-three years of age. The main thought in this poem is that it is 
 not necessary for a man to live many years in order to live a life that 
 is pure, noble, and complete in itself. Show how this thought is devel- 
 oped throughout the poem. 
 
 It is related of Achilles, the great Grecian hero, that, having the 
 choice of a short life lull of glory, or a long, inglorious life, he chose the 
 former. 
 
 X. THE BAREFOOT ROY. 
 
 43. Blessings.— Supply the el- 
 lipsis. 
 
 Redder . . hill.— Explain. 
 
 Through . . grace. — Para- 
 phrase, giving the full force of 
 "jaunty grace." 
 
 Painless play — play not followed 
 by pain, as the amusements of men 
 often are. 
 
 Laughing day. — Each morning 
 brings joy and gladness to the boy, 
 free from care. 
 
 Mocks . . rules. — Neglects the 
 doctor's rules, or has no need of 
 them — which ? 
 
 Knowledge . . schools. — Ex- 
 press otherwise. Note tha enu- 
 meration that follows. 
 
 Wild fiowers . . place. — Ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Habitude — customary mode of 
 life. 
 
 Woodchuck— also called 
 ground-hog. 
 

 26 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 
 t,ii 
 
 Ground-mole— .1 small insect- 
 eating animal which burrows in 
 the earth like the woodchuck, the 
 rabbit, etc. 
 
 Oriole's nest. — The oriole, or 
 hang-bird, suspends its nest to the 
 branch of a tree. 
 
 Blow. — What is meant ? Com- 
 pare the expression /M//-/>/oze'M. 
 
 44. Mason . . clay. — Explain. 
 
 Hornet — a large and voracious 
 species of wasp ; so called from its 
 antenna: or horns. Are ''archi- 
 tectural plans" peculiar to the 
 hornet? 
 
 Artisans— skilled workmen. 
 
 EscheTving — es-choo'ing — 
 avoiding. What is the grammati- 
 cal relation ? 
 
 Nature . . talks. — Explain. Na- 
 ture is his teacher. Compare 
 "Knowledge, never . . schools." 
 
 Fcctal dainties. — Explain. 
 What is the meaning of the wish 
 expressed here ? 
 
 O'er me . . fold. — Note the 
 beautiful description of the sky at 
 sunset. It is compared to a royal 
 tent hung with beautiful curtains. 
 Explain the epithets in this de- 
 scription. Parse "bent." 
 
 Pied— ;^^rf — party-colored, 
 marked with spots of different 
 colors. 
 
 Orchestra — a band of musicians. 
 Distinguish from choir and chorus. 
 Which is the most appropriate 
 word here? 
 
 Pomp — splendor. 
 
 Pomp . . boy. — Show how this 
 was the case. In an omitted stanza 
 occur the lines : — 
 
 " All things I heard or saw. 
 Me, their master, waited for." 
 
 Are there any imperfect rhymes 
 in this stanza? 
 
 As boyhood can— as only boy- 
 hood can. Note the metonymy in 
 " boyhood." 
 
 Sward — the grassy surface of 
 land . Explain ' ' stubble-speared . ' ' 
 
 All too soon.— Parse "all." 
 
 Prison cells of pride.— Is tha 
 notion expressed here a correct 
 one ? 
 
 45. What is the grammatical 
 relation of "lose," "be shod," 
 " (be) made" ? 
 
 Moil — drudgery, severe labor. 
 Note the comparison between 
 man's ceaseless toil and the old 
 punishment of the tread-mill. 
 
 Quick . . sin. — Sin is here com- 
 pared to a shifting quicksand, 
 which appears firm to the eye, 
 but proves fatal to those who ven- 
 ture upon it. 
 
 Ah 1 that . . boy.— What is the 
 meaning of this wish ? 
 
 Write a description of the plea- 
 sures of boyhood, as set forth in 
 this poem. 
 
 St. I. Read in a brisk, cheerful 
 tone. Emphasize "Blessings." 
 
 2. What feeling is to b^ ex- 
 pressed in the first line ? Do not 
 pause after "O," but prolong the 
 sound into the next word. Pause 
 after "Sleep," "Health," "fowl." 
 What change of modulation in 
 "Never . . schools"? Group 
 "habitude . . wood." 
 
 Note the emphatic words, and 
 any changes of modulation, in the 
 two last lines of each stanza. 
 
 Carefully bi"ng out the dift'er- 
 ent feelings expressed in the last 
 stanza. 
 
 Paraphrase: — With the sun- 
 shine on thy face, through thy torn 
 brim's jaunty grace. From my 
 heart I give thee joy. The archi- 
 tectural plans of gray hornet 
 artisans. Nature answers all she 
 asks. Part and parcel of her 
 joy. These feet must hide in the 
 prison cells of pride. Lose the 
 freedom of the sod. 
 
THE EVENING CLOUD — THE TRUANT. 
 
 27 
 
 XI. THE EVENING CLOUD. 
 
 45. Gleaun of crimson.— Explain. 
 See note on " (xolden," p. 41. 
 
 Braided snow— the light, rteecy 
 edge of the cloud. 
 
 The glory — the beautiful sunlit 
 cloud. 
 
 Still radiance . . below — the 
 quiet lake lit up by the glowing 
 rays of the setting sun. 
 
 Tranquil — quiet, peaceful. 
 
 Spirit. — Used poetically for the 
 cloud itself. 
 
 Even . . rest. — I low could this 
 be ? Note the different expressions 
 used to indicate the gentle motion 
 of the cloud. 
 
 Traveller. -What? 
 
 Emblem —type, symbol. 
 
 Gleam of bliss. — An allusion to 
 the heavenly radiance which is 
 said sometimes to light up the face 
 of the dying Christian. 
 
 Show the points of resemblance 
 
 which the poet discovers between 
 the evening cloud and the dcpartid 
 soul. 
 
 Examine the descriptive words 
 in this sonnet and show if they ,\vc. 
 appropriate. 
 
 The Sonnet is a poem of fourteen 
 lines, generally lyrical in its nature, 
 and dealing with one idea, pre- 
 sented under various aspects. Ap- 
 ply this definition here. 
 
 To express the quiet, subdued 
 feeling that characterizes this 
 poem it should be read in the 
 purest of tones, and in slow time. 
 Fau.se after " cloud " to avoid the 
 harshness of the recurring c and / 
 sounds. Group " Even . . motion," 
 with increasing emphasis on " very 
 motion." Read the last six lines 
 with deeper tone and in slower 
 time. 
 
 XII. THE TRUANT. 
 
 ifier- 
 last 
 
 Explain the allegory as the study 
 of the lesson proceeds. 
 
 46. Daifydowndilly— another 
 name for the well-known daffodil. 
 
 Schoolmaster.— Why is Mr. 
 Toil represented first as a school- 
 master ? 
 
 Worthy character. — Has 
 "character" its usual meaning 
 here? Distinguish from reputa- 
 tion. 
 
 Had done . . good.— How ? 
 
 Certainly . . good. — Compare 
 the thought in Good Life, Long 
 Life. 
 
 For . . Eden. — See Genesis iii., 
 17-19. 
 
 Severe and ugly . . disagreeable. 
 — Why is Mr. Toil thus described f 
 
 47. Sedate — calm, composed. 
 Distinguish from "grave." 
 
 Trudging . . pace. — Why ? Dis- 
 tinguish "trudge" from "toddle" 
 (p. 20). 
 
 Sort of kindness. — Moderate 
 toil is pleasant. _ 
 
 Whence . . going ? — How does 
 the style of this question corre- 
 spond to the stranger's appear- 
 ance ? 
 
 Ingenuous — frank, free from 
 reserve or deception. Distinguish 
 from ingenious. 
 
 Dismal. — So Daffy thought. 
 Why ? 
 
 48. Make . . shone.-Give the 
 proverb, and explain it. 
 
 Precisely— exactly . 
 
 ill 
 
28 
 
 KOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 Si 
 
 liii: 
 
 i; 
 
 :i 
 
 Fijnire . . Mr. Toil.— Why 
 
 recognize Mr. Toil in the old farmer 
 rather than in the laborers ? 
 
 Quoth — said. "Quoth," always 
 precedes its subject. 
 
 People . . two. — Account for 
 this statement. Why not tKust P 
 
 49. Bred in France.- The 
 French area gay, sprightly people. 
 Compare Goldsmith's Traveller, 
 11. 241-254. 
 
 He made . . mansions. — Ex- 
 plain clearly how Mr. Toil is .so 
 frequently met with. 
 
 50. Torpid— dull, sluggish. 
 Bred in Italy. — An allusion to 
 
 the lazzaroni (lats-a-ro'ne), poor 
 people in Naples and some other 
 Italian cities, who spend most of 
 their time in idleness, and live 
 chiefly by begging. 
 
 Most miserable . . fan;ily. — 
 What lesson may be learned from 
 this? 
 
 Poor child . . day. — Explain 
 why Mr. Toil joins Daffy so early 
 in the journey, and remains with 
 him all day. Why did Daffy not 
 recognize Mr. Toil before ? Com- 
 pare note above, on "sort of kind- 
 ness." 
 
 Good lesson.— What was the les- 
 son ? See introductory note, p. 46. 
 
 Whit. — This word is contained 
 in aught (a whit). Naught— not a 
 whit. 
 
 And, when . . mother. — Com- 
 pare the sentiment in " The labor 
 we delight in physics pain." 
 Sliakespeare, Macbeth, Act II., 3, 
 
 « 
 Read in a bright, cheerful tone, 
 being careful to change the tone 
 whan required to express disagree- 
 able ideas, as in the third para- 
 graph. 
 
 In personating the speakers, try 
 to enter into the spirit of what is 
 said. 
 
 Imitate the tones of Daffy's 
 voice, where he shows discontent, 
 excitement, pleasure, fe^r, resigna- 
 tion. 
 
 47. "Daffy was delighted . . 
 Mr. Toil." — Express the contrast 
 between the pleasant and the 
 gloomy thoughts in this sent«noe. 
 
 I. Distinguish bet\/een flower 
 and flour; idle and idol: choose 
 and chose ; ramble and journey ; 
 trudge and walk : place and plaice ; 
 mown and luoan ; bred and bread ; 
 profession and trade. 
 
 II. Select the suffixes in the fol- 
 lowing, and show how they affect 
 the meanings of the words: — beau- 
 tiful, agreeable, worthy, certainly, 
 Daffy, employer, entering, likeness, 
 toilsome, idleness. 
 
 III. Paraphrase; — Trudging at 
 a moderate pace. Make hay while 
 the sun shone. Dancing to the 
 sound of a fiddle. He hates to 
 see people taking their ease. Dili- 
 gence is not a whit more toilsome 
 than sport or idleness. 
 
 IV. Combine into a simple sen- 
 tence : — Little Daffy ran away from 
 school. Mr. Toil was his teacher. 
 He ran away to escape the lessons. 
 The lessons were very tiresome. 
 Mr. Toil gave them to him to 
 learn. 
 
 V. Write a short account of 
 " The Truant " from the following 
 heads : — Daffy runs away from 
 school. He meets Mr. Toil, the 
 farmer, the fiddler, the Italian 
 vagabond. Daffy returns to 
 school. 
 
 i!»! 
 
 
THE BELLS OF SHANDON. 
 
 XIII. THK HELLS OF SHAXDON. 
 
 29 
 
 fc 
 
 This poem first appoareil in 1^34 in Fraser's Ma^azhie. Mahony 
 was a native of C'ork, and tin: b jIIs, uliosc; music ht; luis sent all around 
 the world, still chime the hours from the steeple of St. Anne, or Upper 
 Shandon, in that city. The spire of Shandon was built on the ruins 
 of old Shandon Castle. 
 
 51. Magic spells —charms pos- 
 sessed ot supernatural powers. 
 These two n ords are closely allied 
 in mean in J,'. 
 
 Sweet Cork. 'The s^ctitness 
 of Cork has beou sunj,' by one of 
 its melodious sons in e.isilv remeni- 
 bered lines, but its beauty was 
 surely in the glamor cast upon it 
 by his own fondness." 
 
 River Lee — tlu; river on which 
 Cork is situated. 
 
 Sublime — calculated to awaken 
 noble, elevated feeling. 
 
 Cathedral— the principal church 
 in tlie jurisdiction of a bishop. 
 
 Shrine —a sacred place; or object, 
 hallowed from its history or from 
 its associations. This word is 
 added for the sake of the rhyme ; 
 bells toll in cathedrals, but not in 
 the shrines. 
 
 Glib. — Here, lively. Note the 
 defective rhyme in glib rate — 
 vl'bratc. 
 
 Belfry. — Properly, the bell- 
 tower. 
 
 Adrian's mole — the mausoleum 
 or tomb of the Roman em))eror 
 .Vdrian, on tiie wt,-st sitle of the 
 Tiber. This building, stripped of 
 its ornamt'iiis, forms the citadel of 
 modern K<jme — the castle of St. 
 Angelo. 
 
 Vatican — palace of the Pope at 
 Rome ; so called because it stands 
 on the 'Vatican Hill, west of the 
 Tiber. 
 
 Cymbals -musical instruments 
 of brass, of a circular form, struck 
 together in pairs when used. Tiie 
 poet seems to use this word for 
 its agreeable sound. The clashing 
 
 of cymbals cannot well be com- 
 pared with the pealing of the bells 
 of Notre Dame, which Victor Hugo 
 descrd)es as "mingling in the air 
 like a rich embroidery of all sorts 
 of delightful sounds." 
 
 Notre Dditnt—nijt' r-diim — Our 
 Lady. It is the old French name 
 of the Virgin Mary; here, the name 
 of the great cathedral at Paris. 
 
 Dome — a structure with a 
 rouiuled roof raised above the or- 
 dinary roof of a church or other 
 building. 
 
 Dome of Peter — St. Peter's 
 Church at Rt)ine, the dome of 
 which was designed by Michael 
 .Vngelo, the celebrated Italian 
 painter, sculptor, and architect. It 
 stands on the west side of the 
 Tiber, and is the largest cathedral 
 in the wcndd. 
 
 S.J. Bell in Moscow — "the mon- 
 arch of Moscow " — the largest bell 
 in the world, twent)-one feet in 
 height and diameter, and weighing 
 one hundred and ninety - three 
 tons. It was cast in 1734, was 
 broken by a fall in 1737, and now 
 f(jrms the dome of a chapel. 
 
 Kiosk -A'7-(;sA;' - an open pavil- 
 ion or summer house ; here, an 
 open cupola or dome. "C)" is in- 
 troduced merely for the sake of 
 the rhyme. 
 
 Saint Sophia— the great mosque 
 of C(jnstantinopl(,'. It wasorigin- 
 ally a Christian church, but when 
 Constantinople was taken by the 
 Turks in 1453 it was converted 
 into a Mohammedan place of wor- 
 ship. The name is pronounced 
 Suphl'a here. The church was 
 
30 
 
 NOTES TO Tin: FOURTH READER. 
 
 not, however, dedicated to a s.iint 
 of that name, hut to the second 
 I 'erson of the Trinity, called Ili^'ta 
 Soph'ia, or Sacred Wisdom— that 
 is, Christ. 
 
 Turkman— T u rk . 
 
 Minarets— tall, slender turrets 
 on Mohamm'idan mosques, from 
 which the pet^plc are summoned 
 to prayer by the viutzzin or crier. 
 
 Phantom— that which has only 
 an apparent existence, a fancy. 
 
 Anthem. — Distinguish the 
 meaning here from its usual mean- 
 mg. 
 
 Observe the rhyme at the mid- 
 dle and end of the first and third 
 lines of each stanza. Lines having 
 
 this peculiarity are called Leonine 
 r^Tst's, from the inventor, Leoninus, 
 a canon of the Church of St. Victor, 
 in I'aris, in the twelfth century 
 Shelley's Cloud is another example 
 of this kind of versification. 
 
 To express the ringing melody 
 (jf this poem it should be read in 
 a clear, orotund tone, and in slow 
 time. 
 
 The rhyming sounds should l)e 
 prolonged, especially " Shandon " 
 and "grand on." Pause after 
 "wild" (St. I.), but not long 
 enough to destroy the effect of 
 the rhyme. 
 
 XIV. THE LAMENT OF THE IRISH EMIGRANT. 
 
 52. Stile — a step or set of steps to 
 assist in getting over a fence or wall. 
 
 Corn. — Here applied to grain in 
 general. 
 
 And the red . . eye. — A refer- 
 ence to Mary's youthful freshness 
 and beauty. 
 
 53. They love . . sends.— Ana- 
 lyse. For the parsing of " the," see 
 Mason's Grammar, par. 270. 
 
 Hoping on. — For what ? 
 
 And my arm's . . gone. — Ex- 
 plain. 
 
 54 And the sun . . there.— 
 What is meant ? 
 
 Grand old woods.— Where ? 
 
 An Idyl, or Idyll — I'dil — is a 
 short poem which presents in sim- 
 ple language a picture of the ordi- 
 nary scenes and events of pastoral 
 or rustic life. 
 
 A feeling of sadness and of ten- 
 der regretful longing should mark 
 the reading of this poem. Care- 
 fully observe the rules for Pause. 
 The inflections should be short, 
 and not strongly marked. 
 
 XV. CLOUDS, RAINS, AND RIVERS. 
 
 54. I'oint out any synonymous 
 expressions in the first paragraph. 
 
 55. Where , . sea. — Express 
 by a phrase. 
 
 Stream. — Discuss the use of this 
 word here. Give other terms for 
 running water, in addition to those 
 occurritig in this paragraph. 
 
 Streamlet. Oive force of let. 
 Mention other endings with simi- 
 lar force. 
 
 Constitute— form, make up. 
 
 Cots'wold. — Literally, a wold, 
 or pasture land, where there are 
 sliccp-cots. Point out on the map 
 the mountains and hills here men^ 
 
CLOUDS, RAINS, AND RIVERS. 
 
 31 
 
 tioncd, and trace the courses of 
 the rivers. 
 
 A brief residence. — Express dif- 
 feri-mly. 
 
 Per'colated — filtered, worked 
 its way tlirou^h, drop l)y drop. 
 
 Orifice—or' i-jis — opening,'. 
 
 56. Condensed — made more 
 dense, slirunkcn. See next para- 
 graph for explanation. 
 
 Locomotive.— 1'"< t locomotive cn- 
 <fj;ine. Properly, nio\in',', or causing,' 
 to niovi', from place io place. 
 
 Opaque — u-p<lk' —that cannot 
 be seen through. Opposed to tniiis- 
 piirtiit. 
 
 Minute — »ii-it tit' — very small . 
 Derived from the same root as 
 minute (mtn'fit)— a minute' portion 
 of time. 
 
 Particle — a very small part. 
 
 Cloud-banner.— Explain. 
 
 Humid — moist. 
 
 Licked up. — Express otherwise. 
 
 Reconverted. — Give the force 
 of tins word. 
 
 57. Finely-divided — divided in- 
 to mmule particles. 
 
 Atmosphere — the air. 
 
 Water — in the form of mois- 
 ture.— Give familiar examples. 
 
 Aqueous — watery, charged with 
 water. 
 
 The vapor-charged . . attains. 
 This may be proved by the i(jl- 
 lowing simple experiment :— If a 
 bladder, partly filled with air, 
 and tightly tied at the neck, Le 
 heated before a fire, the con- 
 tained air will expand and the 
 bladder will be distended. The 
 bladder will be distended also, if, 
 when partly filled, it be carried to 
 a great height. 
 
 The colder higher air.— Why 
 
 colder ? 
 
 5S. Further stage.— Tra:e the 
 different stages. 
 
 Tilted . . side.— Explain. 
 
 Driblet. — Formed, with the 
 diminutive ending. 7, from drihhle, 
 a frequentative form oi drib (drip). 
 
 59. Glacier — ^'las'l er (Ayres' 
 
 Orthoepist) ; gld'ihl-cr (Imperial 
 Dictioutiry ). 
 
 Temperature — state of the at- 
 mosphere with regard to heat or 
 cold. 
 
 Freezinp-point — the tempera- 
 ture at winch uater freezi-s. At 
 what degree is this point marked 
 on a common — Fahrenheit's — 
 thermometer ? 
 
 Atmospheric— pertaining to the 
 atmosphere or ai' Note that in 
 this sentence the writer summar- 
 izes his arguments. 
 
 I. Distinguish between preceded 
 and proceeded; steam and jv;,''.'/' ; 
 transparent and invisible : quantity 
 and number : current and ti'irent ; 
 example and specimen ; accumu 
 late and increase. 
 
 II. Select the prefixes and suf- 
 fixes in the following words ami 
 show how they affect the mean- 
 ings ; —streamlet, assure, enable, 
 discover, fineness, di.sappearance, 
 reconverted, surface, pressure, sur- 
 rounding, condensed, original. 
 
 III. I'araphiase: — Every occur- 
 rence in nature is preceded by 
 other occurrences. These consti- 
 tute the source of the river. A 
 brief residence among the moun- 
 tains would prove to you that they 
 are fed by the rains. It has been 
 reconverted into true invisible 
 vapor. Without solar fire \vt; 
 should have no atmospheric vapor. 
 
 I V. Paraphrasebychangingfroni 
 passive to active or from active to 
 passive construction: — They are 
 usually foundamonghills. WJience 
 do the earliest streams derive their 
 water ? Yoii discover at once a 
 likeness. The air is also chilled 
 ' by coming in contact with < e 
 colder higher air. The human 
 mind is not satisfied with study- 
 ing and observing any natural 
 occurrence alone. 
 
 V. Combine into one sentence : 
 — The sun's rays fall on the earth. 
 They heat the earth. They heat 
 
32 
 
 NOTUS TO TIIK roi'RTlI KIIADKR. 
 
 the water. The water lies in large 
 or small bodies on the siirfact; of 
 the earth. The heat changes the 
 water into steam. The steam ris(;s 
 intt) the air. Clouds are formed 
 from the steam. 
 
 VI. ICxpand the italicizi'fl 
 phrases in the followinR, into pro- 
 positions : — In drv ji'fdtlitf you 
 would find the streams teiiljle. 
 At every puff of llir enf^ini', a cloud 
 is projected into the air. Without 
 
 solar fire, therefore, we could have 
 n<j atmosjiheric vapor. liy trui- 
 iiifr a r'nur Ixiikauint, from it.s 
 t!nd to its rt'dl hti^innini:;, wi; come 
 at last to the sun. To produce the 
 cloiiii, li'Tit is necess;iry. 
 
 \'I I, Write out the lesson, from 
 the following heads: — i. Tracing a 
 rivt;r to its source. 2. Whence the 
 rain whicli forms the river, c(jmes. 
 3. River formed from glaciers. 4. 
 How glaciers are formed. 
 
 XVI. THE HUMBLE-BEE. 
 
 i 
 
 Co. Fine . . humble-bee. — .An- 
 other reading is " Burly, tlozing, 
 humble-bee." Humble, in humble- 
 bee, is a different word I'rom hum- 
 ble, lowly, weak. It is a frequenta- 
 tive form of hum, and means to 
 hum often ; compare humm'nii^-bird. 
 By a process of attraction humble- 
 bee becomes bumble-bee. 
 
 Porto Rique — Borto Rico (Rich 
 Port), one of the Spanish West 
 India Islands. Its climate is very 
 hot, but healthful. For what 
 does " them " stand here ? 
 
 Seas. — What seas? 
 
 Thou . . zone.— Explain. By 
 following the bee tiie poet can 
 always enjoy a warm climate. 
 
 Zigzag steerer. — Explain. 
 What is a bee-line ? 
 
 Waving.— Is this word recon- 
 cilable with " zigzag " ? 
 
 Singing.— What is the gram- 
 matical relation .' 
 
 Flower-bells . . frequents.— 
 Explain. Is there a reference 
 here to camping out in hot 
 weather ? 
 
 Epicu'rean —generally epicurean 
 — pleasure seeker. 
 
 Epicurus was a Greek philoso- 
 pher who taught that the chief 
 good in life was the pursuit of 
 
 pleasure, meaning thereby freedom 
 fi-o)<i pain and anxiety. His fol- 
 lowers perverted his system, and 
 gave themselves up lO sensual 
 pleasures. 
 
 Jvvplain all the epithets given to 
 the l)i;e in this stanza. 
 
 Prithee- th as in ///t-— pray thee. 
 It is generally used without the 
 pronoun. 
 
 Earshot— hearing distance. 
 
 Martyrdom -t lie st;',te of being 
 a martyr. A r.itiier strong term 
 to express the feeling that separa- 
 tion from the bee produces. 
 
 Shining ha ie —a lackof transpa- 
 rency in tlie air. Why "shining" ? 
 
 61. Colorof romance.— An allu- 
 sion to the fresher and deeper color 
 of the countenance in spring. Is 
 thistrueof the human countenance 
 only ? See Tennyson's Locksley 
 Hall, ninth and tenth stanzas. 
 
 Infusing — gradually introduc- 
 ing. 
 
 Subtle heats.— ^An allusion to 
 the hidden and quietly workittjr in- 
 fluences of the spring warmth, 
 which cause the flowers to spring 
 up in profusion — "turns the sod 
 to violets." 
 
 Sunny solitudes — open places 
 in the woods, where the sun shines. 
 
 .B4._ 
 
THF- HrMRr.F.-nfvE — rnK sowf.r s song. 
 
 33 
 
 Green silence- the silence of 
 tlic^'rccn uiulcrwoocls — an expres- 
 sion thoroii>,'lily pr)otic. 
 
 Mellow . . bass. ICxplnin 
 " mellow " and " breezy." 
 
 Crone. --( Generally a contemptu- 
 ous name for a withered, Kirrnlous, 
 old woman. It has reference hero 
 to the croottiitir or hnmminj.; sound 
 made by the Ix-e, and his perhaps 
 the adiled meaning' "f crony or 
 companion. 
 
 Gulfs of sweetness -socludt>d 
 places in th(3 woocls full of flowers. 
 
 Of Syrian . . leisure. Analln- 
 sioti to the (piiet of hot countries 
 at mid-day, when the pi'ople take 
 their siesta (se es'-ta), or mid clay 
 rest, when the birds C(.'ase to sin^;, 
 and all nature seems to feel the 
 oppressive (>ffects f)f tlx; extreme 
 heat. In general the people of 
 these countries lead a careless, 
 easy-f:j<'ii"i,T lif«. 
 
 Unsavory disagreeable to the 
 tastt; or sm(;ll. 
 
 Bilberry the bln(di(>rry. 
 
 Daffodils— yellow Mowers of the 
 lily family. 
 
 Catchfly — a plant whose leaves 
 fold up and entrap any fly that 
 touches the upper surface. It is 
 also called Viiins's Jly-tfap. 
 
 Adder's tongue— a species of 
 fern whose seeds are produced on 
 a spike supposed to resemble a 
 serpent's tongue. 
 
 Dwelt amongf. — What is the 
 ^r.immatical relation ? 
 
 All beside, .passed. — Explain. 
 
 Seer. — Her(\ a wise man, a phil- 
 osopher. For reasons why the bcv; 
 is wiser, see the four lines " Seein>.( 
 only . . wheat," ami the three 
 last lines of the potmi. 
 
 Yellow-breeched. — Explain. 
 
 T)^. Slumberest deep. — The bee 
 lii;s in a torpid or inactive state 
 through tlu! wintt^r. 
 
 Much of the pleasing effect of 
 the; po(!m depends on the quaint 
 but appropriate' epithets used. 
 I'oint out instances cjf these. 
 
 Carefully observe the contrasted 
 words and expressions in the read- 
 ing of this poem. Point out the 
 lines that should be read with the 
 rising inflection, giving reasons. 
 See the rules for Inflection in the 
 FoUKTH kK.\nfc:R. 
 
 Paraphrase: — Thou animated 
 torrid zone. I-lpicnrean of June, 
 wait I prithee, till I come within 
 earshot of thy hum. -all without 
 is martyrdom. Thou in sunny 
 solitudes, rover of the under- 
 woods, the green silence dost dis- 
 place with thy mellow breezy 
 bass. 
 
 XVII. THE SOWER'S SONG. 
 
 62. Now hands . . cast.— This 
 is a reference to the old custom of 
 sowing grain from a sheet fastened 
 to the body in such a manner as to 
 form a seed-bag; the sower casts 
 a handful of grain at each step. 
 
 Old Time's on wing. — Express 
 differently. 
 
 Harvest's joys.— What are 
 these ? 
 
 Corn. — See note on "corn," p. 52. 
 
 Beast and man.— Why this un- 
 usual order ? 
 
 In sunshiny . . green.— Explain. 
 
 63. Six thousand . . sires — 
 the harvests since the Creation. 
 
 One more . . requires.— Ex- 
 plain. M-an and corn are both 
 regarded as children of Mother 
 Earth. 
 
 Are there any traces of Carlyle'a 
 ruggedness of style in this poem ? 
 
i^ 
 
 34 
 
 NOTKS ro rilK I'OIJKTII Ul- ADKK. 
 
 XVIII. riii': VISION of mirza. 
 
 MKST KliADINCl. 
 
 ^)3. Mirza. — Arnrrnplion nhhn 
 Persian title Emirzadch, son of llu; 
 prince — rmir, prince, and ziiiUh, 
 son. This name— perhaps, too, 
 
 Hdi^nfatl, pnyntiisr, f^i iiiiis was 
 
 probably sii},'^,'este(! l)y th(! Arnliiaii 
 Nii^f/its' I-'nti rfdiniiiiiits, a collec- 
 tion of Oriental tales first made 
 known to l-airopo in Addison's 
 time. They wen; translated from 
 the Arabic, and [)nblished in I'aris, 
 1704 1717. 
 
 Grand Cairo -in Epypt, ki'ro ,• 
 in the United States, hi'ro. Called 
 Grand on account of its l)eautiful 
 minarets, and its maf^'nificen t 
 mosques and other public build- 
 in<,'s. The Arabic name signifies 
 " The Victorious (\apital." 
 
 Oriental — eastern ; opposed to 
 ociiJintal. 
 
 Manuscripts— books or papers 
 written with the hand. What is 
 the contraction for this word .-* 
 
 By me. — Express otherwise. 
 
 C4. Give . . public. -In what 
 way ? 
 
 Entertainment. — Explain the 
 meaning in this connection. 
 
 Begin. — Distinguish from cvin- 
 mcncc. See Abbott & Seeley's 
 Eu<rlish Lessons for English People, 
 par. 7. 
 
 Translated — changed from an- 
 other language. The manuscript 
 is supposed to be written in the 
 Arabic language. 
 
 Wordforword. — Express other- 
 wise. For what purpose do(\s the 
 author pretend to have found this 
 " vision " in an oriental manu- 
 script ? 
 
 Fifth day of the moon.— That 
 is, fifth day of the month. Month 
 primarily meant the time measured 
 by one revolution of the moon. 
 
 Forefathers. — Give another 
 
 word with the sam(; meaning, and 
 (Mil- with ail o[iposite meaning. 
 
 Devotions -n^ligiiMis duties, 
 pr.iyers. 
 
 Bagdad -a city and pashii'Vic 
 {•i .IS \\\fav) or pros inc(! f)f Asi.itic 
 'I'lirkey. The city is on the river 
 Tigris, and was once the capit.d of 
 a gre.'it Mohaniiuedau empire. 
 
 Meditation — closi;, continued 
 thought. 
 
 Profound contemplation — deep 
 study. 
 
 Vanity . life. — Explain by 
 paraphrase. 
 
 Man . . dream. — Show the 
 force of " shadow " and " dream." 
 Is this the right view of life? Com- 
 pare Longfellow's Psalm of Life. 
 
 Musing. —Compare with " medi- 
 tation " and "contemplation" 
 above. 
 
 Habit — dress. Now rare in this 
 sense except in the compound 
 ridintr. habit. 
 
 Wrougnt. — Note the expressive- 
 ness of this word. 
 
 Inexpressibly melodious— un- 
 speakably pleasant to the ear. 
 
 Put me in mind. — Express other- 
 wise. 
 
 Paradise. — The primary mean- 
 ing of this w'ord is garden, or park. 
 Compare ' ' Garden of Eden. ' ' Note 
 the melody of this sentence, and 
 its peculiar oriental coloring. 
 
 Last agonies — pangs of death. 
 
 My heart . . raptures- — What 
 does this mean? 
 
 Haunt — a place of frequent re- 
 sort. Pronounce hatvnt (Imperial 
 Dictionary). So, daunt, taunt, 
 vaunt, etc. 
 
 Genius — jcnl-us — a spirit sup- 
 posed to attend and direct a man 
 through life ; also, as here, the 
 guardian spirit of a //rtrr. Plural, 
 
Tin: \ I SIGN oi- MIK2.\. 
 
 35 
 
 frcuU { i>^'itl i). DistiiiKuish fimn 
 iTitiiiis ( /'<7/'i //N ) ; plural, i,'. ////<>. >. 
 
 But never heard. Supply ilu: 
 lUipsis 
 
 Transporting airs music sd 
 tl('li.^lltllll lli.tl it lill^. tlu; :-<>ul 
 with pK'asiiit! -c.init . (Hh: out ot 
 c>- "j'sHcll. CoiiiparL; " captivMliHf,' 
 suaiiis," p. 63, 
 
 Taste. I i» i«', tc I Hjiiy. 
 
 t>T Reverence < iivi synuiiyiu.. 
 
 Subdued ust r( ohm'. 
 
 Affability kiiiilin..s of mamur 
 
 Familiarized . . imagination 
 inatli- liiiu ajipca'- to my miiut as a 
 pt rsou well knowu to nu;. 
 
 Dispelled— drove .-luay 
 
 Apprehension fear or uiuasi- 
 luss at tin: prospect of future-.' evil. 
 
 Soliloquies— cliscoursts to one's 
 self; spokfu meditations. 
 
 Pinnacle. What is the usual 
 application of this word ? 
 
 Cast thy eyes. — E.xprcss uther- 
 wis(.'. 
 
 Prodigious —pru-difits. — ( iive 
 synonyms Suggest a more appro- 
 [)riate word. 
 
 Vale of Misery.— Why is life 
 thus described .-' 
 
 Thick mist.- -What does this 
 represent ? 
 
 Consummation — end, with the 
 adde'd notion (A loniplitiuii . 
 
 Darkness . . ends.— Same as 
 " thick mist " above. 
 
 Survey — survey. — Distinguish 
 from survey', (iive other words 
 differing in meaning according to 
 accentuation. 
 
 Threescore . . arches. — See 
 I'salm xc, 10. I'^xplain " broken 
 arches," " thousand arches," p. 66. 
 
 66. Black cloud. — Explain what 
 is meant here. 
 
 Trap-doors— pit-falls —d iseases 
 and acciaeuis -vhicli beset u.en. 
 
 Why are they reprt'sented as |j«'ing 
 thick " .It the «'ntraui;e " ami " to 
 wards the i iid " '^ 
 
 No sooner . . but. li-rauex 
 pl.mation of this use t»f " but " see 
 M'bott's //./,•,■ tn /W/- ,■>«•, pal' .|','i. 
 
 Hobbling . . arches. I xplain 
 the .allusion. 
 
 I. l>i>linguish lutweeu vision 
 aiidi/r.in;/ ; musingaiid tli/u/jiiii; : 
 visible and uppiir.iit: conversa- 
 tion ami Idlk ; fears aiul <i/'prtluii 
 siiiii'i : entire and iomplttc. 
 
 II. Show how the preli\'S ;ind 
 siilhxes ill the following allec t tin: 
 me.iniug : -discovered, applitti, 
 departi'd, impri'ssious, innumcr 
 able, musical, musician, eastward, 
 ruinous. 
 
 III. Paraphrase : I picked \\\i 
 sevr.d Orientrd manuscripts 
 which I have still by me. After 
 having offered up my morning 
 devotions, I ft;ll into a profound 
 C(;ntempIation on the vanity of 
 human life. L cast my eyes to- 
 wartls the summit of a rock. My 
 heart mi;lieil away in secret rap 
 tares. Consider it attentively. 1 
 perceived that innumerable trap- 
 doors lay concealed in the briilge. 
 
 IV. Combine into one sentence : 
 I exaiuint:d the bridge. 1 examined 
 it leisurely. I counted the arches. 
 There were seventy entire arches. 
 There were several broken arches. 
 In .all there were about one hun- 
 dred arches. The broken arches 
 were at the far end of the bridge. 
 They appeared to have been broken 
 by a flood orother similaraccident. 
 
 V. Reproduce the lesson from 
 the ft)llowing heads: — The meet- 
 ing with the genius. The view of 
 the valley and the flood. The 
 bridge, and the passengers on it. 
 
 % 
 
 '^^1 
 
36 
 
 NOTKS T') Tin-: I->>l'RTH R i: A D K !< . 
 
 XIX. TH1-: DEATH OF THE FLOWERS. 
 
 >/. Melancholy — ^sad 
 Why 
 
 What 
 inelan- 
 
 days are meant ^ 
 choly ••? 
 
 Wailing winds. —Explain 
 " wailing." 
 
 Nakedwoods.— Whatis meant ? 
 
 SiCre — withered. 
 
 Eddying^ gust. — Explain. The 
 sound of the word "rustle" re- 
 sembles the sound made by the 
 leaves. Give other words possess- 
 ing this peculiarity. 
 
 Calls the crow.— Another read- 
 ing is auvs the cruiv. 
 
 In brighter . . airs.— A refer- 
 ence to spring-time. 
 
 A . . sisterhood.— Express in 
 other words. 
 
 With the fair . . ours. —The 
 dead are here compared to the 
 fallen and decayed flowers. Com- 
 pare Psalm ciii., 15, 16. 
 
 Wind - flower — the anemone 
 (a-nem' o-ne ). It is so called be- 
 cause it grows ^vell on very exposed 
 situations, and was supposed to 
 expand its leaves when the wind 
 was blowing. It flowers early in 
 the spring. Note any peculiarity in 
 this line. 
 
 Orchis — oy'kis — a genus of 
 plants, the flowers of which fre- 
 cjuently resemble insects. 
 
 Golden-rod — a plant bearing 
 yellow flowers thickly set upon a 
 tall, upright stem. It is allied to 
 the aster. The aster — Greek aster, 
 a star — is so called from the form 
 of its flowers. 
 
 Upland . . glen.— I"or " up- 
 land " see noteon " upland," p. 31. 
 " Glade," an open plue in a forest 
 or w(x)d. "Glen," a secluded, 
 narrow valley. Why are these 
 three places mentioned ? 
 
 68. And twinkle . . rill.— An- 
 alyse. Explain " smoky light." 
 What is this stanza a description 
 of? 
 
 The fair . . blossom. — Com- 
 pare " With the fair . . ours," 
 p. 67. 
 
 Not unmeet. — Why ? Para- 
 phrase the two last lines of tlie 
 last stanza. Compare " Pictures 
 of Memory," second stanza. 
 
 What is the predominant feeling 
 expressed in this poem ? Account 
 
 for this feeling. 
 
 XX. THE VISION OF MIRZA. 
 
 68. Catching . . themselves. — 
 
 Explain. Compare the familiar 
 saying, " A drowning man will 
 catch at straws." 
 
 Posture — position, attitude. 
 
 -train of thought. 
 Give the more common meaning 
 
 Sp^culation- 
 
 of this word. 
 Bubbles . 
 meant here ? 
 
 them.— What is 
 
 69. With scimitars . . them.— 
 
 An allusion to the premature 
 deaths caused by war. Sclm'l-tar 
 or cim'itcr, is a short Turkish 
 sword with a curved blade ; here 
 used as an emblem of bloodshed. 
 What different classes of xnew are 
 described in this paragraph? 
 
 Seeing . . prospect.— Explain 
 by a paraphrase. 
 
THE VISION OI' MIR2A. 
 
 37 
 
 Comprehend— underst.iml. 
 Hovering — hilv'cr or huv'rr, not 
 h6v'ri'—i]\'\uji about close at hand. 
 Flights -Nainuand distinguish 
 ditferrnt words applied to collec- 
 tions of animals. 
 
 Harpies.— In ancient mytholopjy, 
 raven(jus, winj^'ed monsters, haviuf^ 
 the face of a woman and the body 
 of a vulture. The term " harpy " 
 is now applied to an extortioner 
 or rapacious person 
 
 Cormorants — larf,'e and ex- 
 tremely voracious birds of the 
 pelican family. 
 
 Winged boys — cupids. The 
 ancient C.reeks and Romans used 
 to represent Cupid, that is, Love, as 
 a winged boy. 
 
 Perch . . arches.— Why on the 
 iniddli' arches ? 
 
 Infest - plagu(\ torment. 
 These . . human life. — Explain 
 the use of the capitals in this 
 para},'raph. 
 
 Fetched. — Give the common 
 meaning; of this word. 
 
 Man . . death. -The (ienius 
 changes Mirza's view of life by 
 reve.'iling to him the joys of the 
 futu'"e world. See page 70. 
 Bid.— What tense ? 
 Prospect -sight. 
 Existence -state of being. 
 Cast thine eye.— Compare " I 
 directed my sight," three lines 
 below. 
 
 Supernatural — beyond the 
 powers of nature. Distinguish 
 from unnatural. 
 
 Dissipated— scattered. 
 70. Immense ocean . . parts. — 
 Eternity, <>r the future world, di- 
 vided into two regions, one of bliss, 
 and one of woe, by an impenetra- 
 ble wall, ("ompare Luke xvi., 26. 
 Adamant. — A, poetic term for 
 any hard impenetrable substance. 
 Diamond is merely another form of 
 the same word. 
 
 One-half. — Th-^ region of woe, 
 into which the Genius, in mercy, 
 Joes not permit Mirza 10 look. 
 
 The other (half) . . inscruments. 
 
 — .\ description of heaven — partly 
 Christian and partly Moham- 
 medan. 
 
 Garlands -wreaths. 
 
 Confused harmony— a blending 
 or mingling of agreeable sounds. 
 C Mnpare " sweet confusion," p. 81. 
 
 Gates of death. — See "trap- 
 doors " and " pitfalls," p. 66. 
 
 The islands. — The Greeks and 
 Romans placed their Elvsian fields, 
 or Paradise, in the Islands of the 
 Lilessed. These were supposed to 
 lie beyond the Strait of Gibraltar, 
 in the .\tlantic Ocean. 
 
 Myr'iads— countless numbers. 
 
 The mansions . . death.— See 
 John \iv., 2. 
 
 Excelled— went beyond others. 
 
 Relishes and perfections — 
 tastes and capacities for enjoy- 
 ment. 
 
 Accommodated . . inhabitants 
 — suited to the wants and capaci- 
 ties of those who are to enjoy them. 
 
 Inexpressible — unspeakable. 
 
 71. The Genius . . me. — Why 
 does the Genius now disappear, 
 instead of granting Mirza's re- 
 truest? 
 
 Note tlKi happy manner in which 
 the author brings this beautiful 
 essay to a close. Show that the 
 allegory gives us a picture of 
 human life. 
 
 L Distinguish between mirth 
 and jollity ; save and safe : con- 
 fusion and disturbance ; dissipate 
 and disperse ; immense and huf^u,- 
 reward and prir,e ■ variet*; atul 
 chaui^e ; multitude, crowd, ♦arong, 
 and mob ; among and bettveen ; 
 fetch and briufr. 
 
 II. Show the force of the pre- 
 fixes and suffixes in the following. — 
 Wonderful, uncomfortable, exist- 
 ence, passage, nt rfection, pLi.sure, 
 supernatural, unmeet, interwoven, 
 discovery. 
 
 III. Vary the following sentences 
 

 I 
 
 M 
 
 iH 
 
 NOTES TO TUli KOI* RTF! READER. 
 
 I 
 
 by cli.'iiifjinfj the xdIcc of tfu: \ crlis : 
 Alan w.'is ninclc in vain. I passed 
 some time in the conteinplatinn ni 
 this wonderful structure, niul thci 
 ^reat variety of ohjf^cts which it 
 presented. My hi^art was filhMl 
 with a deep melanrliol}-. I saw 
 nothing but the lonj,', hollow valley 
 of Haj^dad. 
 
 I\'. Paraphrase : — Multiturles 
 w(>r(! very busy in the piusuit of 
 bubbles. "What mean," said I, 
 " t host; f,'r eat fli-^'hts (if birds that 
 arc perpetually h(iv<'rin<{ over th(^ 
 bri<li,'<:." i here; frtrhcd a deep 
 si'di Thes(; are {]\r. liiansions <>l 
 
 j^'Dod nK;;i aft(,T death. T turned i.. 
 address my.self to him a .second 
 time. 
 
 V. Paraphrase the parnpjraph 
 b(,'f;innin,L; " Gladness f^rew in me." 
 
 VI. Combine into one or two 
 sentences ; — Many of those on the 
 brid^'e fell into tlu-tide. They fell 
 throuKdi the trap-doors. The trap- 
 doors wert> <|uil«.: nuuu:rous. They 
 were especially numerous at the 
 ends of the brid^'e. Some fell, 
 through carcilessness. Some wer(! 
 ])Ushed ujioli the tra|> doors. They 
 were pushed b\- individuals with 
 scimitars m their hands. 
 
 11' 
 
 \.\i. oi'T i\ riir: si lLi.^■ xidiT 
 
 71. Oft around me I'ari- 
 phrase. Why aic " Slumber's " 
 and " Memory " written with cap- 
 itals ? ICxpand the metaphor in 
 " Slumbers chain." 
 
 What is the f,'ramniatical rela- 
 tion of "smiles," "tears," etc.? 
 
 The eyes . . shone. — Compare 
 
 ■ And the love-li^^lit in your eye,' 
 p. .v;. 
 
 y.i. When I . . weather.— Com 
 par(^ " The I )eath of ihc I'lowers " 
 
 Like l'.irs(\ 
 
 And all . departed.— Show the 
 .urainmatical conne<-tion, and sup- 
 pK the ellipsis necessary to com- 
 pl(>te the sense. 
 
 XXII. 'TIS THi: LAST KOSi: OF SUMMKR. 
 
 72. To reflect . . sigh. — F.x- 
 plain the comparison here matle 
 between the rose and a frientlless 
 person. 
 
 Kindly.— Express by a phrase. 
 
 73. So soon . . away.— Re- 
 write in prose. Parse "so." 
 
 When . . flown. — Distinguish 
 between the meaning of these two 
 lines. 
 
 Bleak — cold, dreary. What 
 makes the world " bleak " ? 
 
ON' HIS UWN BLINDNESS. 
 
 39 
 
 XXIII. ON HIS OWN BLINDNESS. 
 
 73. Spent (>xliaiisU'd. 
 
 Ere half my days. - What is the 
 grammatical relation? Milton hc- 
 canic blind at tlieaj,'(!of fofty-four, 
 having sacrific(!fl his failing sight 
 in his ficvotion to the task of writ- 
 ing a Dtfcucf of till- ICii^lisli Pioplr 
 for the execution of diaries I. Tliis 
 duty was imposed on him by Crom- 
 well's Council of Stale. 
 
 One talent . . hide. -See Mat- 
 thew XXV., I }v5o. The " on(! talent, " 
 which Milton modestly claims to 
 have received, was not merely his 
 po(>tical faculty, but also the power 
 of setting forth and def(Miding tlu^ 
 principles of the i'liritans. 
 
 Though . . Maker. Milton 
 probably refers to his writings in 
 defence of I'uritanism, a work 
 done, as he himself says, in obedi- 
 ence to that inward monitor that 
 spoke to him from IIcavcMi. it 
 would, therefore, seem to him a 
 mysterious providence^ that he 
 should be laid aside from a work 
 to which ht! believed himself to be 
 divinely called. 
 
 Bent disposed, inclined. 
 
 My true account. ICxplain the 
 allusion. 
 
 Fondly — foolishly. This is the 
 primary meaning of the word. 
 
 Prevent. — Used in the old mean- 
 ing of (iiit'uipdti'. 
 
 His own gifts— the talcnt.s given 
 to men. 
 
 Mild yoke.— Explain. See 
 Matt, xi., 29-30. 
 
 Post hasten. The allusion is 
 to the post, or carrier of letters, 
 etc., who used to travel swiftly bv 
 taking fresh hor.ses at ea<-h stop- 
 [)ing place. 
 
 They also . . wait. - ()b(Mli(>nce 
 is testeil by patient suttering, as 
 well .'IS by active; service. Com- 
 pare - 
 
 " () fear not in a world hke this. 
 And thou slialt kno'v ere long. 
 Know how siiblinu; a thing it is 
 'i'o snller and be strtMig." 
 - Longfellow, Tlie LicJit 0/ Stai<;. 
 
 For definition of the Sonnet, 
 see not(!S on 77/c Evruitti^ Clunil, 
 page 45. 
 
 The r»\Tding of this poem will 
 serve to illustrate the use of tiie 
 iMual I'ause (set; p. lO, I^oinrrii 
 l\i;Ani:K). The sound of the last 
 word in the lin(> should be pro- 
 longed, and tlui voice fli'j;htJ\' 
 suspended ther(>aft<;r, without any 
 change of tone f)r pitch. 
 
 XXIV. TIIE I'ACE AG.MNST TIIIC PANE. 
 
 74. Beacon Light. — A beacon 
 is a conspicuous mark placed over 
 a rock or shoal, for the guidance 
 of vessels. Soine beacons ar« 
 lighted at night. Here, it is prob- 
 ably used for light-house. 
 
 A-trembling. — The light 
 would have this appearance when 
 seen through the rain. For the 
 initial "A" see Mason sGm>«>»«r, 
 par. 267. 
 
 She hears . . fro. — These are 
 signs of the approaching storm. 
 Not;! the Imitative Harmony. 
 
 Crone.— See Note on "crone," 
 page 61. 
 
 Wringing . . hands.— Explain. 
 Why " gaunt and palsied " ? Note 
 the human voices and actions at- 
 tributed to the hriiikcrs, the 'tcind, 
 and the tree. Why these sounds 
 and signs of sorrow ? 
 
•■vw 
 
 1!^ 
 1 ' 
 
 40 
 
 NOTES TO TUV. FOURTH KHADEK. 
 
 li 
 
 ii 
 
 If 
 
 1 
 
 
 Perilous — dangerous. 
 
 Reef — a rirlgt; of rocks lying 
 near the surface of the water or 
 projecting a little way alK)vc it. 
 
 75. That makes the water 
 white. — Explain. 
 
 Veined with fire. — Explain. 
 Show the force of " veined." 
 
 Church-bell tolls. -The bell can 
 be heard only when the storm lulls. 
 
 Unseen fingers — the wind itself. 
 Note the Imitative Harmony in 
 this stanza. 
 
 Sweethearts. — A compound of 
 sioeet and heart ; not from sivcct 
 and the suffix ard, as has been sup- 
 posed . 
 
 Boom — a deep, hollow roar. 
 Give other meanings. 
 
 Shoals — shallows, places where 
 the water is of little depth. 
 
 Rocket - - a tubular case ol paste- 
 board or thin metal filled with a 
 combustible preparation which 
 explodes and shows colored lights 
 as the rocket is being projected 
 through the air. Rockets are fre- 
 quently used at light-houses and 
 life-saving stations, to discover the 
 position and course of vessels in 
 distress; also, to throw lines over 
 a wreck. These latter are called 
 life-rockets. What is meant bv 
 the dash after " sky" ? 
 
 76. Golden furrows.- I^\ plain. 
 What . . white. — The gleam of 
 
 the rocket revealed to IMabel her 
 lover's sinking boat. 
 
 From . . rubies. — Note the 
 beauty of this picture. The storm 
 has cea.sed, but the water is still 
 troubled, and the crests of the 
 broken waves sparkle like rubies 
 in the morning sunlight. See the 
 note on " golden," page 41. 
 
 Angel . . spire.— Probably, the 
 weather-vane. 
 
 Beacon-light.— What is meant? 
 
 Note tlie prevalence of the full 
 vowel sounds and of the liquids in 
 this poem, and the suppression or 
 weakened force of the harsh con- 
 sonant sounds. 
 
 This poem requires pure tone 
 and the other elements of Expres- 
 sion suitable for simple narrative. 
 
 Sec. I. Imitative modulation 
 should be applied to such words as 
 "trembling,"' "screech," "moan," 
 "sobs," "grieves," "to and fro." 
 Group "about . . cottage," and 
 pause after "cottage." Observe 
 the Median Stress on "crone " and 
 the Thorough Stress on "alone."' 
 Slower time in "Till . . hands." 
 
 2. Change the tone in "^ You are 
 weeping!" to express surprise. 
 Kearl " Your lovers . . white" in 
 a (irmer tone to express encour- 
 agement. 
 
 3. "The heavens . . fire!"' 
 Full, forcible tone. Apply iiita- 
 tive modulation in this section, 
 and note any change of time, 
 "(ind pity . . pain " — tone of 
 prayer. 
 
 4. Head "A boom . . light"' in 
 fastt^r lime. Why.? Prolong the 
 sound of "fades." Why ? 
 
 5. Mark each question with the 
 proper inflection? Rend "Did 
 she . . rain" in a gentle, subdueil 
 tone, and in slower time. 
 
 (). Read "Gome . . hands" in 
 slow time. Why ? Express a feel- 
 ing of horror in reading " Two 
 bodies . . hair." 
 
 7. In reading the last five lines 
 of the poem express " She will . , 
 night" in a tremulous tone, and 
 read the remaining lines in a 
 firmer tone, ending with therisin;: 
 inflection. 
 
 i 
 
DISCOVERY OF THE AI.RERT NVAN/A. 
 
 41 
 
 XXV. DISCOVERY OF THE ALBERT NVANZA. 
 
 77. The expedition which result- 
 ed in the discovery of the Albert 
 Nyanza left Khartoum, at the junc- 
 tion of the White and Blue Nile, 
 December i8th, 1S62. Baker was 
 accompanied l)y his wife, a Hun- 
 garian lady, and he has given us 
 an interesting account of their ad- 
 ventures, in his book, The Albert 
 Nyanza. 
 
 Prize.— What ? 
 
 Quicksilver. — The common 
 name for mercury, a shining liquid 
 metal of a silver-white color. 
 
 Expanse— wide extent. 
 
 Blue mountains.— Why blue ? 
 
 Tenacity— fixedness of purpose. 
 
 In English style — in that 
 hearty, vigorous style which is 
 peculiar to the English. 
 
 Nestled. — Note the aptness of 
 this word. 
 
 To unravel . • mystery. — Ex- 
 press differently. 
 
 So many greater. — Name other 
 African explorers. 
 
 Vent. — Give another expression. 
 
 Vain cheers.— Explain " vain " 
 here. Why would cheers seem 
 vain ? 
 
 78. Reservoir — rez'er-vwar [a, as 
 in ivar) — a place where water is 
 collected, and kept for use when 
 wanted. 
 
 Which . . wilderness. — Ex- 
 plain what is here meant. 
 
 Memorial — that which serves 
 to keep in memory. 
 
 One . . Englishman— Who ? 
 Read Tennyson's " Dedication " 
 of the Idyls of the Kin/r. 
 
 Nyanza. — Spelled also N'yanza 
 — a native word meaning " the 
 water." Pronounced as a dissyl- 
 lable. 
 
 Magimgo— a village near Lake 
 Nyanza. 
 
 Bamboo' — a species of tropical 
 grass or reed, sometimes growing 
 to a great size. 
 
 After . . cliff. -This sentence is 
 faulty. Correct it. 
 
 Interspersed . . bush — with 
 trees and bush scattered here and 
 there. 
 
 I rushed . . Nile. — Improve the 
 style of this sentence. 
 
 Astounded— greatly astonished. 
 
 Hope deferred . . hearts. — See 
 Proverbs xiii , 12. 
 
 79. Julius Caesar . . unravel.— 
 Lucan, the Latin poet, born in 
 Spain, AD. 3H, author of the epic 
 poem, Pharsalia, is the authority 
 for this statement. 
 
 Julius Cc'tsar was in reality, 
 though not in name, the first 
 Roman Emperor. He was a man 
 of varied talents; he was the first 
 general and statesman of his age, 
 and he excelled as an orator and 
 as a historian. Caesar's chief 
 military exploit was the conquest 
 of Gaul (France) and Britain, 
 B.C. 58-50. His return from these 
 wars brought n a civil war in 
 which he conquered all his ene- 
 mies, and became master of the 
 Roman world ; but his ambitious 
 designs stirred up new enemies 
 against him, and he was murdered 
 by them B.C. 44, in the fifty-sixth 
 year of his age. 
 
 Basin. — Distinguish from the 
 common geographical meaning. 
 
 I. Distinguish between opposite 
 and adjacent ; suddenly and i,i- 
 stantly ; humble and insignificant ; 
 mystery and secret ; wilderness 
 and desert ; perfectly and complete- 
 ly ; astounded and astonished. 
 
 II. Select the prefixes and suf- 
 fixes in the following words, and 
 show how they affect the mean- 
 ings: — opposition, boundless, in- 
 land, unravel, dangerous, disbe- 
 lieved, amizement, strengthen, 
 gracious, beautifully. 
 
I 
 
 42 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH HEADER. 
 
 ! Ill 
 
 III. Paraphrast! : — Here was the 
 rcwartl of all our labour, lui^laiul 
 had won the sources of the Nile. 
 This was the key t > the great 
 s(!cret that e-veii Julius Casar 
 yearued to unravel. 'J'his was the 
 },'reat rescTvoir of the? Nile. As 
 ail imperishable ineuiorial of one 
 Iov(;(l and mourned by our f,'ra- 
 eious Oueen, and di'plored by 
 every luinlishman, I called this 
 ,i.;reat lake the ".Mbert Nyanza." 
 
 IV. Vary the following sen- 
 tences by. changing the voice of 
 the verbs: - ICngland had won the 
 sources of tin; Nile. Long before 
 we had reached the spot, 1 had 
 arranged with my men to give 
 three cheers in English style, in 
 honour of the discovery. We com- 
 menc(.'d the descent of the steep 
 jiath on foot. My men were per- 
 fectly astounded at the appear- 
 ance of the lake. No European 
 foot had ever trod upon its sand, 
 
 nor had its vast expanse of water 
 e\er been scanned by the eyes ol 
 a white man. 
 
 V. Combine into om? or two 
 sentences : — The morning was 
 beautifully clear. We crossed a 
 deep valley. The valley lay be- 
 tween hills. We toiled up the 
 opposite slope. We reached the 
 top. Wt! got a view cjf the lake. 
 We hail not expected this. The 
 lake lay far beneath us. It looked 
 like a sea of (piicksilver. It was 
 Ixjunded in the distance by the 
 horizon. It was rendered more 
 impressive by a range of moun- 
 tains. These iiKnintains rose frejni 
 the bosom of the water. They 
 were about fifty or sixty miles 
 distant. 
 
 VI. Write heads for a re-pro- 
 duction of this lesson, and from 
 the lu;ads write cv letter giving an 
 account of the discovery. 
 
 XXVI. FROM "THE DESERTED VILLAGE." 
 
 80. Sweet Auburn. — Various 
 attempts have been made to iden- 
 tify Auburn. The name, Mr. 
 Forster tells us, was suggested by 
 Bennett Langton, a member of the 
 Literary Club to which Goldsmith 
 belonged in London. If the poet 
 had any particular village in his 
 mind it was probably Lissoy, the 
 home of his boyhood, a village 
 about half way between Athlone 
 and Ballymahon, in the County 
 of Westmeath, Ireland. Gold- 
 smith was two years old when his 
 father removed from Pallas, in the 
 County of Longford, where the 
 poet was born, and became rector 
 of the Parish of Kilkenny West, 
 in which Lissoy was situated. 
 " This poor Irish village, no doubt, 
 lookei^ to him as charming as any 
 .\uburn, when he regarded it 
 
 through the softening and beauti- 
 fying mist of years." 
 
 Swain— a peasant, a rustic 
 youth, a lover — a favourite poetic 
 word of the last century. 
 
 Smiling^ springf. — Personal 
 Metaphor. Expand it. 
 
 Parting — departing. What are 
 "lingering blooms"? Note the 
 beautiful adaptation of sound to 
 sense in this line. How is the 
 loveliness of the village shown in 
 this couplet ? 
 
 Bower.— Originally, a chamber 
 or private room. Give the mean- 
 ing in this connection. 
 
 Seats of my youth.— See first 
 note. Exj)lain the whole line by 
 a paraphrase. 
 
 Loitered. — Compare Ibt^criup, 
 delayed, paused. Show the appro^ 
 
FROM 
 
 THK DKSERTF.D VILLA&E.' 
 
 43 
 
 priateness of these words as used 
 here. 
 
 Where . . scene.— Paraphrase. 
 
 On . . charm.— Explain this use 
 of"on." 
 
 Cot —cottage. Explain " shel- 
 tered. " 
 
 Decent — presenting a neat 
 appearance, modestly pretty. 
 
 Topped. —Express otherwise. 
 
 The hawthorn . . made. - 
 Compare l^uriis' Cutter's Satur- 
 day Nii(ht, 11. 7y--Si. 
 
 Talking age.— Explain. Note 
 the Metonymy. 
 
 Village murmur— the mingled 
 sounds of village life. Note the 
 force of "yonder," which seems 
 to l)ring the whole scene vividly 
 befcire us. 
 
 Careless — not heedless; but, fn-i- 
 fruin aiixiity. 
 
 Mingling notes.— Notice the 
 beauty and expressiveness of the 
 epithet "mingling." Compan.* 
 "village murmur" and "sweet 
 confusion." What are these 
 " mingling notes" ? 
 
 Softened. — Explain. Compare 
 " mellowed " in Scott's Lady of the 
 Lake, Canto IV., st. 17, 11. 2-5. 
 
 Responsive— answering. Para- 
 phrase this line. 
 
 Sober. — An apt epithet. Ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Lowed. — Onomatopoeia. Note 
 the correspondence of sound and 
 sense throughout this description. 
 
 To meet . . young. — Express 
 as a clause. 
 
 81. That bayed.— What is the 
 antecedent of " that." 
 
 That spoke . . mind. — That 
 showed a mind free from care. 
 Compare careless above. Note 
 the rhyme, " wind " and "mind." 
 
 These all. —The different sounds 
 mentioned in the six preceding 
 lines. Compare " The mingling 
 notes . . below." 
 
 Sought the shade.— A purely 
 poetic sentiment ; it pri)b..'r'^' refers 
 to the " evening's close, "vlien <;iv: 
 
 sounds are heard, or to ihc gradual 
 blendinfr and melting away of the 
 various sounds. 
 
 And filled . . made. — Gold- 
 smith, in his Animated Nature, 
 speaks of the nightingale's " paus- 
 ing .song." The nightingale is not 
 , found in Ireland, however. In 
 4)is beautiful picture of Auburn 
 the poet has mixed together in 
 " sweet confusion " characteristics 
 of English and of Irish village life. 
 See on this point Macaulay's OZ/rcr 
 Goldstnith, n.nd Bhick'sOliverGuld- 
 sinith in " English Men of Letters ' 
 series. 
 
 Copse — cOps. — A shortened form 
 of Coppice, a wood of small growth, 
 cut down at certain intervals. 
 
 Garden smiled. — Compare 
 "smiling spring." Paraphrase, 
 bringing out the force of " smiled." 
 
 Still. — Give grammatical rela- 
 tion. 
 
 The place disclose. — Express 
 otht^rwise. 
 
 The village preacher. — Usually 
 identilied with the poet's father, or 
 with his brother Henry. Henry 
 was curate at Lissoy with "forty 
 pounds a year," and the tidings of 
 his brother's death had reached 
 the poet shortly before this descrip- 
 tion was written. See Kolph's 
 Select Poems of Oliver Goldsmith, 
 and Forster's Life and Times of 
 Oliver Goldsmith. 
 
 Mansion. — Here used in a gene- 
 ral sense. So, "noisy mansion," 
 below. Compare manse. 
 
 Passing — surpassingly, exceed- 
 ingly. How could he be rich with 
 an income of only forty pounds a 
 year? Compare " Poor and con 
 tent is rich, and rich enough," 
 Othello, Act III., sc. 3. 
 
 Remote —distant. 
 
 Nor e'er . . place. — This was 
 literally true of the poet's brother, 
 but not of his father. See tne 
 "Dedication" of The Traveller. 
 The poet here is perhaps thinking 
 of his ov.'u wandering career, and 
 
44 
 
 NOTES TO Tin-. roUKTH RliADF.R. 
 
 I,. 
 
 mentally contrasting it with the 
 quiet, settled life of his brother 
 
 Unskilful. — Here, naturally un- 
 fitted, because of his simplicity of 
 character. Another readinf.^ is, un- 
 practised. Distinj^'uish in meaning. 
 
 By doctrines . . hour. — This 
 line modifies "(to) seek for power, " 
 and not " to fawn." 
 
 Other. — (iive a different word. 
 
 Bent— strongly disposed. Note 
 the grammatical relation. Another 
 reading is, skilled. 
 
 The vagrant train — idle wan- 
 derers. See following lines. Com- 
 pare with this couplet, 11. ij and lC^ 
 of The Traveller. 
 
 Chid — reproved, blamed. 
 
 Long-remembered. —Why ? 
 
 Spendthrift — one who recklessly 
 spends his thrift or gains. Ciive 
 other compounds made up of a 
 verb and its object. Goldsmith 
 may have had himself in mind 
 while writing tliis couplet. 
 
 Broken soldier. — Broken down 
 byageorwar. CompareCampbell's 
 Soldier's Dream: "And fain was 
 their war-broken soldier to stay." 
 
 Bade. — For bidden. 
 
 Talked . . away. -K.\plain. 
 
 Done —ended. An ab.solnte con- 
 struction. 
 
 Shouldered . . won. — Compare 
 Dry den's Alexander's Feast: 
 ' ' Fought all his battles o'er again . ' ' 
 
 Glow — warm up with kindly in- 
 terest. Show how the poet brings 
 out the preacher's sympathy with 
 his guests. 
 
 Careless . . began. — Their 
 tales of woe move him to pity, and 
 he relieves their wants without 
 caring to enquire if they are de- 
 serving of charity. " Charity gives 
 to a worthy object ; /'ity appeals 
 to the feelings without regard to 
 worth in the object. ' 
 
 And e'en . . side.— Show how 
 this could be. 
 
 Prompt— ready. 
 
 82. Fond endearment -mark of 
 fender affection. 
 
 . skies. — Mn press 
 Note the beautiful 
 
 Tempt . 
 
 otherwise, 
 simile. 
 
 Allured -attracted, enticed — in 
 a good sense. Th(; preacher, by 
 his teachings and life, presenter! 
 religion in itsproper light— assome- 
 thing tnost pleasant and attractive. 
 
 Led the way — walked in the 
 way he pointed out to others. CJive 
 familiar sayings expressing the 
 same sentiment. 
 
 Parting life. — Kxplain. 
 
 Dismayed — terrified the dying 
 man. 
 
 Champion. - Properly, one who 
 fights for another. Show how this 
 name is applicable to the preacher. 
 
 Anguish -extreme distress. Dis- 
 tiiiguish from despair. 
 
 Fled. —V}stn\ actively. Compare 
 " 1 h; tied the countrw" 
 
 Comfort came down.— That is. 
 from Heaven, like a ministering 
 an,L,'el, to the dying m;in. 
 
 And his last . . praise. — Para- 
 phrase, l)ringing out the full force 
 of "filtering" and " whispered." 
 
 With meek . . grace. — Explain 
 by a paraphr,-isc. 
 
 Venerable — worthy of the 
 higliest respect, from associations 
 of religion, dignity, or age. 
 
 Truth . . sway. — What made 
 his words so inii)ressive ? 
 
 Steady zeal- — Ciive the full 
 meaning of " steady." 
 
 Rustic— countryman. 
 
 Wile. — Here, little tricks to 
 attract attention. Explain " en- 
 dearing." 
 
 To them . . heaven. — He is 
 ready to rejoice with them that 
 rejoice, and to weep with them 
 that weep ; but no trouble that 
 comes to him from this sympathy 
 with his fellow-men is able to dis- 
 turb that calm peace of mind that 
 comes from " setting his affections 
 on things above." The same 
 thought i.s brought out in the 
 beautiful simile that follows. 
 
 r.l Iv/ay . storm.— Exolaiii. 
 
FK( M 
 
 'I H1-. I KSl Kl 1 
 
 \ III ACK. 
 
 45 
 
 Though round head. - in- 
 
 stitutt! a coinp.irisMn l)t:t\vitii the 
 (Kscriptioii of the chit in this coup- 
 lt;t and that t)f the preacher in the 
 couplet "To them . . hi-avini." 
 Does this siniik; of the " tall cliff " 
 accurately illustrate tl;e character 
 portrayed in the village preachiT ? 
 
 Care-fully cNaniine the gram- 
 matical structure and relation of 
 die four preceding' lines. 
 
 Yon. —Not a contraction for^'o»- 
 /( /-. Yon is th(! earlier word. 
 
 Straggling fence. — Here, the 
 untrininied hed^e. 
 
 With . . gay. The furze is an 
 evergreen shrub with brij^ht yellow 
 flowers, which, though beautiful 
 and gay. are not followed by fruit: 
 hence, probably, the epithet " un- 
 profitable." It is not altogether 
 unprofitable, however, for it is useil 
 in some pl.-ices as fuel, and some- 
 times as {oih] for sheej) and cattle. 
 
 The village master. - TIk; orig- 
 inal of this sketch was probably 
 the poet's early teacher, Thomas 
 (l^idih') iJyrne, an old soldier, 
 whose marvellous tales awakened 
 in (ioldsm^h a pnssion for wan- 
 d(;ringand advcMiture. See Irving's 
 Lift- of Goltfsiiiitli. 
 
 Stem to view. — See Mason's 
 GnniiiiKii', }>ar. 102. 
 
 I knew . . knew.—Is it implied 
 here that (Goldsmith was among 
 the truants ? 
 
 The boding tremblers — pupils 
 trembling in anticipation of pun- 
 ishment. Why ? 
 
 S3. With glee.— Paraphrase so 
 as to bring out the full force of 
 "counterfeited." 
 
 Circling round. —Explain. 
 
 The love . . fault -Ouote an- 
 other line from tliis poem similar 
 in sentiment. Note the imperfect 
 rhvme in this couplet. 
 
 Village. — For rilhi^crs ; an 
 example of Metonymy. 
 
 Terms . . tides. 'Terms " re- 
 fers to the " sessions of the univer- 
 sities and law-courts"; "tides," 
 not to theebband flow of the ocean, 
 but to " times and seasons," as 
 ICaster-tide. Compare "Time and 
 tide wait for no man, ' where tide 
 me.'ins scdson. 
 
 Presage— foretell. 
 
 Gauge - measure the capacities 
 of casks, etc. 
 
 The very spot, forgot.— That 
 is, tlir rilUti^,- inn, which is next 
 described in tht; poem. 
 
 Triumphed. How See " For 
 even . . still," six lines above. 
 
 " Tlie demure humor of this 
 d(!scription of the village m.aster 
 heightens the pleasurable effect of 
 the pr(!vailing tout; of pensive sad- 
 ness." !'".xplain what is meant, 
 and point out instances of this 
 " demure humor." 
 
 Tn reading this selection there 
 will be a tendency to fall into a 
 monotonous or sing-song tone. 
 This may be avoided by observing 
 the pauses carefully, especially the 
 ca'iui-al pause, by bringing out the 
 forces of the contrasted words and 
 phrases, and by expressing as 
 clearly as possible all the different 
 shades of thought. 
 
 With what inflection should the 
 enumeralion of the charms — "the 
 sheltered cot," etc. — be read? 
 
 In "a man . . dear," avoid the 
 verse accent on "was," and em- 
 phasize "all" and "dear." Mark 
 the contrast between "to raise 
 the wretclied " and " to rise." 
 
 The simile, " as some tall cliff 
 . . head," requires the orotund 
 qualitv oi voice and slow time, 
 especially in the last line. 
 
:.i' 
 
 46 
 
 NOTES TO THK fourth kHADEK. 
 
 XXVIT. THE BATTLE OF BANNOCKHURN. 
 
 
 84. Bannockburn .1 villagt; 
 three miles to th(! south of Stirling'. 
 on the Bannock hum, or riviiU;t ; 
 hence the name. Trace the course 
 of events that led to the Battle 
 of Bannockburn. 
 
 French provinces. — Large dis- 
 tricts in the west and north of 
 France belonged to England at 
 this time; See Thompson's His- 
 tory of England, Henry II. and 
 John. 
 
 Irish -Welsh. — By what Eng- 
 lish kings were Ireland ancWWales 
 confjuered ? * 
 
 Nobles and barons.— The dis- 
 tinction between these two classes 
 arose from the peculiar mode of 
 holding land in feudal times. All 
 noblemen were barons, whatever 
 might be the higher ranks in the 
 peerage which they occupied; but 
 all barons were not noblemen. 
 How is the title Baron now used? 
 
 Robert the Bruce. -"The." ' 
 when used before Scotch and Irish 
 family names, has somewhat of the 
 force of a title, and indicates the 
 head of the clan or family. 
 
 85. Expert'— skilful. 
 
 The Dousflas -Sir James Doug- 
 las, surnamed "TheCiood." He 
 was so formidable an opponent 
 of the English that the name of 
 "The Black Douglas," given to 
 him because of his dark com- 
 plexion, was used by FInglish 
 mothers to frighten their children. 
 After the death of Bruce, in 1329, 
 Douglas set out for the Holy Land 
 to bury the heart of his royal 
 master -n the Holy Sepulchre; 
 but he was killed in Spain while 
 fighting against the Moors. Bruce's 
 heart was carried back to Scotland 
 and buried in Melrose Abbey. 
 
 Experienced— taught by prac- 
 tice. 
 
 Under every . . numbers.— 
 Express by a clause. 
 
 Supply — make good 
 
 Address' — tact, skilful manage- 
 ment. 
 
 Stratagem — plan or scheme for 
 deceiving an enemy. Show what 
 this was. 
 
 Near . . it. — Explain. Note 
 any peculiarity of construction. 
 
 Water-courses - channels for 
 water, whether natural or artifical. 
 
 Steel spikes — Caltrops or Cal- 
 throps. — The caltrop is an instru- 
 ment with four iron points so ar- 
 ranged that whichever way it may 
 be thrown, it will fall with three of 
 the points resting on the ground, 
 and the other pointing upward. 
 
 86. St. Ninians— a village near 
 Stirling. St. Ninian was a British 
 bishop who became the apostle of 
 Christianity to the Picts about the 
 beginning of the fifth century. 
 
 Succors — troops which serve to 
 aid or assist other troops. 
 
 Dismissed -despatched. 
 
 Mareschal— A/<J^V-i/;rt/. — Same 
 as marshal; in the Scottish army,\ 
 the commander of the cavalry. \ 
 This office was held by the family 
 of Keith, but was forfeited through 
 rebellion in 1715. 
 
 Survey' — examine attentively. 
 Distinguish from sur'vey. 
 
 Beautiful and terrible. — Ex- 
 plain how this could be. 
 
 Men-at-arms— soldiers clad in 
 full armor, heavy-armed troops ; 
 distinct from archers and other 
 light-armed troops. 
 
 Standards . . pennons.— The 
 Standard is the principal flag or 
 ensign of an army; the Pinnon 
 was a small pointed flag carried 
 on a knight's lance ; the Banner 
 was a pennon with the point or 
 points cut off. These distinctions 
 are not now observed, banner being 
 a general term for any flag. 
 
 Gallant brave, splendid. See 
 note on " brave," p. 37. 
 
T}It BATTLE or BANNOCKnURN. 
 
 47 
 
 Christendom — the Christian 
 
 world , 
 
 Chaplet — garland or wreath 
 What duty had bt-cn assi^'iied to 
 Randolph ? Kxplain tho king's 
 remark to him. 
 
 87. Redeem . fault.— Explain. 
 Encompass sin round. 
 Randolph . . field. " That was 
 
 nobly done, especially as l)oUK'las 
 and Randolph were always con- 
 tending which should rise highest 
 in the good opinion of the king 
 and the nation." — Siott. 
 
 Van -the first lino or front of 
 an army. Give the opposite word. 
 
 Helmet — a piece of armor for 
 the head. 
 
 Career. — Distinguish from its 
 usual meaning. 
 
 88. Falkirk.— South-east (f Stir- 
 ling. Here Edward I. defeated 
 Sir William Wallace, the famous 
 Scottisli hero, in 129S. Wallace was 
 captured in 1305, and executed at 
 London. 
 
 89. Reserve— a body of troops 
 kept in the r'oar of an army in 
 action to give support where re- 
 quired. Distinguish from its ordi- 
 nary meaning. 
 
 Gillies' Hill. From gillie 
 (^rhard), a page, or servant. 
 Forlorn forsaken, wretched. 
 
 90. Exile. — Soon after hiruce 
 was crowned King of Scotland 
 (1306) he was defeated by an 
 English army. Aftttr many adven- 
 tures in the Highlands, he was 
 forced to take refuge iov a time in 
 the little Island of Rathlin, off the 
 north coast of Ireland. It was 
 here that the incident t<ujk place 
 which forms the subject of Elizi 
 Cook's poem, Bruct' and the Spider, 
 found in the Tfiiru Reader. 
 
 Conquered province.— By 
 whom conquereil .■' 
 
 Hostility— enmity, acts of war- 
 fare. 
 
 Talents— ability, genius. This 
 application of the word is pro- 
 bably borrowed from the Scrip- 
 
 tural parable of the tah-nts. Com- 
 pare note on "one tak-ni," p. 73. 
 
 Patriot— one devoted to the in- 
 terests of his country. 
 
 Gratitude - thankfulness. 
 
 Name (Uher impcjrtant battles 
 between England and Scotland. 
 
 Compare the stylt; of this selec- 
 tion with that of The linttle vf 
 Iliistinf^rs, page ^y, noting the object 
 for which each wasuriiteii. 
 
 The Tdirs of <i Crratidfather, 
 from which this sehxtion is taken, 
 were so called because Scott urott; 
 tlu;m for the instruction of his 
 grandchild, John Hugh Lockhart. 
 .\ comparison might be made in 
 this resptxt between Scott and 
 \'ictor Hugo, the great French 
 novelist (see page jGfi), who wrote 
 fairy tales and The Art of hein'^ a 
 Crnindfather to amu.se and instruct 
 his grandchildren, (leorge and 
 Jeanne. 
 
 I. Distinguish In.'tween number 
 and quantity ; address and strata- 
 gem : occupied and iiihahited : a.d- 
 vanceandd/'/'redi// .• diligence and 
 haste; alarmed and fri'^Jttened ; 
 enemy and anta!n)iiist : sustain and 
 iissist; pursued and/ci//(;. -•',(/,• pre- 
 tensions and ilaims ; recollection 
 and yeitumbraiue ; less and /t«vr. 
 
 H. Form new v.ords from the 
 following by adding prefixes, and 
 show how the change affects the 
 meaning : -join, heard, armed, 
 turn, broken, placed, drawn, order, 
 action, able, press, place;, took, 
 dependent, covt.;red, honor. 
 
 HI. l^lrapllra^.c : — The whole 
 army did not exceed thirty thou- 
 sand men. To use the utmost dili- 
 gence to prevent any succor fn^ni 
 being thrown into Stirling. " See, 
 Ivandolph, there is a rose fallen 
 from y(jur chaplet." The; king re- 
 fused him permission. The ICng- 
 lisb, losing all heart, began to shift 
 every man for himself. 
 
 IV. Vary the form of the follow- 
 
48 
 
 XOTI'.S TO IIIH ForRIH KKADKK. 
 
 ,1 
 
 \t 
 
 inj(scnt<'nc(.'s by cliruij^'iti^ tht^voico 
 of the vc'rl)s: — Kii)^,' I'^dward as- 
 st!ml)lt;(l one of the larj,'cst armies 
 whic h a kiu^ of ICiiuland (n-er coni- 
 manded. With this purpose the 
 army was led to a plain near Stir- 
 ling'. Thes(! were iilUnl with liuht 
 hnishwoofl, and the turf was care- 
 fnlly replaced. H(! drcnv out his 
 army, therefore, in the order he 
 
 had hefcjre resf)lved on. They 
 killed many of the SccjIs, and 
 mi).,'ht, as at I'alkirk, have dtjrided 
 the victory but for the preparation 
 whuh Hrure had made for them 
 V. Sketch th«r Hatlle of H.in- 
 nockbtirn as though you had been 
 one of tlu; Scottish army. Heads : 
 — The preparation for the enemy ; 
 the conllict ; the pursuit. 
 
 XXVIII. BRUCE TO HIS TROOPS, Etc. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 i 
 
 Qi. Tht! two followinti stanzas, 
 said to hav(; been writtt;n by Sir 
 Walter Scott, are somcUitnes pre- 
 fixed to this porm as an intro- 
 duction : 
 
 ".\t Hannockbnrn the linj^di.sh lay. 
 The Scots th(;y wi.-rena f.ir away, 
 Hut waited for the break o' day 
 That ^dinted in the east. 
 
 "Hut soon the sun broke through 
 the he.ith. 
 And lij^hte(l up that field o' d(?ath, 
 When i^ruce, wi' soul-inspiring 
 breath. 
 His heralds thus addressed." 
 
 Gory bed . . victory.— Bruce 
 
 presents to his troops the altcsrua- 
 tive of victory or dcatli. 
 
 Lour - also spelled lower— io 
 appear dark or gloomy, to threat- 
 en. I'",xplain "front of hattli'." 
 
 Power. - Here used for army — 
 a common use of the word in 
 Shakespeare. 
 
 Chains and slavery. — What is 
 the meaning here .■' 
 
 Traitor— one who betrays his 
 country: in opposition to patriot. 
 Here used as an adjective. 
 
 Strongly.— Explain the force of 
 this word. 
 
 By oppression's . chains. — 
 What is me.int? Paraphrase. 
 
 We will drain— shall be free. — 
 
 Nf)t(; the correct distinction be- 
 twiien 7i'ill and shall. 
 
 ()i. Usurpers -those who seize 
 property or power without right. 
 Is it correctly ajiplied h(?re ■' 
 
 Let us do or die. — Note the 
 meaning of "do" here. "This 
 expr(;ssion is a kind of common 
 pro]>erty, being the mcjtto, we be- 
 li<;ve, of a Scottish family." — 
 Scott. The Sc(jtch pronir- -iation 
 of " die " is dec, rhyming free, 
 
 me,o\c.. Qiiot<; a similar 5 leiit 
 
 from Tenn) son's Charge of the 
 Liirht Ihii^ade. 
 
 Give the b'.nglish equivalents of 
 all the Scotch words and contrac- 
 tions in this ode. 
 
 Burns composed this celebrated 
 ode in 1793 under the inspiration 
 of an old air which was said to 
 have been Bruce's march at lian- 
 nockburn. Carlyle tells us that 
 it " was composed on horseback 
 in riding in the middle of tempests 
 over the wildest Galloway moor." 
 "Doubtless," he continues, "this 
 stern hvmn was singing itself, as 
 he formed it, through the soul of 
 Burns, but to the external ear it 
 should be sung with the throat of 
 the whirlwind." 
 
 The bold, stirring thoughts of 
 this spirited poem require loud 
 force, and a full, pure tone of voice. 
 
 Begin abruptly the first three 
 
FOR A THAT ANP A THAT. 
 
 4') 
 
 lines of each si.lnza, marking the 
 strong initial stress. 
 
 Ni'tc the fxprt'ssion of scorn in 
 "Chains and slavery. ' .md rea<l 
 with increasing force the scorn and 
 contempt expressed in the next 
 Ktanzu. 
 
 Bring ont the strong ct>ntrast 
 between the third and fourth 
 Stan/, IS, fspci i.ill\ in tlie I.i^t lines 
 
 Kc.id with int reasing eiu r^y ili«; 
 two last Stanzas, strongly marking 
 the emphasis on "shall . . free" 
 anil " clo . . die." 
 
 XXIX. FOR A' THAT AND A' THAT. 
 
 92. Is there head. — Is there 
 (any one) that hangs, etc. 
 
 For a' that— in spite of all that. 
 Show to what the expression "a' 
 that " r<'fers wherever it occurs in 
 this poem 
 
 Guinea's stamp. -The stamp 
 makes the coin ciirnnt, but does 
 not affect its intrinsic or real value. 
 Expand the metaphor fully, aiul 
 show how the poet intends to 
 apply it. 
 
 Gowd— gold. 
 
 Hoddin-grey — also spelled /jo ' 
 </<«-/,'-r</_>'— cloth made from uu- 
 dyed wool. 
 
 Tinsel show— Explain. Note 
 the scorn here expressed. 
 
 A prince . . a' that. -Compare 
 " I'rinces and lords are but the 
 breath of kings." — Hums' Cot- 
 ter's Saturday Ni<:[lit, I. 163; also, 
 
 " Princes and lords may flourish, 
 
 or may fade — 
 A breath can make them, as a 
 
 breath has made." 
 —Goldsmith's Destittd VilLiKe, H. 53-4. 
 
 Aboon his might— above his 
 power to make. 
 
 Mauna fa' that— must not try 
 or atten)pt that. 
 
 The pith . . worth.— Express 
 otherwise, so as to bring out the 
 full meaning of pith and pridf. 
 
 93. Bear the gree — gain the 
 prize, have the victory. Compare 
 
 the qualities and possessions of 
 the p()(«r man with those of the 
 rich or noble, as mentioned in the 
 poem. 
 
 What general peculiarities of 
 dialect may be obsrr\ed in this 
 and the preceding poem ? 
 
 For the influences which 
 prompted these song's, see Shairp's 
 Hums in " linglish Men of Let- 
 ters ' series. 
 
 St. 1. l<t;ad the second line with 
 an expression of C(^ntempt, increas- 
 ing to scorn and indignation in the 
 third line. Emphasize strongly 
 " We . . poor. ' Emphasize the 
 contrasted words in the two last 
 lines. Mark " that " with the pro- 
 per inflection, when it occurs at 
 the end of a line. 
 
 2. Express the strong feeling of 
 independence that characterizes 
 this stanza. In 1. 4, emphasize the 
 second " man " with rising inflec- 
 tion. Emphasize "king" in last 
 line. 
 
 3. Falling inflection on "knight," 
 " manjuis," "duke" Emphasize 
 " honest man " and "aboon." In 
 1. 4, emphasize " that " with rising 
 inflection. Kead 1. 6 with an ex- 
 pression of C(mteinpt. Emphasize 
 "higher" in 1.8. 
 
 4. Mark emphatic words and 
 pauses, and note the change of 
 expression in reading this stanza. 
 
T^^- 
 
 
 50 
 
 NOTES TU THK FOl'KlH KhAUhK. 
 
 XXX. THE FIXED STARS. 
 
 li 
 
 
 f. 
 
 93. Fixed stars.- These are so 
 named Jrcjm ilieir rLinainiiiu ap- 
 pait.'iitlv iiiiinovabli; wiili rrs{)r( t 
 to one aMvjther. They are nut 
 absolutely immovable, however, 
 as has le;ii cornpUtely proved in 
 numerou'i eases. 
 
 Vault.- An arcluid roof. K\- 
 plain, as used here. 
 
 Plarets. - /'/«;;t7 iscU-rivitl from 
 a iTlreeli word meaning; zidndinr. 
 The planets are so naini'd from 
 their Tii'jtion .around the sun. 
 They sliine with a cle;ir, steady 
 li^ht, while the fixed stars hav(; a 
 sp.'uk'.inj,' or twinklinj,' aj)pearance. 
 
 Telescope an instrument used 
 to help the eye to see distant 
 ol)je( ts more distinctly. 
 
 Would look. - It is not usual to 
 Mse look with a noun followinj.;, in 
 Ihe sense of siim. Compare its 
 use in the next line. 
 
 Same instrument. -The spec- 
 trosct)pe is here referred to — an in- 
 strument for ascertainiuf^ th.e com- 
 position of btnlies by an e.xaniiiia- 
 iion of th(! light th(\- ^'i\e ou.i. 
 
 9). Vapors . . substances.— 
 These vapors or f^ases arise from 
 the combustion of the substances 
 rneutioned, and enter into th(; 
 composition of the atmosphere of 
 the sun, etc. 
 
 Only half . . time.— Explain. 
 Doi:s this hold true for ever) point 
 on the eirtli's surfact;? 
 
 Conceive— form any conception 
 or proper notion of. 
 
 95. Pleiades tlcya-di'z (Ayres' 
 Oytliucpist); pl't a-dcz (Impfrial 
 Diitianary ) — a cluster of seven 
 stars, SIX of which are visible to 
 the naked eye 'I'he middle one, 
 called Al-cy'o-ne, is supposed by 
 some 10 be the centre of the 
 universe. 
 
 Prapsepe — prc-sd'pS. — A Latin 
 word meiiiirg b«-hive. 
 
 Nebulae — plural of ueb'u-la 
 (Latin), mist or vapor. The clus- 
 ters of stars called utbula: appear 
 like jiatches of mist. 
 
 Nitro-gen — a gas which forms 
 the i)rincipal ingredient of the air 
 we bri-athe. 
 
 Hydro-gen — one of the two 
 gases of which water is composed ; 
 the other is oxyi^un. 
 
 In a telescope. — Express other- 
 wise. 
 
 Mira. — Mira (Latin) means 
 tvundi yfitl. 
 
 96. it is well . . little.-Why ? 
 
 L Distinguish between present 
 'And present ; made and »«»/</ ; lie 
 and lye ; so, sew, and sow ; some 
 and sum; pair, pear, and />ur*; 
 faint and /I'i;//; real and rtv/; to, 
 too, and hco. 
 
 II. Form new words from the 
 following by adding suffixes, and 
 show how the meaning of the 
 words is changed : — plaice, large, 
 near, speak, present, direct, bright, 
 cloud, small, go, travel, probable, 
 mass. 
 
 III. Vary the form of the fol- 
 lowing by changing the voice of 
 th.e verbs : -These can be seen 
 without a telescope. Some among 
 the stars change in brightness. 
 Sciinetimes three, four, or more 
 stars are grouped together, when, 
 without a telescope, we see but 
 one. With a large telescope 
 hundreds of clusters can be seen. 
 This is called the Milky Way. 
 
 IV. Account for the punctuation 
 marks and the capital letters in 
 the last paragraph of the lesson. 
 
 V. Combine into one sentence: 
 (i.) The sentences in paragraph vi.; 
 (ii.) Light takes three years to 
 reach the earth from the nearest 
 fixed star. Li.Ljht travels 185,000 
 miles each second. Light takes 
 
THE FIXED STARS —TO MARY IN HEAVRN. 
 
 51 
 
 much longer to r«ich us from the. 
 more di.-^tant st;irs. 
 
 VI. I'^xpaTid tin; fnllo\vin<,' itali- 
 cized phrases iiitcj prop.jsitions : 
 Kach one of tht; fixed stars is a 
 sun, shining with its uwn Hi;ht. 
 Without a trli'SLiipi' we can sci; at 
 once about three thousand stars. 
 With a large tclcsiopc hundreils of 
 clusters can be seen. Un u clear 
 
 flight a faint streak of cloudy light 
 (.an be i^ccu.foi innig itn arch round 
 the lieavens and iil\'ii\s in tha siime 
 position autoiig the stars 
 
 VII. Reiiroduce the lesson from 
 the following,' hi.'ads . — Wh.it the 
 fi.Ked stirs are. What thi- t<:lf- 
 s( ope revi'.ds to us. The Milky 
 Wav. 'riii> Wonderful Star. The 
 light from t!ie lixcd stars. 
 
 XXXI. TO MARV IN ni:.\vi:N, 
 
 97. This beautiful poem was 
 comp)osed on the third anniversary 
 of the death of Mary Campbell, 
 " Ilif^hland Mary," to whom Burns 
 was en^af;ed to be marrieU. The 
 last place they met was on the 
 banks of the river Ayr, wlun-e, 
 Bible in hand, tlu;y pledj^ed them- 
 selves to be faithful to each other. 
 She then went to visit her friends 
 in Ar}:;yllshire to prepare for her 
 marriage, and while on her wav 
 back to meet liurns, she died at 
 (ireenock, in October, 17S6. Burns 
 married Jean Armour. 
 
 We are told that, as this third 
 anniversary drew on. Burns was 
 observed to grow sad. In the 
 evening he went out and wan- 
 dered about the farm-yard, where 
 Mrs. Burns found him, towards 
 morning, lying upon a heap of 
 straw, gazing intently at a beau- 
 tiful planet. She persuaded him 
 to return to the house, where 
 he immediately sat down and 
 " wrote, Aith all the ease o* one 
 copiying from memory, these sub- 
 lime and pathetic verses." 
 
 Thou lingering star . . mom. — 
 What star? Explain "lingering" 
 and " lessening." 
 
 Ushcrest. — The business of an 
 usher is to introduce people, or 
 announce their arrival. 
 
 Departed shade — What is 
 meant ? 
 
 ! See'st thou. Sliow the forc(' of 
 I " set- hi, and of ' hearst " in next 
 line. 
 
 Sacred hour hallowed grove. 
 -- ICxplam. Why 'sailed' and 
 " ha!l(jwe(l " ? .Another reading 
 jilaces interrogation marks after 
 " forget " and " love," and a semi- 
 colon after "embrace," What 
 differenct; in meaning would thest; 
 changes in punctuation make ? 
 
 Efface — remove, wear away. 
 
 Records — memories, deep im- 
 pressions. 
 
 Transports— feelings of rapture 
 or great joy. 
 
 Ayr gurgling . . spray. .Ml 
 nature is re|iresented as bi'ing in 
 sympathy with the hjvers pledging 
 tiieir troth. ICxp.lain " gurgling. ' 
 
 Thickening green. Explain. 
 The meeting took place on the 
 second Sniidav of M.'iy. 
 
 The fragrant . . scene. —Ex- 
 plain "hoar." Kc-write in prose. 
 
 The flowers . . pressed.— 
 Par.iphra.se. 
 
 Spray twig. 
 
 The glowing west . day. — 
 Explain by a paraphrase, showing 
 the force of "glowing" ami 
 " winged." 
 
 Broods— dwells upon. 
 Miser care— care that allows 
 memory to lose no part of the scene 
 or incident. Compare " I'.ternity 
 . . past," in second stanza. 
 
52 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH RE/>^ER. 
 
 Time . makes.--This is con- 
 trary to the guiicralh' received idea 
 that " Time softens sorrows and aa- 
 suatjes j,'rief." 
 
 At tlie same season, three years 
 later (i7<jji, Jiurns wrote another 
 sf)nK in memory of his Highland 
 Mary, beginning, 
 
 " Ye banks and braes, and streams 
 around 
 The castle o' Montgomery." 
 
 The' reading <jf this poem must 
 be niark(!d throughout by great 
 tenderness of ft;eling, the voice 
 
 becoming tremulous in the more 
 pathetic passages. 
 
 St I. Emphasize "see'st thou " 
 and " hear'st thou," and read the 
 rt;mainder of the two lines in a 
 monot(jne. 
 
 2. Strongly emphasize 
 "Eternity." Jvising inflection on 
 "embrace." Why? Express the 
 deep, tender emotion of the last 
 line, the most pathetic line in the 
 pt)em. 
 
 3. Pause after "amorous " 
 Emphasize "('very," " too soon." 
 
 4. Emphasize the contrasterl 
 words in the third and fourth 
 lines. 
 
 XXXII. I-^LOW GKXTLV, SWIJCT AFTON. 
 
 t»i 
 
 9S. Flow gently. — Why 
 "gently ' ? 
 
 Sweet Afton— .\fton Water, a 
 rivulet in (ilen .\ftoii. in the south- 
 east corner of .•\yrsiiire, tlcnving 
 north into the Nith. 
 
 Braes. Hrai . a declivity, a hill- 
 side ,1 grassy slope. 
 
 My Mary " Highland Mary." 
 
 Stock-dove a speciesof pigeon. 
 
 Lap-wing a wading bird, be- 
 longing to the plover family. It 
 receives its name from the peculiar 
 motion of its wings in llight. It is 
 also called pnwit, in imitation of 
 Its plainti\-e (•r\ 
 
 Neighboring hills— the Lowther 
 Hills. 
 
 There daily . . eye. — Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 Primroses blow — Explain 
 
 " blow." Compare " a full-blown 
 rose " 
 
 Evening weeps.— Explain. 
 
 Lea meadow, or grassv plain. 
 
 Birk liirch. Compare " frag- 
 rant birch ' in the preceding 
 poem. 
 
 Crystal stream. — Explain 
 "crystal." 
 
 Wanton sportive. Compare 
 "wanton ' in the preceding pt)eni. 
 
 Lave -wash. 
 
 Stems . . wave. — Express 
 othtirwise. 
 
 Lays. —Why not "lay " ? 
 
 The plaintive air to which this 
 song is usually sung, naturally 
 gives the impression that the poet 
 is here writing in a mournful 
 strain. Show from the poem 
 itst.'lf that this is not the case. 
 
 XXXIII. THIC SKVL.\RK. 
 
 09. Bird . . wilderness.— The 
 
 poet probably refers to the lark's 
 wild and unrestrained spirit. "The 
 lark sings well in confinement, but 
 flutters its wings whilst singing, as 
 if still desirous of soaring in the 
 air." 
 
 Blithesome— merry ; th as in the. 
 
 Cumberless -free from care. 
 
 Matin— morning song. Explain 
 " matins " and " vespers." 
 
 Moorland— barren land covered 
 with heath, and sometimes marshy 
 Distinguish from Ua. 
 
THE SKVr.ARK — DEATH OF LITTLE NELL. 
 
 53 
 
 Emblemof happiness.— Why is 
 
 the skylark so called ? 
 
 Oh, to abide . . thee.— What 
 does the poet mean by this wish ? 
 
 Wild . . loud. — Explain. J.G. 
 Wood, the naturalist, mentions 
 the lark's "rich, wild mek)dy." 
 
 Downy cloud. — Explain 
 "downy." See note on " braided 
 snow," p. 45. 
 
 Love gives . . birth. — Explain. 
 
 Dewy wing. — Explain "dewy." 
 
 Thy lay . . earth. — Paraphrase. 
 
 Fell — a barren or stony hill. 
 
 Sheen — bright; a poetic word. 
 
 Red streamer . . day— the glow 
 in the cast that ushers in the 
 morning. Perhaps the poet refers 
 here to the Auro'ra Borealis, or 
 "northern lights." Could these 
 he said to herald the day ? What 
 is the duty of a herald ? Compare 
 " Shot like a streamer of the nor- 
 thern morn." — Tennyson, The 
 PassittfT uf Arthur, 1. 284. 
 
 Cloudlet. — Distinguish from 
 cluud. Why "dim"? 
 
 Cherub — an angelic being, 
 usually represented as a beauti- 
 ful winged child. Show that this 
 is a suitable word here. Note 
 the order of the phrases in this 
 stanza. The poet appears to be 
 
 watching the lark as it takes its 
 morning flight and soars higher 
 and higher until it is lost to sight. 
 
 Gloaming — evening twilight; a 
 Scotch word, but adopted by I'"ng- 
 lish writers. The morning twilight 
 is distinguished as the dajvn. 
 
 Heather blooms— heather blos- 
 soms. Heather is the Scotch name 
 for heath, a small flowering '■hT-'"). 
 The land covered with thi . shrub 
 is also called heath. What is the 
 grammatical relation of "low " ? 
 
 Bed of love. -Compare the last 
 line of the second stanza. 
 
 The thoughts of the poem are 
 gay and cheerful, in accord with 
 the song of the lark. Note how 
 agreeably the one long syllable at 
 the end of the third and sixth 
 lines of each stanza breaks the 
 monotony. 
 
 St. I. In the last line prolong 
 " Oh " into the next word. 
 
 2. Dwell on " far." Emphasize 
 " love " in 1. 3. 
 
 3. Read the first five lines 
 with gradually increasing pitch. 
 Lengthened pause after " rim." 
 
 4. K(>ad the first three lines 
 with gradu.dly decreasing pitch. 
 Strongly emphasize " sweet." 
 
 XXXIV. DEATH OF LITTLF. XFJT. 
 
 100. She seemed . . death. — 
 
 Note the beautiful thought under- 
 lying this sentence. 
 
 Here and there. — Note the 
 position of this phrase. 
 
 Strong heart. — l-lxplain the 
 force of "strong" here, and note 
 the contrasts brought out in the 
 sentence. 
 
 Sorrow . • born. — Explain. 
 Observe the beautiful imagery in 
 this sentence, and compare the 
 language of the first two sentences. 
 
 Haunts . . care. Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 The poor schoolmaster. Nell 
 anrl tier grandfather hatl lost their 
 home in London, atid had wan- 
 dered away into the country to 
 escape furtlier misfortune. In their 
 wanderings they arrived at the 
 village where this schoolmaster 
 taught, and were kindly enter- 
 tained by him. 
 
 Furnace fire — the fin^ of an ini- 
 mtMise iroii-uork, in wliith they 
 had once found shelter for a night. 
 On the second day after, when 
 almost starving, they fortunately 
 met the schoolmaster again, and 
 
54 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 
 ii i' 
 
 lii- 
 
 were taken by him to the village 
 where they spent the rest of their 
 days. 
 
 Nell was appointed church-l<pep- 
 or. She kept tiio keys of the 
 church, and her duties were to 
 open and close the church for the 
 service, and to show it to strangers. 
 
 The dying boy — the schoolmas- 
 ter's favorite schnl.-ir, wlu) died the 
 dayafter Nell arrived at the school- 
 house. 
 
 loi. The old man— Nell's grand- 
 fnthr-r. 
 
 Languid — weak, drooping. 
 
 Ever and anon.— IC.xprcss differ- 
 ently. 
 
 Past . . of help.— What sug- 
 gested this thought ? 
 
 Ancient. - Would o/rf convey the 
 same meaning here ? Compare 
 "Ancient fishermen, " p. 76. 
 
 Waning — failing. What is 
 the opposite word ? 
 
 Noiseless . . hour. — Express 
 in (liff(>rent language. 
 
 Winged . . flight.— Expand tlx; 
 metaphor. 
 
 Deliberate — well-considerod. 
 Give a word with opposite mean- 
 ing. 
 
 102. Waking . . air.— Re write 
 this sentence, so as to bring out its 
 full meaning. 
 
 Never . . or. — Why is " or " 
 correct here ? 
 
 The child — one of the village 
 children who had become deeply 
 attached to Nell. 
 
 Made. — For <i similar use of 
 this word, see Luke xxiv., 28. 
 
 Soothing - calming. 
 
 Artless- -simple, natural. 
 
 103. They were . . bed. -This 
 was a. pretext to induce the okl 
 man to leave the bedside. 
 
 Remorseless toll. — Why "re- 
 morseless " ? 
 
 De-crep'it— weak, infirm. Note 
 the epithets and phrases used to 
 describe the gradations of age. 
 
 Still then. 
 
 Living dead . forms. — Ex- 
 
 plain. Note the contradictory epi- 
 thet "living." Compare "idly 
 busv." 
 
 Whose day . . fleeting.— Ex- 
 plain. Point out the antecedent 
 of " whose" 
 
 104. Stifled sob. — Express in 
 other words. 
 
 Pensive. — Distinguish from 
 ili(>iiQ;htful. Compare "musing," 
 on the preceding page. 
 
 Had wondered . . bold. — Is 
 there anything in this to cause 
 wonder ? 
 
 Teem> — abound. 
 
 The last sentence is poetic both 
 in language and rhythm. It is a 
 fine example of " Poetic Prose." 
 See Abbott and Seeley's Eiif^lish 
 Lessons for Eit^lish People, par.6o. * 
 
 Point out any poetic expressions 
 and forms of words in this selec- 
 tion. Notice the fine effect fre- 
 quently produced both by the repe- 
 tition and by the omission of 
 words. 
 
 State the character of this selec- 
 tion, and show with what tone, 
 pitch, etc., it should be read. 
 
 100. Lower the voice in reading 
 the parenthesis in the second 
 paragraph. What inflection on 
 " fatigues" ? 
 
 103. Lower the pitch in reading 
 the parenthetical clause, " the bell 
 . . voice." Lower the pitch also 
 in reading "poured forth" and 
 " to gather . . tomb," and read 
 " decrepit age . . infancy" and 
 "on crutches . . life" in the 
 general pitch. Account for these 
 changes in pitch 
 
 Notti any ot'icr changes in mod- 
 ulation on tins page. 
 
 io,|. Express the deep solemnity 
 of the last sentence by reading it 
 in a deep, full tone, and with 
 scarcely perceptible inflections. 
 
 T. Distinguish between gentle 
 and patient; fatigued and rrrnrv ; 
 imploring and askifi^ ; ancicut and 
 
DEATH OF LITTLE NELL — RESIGNATION. 
 
 55 
 
 41 
 
 old; noiseless and silent: utter 
 and speak; murmured and com- 
 pliiimd ; remorse tuuX rcptutancc ; 
 sincere and canust ; delicate and 
 feeble. 
 
 II. Show the force of the pre- 
 fixes and suffixes in the foUou iiig : 
 — Beautiful, creature, pressure, mo- 
 tionless, unaltered, calmly, favor- 
 ite, abroad, replaced, immortality, 
 assurances. 
 
 III. Paraphrase: — Imaged in 
 her trantjuil beauty and profound 
 repose. They were all about her, 
 knowing that the end was drawing 
 on. Soothing him with his artless 
 talk, the child persuaded him to 
 take some rest. Decrepit age, and 
 vigorous life, and blooming youth, 
 and helpless infancy, poured forth. 
 
 IV. Combine the following state- 
 ments into a paragraph :~ She was 
 dead. Her death occurred two 
 days before. She was surrounded 
 by her friends at the time. They 
 knew she was dying. They had 
 read with her. They had ^'ked 
 with her. This was in the early 
 part of the night. Later, she had 
 sunk to sleep. Dreams came to 
 her. They were of her wanderings 
 
 with her grandfather. They were 
 not unpleasant. She dreamed of 
 the kind people whom she had met 
 in their wanderings. Many ex- 
 pressions of thanks fell from her 
 lips in her sleep. They were 
 uttered very earnestly. When 
 awake she did not wander but 
 once. On that occasion she said 
 she heard be.iutiful music. The 
 music was in the air. 
 
 V. Change the voice of the verbs 
 in ; — Along the crowded path they 
 bore her now, pure as the newly- 
 fallen snow that covered it. Thfe 
 child persuaded him to take some 
 rest. One called to mind how he 
 had seen her sitting on that very 
 spot. And now the bell — the bell 
 she had so often heard by nigh I 
 and day, and listened to as a living 
 voice — rung its remorseless toll 
 for her. 
 
 VI. Write a description of the 
 burial of Little Nell frf)in the fol- 
 lowing heads : — The people who 
 came to the funeral. The place 
 where she was laid. The memories 
 of her brief sojourn in that place. 
 Impressions on the mourning 
 fricnils and relatives. 
 
 XXXV. RESIGN vTUr 
 
 105. Express briefly the main 
 thought of the first stanza. 
 
 The heart . . comforted.— See 
 Matthew ii., 18, ami Jeremiah 
 x\xi., 15. Paraphrase, showing 
 what class "Rachel" is taken to 
 represent. 
 
 These severe . . arise.— Show 
 what comparison is implied here. 
 
 Compare "earthly damps" 
 below. 
 
 But oftentimes . . disguise.— 
 Afilictions are often blessings in 
 disguise. This thought is repeated 
 in the following stanza. Compare : 
 "Behind a frowning provielence 
 He hides a smiling face." — Cov'pcr. 
 
 Damps— vapors which arise from 
 old wells, pits, etc., and are hurtful 
 to animal life. Give the meaning 
 and force of the word here. 
 
 Funereal -/«-"cV«-rt/ —suiting 
 a funeral, dark, gloomy. What 
 custom is alluderl to here? 
 
 What . . transition. — Transi- 
 tion — change, passage from one 
 place or state to another. Com- 
 pare " Gone . . from this room 
 into the next."' — Tennyson, The 
 Grtindmother. 
 
 This life . . death. — Re-write 
 in prose language, so as to bring 
 out the full meaning of this beau- 
 tiful passage. 
 
56 
 
 NOTLS T(J Tii:-: FOLKTII KLAUER. 
 
 IL 
 
 Suburb —the outljinf? parts of 
 a city or town, the (jutskirts. 
 
 Elysian - exceedingly delight- 
 ful, pertaining to Klysium, which 
 in ancient mythology was the 
 abode of the blessed after d(\'ith. 
 See note on "The Islands," p. 70. 
 
 Portal -gate. 
 
 106. Cloister's . . seclusion.— 
 Heaven is here compared to a 
 (juiet and secluded school, where, 
 under the guardianship of angels, 
 the child lives safe from tempta- 
 tion and sin. 
 
 Pollution— taint, impurity. 
 
 The bond . . gives.— Explain 
 
 Raptures. — Feelings of extreme 
 joy. 
 
 Clothed . . grace. — Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 And beautiful . . face. — The 
 poet in this and the preceding 
 stanza very biiautifully gives ex- 
 pression to the belief that there 
 is growth and development in 
 Heaven ; that the soul expands 
 in the Divine sunshine. 
 
 Impetuous — eager, passionate. 
 What is the grammatical relation .' 
 
 Assuage — soften, moderate. 
 Stay r(!press, keep back. 
 By silence . . way. The poet 
 rt.'fers to llie ' sacredness of sor- 
 Cumpare : 
 
 row. 
 
 I sometimes hold it hrdf a :iin 
 To put ill words the grief I feel. 
 
 — Tennyson, In Meinoriani, v. 
 
 St. 1. Emphasize " no," " one." 
 Read "however. . tended," and 
 " howsoe'er defimdud " in lower 
 pitch. Why? 
 
 2. Group "farewell . . dying" 
 and " mournings . . dead." 
 
 4. ICmphasize "dimly." Slower 
 time in " Sad . . tapers." 
 
 5. Rising inflection on " death " 
 (l.i), and " transilioii." Group 
 " this life . . breath." 
 
 7. What tone and time in this 
 stanza ? Emphasize the con- 
 trasted words in last line. 
 
 Notecarcfnllyany other changes 
 in modulation, so as to give a 
 sympathetic rendering of the 
 poem. 
 
 :r 
 
 XXXVI. THE BLACK rklNCE AT CUi:SSY. 
 
 107. Cressy— or Circy — a vil- 
 lage in the north o{ I'rance, near 
 the mouth of the river Somme. 
 
 Ed\vard the Black Prince was 
 the eldest son of Edw ird HI., who 
 became King of England in 13.J7. 
 In 1339 Edward HI. claimed the 
 crown of France in opposition to 
 Philip VI. The accompanying 
 table shows the claim of each to 
 the throne, and shows further, 
 that accv-nding to the law of 
 primogeniture, on which Edward 
 leased his claim, the true heir to 
 the throne was Charles of Navarre. 
 
 T'liiLip HI., KiN<; 01 Fkantk. 
 
 1 1 
 
 rnii-ip IV. Cli.irlcso V.ilois. 
 
 t 
 
 Piiir.ip VI. ofValois. 
 
 1 
 1. 01 IS X. Pmii.ii' v. Charles I\'. 
 
 Jane. Isa 
 1 wife ot Edwai 
 riiarlcs 01 Enj^'dud, 
 ot Navarre. 
 
 EUWAKI 
 
 K-.Ua, 
 
 (Dll. 
 J III. 
 
 For further particulars in refer- 
 ence to iulward's claim, see A'y''^^"^''^ 
 (</ Kiii^Ush Ilistuf}'. 
 
THR lU.ACK PRINCE AT CRESSY. 
 
 57 
 
 Campaign t'l^ <im-* nn nnny 
 keeps the lit-'ld during one season. 
 
 Maternal inheritance. — Pon- 
 thieii, a (iistriet around tlie north 
 of the Soninie. 
 
 108. Heritage— inheritance, an 
 estate tli.it passes from an ancestor 
 to an heir. 
 
 Do'wry — dower, the property 
 which a woman brings to hvv 
 husband in marriagt-. 
 
 Flooding. — Explain, showing 
 the force cjf the comparison here. 
 
 Genoa — jai'u-n. — These Italian 
 archers were mercenaries, or hired 
 troops. ' 
 
 Incidents— chances, events. 
 
 Evening sun . faces. —A sun 
 issuing from a black cloud was the 
 badge (>f the ]>lack I'rince —prob- 
 ably, from this occurrence. 
 
 109. Panic —sudden fear. 
 Oriflamme. - "The OritlaninK- 
 
 of rVance, like the green standard 
 of the ProphcU in the Turkish Em- 
 pire, had the effect ot declaring the 
 war to be what was called a ' holy 
 war"; that is, a war of extermi- 
 nation." 
 
 Win his spurs. — Spurs were 
 especially the badge of knight 
 hood. Ili'nce, to i>.'in one's spurs 
 meant to become a knight. Here 
 it probably means to shoiV hiinsclf 
 icorthv ofkni<(lit/i(i()<l, as the Prince 
 had already been knighted. 
 
 Let the day be his.— l*:xpress 
 in other words. 
 
 no De Beaumont— f/? (r as in 
 met), Bo'iiiont (English), Bu-muS 
 (n iinsiil, French). 
 
 Reverential — showing rever- 
 ence or great respect. 
 
 Carnage- slaughter. 
 
 Imminent — close at hand, 
 threatening, 
 
 Calais — A'u/75s, or Kd-ld 
 (French). This was the last place 
 in France that was held by the 
 English. 
 
 Black Prince. — Note thi ex- 
 [i!.in:'tioii here offered of this 
 name. The I'rince used black 
 banners and black iltvices in 
 tournaments, and rode a black 
 pony on his famous entry into 
 London, 1357. 
 
 III. Aquitaine — a province in 
 the west of F'rance, south and 
 west of the Loire. 
 
 Answer briefly the four ques- 
 tions which the author proposes 
 in the opening paragraph. 
 
 I. Distinguish between learn 
 and titir/i ; retreating; and ntract- 
 iiiir ; accident nnd iitcidfut ; adver- 
 sary and ciu'iny ; remarkable and 
 iiiniiuniblr ; human and humane; 
 assailants and r)/>/>o«<-;//5 ; eminent 
 and distiniruishcd ; describe and 
 portray. 
 
 II. Show the force of the pre- 
 fixes and suffixes in the following 
 words: — undertake, overtaken, in- 
 herit;incc\ encam{' -d, remarkable, 
 peasantry, extrp rdinary, over- 
 hanging, pursuit, embracing, dar- 
 ling. 
 
 III. Change the voice of the 
 verbs in : — The first of these ques- 
 tions involves the second also. 
 Each helps us to understand the 
 other. These were made to stand 
 in front. Though the storm had 
 done a part, we must not forget 
 the prince. The assailants were 
 driven back. 
 
 IV. Expand the italicized 
 phrases in the following, into 
 propositions: — On his return he 
 was publicly embraced by the king. 
 Unable to stand they turned and 
 fled. The young prince, lately 
 made a knif^ht, was the hero of the 
 day. The French army had ad- 
 vanced io overtake the Jiying enemy. 
 
 V. Write heads for a re-produc- 
 tion of the lesson. 
 
58 
 
 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH RHADKR. 
 
 XXXVII. THE HKLL OF ATRI. 
 
 'I ! 
 
 u ^ 
 
 ! 
 
 T7 ' 
 
 111. Atri — d'trec (a as in/cjr). 
 
 Abruzzo — a-broot'so — a moun- 
 tainous district in central Italy 
 between the Apennines and the 
 Adriatic. 
 
 I climb . . upward.— In what 
 double sense may this be taken ? 
 Explain the use of the dashes. 
 
 Re Giovanni — rd jo-viin'nee. — 
 Italian for King yohn. 
 
 And, with . . proclamation. - 
 .\ r«!feronce to the old custom of 
 calling the p(!ople together by the 
 blast of a trumpet when an im- 
 portant announcement was to be 
 made. 
 
 He, the king. — Why is the ap- 
 positive expressed ? 
 
 Syndic. — This officer was in- 
 vested with different powers in 
 different countries. At Atri he was 
 evidently the chief magistrate, or 
 mayor. A derived word now in 
 common use is syndicate. 
 
 Thereon. — On what ? Give the 
 proclamation in the king's own 
 words. 
 
 Swift. — What would we say in 
 prose ? 
 
 Happy days.— Why "happy " ? 
 
 Sumce it — let it be sufficient (to 
 say). 
 
 112. Inpassingby.— Express by 
 a clause. 
 
 Briony — brl'o-ny — a wild climb- 
 ing plant. Spelled 3.\so bryony . 
 
 Votive garland— a wreath of 
 flowers placed at some sacred spot 
 in consequence of a vow. Votive 
 offerings were usually given as a 
 sign of gratitude for some Divine 
 favor. 
 
 Shrine — a place or object con- 
 sidered sacred from its history or 
 its associations; as, the shrine of 
 St. Thomas (a Becket) at Canter- 
 bury. 
 
 Falcons-^<nf'it«5— birds of the 
 hawk family, formerly trained to 
 catch other birds. When taken 
 
 out to hunt they had their heads 
 covered with hoods till the game 
 was sighted. 
 
 Prodigalities— wasteful ex 
 cesses. Note the repetition of 
 "Who loved." Note the change 
 in the knight as he became older. 
 Account for this change. 
 
 Naked stall.— E.xplain. 
 
 Eating . . off. — Express other- 
 wise. 
 
 Of the long . . street. —Note 
 the expressiveness of this line 
 caused by having the sound har- 
 monize with the sense. 
 
 Forlorn. — What is the gram- 
 matical relation ? Compare " But 
 a poor . . forlorn" on next page. 
 
 Suburban- near a town or city. 
 
 One afternoon . . dozed. — Com- 
 pare note on "of Syrian . . leisure," 
 page6i. 
 
 Sultry — very hot and close. 
 
 113. Alarum. — Voci'icior: alarm. 
 
 Donned. — Ciive the opposite 
 word. 
 
 Reluctant. — Why ? Note the 
 repetition of "and" to indicate 
 that the syndic's movements were 
 slow and deliberate. 
 
 Panting. —What caused him to 
 pant? 
 
 Persistent— persevering. 
 
 Half -articulate jargon — sounds 
 almost as expressive as words. 
 ' ' J argon ' ' proper 1 y means confused, 
 unintcllifrible langnaire. 
 
 Belfry's lightarcade — the light- 
 ly-built archway of the bell-tower. 
 The name arcade is commonly ap- 
 plied to a lane or passage in a 
 town, containing stalls or stores 
 (shops), and usually covered with 
 glass. 
 
 Tiomtn^Adxo—do'men-ed-de^'o.— 
 An Italian exclamation of surprise. 
 
 Like . . cloud. — Show the force 
 of the comparison. 
 
 Gesticulation— motions of the 
 body or limbs, in speaking. 
 
tnr- BFt-I. OF ATRI. 
 
 59 
 
 And told . . zeal.— Note thi^ 
 natural description of the e.iKer 
 and noisy crowd. " Much f,'t!stir- 
 ulation" is characteristic of thf 
 French, as well as of the Italians, 
 when they are talkiiifj earnestly. 
 
 Appeal . . gods. -Many Italian 
 oaths and exclamations are nanvs 
 of heatluMi ^ods. 
 
 114. Pride . . way. — Hxpl.un. 
 See Proverbs xi., 2, and xvi., )!S. 
 
 Fame . . deeds, lame is com- 
 pared to the fra^'rani e of llowers. 
 To carry on the fi),'iire, heroic deeds 
 may be called the blossoms or 
 flowers of a noble nature. 
 
 Chivalry — shiv'al-ry — knight 
 hood. 
 
 Proverbs. — Short pithy sen- 
 tences expressing practical truths. 
 Apply this definition here. 
 
 Fair renown. Show the mean- 
 ing of "fair " here, by introducing 
 its opposite. Ciivc synonyms of 
 this word as used hero; also, its 
 homonyms, with meanings. 
 
 Repute. — This word when used 
 alone has a good meaning. We 
 also say "good repute," "bad 
 repute." Name other words simi- 
 larly used. 
 
 He who . . door. — Compare 
 "They also serve , . wait," p. 73. 
 
 Shall take heed. — Note the 
 force of "shall." 
 
 Mass — the chief religious 
 service of the Roman Catholic 
 church. 
 
 Unknown to the laws — not 
 recognized in law as possessing 
 any rights or privileges. 
 
 Explain the comparison which 
 the king makes between his bell 
 and the church-bells. 
 
 What moral lessons may we 
 learn from this tale ? 
 
 What quality of voice, pitch, 
 tone, etc., does this poem require ? 
 
 Sec. I. Lower pitch and slightly 
 faster tiint! in the parenthesis, 
 " nnr. . . may,"atidin " so many 
 . . name." Keatl with incre.ised 
 force the proclamation " that . . 
 ther«'on." 
 
 3. I'ause after " .\tri " Very 
 slight suspension of the vpice after 
 "dwelt ' so as not to destrov its 
 C(^nncction with the next line. 
 Note the emphasis on "had" 
 (1. 7). Observe carefully the 
 casural pause (see p. i(>) in this 
 section and throughout the poem 
 
 5. Imitate the grumbling, dis- 
 contenttMl tones of the old knight. 
 Kead " of tlu; long . . street" in 
 slow time.dwellingon the epithets 
 
 6. Ke.id " loud alarum " in a 
 loud, forcible tone. How should 
 the syndic's movements be ex- 
 pressed ? To imitate the sound 
 of the b(,'ll read in a de(>p mono 
 tone with full force, marking the 
 strong initial str»>ss on "done" 
 and " wrong," prolonging the 
 sound of " wrong." 
 
 7. Oroup "appeal . . gods." 
 Imitate the angry undertone of 
 the knight in the last line. 
 
 8. Kead the syndic's words in 
 slow time, and in a grave tone, 
 becoming still slower and more 
 deliberate in pronouncing the de- 
 cree. Note the contrasted words 
 and phrases. 
 
 9. Read the king's words in a 
 loud and joyous tone. Firmer 
 and more deliberate in the two 
 last lines. 
 
 Distinguish between renown, 
 repute, and crrdit ; proclamation 
 and durce; provender and pro- 
 vision < ; reluctant and lusitatiiii^; 
 persistent and perscviri}i<j; ; de- 
 jected, forlcrn, and forsaken; ap- 
 peal and petition. 
 
 I' 
 
6o 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 XXXVIII.— THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 
 
 i 
 
 115. Canary Islands-a group 
 of islands, belonging to Spain, in 
 the Atlantic Oc<'an, off the north- 
 west coast of Africa. Tenerift; is 
 the largest of the group. Colum- 
 bus was detained about four weeks 
 at these islands, repairing and re- 
 fitting his ships. 
 
 Ferro— the most westerly of the 
 Canary Islands. 
 
 The hearts . . failed them.— 
 E)xpress in a different manner. 
 
 Literally world. -M.xplain. 
 
 Chaos, mystery, peril. - G i \ e 
 synonyms 
 
 Glorious anticipations — great 
 and glowing expectations. What 
 were they? 
 
 Trade wind. —Socalled, because 
 favorable to navigation and trade 
 P'or another explanation of the 
 origin of the term ' ' trade wind , ' ' see 
 Skeat's Dictionarv. These winds 
 occur on both sides of theequalcr 
 to the distance of about thirty ile- 
 greesfromit. They blowconstantly 
 from the same quarter, their gene- 
 ral direction being from north-east 
 and south-east towards the etjua- 
 tor. SeeGeikie's or Vzigc^ Physical 
 Geography . 
 
 116. Uniformly aft. — Express 
 differently. What i.s the opposite 
 word to " aft " ? 
 
 Conjured -hUn'jcrd. Distin- 
 guish this verb from conjure' . 
 
 Vague terrors. — Explain. 
 Among these terrors was the fear 
 that they woidd never be able to 
 return to Europe, since it was not 
 possible to sad up hill. 
 
 Harassed — har'ast — annoyed. 
 
 Mad desperado — a reckless, 
 daring man, who pursues an ob- 
 ject regardless of the consequences. 
 
 Critical. — Here, attended w-ith 
 risk or danger. What other mean- 
 ings has this word ? 
 
 Portuguese navigators. — 
 Among these may be mentioned 
 
 li'irtholomew I>i;iz, who discov- 
 ered the Cape of (niod JIojh;, and 
 Vasco de Gama, who made the 
 first voyage to India 
 
 Had discovered birds. — 
 
 Show how this could lie 
 
 1 17. Turbulent clamor - a vio- 
 lent, disorderly outcry 
 
 Sanguine — hopcfid. Give 
 another use of this word. 
 
 Ploughing the waves. — Ex- 
 pand the mctaph(jr. 
 
 The Pinta. — The three vessels 
 forming the fleet of Columbus 
 were the Santa Maria, in wliich 
 Columbus himself sailed, the Pin- 
 ta, and the Nina {neen'ya). 
 
 118. Lay to. — A vessel is said to 
 lie to when h(>r progress is checked 
 by bringing her head to the wind, 
 and l)y arranging her sails in such 
 a manner as to keep her in this 
 position. 
 
 Royal standard — a flag bearing 
 the royal arms. 
 
 San Salvador.— Spanish for 
 Holy Saviour -one of the i-5ahama 
 Islands. It has been usual to 
 identify this island with Giiana- 
 hii'iii, or Cat Island; but Watling"s 
 Island, a little farther to the east, 
 has in recent years become a 
 claimant to this honor. Irving 
 himself supposes that the light 
 seen by (\:)lumbus at ten o'clock 
 was on Watling's Island. 
 
 119. Enthusiastic — zealous, 
 highly excited. 
 
 Firmamenc — sky or heavens. 
 Explain "crystal." 
 
 Western . . India.— This must 
 mean the extremity reached by 
 sailing westward, and not the 
 western extremity proper. 
 Appellation — name. 
 Aborigines — ab-d-rij'in-ez — the 
 first inhabitants of a country. 
 
 Columbus made three other 
 voyages to the New World, the 
 last in 1502. The latter years of 
 
Tiir. niscovF.HY ov ami-rica — a psai.m of life. 
 
 6i 
 
 his life were rendered (mliappy 
 by the eiwy and in^r.ititiulc of 
 the Spaniards at home, and by 
 the troacher)' and hostility of ad- 
 venturers atnonR his followers. 
 This greatest of discoverers died 
 in poverty in 150C, and was buried 
 in \'allad<ilid. His remains were 
 aftL-rwarf'.s removed from Spain 
 to the West Indii s, and now lie 
 in the (Cathedral of Ilavanna, 
 Cuba. 
 
 America was named after Amer- 
 igo Vespucci [ii-tnn-rc -f;o vcs-puot'- 
 che), an able Italian astronomer 
 and navigator, who published the 
 first account of the voyages of 
 discovery to the New Wr^rld. He 
 was a warm friend of Columbus, 
 and must not be accused of claim- 
 ing ihe honor of discoveries which 
 he never made; for the applica- 
 tion of his name to the newly-dis- 
 covered land was the result of an 
 accident. ^ 
 
 I. Distinguish between mutiny 
 and rcbclliun ; critical and (hut^er- 
 ou.i ; hinder and f icvciit : voyage 
 nndjounuy ; replied and ans7c,r- 
 ed; attitudes and gestures ; tia.- 
 tives, inhabitants, and nburi^incs ; 
 sanguine and hopffiil. 
 
 II. Supply ruitable prefixes or 
 suffixes to the following, and show 
 how they affect the meaning of the 
 words : — calm, sight, taken, heart, 
 
 spirit, favor, length, east, content, 
 shore, open, joy, turn, rage. 
 
 III. Paraphrase : - On losing 
 sight of this last trace of land the 
 hearts of the crews failed them. 
 They harassed their commander 
 by incessant rumors. In {)ropor- 
 tion as he appro. iched the regions 
 where he expected to fiml land, the 
 impatienccof the crews increased. 
 .\t sunset they were ploughing the 
 waves at a rapid rate. The feel- 
 ings of the crews now burst forth 
 in the wildest transports. 
 
 IV. Ciive the substance of the 
 first sentence of the lesson in seven 
 freight simple statements; then 
 combine them into a sentence, 
 showing the part each takes in the 
 sentence thus formed. 
 
 V. Vary by changing from the 
 active to the passive, or from the 
 passive to the active construction : 
 — Many of the rugged seamen 
 shed tears. Columbus determined 
 to alter his course to tlir- direction 
 in which he saw the birds fly. He 
 was delighted with the purity of 
 the atmospliere. With tlie favor- 
 able breeze they were wafted 
 gently but speedily over a tran- 
 fjuil sea, so that for many days 
 tliey did r\o\. shift a sail. The 
 expedition had been sent by tha 
 sovereign to seek the Indies. A 
 level island was spread out before 
 them. 
 
 XXXIX. A PSALM OF LIFE. 
 
 ^t 
 
 liQ. Psalm— 5rt"/ ' ' as \\\ far) — 
 a sacred souk' or hymn. Why is 
 the poem called .1 Psulm vf Lift- ? 
 
 Mournful numbers. — ICxpress 
 otherwise. Tiie term " numbers" 
 is applied to poetry because vcne 
 is measured by the number of ac- 
 cents in it. Pope wrote of him- 
 self, " I lisped ill numbers, for the 
 numbers came." 
 
 Life . dream. Explain what 
 is nicint. 
 
 For the soul . . slumbers.— 
 Wii.it is meant by "dead" and 
 "slumbers" as applied to the 
 soul ? Read the description of an 
 idle soul, beginning with the line, 
 " A spot of dull stagnation, with- 
 out light," in Tennyson's The 
 Palace o^ Art. 
 
62 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 I \ 
 
 \ 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ! 
 
 And things . . seem. - In a 
 
 drcMtn tliinj^s only jft»/, llit;y h,iv(! 
 no rciil cxisteiiro. 
 
 Life . . earnest. — Note the con- 
 trast with the scntirn«'nt expressed 
 in " l-ife . . (liciiii," anrl show 
 how the poet disproves the latter 
 statement. 
 
 Goal -the end, or final purpose. 
 Give the common meaning of the 
 word, and compare its use by 
 Tennyson in — 
 
 "O vet we trust that somehow Rood 
 Will be the (inal goal of ill." 
 
 — In Memoriam, liv. 
 
 Dust . . soul— See Gen. iii., 19 ; 
 Keel, iii., zii. What Christian 
 belief is expn-sscd here ? 
 
 120. Not enjoyment . . to-day. 
 — We are not to make jileasure 
 the chii ( end of life, nor are we to 
 brood over the sorrows and dis- 
 appointments of life. Wc are to 
 b; active and earnest in the dis- 
 charge of each day's duties, and sf) 
 bi'comc stronj^er in character, and 
 lu'tur (pialified for hif^her work. 
 
 Art . . long. — This probaMv 
 refers to the great loii;,'tli of (iui • 
 reiiuired to att.iin peifertion in 
 any department of work. The 
 whole line is an adaptation of Ars 
 loiigii, vita hri.iS "Art is long, 
 life is short." Chaiu:er has the 
 sameidea in ihv Assriiihlvof l-'.-.iJra, 
 " The life so short, the craft so long 
 to learn." 
 
 And our hearts . . grave. 
 When the drum is used at military 
 funerals, it is muflled by having its 
 cords passed around it in such a 
 way as to deadmi the sound. The 
 drum is also usually draped with 
 crape, which helps to produce this 
 muffled sound. What is meant by 
 •' stout and brave" ? What is the 
 meaning of "still" here? How 
 may our hearts be said to beat 
 •' funeral marches " ■• 
 
 Bivouac — biv'00-ak. — Properly. 
 a icmpoiary rncampiueut in the 
 
 open air without tents, e.ach scl- 
 fliiT remaining dressed and ha\ing 
 his wcapoBs by hi,n. Soldiers 
 bivouac when they are on the 
 march, or when they expect an 
 attack. 
 
 Be not . strife. — Paraphrase, 
 bringing out clearly the contrast 
 here expressed. 
 
 Let the dead . . dead. An al- 
 lusion to ^^ltt. viii., 2i. \\\ what 
 sense is the past dead .> In what 
 not? 
 
 Heart . . o'er head.— Para- 
 phrase. I'lxplain the use of the 
 capitals in this stanza. 
 
 We can . . sublime.— Explain 
 "sublime." Give examples illus- 
 trating the truth of the sentiment 
 expri'ssed here. 
 
 Footprints . . time. — Sand is 
 not iis'ially regarded as a symbol 
 of stability. I'ootprints on the 
 sand of the sea-shore are soon 
 effaced liy the waves; so time 
 effaces the memory of ordinary 
 events and actionii. l^ut the lives 
 of great men may inspire us to 
 noble actions, whose inlliience will 
 be as lasting as "the sandy foot- 
 1 iii"s' that "harden into stone." 
 Compare the u.~.e of " tiiue " here, 
 with its use i', the fou.th stanza. 
 
 .vlain. (iive the rneining and 
 application. Give other words 
 siuMla'lv pronounced, with their 
 me.'in'.igs. Why "solemn"? 
 Stormy and troiihltd are commonly 
 used in this connection. What 
 dilferent miMuings would these 
 epithets convi;y ? 
 
 A forlorn . . brother. — Whr^* 
 is meant? 
 
 Take heart again. — Para- 
 phrase. How would the sight of 
 footprints cheer the 'ship-wreck- 
 ed brother"? Is tlie poet think- 
 ing of Robinson Cri. ..ne's 2;^peri- 
 ence ? 
 
 Then —Express by a clause. 
 
 Up and doing. Explain. This 
 is the key-note I'f the poem. Point 
 out similar sontiinents in the poem. 
 
A I'SALM OF LIFE — klN'CJ uWT, \VII.I> lUU.I.S. 
 
 63 
 
 With a heart . fate. F.xprrss 
 dificri.titlv. Compaif,' tlie inciii- 
 in;:,' of " Heart w ithiii." 
 
 Still achieving . pursuing— 
 briiiKiiiK •"ir woi-k to a ptxispor'us 
 closf, rmd coiitinnallv prcssjiiij fcr- 
 wnrcl to the ficcomplisliiin nt ni 
 other work. C.\irnpare "lint to 
 act . . to-day" in third stanza. 
 
 Learn . . wait. I'araphr.iso. 
 brini,'in<4out tlieuu-anin^^oi " wait." 
 
 Show the apprnpriati-ntssof tlif 
 following tpitlut s as used in this 
 roein: — mournful, empty, earnest, 
 broad, solemn, forlorn. 
 
 To what different tliinps is life 
 compared in this pnein ? Show 
 th(; aptness of tlic^c (cmparisons. 
 
 " NoothtT poet has nn no Ix.'ai'ti- 
 fully expresscfl thi' depth of his 
 conviction that life is an oanu-st 
 reality, something' with eternal 
 issues and dcpcndoncies ; that 
 tliis «'arth is no scene of nni'lry 
 or market of sale, but an arena of 
 contest. This is the inspiration 
 of F.on^fcllow's Pidlin of Life " -- 
 Gilfdhin. 
 
 Apply this estimate Xo the poem. 
 
 Earnestness of purpo(> is the 
 
 pre loiuinant feeling,' throughout. 
 How should this lie expressed ? 
 
 To ^ivo an intellif,'ent rendering' 
 of the poem, care must be taken 
 to avoid th«! verse acc fut where it 
 conies on unimportant words. Of 
 course, the verso accent and em- 
 ph.isis may fall on the same word. 
 
 St. 1-2. Read tin? (piot.itions in 
 slower time and sli;.;htly hi-^her 
 pitch, with the rising' inflection on 
 "dr<:iiu " and "returnest." V.m- 
 ph.isi/.(<"dead." "real," "earnest," 
 "soul" (St. 2). 
 
 3. Risiii',' inflection on "enjoy- 
 ment." l'"mph,i'..ize ".u t "stronf.;ly. 
 Slight t;mphasis on " farther." 
 
 3. Risinj.( inflect* m t>n " battle," 
 "life." Why.'' brinj; out clearly 
 the contrast in lines 3 • d 4. 
 
 (i. l-'niph.isi/.e " no," and the 
 second "act." M.irl; theiontra^t 
 expressed by "Futui.'," "Past," 
 and " rresent." 
 
 7. I'ause .iftor " men." Em- 
 phasize " onr," " b'ootprints." 
 
 o Read throii^^hoiit in a firmer 
 ami more detc^rmiiuil mannei 
 i^mphasize and group " up and 
 doing " Strong emphasis on 
 "a(hie\ing," "pursuing, ' 'labor," 
 " wait." 
 
 'I 
 
 1)1 
 
 XL. RIN(i Ol']\ WILD 15I:LLS. 
 
 11 
 
 121. It is customary in m.iny 
 parts of England to ring the 
 church bells at midnight on the 
 last day of the year, to ring c>tit 
 the old year and ring iu tin; new. 
 The poet, in allusi(jn to this cus- 
 tom, expresses the wish that all 
 that is false, sclhsh, and impure 
 may jiass away with the old year, 
 and that the pure, unselfish, and 
 true may come instead. 
 
 Wild bells. -Why "wild"? 
 
 Frosty light glimpses of the 
 moon tlirough the flying winter 
 clouds. 
 
 Happy beils.— The bells ring 
 out a happy -New Year's greeting, 
 
 and seem to express svmpathy 
 with the hopi' that the New Year 
 will hrinu; happit-r tiini:s. 
 
 The grief . . mind. Excessive 
 grief tends to weaken the mind. 
 
 Saps— undermincjs, or destroys, 
 as it by some secret process. 
 
 For those.— Hive the gram 
 m.itical relation of " for." 
 
 Feud . . poor -the contest 
 between capital and labor. Is 
 this fend real or imaginary ? 
 
 Redress — undoing of wrong 
 Compare the angels' song, Luke 
 ii., 14. 
 
 Slowly dying cause.— Any bad 
 
6+ 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 cause has iii itself liic germs of 
 decay. 
 
 And ancient strife. The 
 
 poet probably refers to the coin- 
 inon experience, that the strife of 
 parties co'uinues ionj; after the 
 condition of things that gave rise 
 to the parties ceases to exist. The 
 old p-rly names and cries " thro' 
 which the spirit breathes no 
 more" are meaningless. 
 
 iz2. The faithless . . times - 
 the prevailiiig indifference and 
 scepticism of the times. 
 
 Mournful rhymes. —Why 
 "mcjurnful " ? Compare "mourn- 
 ful numbers, " p. 119. 
 
 Fuller minstrel. — The poets 
 mind is oppressed with pnef for 
 his dead friend, and he can sing 
 only in a mournful strain ; but he 
 hopes that with the aclvent of the 
 New Year he will have a fuller in- 
 sight into the mystery of life, and 
 be able to touch all the chords of 
 the human heart. 
 
 Ring out . . blood. — Para- 
 phrase, showing what is meant by 
 "place" and "blood." 
 
 The civic . . spite.— The abuse 
 
 of men in pul)lic positions — a re- 
 sult of "party strife." I^istinguish 
 between sl(iniiiri\.n(\ scandal. 
 
 Old shapes . . disease. — Ex- 
 plain what is meant. 
 
 The narrowing gold. — Ex- 
 press " narrowing" by a clause. 
 
 Thousand . .wars. — A definite, 
 for an indefinite number. 
 
 Thousand . . peace. — An allu- 
 sion to the millennium. 
 
 The kindlier hand. Explain. 
 
 Ring out . . to be. — Christ, 
 " the Light of the World," is here 
 contrasted with "darkness." These 
 two lines are a summary of the 
 whoiT poem. The poet in the last 
 clause expresses his belief in the 
 ultimate triumph of f;ood, that is, 
 of Christ's Kingdom, on the earth. 
 
 The term clcrriac lay, by which 
 this poem is characterized, means 
 a poem or song expressive of 
 sorrow. 
 
 In reading this poem bring out 
 the force of the many contrasted 
 words and expressions, by properly 
 emphasizing them. 
 
 XLI. MAKIX(^i M.VPLi: SUGAR. 
 
 123 Tubs 
 
 the articles enume 
 
 jects. 
 
 The sap is evaporated. -The 
 
 Jap is boiled, and tlie water it con- 
 tains passes off in the fo-m of 
 steam or vapor. 
 
 The sugar is clarified. — Ex- 
 press otlu.rwise. 
 
 Prohibition . • boy. — What is 
 
 meant ? 
 
 Intimate with one.— Which one ? 
 
 Qui vive-Xrl vcv. — The chal- 
 lenge of the French sentries to 
 those who approach their posts ; 
 equivalent to the English " Who 
 goes there ? " Hence, to be on the 
 qui vivr, is to bo on the alert ; to 
 be watrhfut, as a sentinel is. 
 
 Spring stir. — Note the different 
 uses of " spring" in this para^jraph. 
 Parse "stir." 
 
Making mapls sugar. 
 
 65 
 
 The sap 3tirs . . little. -I. \- 
 press in other words, bringing out 
 clearly the meaning of " sap." 
 
 124. Campaign. — Give the or- 
 dinary meaning. In what respects 
 may the period of sngarmaking 
 be compared to a military cam- 
 paign ? 
 
 Spindling up. — Show the ap- 
 propriateness of this expression. 
 
 Twittering. — r.ive other words 
 derived, like this, from the sound. 
 
 125. Re-covered. — Distmguish 
 from rccovi rtd. 
 
 Cauldron kettles.--These words 
 are nearly synonymous. A caul- 
 dron is a largo kcttli." used in fur- 
 naces, and {ov ont-door work. 
 
 Sap-yoke— a frame to fit the 
 shoulders and neck of n person, 
 and support a pair of buckets, one 
 at each end, 
 
 i^"''). Piece of pork. — The fat 
 from the pork forms a coating on 
 the surface of the boiling sap, 
 especially around the edge, ancl 
 keeps it from boiling over. 
 
 Grimy ^T/'/'M — dirty. 
 
 A perfect realization . . read. 
 — I''xpress tin; meaning., in other 
 words. 
 
 Affectations of fright.— Para- 
 phrase, showing the full force of 
 " affectations." 
 
 127. The scene play. —Show 
 in what respects this comparison 
 is applicable. 
 
 Point out instances of the 
 author's humor in this selection. 
 
 I. The following words !-«avc 
 each two or more meanings ; 
 write sentences to bring out two 
 meanings of each : — active, save, 
 leave, arch, spring, arms, soil, 
 still, present, watch. 
 
 II. Analyse, giving, where pos- 
 sible, the force of the prefixes, 
 suffixes, and Latin roots: — enjoys, 
 btisiness, carefully, clarify, unc-asi- 
 ness, naturally, excitement, super- 
 intending, establishment, avidity, 
 unobstructedly, expression. 
 
 III. Paraphrase: — The old fun 
 and pictures([ueness of the busi- 
 ness are pretty much gone. The 
 boy's desire is to "sugar off" per- 
 petually. If there is a good " sap 
 run," the establishment is under 
 full headway. The shanty is re- 
 covered with boughs. 
 
 IV. Combine into a connected 
 narrative: — The maple sugar sea- 
 son commences about the 25th of 
 March. It lasts as long as we 
 have frosts. The warm spring 
 wcither begins. The snow begins 
 to melt. The frost begins to come 
 out of the trees. The sap-buckets 
 are taken from their store-houses. 
 The caulfirons for boiling the sap 
 art! taken from their store-hous(!s. 
 The hogsheads or barrels are also 
 produced. These are thoroughly 
 cleansed. They are taken to the 
 woods. The trees are tapped. 
 Th(! buckets are placed in posi- 
 tion. A great space is cleared of 
 snow, for the sugar-cimp. Two 
 monster logs are rolled near each 
 other. The cauldrons are swung 
 on poles over the spact; between 
 the.selogs. Smallcrwood isplaced 
 beneath the cauldrons. Sap is 
 placed in tiie cauldrons. The sap 
 has been gradually collected in 
 the buckets. The wood bem-ath 
 the cauldrons is now set on fire. 
 Sugar-making is fairlv undc^r way. 
 The sap in thecauldronsgradually 
 evaporates. Tiie cauldron at one 
 end is filled up from the otluTs. 
 Cold sap is placed in the partially 
 emptied cauldrons. This in turn 
 finds its way to th(! other end. 
 The sap in the end cauUlron gets 
 sweeter and sweeter. It is called 
 syrup. At last enough is collected 
 therefor a "sugaring off." It is re- 
 moved from the fire. It is strained. 
 It is otherwise purified. It is re- 
 placed on the fire. It is slowly 
 boiled. It becomes thick. (Ireat 
 care is taken that it does no'i: burn. 
 It is removed from the fire. It is 
 placed in suitable vessels. It is 
 
66 
 
 N'OTCS TO TMF ForRTH READER. 
 
 I ' 
 
 ij 
 
 allowed t'l col gr.nlually until it 
 becomes hard. 
 
 V. Describe the modern way of 
 makinj; sugar, as given in the third 
 paragraph. 
 
 VI. \Vrite an account of the 
 boy in the sugnr-innking stnsoii, 
 fn^m the fcjllouing huads ; — li(jw 
 he knows the sap is running, lluw 
 
 and why he enj-u'S the prepara- 
 tions for the sugar-making. His 
 impatience with the Jilow-running 
 sap. His private sugar-camp. Th« 
 jircjduct of his boiling. His care 
 of the boiling kettles, ffis appear- 
 ance. The night in the woods. 
 Hi)> trick on the d(;g 
 
 XLII. l-ADV (L.Vki: 
 
 I.'^ Blow blofiin 
 
 And cloud.s . . air. The at mo 
 sphere is dry and clear. \^ hat 
 season is referred to ? 
 
 Doe — the fcmalt: of tlu; fallow 
 deer. What is the corresponiling 
 masrnlint! n.-mie ? 
 
 TrOV^ tin; Impirhil Diifinii 
 (try, tnio— trust, believe. I'.xpress 
 the meaning of this liiu; afluina 
 tivtlv, tli.it is, without using tiat. 
 
 Betrothed —5. Ayres' Ort/i<>,fi.st : 
 (', Imp, rill I D'utiiiiitirv — promise(l 
 in marri.'ige 
 
 For my birth. — Express bv a 
 claus(\ 
 
 Said. — Supplv tlu> subjeit. 
 
 Just . . fair. — I'arse. 'i'he 
 nur.se is delighted that her scheiiit; 
 has turned out so favorably, and 
 exactly as she had intendi.'d. 
 
 Are ye. — Yc is oft»m used in 
 convers.ition instead of yon, with 
 a singular meaning, as in "How 
 d'ye do ? " This usage probably 
 arose from the cf)rruption of yun 
 in rapid utterance. 
 
 Out of your mind. — Give syn- 
 onvmous expres.sioiis. 
 
 As . . bread. — .\s it is true that 
 I live- by bread. 
 
 Like . . child. — Express the 
 meaning fully by a scntenc*?. Why 
 did the nurse act in this way ? 
 
 I '<>. His due. — Whit is meant ? 
 
 But keep . . life. — Explain. 
 Sec stanza i J!, 1. 2. 
 
 I dare not He. Show that it 
 wouUl be a lie fur i.ady Clare not to 
 speak out. 
 
 Faith in man. What is meant ? 
 ("(nii|>.ire l.,id\ (hire's v.ords in 
 the tliird Stan/a. 
 
 Nay now . . right.— Why does 
 the niiise hohl the opinion here 
 «'X pressed ? 
 
 I sinned for thee.— Explain. 
 
 If this be so. -\\ hat is meant ? 
 
 Russet of <i reddish brown 
 color ; also, coarse, rustic, as here. 
 Compare " drest . . maid" in 
 stanza 17. 
 
 130. By dale . . down — by 
 
 vallev ami bv hill. Tiuse words 
 really add nothing to the meaning, 
 for the whole line means simply 
 " she went." It is common in 
 ballad poetry to find words and 
 phrases epeated. and ex|iressions 
 introduced, whi(h do not add any- 
 tiiing to the meaning. 
 
 With a single . . hair.— This 
 shows the simplicity of her dress, 
 " the sin;;le rose " taking the place 
 of gold and diamonds. 
 
 You shame . . worth.— Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 That are . . earth. -Tara- 
 phrase. What is the antecedent 
 of "that" ? 
 
 To read— to see through, to 
 understand, as applied to a riddle. 
 
 Proudly. — Explain. For the 
 use of "and" in this line, see note 
 on " bv ilale . . down, ' p. 1^0. 
 
 He laughed . . scorn.— At 
 what > 
 
 We two will you shall. —Note 
 the change from will to shall. In 
 
I.ADY CLARE — TIIK (iULF STREAM. 
 
 67 
 
 both cases the speaker expresses 
 his own will or determination. 
 
 i'oint out passages that show- 
 Lady Clare's true nulnlity of 
 character. 
 
 Read in a lively narrative tone. 
 
 St. I. Avoid the vi;rse accent on 
 
 "was." Oroup "highest . . air." 
 
 2. Pause after " lovers," " be- 
 trothed," " wed." Rising inllec- 
 tion on " morn." 
 
 3. Lmphasi/e the contrasted 
 words. 
 
 4. I'alling inflection on " thee." 
 Why ? 
 
 5. Pause after " Ronald " and 
 "you," and read the last two lines 
 in slower time. 
 
 C. Express in a proper manner 
 the excited feelings of Lady Clare, 
 and read the nurse's words slowly 
 and in a deeper tone. Emphasize 
 "you " and "my " in the last line. 
 
 7. Read "I speak . . bread" in 
 faster time. Why ? 
 
 8. Express Lady Clare's indig- 
 nation in this and the tenth stanza. 
 
 9. Read the nurse's words to 
 express caution and secrecy, with 
 increasing emphasis on " for your 
 life." 
 
 II. Read with firmness the 
 words of Lady Clare in this and 
 the twelfth stanza. 
 
 I J. Bring out clearly the sorrow 
 of the nurse and the bewilderment 
 of Lady Clare, as expressed in 
 this st.'inza. 
 
 I.}. Emphasize and dwell upon 
 " mother dear " in line 2. 
 
 15. Pause after " longer." Em- 
 phasize " Lady Clare." 
 
 17. Pause after " you," 1. 3. 
 
 20. Read in a tone expressive of 
 admiration. 
 
 1 'ersonate the speakers as far as 
 possible throughout the poem. 
 
 XLiiL THE (jUlf stream. 
 
 131. The Gulf of Mexico . . 
 fountain.— In what sense is this 
 true ? In what, not ? 
 
 Volume. —Distinguish different 
 meanings. 
 
 Movements.— Name other ;;/(;rt- 
 ments of the waters of the ocean. 
 
 They both change . . latitude. 
 — While I lis statement is tnii', the 
 substitution oi altitiiili {or latitude 
 seems to be recjuii I to gi\e a 
 proper meaning to tlu' rest oi the 
 sentence. 
 
 Which decked . . sparrow.— 
 See Maitlunv vi., 28, 29, and _x., 29. 
 
 132. Jconomy ~ a wisely ar- 
 ranged and well-ordered manage- 
 ment. Compare "economy," 
 
 Phenomena— plural of /'///^(/om^'- 
 nun. A term usually appli»'d to 
 manifestations or appearances, out 
 of the ordinary course of nature. 
 
 He must look design. - 
 
 Paraphrase, so as to bring out 
 
 c K'arly the meaning of " exquisite 
 machinery," "harmonies of na- 
 ture," "developments of order," 
 and " evidences of design." 
 
 Marine productions.— Such as 
 fine spongi's, mosses, etc. 
 
 Genial mild, cheering. 
 
 Coral formations — rock -like 
 substances formed bv deposits 
 of the bodi<>s of a small marine 
 animal, commonly called the coral 
 insect. 
 
 Approaches.— Distinguish from 
 its Midiiiary meaning. 
 
 New England. -A collective 
 namegiven to the six most easterly 
 States of the IJnited States': 
 Maine, New Hampshire, Ver- 
 mont, Massachusetts, Rhode 
 Island, and Connecticut. 
 
 133 Making coming near; a 
 nantic.d use of the word. ■ 
 
 Bark. -Here, a sailing vessel of 
 any kind. Baiquc is usu.ally ap- 
 plied to 3 large thrce-masteJ 
 
•f I 
 
 68 
 
 NOTES TO TH . i-OUKTH K^AD^iR. 
 
 I!'! 
 
 I I 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 i : 
 
 vessel rigged like a ship, witli tlie 
 exception of the niizzen-mast, 
 which has no square sails. 
 
 Tep'id — moderately warm. 
 
 Antaeus. — In Greek mythology, 
 a mighty giant and wrestler who 
 was invincible so long as he re- 
 mained in contact with the earth. 
 Mercules discovered the source of 
 his strength, and killed him while 
 holding him in the air. 
 
 Neptune— the God of the Sea 
 in ancient myth(jlogy. 
 
 Ocean currents.— Name others 
 besides the Gulf Stream. 
 
 Equilibrium— state of rest or 
 balance. 
 
 Disturbs . . seas. — How ? 
 
 Ro'tatory — same as rotary -- 
 turning on an axis, as a wheel. 
 
 134. Intertropical— within the 
 tropics. 
 
 Direction . . earth.— In what 
 direction does the earth turn on 
 its axis? 
 
 Trade -winds.— Sec note, p. 115, 
 and observe that the ocean cur- 
 rents and trade winds have the 
 same genc^ral direction. 
 
 Mean velocity— average swift- 
 ness. 
 
 Caribbe'an.— So called from the 
 C<ir/7>.s, the aboriginesof the eastern 
 islands of the West Indies. 
 
 The presence . . conformation. 
 — Does this conformation in any 
 way account for the rapidity of 
 the current of the Ciulf Stream ? 
 
 Ultramarine blue a deep, sky- 
 blue color, so called because it was 
 first obtained from the mineral, 
 lapis lazuli, which was brought 
 from beyond the sea, i.e., from 
 Asia. 
 
 Thermometer.— Distinguish 
 from barometer, as to form and 
 use. The instrument here referred 
 to must be self-registering. Why ? 
 
 I. IS Benign— kind. 
 
 Amelioration -(i-»H('/-_vSm'-s/n/M 
 — a making better; improvement. 
 
 Fend — keep off; same word as 
 defend. 
 
 Temper -to moderate. Give 
 
 ! other meanings. 
 
 Erin, Albion jxxtic names 
 for Irelanil and England respec- 
 tively. 
 
 Emerald Isle.— This name was 
 first ap|)li(''l to Ireland by Dr. 
 Drenuan (1754-18.J0), in a poem 
 called Erin : 
 
 " .\n emerald isle set in the ring 
 of the sea." 
 
 i^c>. Evergreen robes. —What 
 
 is meant ? 
 
 Another branch. Trace on the 
 map the diflereni branches of the 
 Gulf Stream. 
 
 Ssirga.sso—Sari;;azu (Spanish) — 
 sea-weed. 
 
 Consult maps for all geographi- 
 cal nanus in this lesson. 
 
 I. Distinguish between current 
 and currant; water and jvaters; 
 Pole and pole ; fishes and Jis/i ; 
 naught, knot, and nut .• extent ami 
 extant ; proceed and precede ; 
 presence and presotts : principal 
 and principle; blue and blew; 
 approach and appru.ximate. 
 
 II. Show the force of the pre- 
 fixes or suffixes in : — interchange, 
 elevation, regulator, inhabitants, 
 surrounded, p. rform, machinery, 
 replace, dangerous, helpless, re- 
 freshed, contest, ultramarine, dis- 
 charged, motionless, 
 
 III. Paraphrase : — They carry 
 on a constant interchange between 
 the waters of the poles and those 
 of the equator, and thus diminish 
 the extremes of heat and cold in 
 every zone. No part of the world 
 affords a more difficult or danger- 
 ous navigation than the approaches 
 of the northern coastsof the United 
 States in winter. His scientific 
 labors were directed towards the 
 improvement of practical naviga- 
 tion. The enormous quantity of 
 water there carried off by evapora- 
 
THR GVl.r STREAM — DORA. 
 
 69 
 
 '■| 
 
 lion disturbs tht; equilibrium of 
 the seas; but this is rcstorccl by a ' 
 perp(;tual flow of water froru the 
 poles. Asa rule, the hottest water 
 oftheCiulf Stream is at or near 
 the surface. 
 
 I V. Paraphrase the fourth para- 
 ffraph in the lesson. 
 
 V. Write the substance of the 
 lesson in answer to thi; following: 
 — Mention and locate any streams 
 in (111! ocean. How is animal lift; 
 in the ocean affectr-d by these 
 
 streams,^ In what wav does the 
 (lulf Stream affect navij^ation 
 between luiropc and America? 
 What causes ocean currents ? 
 What effect has the land on these 
 rurrcnts ' Trace the course of the 
 Clulf Stream. Why does it lose 
 so little of its heat in crossinp the 
 Atlantic? Show how it aflects 
 the climates of lOiiRland and 
 I'rance, giving reasons for your 
 answer. 
 
 XLIV. I)()K.\. 
 
 ^^7 "I'll make . . wife." 
 Allan is sclf-will<:d. I'oiiit out 
 other passages where he shows 
 the saiiK." spirit. 
 
 And yearned . . William— f« It 
 a strong desire for William's l(i\-e. 
 
 Match union by marriage. 
 
 Well to look to attractive, 
 worthy of attention. 
 
 Thrifty careful in the manage- 
 ment of household affairs. 
 
 Bred -brought up 
 
 Pack — leave at once. This 
 sense is derived from that (4 piuk- 
 iii<r (i)u-'s I'll i,\i,'(f!^u' ft)i- travel. Com- 
 pare hiouilc off. 
 
 i,vS. Broke away— turned away 
 abruptly. What trait of William's 
 character is here shown ? 
 
 Change a word. — Cham^t' for 
 I'xihtiiii^t . Compare "change " 
 three lines below. 
 
 By stealth — secretly. Why 
 did I )ora act thus i^ 
 
 I have sinned.— Docs D'/ra 
 blame herself justly ? 
 
 I >,()• Well. Not used here, as 
 often, to avoid abruptness, but to 
 show that Allan agrees to Dora's 
 proposal 
 
 T }o. The bowed . been. — 
 Dora novv begins to realize- wh.it 
 it means to be driven from home 
 by her uncle, who had been to her 
 as a father, and her mind is filled 
 with grief as thoughts of her home 
 
 and its associations crowd in u[ion 
 her 
 
 Teach him hardness teach 
 him to !><■ hard heart<'il. 
 
 141. Rue— regret. 
 
 Passed — passed away, died ; 
 frequently used by Tennyson in 
 this sense. 
 
 And all . . remorse.— .Mian 
 was completely overcome by re- 
 mnrs(> and regre't for the harsh 
 treatment of his son. 
 
 The language of this poem is 
 remarkable for its simplicitv. 
 SouK! of its mo'^t expressive lines 
 contain only monosyllabic words, 
 as, for e\.imple, " .Viul the sun fell 
 and all the land was dark." " Its 
 pathos is like that of the simple 
 stories of the old Hebrew lid)le. 
 the storv of Joseph or the story 
 of Ruth." 
 
 Show that the poem was pro- 
 perly named "Hora,' and point 
 out any moral U.'sson it teaches. 
 
 Refer to passages that show 
 Dora s gentleness, bravery, unsel- 
 fishness, and faithfulness. 
 
 Show in what respect William 
 is like his father in disposition. 
 
 " Mary is an ordinary woman ; 
 she is touched by Dora's devotion, 
 does what she can, but makes no 
 sacrifice for others." Toint out 
 passages that justify this estimate 
 of Marv's character. 
 
; (' 
 
 
 yo 
 
 KOTEb TU IHE FOURTH KEADfiR. 
 
 Ill 
 
 !■ I 
 
 i i 
 
 In rcarlitiK lilaiilc verse, a pause 
 of I()n;;or()rshorl(!r{lur.'itionsl;uul(l 
 l)(; ni.ide .it the ond of each hue, 
 (itl)crwis(; till! distinction Ix-twccii 
 ])rostj and this kind of verse will 
 not Ix: clearly l)r()iif,'ht out in the 
 readinj^. The ieni^'th of the pause 
 is (U.'tenniiU'fl hy the s(;nso, and 
 liy theclosenessof tlu;f,'raniniatic;il 
 connection. In 1. i, for c^xainple, 
 only a very sli;,'ht susju'iision of 
 the voice is riMpiirinl after "ahod«!," 
 the sound of "abode " bein<; some- 
 what prolon^^ed. So also after 
 "because," 1. 6, and "before," 
 1. 4, p. I ^S, and generally wher- 
 (;ver tlu-re is no ]")(nictuation mark 
 at the end of th(; line;. 
 
 i;^j. JJecause . . house. — iVir- 
 cntiietical. What chan<,'e in jiitcli ■' 
 
 "I cannot . . J)ora. ' — Abrupt, 
 decided tone. lCn)phasi/;c "will 
 not " stron^'ly. 
 
 "You will not . . apain." — Note 
 theanj,'ry feelinj,'s at the bef,'inninj,' 
 and end of this answer, ch.mj^in^' 
 to a milder and more ]iersuasiv(! 
 tone in tht; foui th .and lifili lines. 
 
 I V*^- The more . . her — Wh.at 
 inflection on " more," and wh.it on 
 "less"? 
 
 "My^^iil . . law." — Read in a 
 slow .ami determined tone, to indi 
 cite sternness of m.inner. 
 
 139. " W'liere were yon . . 
 here ? " Sl.ite wh.at intlections 
 must be Used in reading' these 
 • juestions, j;ivin)^ n^asons. Wh.at 
 feelin;,' is e\i>r«'?>sed here ? 
 
 "1 see it is ;i tiiek . . more." — 
 Hriu^^ out the v.irious feelln^^s e\- 
 prt^ssed — contempt, scorn, an^;er, 
 tinderness. 
 
 1 |o. Who tin irU him . . fire.-- 
 Ke.id in ,in .laimaled m.inner. 
 
 HI. "O Father ' . . well." — 
 Earnest entreaty. Follow care- 
 fully .all thechan;,'esof thought and 
 feelinj:,' in what Mary says. 
 
 Read the old m.iti's lament in a 
 tone expressive of (leep, passionate 
 grief. 
 
 I. Distinguish between yearn 
 and />/<;<' ,■ love and liki- ; thrifty and 
 ituiiiivt'utt! : foreign and striin^e ; 
 consider and think : meek and 
 liumih- ; harsh .and /;</;'</ ,• distress 
 and surro:,' ; see, spy, and ahsrrTr : 
 dare and prisumr ; memory and 
 livumhrnuct- : remorse, repent- 
 ance, and rt<^rt-t. 
 
 II. I'araphr.ise : — I have set mv 
 heart upon a match. She is well 
 to look to. lie and I had once 
 hard words. Willi.im answered 
 short. Let me have an answer to 
 mv wish. My will is law. Vou 
 ^hall pack, and never more darken 
 my diior again. I will^set him in 
 my inult;'s eve, that when his 
 heart is j^lad of the full harvest, 
 he may see the boy. The reap»'rs 
 reaped, and the sun fell, and all 
 the land was dark. 'I"he door w.is 
 off the latch .Ml the m.an was 
 brr.)ken with reniorsi\ 
 
 III. Change from direct to in- 
 direct narrati\e : - • William .in- 
 s'.vered short, " I cannot marry 
 I 'or.i ; y will not m.irrv Dor.i." 
 1 le came and s.iid, " Where were 
 \ on vesierd.iN' ? Whose child is 
 ill, It? What are you doing here ? " 
 Dora s.iid again, " f)o with me as 
 V'lU will, but t.ike the child .and 
 ii'ess him for tin- srike of him that's 
 I'. ■Tie 
 
 Xl.M.- [.F.\D, KINDI ^■ l.K.Il r. 
 
 T.|'5. Kindly lig^ht. I'erh.ips 
 an .illusion to the I'il! ir of i'ire 
 Ih It guidi'd the Isr It iites. See 
 l-'.\odus xiii , .'I. C'oi:ip.ir« also. 
 ]^.>iin viii., i^, and Xii., 40. 
 
 Encirclins; gloom.— f'.od's mys- 
 terious di'.diiiKS with men, which 
 cannot be understood. See Psalm 
 Ncvii., 2. rrobably the poet had 
 :ifercnco t j fcuff«»ringii from th« 
 
LEAD, KINDLY LIGHT — KOCK Ol- A(ihS. 
 
 71 
 
 eticcis of a recent and alarming 
 illness from which ho was just 
 r(!Covering when he wrote this 
 poenj, Tind to dissensions in the 
 Church at home which greatly 
 perplexed him. 
 
 Far from home. — This hymn 
 was written about the year 183^, 
 while the poet was sailing over the 
 Mediterranean. His own account 
 of it is as follows; " I was aching 
 to get home, yet, for want of a 
 vessel, was kept at I'alermo for 
 three weei;.->. At last 1 got oft on 
 an (>range boat bound lor Mar- 
 Sciilcs. We were becalmed a 
 whole week in the Straits ot Boni- 
 facio. There it was that I wrote 
 these lines— "Lead. Kindly Light." 
 
 Keep thou my feet. —A prayer 
 for guidance in the right wav, and 
 for support in times of ditiiculty 
 and danger. See I'salm cxxi., 3; 
 Proverbs iii., 23. 
 
 The distant scene. — That is, 
 what lies in the future. 
 
 One step . . me.— I am not 
 anxious about the luture. Com- 
 pare Matthew vi., 34. 
 
 I was not ever thus. — Expand 
 " thus " into a claus(\ 
 
 ! loved to choose . . on.— I 
 wished to mark out and follow mv 
 
 own course in life, and to under- 
 stand clearly all the events in my 
 life, but now 1 trust to Thy guid- 
 ance. 
 
 The garish day.— The glitter 
 and false slunv uf this world. 
 
 Spite of fears . . will. — Al- 
 though occasionally troubleti with 
 fears as to the future, I was iu!ver- 
 theless the slave of a proud spirit. 
 
 Remember . . years. .V pr lyer 
 that the sins and follies of tlie past 
 may be forgiven. See I'salm xxv.. 7. 
 
 Solong . . on. — The poet gi\(s 
 expression to his belief that Jle 
 w tio has blessed him in the past 
 will still continue to guide him tt) 
 the end of life. See Hebrews 
 xiii., 5. 
 
 Moor . . torrent. — An allusion 
 to the griefs and disappointments, 
 the hardships and struggles, of life. 
 
 The night is gone. Fhe w rit»r 
 seems to take a gloomy view of 
 life, which he here compares to 
 night. Compare "The night is 
 dark," abo\'e. 
 
 And with the morn . . awhile. 
 — When the bright morning ot 
 eternity dawns, I shall be glad 
 dened by the sweet smile and 
 the joyful welconu' of loved ones 
 u ho have gone Ix.'fore. 
 
 XLN'II.- ROCK ()!• A(ii:S. 
 
 146. The' langu:i.L;e of this poem 
 is almost entirely Biblical. 
 
 Rock . . me. — vSee Exodus j 
 xvii., ; I Cor. x., .\. j 
 
 Let me . . Thee. -See Exodus ; 
 xxxiii., J.;; Isaiah xxxii., 2. | 
 
 Let the water . . flowe.'. -Se»; \ 
 John xix., 34. ' 
 
 Be of sin . . power. See i 
 John i., 7; Romans vi , 14, J2. 
 
 Not the . . demands. See 
 Titus iii , 5. 
 
 Respite — pause, intermission, 
 interval of re 4. 
 
 Thou must . . alone. — See Acts 
 iv.. 12. 
 
 Nothing . . cling. See Ko- 
 mans iii.. 24, j , , i:pli. ii , S, i). 
 
 Naked . dress. See Rev. 
 iii.. 17. i.S. 
 
 Helpless grace. See He 
 
 brews iv., i(). 
 
 Foul . . die. -Set; Kev, i., 5; 
 John .\iii . s. 
 
 While . . Thee.— In life, in 
 death, and in eternity, be Thou 
 my refuge and my defence. 
 
 This hymn has been rendered 
 into Latin verse by thtj Ki;;ht Hon. 
 W. E. (iladstone. 
 
 I 
 
 1 '1 
 
72 
 
 NOTF.b T(; THK bcM'KTU Kh.viJliR. 
 
 XLVIIL— i:i'IPHANV HYMN. 
 
 147. Epiphany — r-pi/'any.—A 
 Grt!«,'k word ineaninji appeiirancc. 
 
 The Epiphany is .1 ('hristian 
 festival celebrated on the sixth 
 d.iy of January, the twelfth day 
 after Christmas, in coinniemora- 
 tion of the appearance of our 
 Saviour to the Slagians, or wise 
 in(!n of the Mast, who came to 
 adore Him with presents; or, as 
 others maintain, to commemorate 
 the appearance of th(« star to th<; 
 Magians, as the symbol of the 
 manifestation of Christ to the 
 fientiles. See Matthew ii., 1-12. 
 
 Brightest . . aid. —See Rev. 
 xxii., 16; Luke i., 7S 
 
 Star laid. — See Matthew ii., 
 
 'J 
 
 Cold . all. Sec Luke ii., 8-16. 
 
 Odors of Edom. A reference 
 to the presents of the Ma^'i, or 
 wise men ICdom was a strip of 
 country lyiuf; betwren the south 
 of Palestine aufl ihv. (iulfof Aka- 
 bah — the north-eastern arm of the 
 Kod Sea. 
 
 Myrrh— a fragrant j^um or re- 
 sin obtained from a shrub found 
 in the Ivast. 
 
 Ample oblation -lar{;jc or lib- 
 eral otfering. Sii; Hebrews .\., S. 
 
 Richer . . poor. —See I'salm 
 Ii., 17 , Isaiah Ixvi , 2. 
 
 XLIX.— THK M0L'N1)-HL'IL1)I:RS. 
 
 i.}8. Mammoth a species of 
 elephant, of encjrmous size, now 
 extinct. Fossil remains ot this 
 animal have; been found in Eu- 
 rope and America, rind in great 
 abundance in Siberia It is sup- 
 posed to have existed in the earlier 
 portions of the human pericxl. 
 
 Snake. — Probably the serpent 
 was once worshipped in America, 
 as in parts of Asia and Africa. 
 
 Bluff — a high, steep bank. 
 
 Earth-works — embankments of 
 earth used for defence in time of 
 war. 
 
 149. Tributary streams.— What 
 are these ? 
 
 Engineering skill. — Not the 
 skill rc'iuired to manage an en- 
 gine, but skill in military ttujiticrr- 
 ing — the art of designing and con- 
 structing fortifications, and all 
 works necessary for military pur- 
 poses. Distinguish from civil en- 
 gineering and mining engineering. 
 
 In figure . . ellipse. — Draw the 
 figures here mentioned. 
 
 True circle, i'xplain "true" 
 as applied to "circle" and 
 " s(]uar(!." 
 
 Definite standard — a unit of 
 measurement established by cus- 
 tom or authority. 
 
 Vases— 7'(tits. — This pronuncia- 
 tion is the most rational and eu- 
 phonious, esptxially in the plural; 
 V('ts is probably the most fashion- 
 able; 7<as is an affectation, with 
 almost no authority; and vd-.es is 
 vulgar. 
 
 No domestic animals.— For a 
 contrary opinion see The Prairies. 
 p. 152: — "When haply by their 
 stalls . . yoke." 
 
 No horses . carts. — How is 
 it known that the Mound-Jiuild- 
 ers had no horses, etc. ? 
 
 150. Copper tools. — The 
 Mound-Luilders poss<'ssed the 
 secret of hardening copper, not 
 now known. 
 
 Trees . old. -How ii the age 
 of tretis ascertained ? 
 
 'A 
 
Tin. ::(H NDHUILUERS — TilK PRAIRIES. 
 
 73 
 
 I. Distinguish betwren likeness 
 and nsnnhldiuf : distinct .'nxl 
 ylain ; language aii<l spach; \y- 
 m^ and luyini^ ; scattered and 
 sfparattd : advance .uul pycf^'tiss : 
 mysterious, secret, aiul sttduf^c ; 
 accidentally and nicidtn tally. 
 
 II. I'orin new words from tht- 
 following by adding prefixes or 
 suttixesorboth :— till, turn, honor, 
 warm. way,(.Ux)r, remember, truth, 
 firm, confess, vast, descend, mass, 
 origin. Show how the meanings 
 of tlu! words are affected. 
 
 HI. Combine into a connected 
 narrative: — Long, long ago there 
 lived a race of people in America. 
 The . built great mounds of earth. 
 We call these ptutple the Mound- 
 Builders. Th(! mounds are xcry 
 numerous. They are found all 
 along the' Mississippi valley They 
 are maile of earth. Some h.ivc 
 a little brickwork. Some hrive a 
 
 little stone-work. Some are very 
 large. Some of them cover as 
 much as five acres. One row of 
 mounds encloses four huntired 
 .'MTcs. Some are quite small. 
 1 here are some single mounds 
 These are from sixty to ninety 
 Aft high. They have steps tip 
 one side. The steps lead to the 
 top. The top is flat. On some 
 of them charred wood has be«'n 
 fi'und. We suppose from this 
 that the higher mounds were used 
 for religious purposes. We do not 
 kncnv where the Mound-iiuiltlers 
 came from. We do not know 
 wh.at became of them. Nor ilo 
 we know where; th«; Indians came 
 from. The Indi,-ms are the suc- 
 cessors of the Mouud-Iiuilders. 
 
 IV. Supply heads for a re- 
 production of the lesson, and 
 from these heads re-write the 
 
 lesson 
 
 ■r 
 
 ri 
 
 L.— THE I'KAIRIKS. 
 
 151. The unshorn fields.— 
 
 Wliat is meant by • unslicjrn " ? 
 
 Speech . . name. -The prairies 
 of North -Vmerica are extensive 
 tracts of land, mostly level, gener- 
 allv destitute of trees and covered 
 with tall, coarse grass, interspersed 
 with a great variety of flowering 
 plants. To the early French ex- 
 plorers they appeared like vast 
 meadows, and they therefore 
 called them prairica — prairie being 
 the French wonl for uuadoiO. 
 
 My heart swells.— Fxplain. 
 
 Dilated . . vastness. — There 
 are no hills or woods to intercept 
 the dilated or expanded sight of 
 the beholder, so that he is in the 
 centre of a vast circle of which the 
 horizon forms the circumference 
 
 Airy imdulations.- -Slight wave- 
 like elevations. The rolling sur- 
 face of the prairie is compared to 
 that of the ocean "in his gentlest 
 
 swell," that is, when the billows 
 or waves have a rounded form, 
 and are not broken and lashed 
 into foam by the storm. F'or 
 " his," applied to the ocean, see 
 Mason's (rraiiinuir, par. 40. 
 
 Unchained.- What produces 
 the appi^a'ance of motion ? 
 
 The clouds . . shadows. — E.\- 
 press otherwise. 
 
 Fluctuates— changes, rises and 
 falls like waves. The appearance 
 here described may often be seen 
 on our own fields. 
 
 Golden flame-like. — These 
 words are descriptive of the bril- 
 liant colors of flowers in tropical 
 climates. 
 
 Poised — balanced on the wing, 
 lie " flaps his broad wings" mere 
 ly to keep himself in the same 
 position. The description hera 
 applies to the hawk when he ii 
 watching for his prey. 
 
 ■I'" 
 
74 
 
 NOThS TU TUl. FOURTH READER. 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 ) i 
 i J- 
 
 Palms - vines. — Tlie vine is 
 hardier than the palm, and is 
 therefore found farther nortii. 
 
 Crisped— ruftled. caused ripples 
 upi)n. Ciive other meaning. 
 
 Limpid -clear. 
 
 Sonora. — A state in the north- 
 west of Mexico containing,', in the 
 rainy season, numerous lakes, 
 which are drained into the Gulf 
 of C.diforria. 
 
 Calm t*aci fie. —These two 
 words are nearly synonymous. 
 The Pacific ocean was so called 
 by Magellan because; it was cdlm 
 when first visited by him in 1521. 
 
 Firmament sky, heavens. 
 
 Heaved and smoothed.— Com- 
 pare " rounded billows." 
 
 Verdant green. 
 
 Island groves. — Clumps of trees 
 dot the prairii • here and there, 
 resembling islands in the ocean. 
 
 And hedged . . forests.— For- 
 ests grow along tht; b.inks of the 
 rivers that flow through the prai- 
 ries 
 
 Magnificent— splendid, grand 
 The sky is represented as th<. 
 dome of Nature's temple. 
 
 With flowers.— Grammatically 
 related to " floor." 
 
 Rival — strive to equal or excel. 
 
 Constellations -groups of stars. 
 
 The great heavens— the wide 
 expanse of sky. 
 
 15.J. A nearer . . hills.— In the 
 li!vel expanse of prairie the sky is 
 of a lighter shaile of blue, and 
 seems nearer than in hilly districts 
 
 Our Eastern hills— the hills of 
 New England and of the East- 
 ern States generally. Namesome 
 of them. 
 
 Waste — uncultivated ground. 
 Compare "desert," 1. i. 
 
 Sacrilegious— sri/:-rlf/«"7 MS — vio- 
 lating "Sacred things. Show fully 
 what is meant here. 
 
 Did the dust . . passion?— 
 Paraphrase. 
 
 Mighty mounds. — Sec lesson 
 on The MoHud-Bnildcrs. 
 
 Disciplined — trained, educated. 
 
 Populous — many in number. 
 cont. lining many people. 
 
 Pentel'icus — a mountain of 
 .\ttica in Ancient Greece, from 
 which the Athenian sculptors ob- 
 tained the fine white marble for 
 their statues, temples, etc. 
 
 Symm.etry— grace, harmony of 
 parts. 
 
 Its rock. —"Its" refers to 
 " 1 '.II thi'uon.' 
 
 Parthenon -the celebrated 
 temple of the goddess .\thena, or 
 Minerva, at Atlu-ns, completed 
 He"!. 4^8. Its dimensions were as 
 follows: — 227 feet long, loi feet 
 broad, and ^15 feet iiigh. It was 
 built entirt^ly (jf white marble, and 
 stood on tlu! .\cropolis, a steep 
 rock in the middh; of the city, 
 about 150 feet high, l,iw feet 
 long, and 500 feet broad. The 
 summit of the Acrc^polis was 
 covered with temples, statues, and 
 various other works of art. 
 
 ' aply — perha|)S. 
 
 L>ison -hi'sun. — The poci here 
 says th.it perhaps the bison— the 
 American buffalo— was dome'^ti- 
 cattul or tamed, and trained to work. 
 
 All day . . toils Paraphra.se. 
 
 Twilight blushed. — Compare 
 " While glow the hc.ivens with 
 the last steps of day." — Bryant, 
 Tlu- Wati-rfirwl. 
 
 Wooed —courted, made love. 
 
 Old times . . voice. — Para- 
 phrase. 1 lie ptx't pictures the 
 Mound-Builders as a peai . ful and 
 happy people, well advanced in 
 civilization. 
 
 The red man — the ancestors of 
 the present N\)rth .Vmerican In- 
 dians. There is a tradition among 
 some tribes of Indians that their 
 forefathers came from the north, 
 and wished to pass through the 
 country of the Mound liuild rs ; 
 and that the latter acted in a 
 treacherous manner, whereupon 
 the Indi.ms attacked and destroyed 
 them all. 
 
THK I'KAIRII.S. 
 
 75 
 
 Untold — unnumbered, not 
 made known. P.iraphrasc "The 
 solitufh . . dwelt." 
 
 Prairie wolf. — Also called 
 coyote (koi-ot'). A small species of 
 gray wolf, "spiritless and cow- 
 ardly." For a humorous descrip- 
 tion of this animal, ?,v.v Mark 
 Tw.iin's knifr/iiiifr //, chap, v. 
 
 Gopher- tC'^'A'' — the prairie dog ; 
 an animal of the squirrel kind, 
 having a bark I ke that of a small 
 dog. This name was given by the 
 early French settlers to small 
 burrowing animals of different 
 kinds, from their honeycombing 
 the earth. Gnu/re is the French 
 word for hunt \coinb. 
 
 153. Unknown gods.— That is, 
 unknown to us. 
 
 The barriers . bay.— Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 At bay.— An animal is said to 
 be at bay vvhen it refuses to flee 
 farther, and faces its pursuers. 
 
 Beleag^crers -those who sur- 
 round and lay siege to a place. 
 Who are meant ? 
 
 Strongholds. — Compare note 
 on " ICarthworks," p. 148. 
 
 Forced -taken by force. 
 
 Vultures— large birds of prey 
 which live chiefly on dead bodies 
 and offal. 
 
 Sepulchres— places of burial. 
 How does the poet show that the 
 destruction is C(;mplete ? 
 
 Fugitive one who esc ipes, a 
 runaway. Distinguish from dr- 
 scrtcr. 
 
 Lurking - hiding, lying con- 
 cealiHl. 
 
 Till the sense . death.— E.x- 
 plain fully the meaning. 
 
 Yielded . . die— gave himself 
 up to his enemies, expecting to be 
 put to death. 
 
 Man's . . triumphed.— Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 Soothed — comforted 
 
 The rude . . chiefs. — Why 
 "with their chiefs' ? Is this an 
 acknowledgment of the superi- 
 *" ' iquered race ? 
 
 life-giving. See 
 Paraphrase the 
 
 Quickening - 
 Cienesis 11 , 7. 
 whole sente-nce. 
 
 Blooming wilds. A reference 
 to the prairie" when in bloom. 
 Compare ' fair .solitude." 
 
 On waters . . face. — Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 Missouri's springs the head- 
 waters of the Missouri 
 
 Issues that whieh is sent forth. 
 The "pools" referred to are the 
 spritii^s which form the sonrre of 
 the Oregon, now called the Col- 
 umbia, ri\ir. 
 
 Little Venice —For the habits 
 of the bea\er, see Lesson xwix. 
 in TniRii Rkadkk. I'ointoutthe 
 aptness of the romparisi n made 
 here Veni( i' is built on i great 
 nuinl)er of small islands It is 
 noted for its canals, which fi^rm 
 the streets of the citv 
 
 Twice twenty leagues. Used 
 here for </ i^rmt distdtur. 
 
 Beyond . camp. —Change the 
 lornx of expression. 
 
 15.}. Yet here . . pool.- Ex- 
 plain. The footprints have har- 
 dened into stone. 
 
 Great solitude. -Point out and 
 show the aptness of tin.' names 
 given to thr prairie in this poem. 
 
 Quick with life lull of^ living 
 things. l'"or </"' /V, meaning ri//7'<-, 
 see 2 Timothy iv., i. Compare 
 ' (juickening, ' p. 15 v 
 
 Myriads— countless numbers. 
 
 Gaudy showy. 
 
 A more adven^irous . . man. 
 — Explain. 
 
 Eastern deep— the Atlantic 
 f)cean. The bee is a native; of the- 
 ICast. It w;is brought to America 
 from Europe. 
 
 Golden age.- .\ remote period 
 r(;lerred to in ancient mythology, 
 when the earth was the common 
 property of all, and profluced 
 evi'rything necessary for man and 
 ' i^t, without cultivation; when 
 evil was unknown ; and when all 
 animals lived in peace and har- 
 mony with one anoth'-r. 
 
7^> 
 
 N(JTi:s TO THK roruTii rf:adf.r. 
 
 Savannas -extensive open 
 pl.iinsor meadows m the SoutluTn 
 States; li».'re listed for prairies. 
 Oive correspondinj; names in 
 otli<!r conntries. 
 
 Domestic hum. — The V>ce lives 
 in families; h(;nce the term " do- 
 m(!stic." Or, it may mean that 
 tht; hum of th(; bee is usually as- 
 sociat(;d with the sounds of human 
 lif(!, and it therefore suK'^,'ests to 
 th(^ poet's mind the hum (if civili- 
 zation advancing westward. 
 
 Breaks my dream. ICx press 
 differently. \i what place in the 
 
 poem is the dnam supposed to 
 iH.'^in ? 
 
 One critic says that this poem 
 " presents itself to the ima^'ination 
 as a series of pictures in a ^,'allery. " 
 Point out and describe some of 
 these pictures. 
 
 Kead in moderate pitch and 
 time, and with full orotund tone, 
 especially in the more elevated 
 passages. 
 
 Observe carefully the Harmonic 
 I'auses (see p. iG). See also the 
 first elocutionary note on " Dora." 
 
 LI. Tin- HI-ROES OF THE LONG SAULT. 
 
 155 Dau-lac dd-liu'. 
 
 Commandant - Cum-mixn-dunt' 
 (French) -a commanding oflicer. 
 
 Garrison —troops stationed in a 
 fort or fortified town to defend 
 it. 
 
 Maisonneuve. — This man 
 formed the tirst settlement at 
 Montreal, in 1G42, and has, there- 
 fore, been regarded as the fouiuler 
 of the city, which was then calle<l 
 Villc Marie. 
 
 Volunteers. — Distinguish from 
 rcf^ulars. 
 
 Iroquois. — See Primer of Cana- 
 dian Histury, chap, ii., sec. 9 ; 
 chap, iii., sees. 3-6. 
 
 Bold to desperation — so daring 
 that only those reduced to despair 
 would adopt it. 
 
 Warriors. — Braves is the com- 
 mon name for Indian warriors. 
 See yaeques Cartier, page 163. 
 
 Waylay — watch for, in ambush. 
 
 Disparity -inequality. 
 
 Display . . enemy. — Para- 
 phrase, so as to bring out the 
 meaning of "display " and "auda- 
 city." Distinguish between " bold- 
 ness " and "audacity." 
 
 Of good family.— Express by a 
 clause. 
 
 Colony — a body of persons who 
 have gone from their native coun- 
 
 try to a distant district or a new 
 country, to settle and cultivate it, 
 remaining subject to their mother 
 country ; also, the country settled 
 or colonized by them. 
 
 Military command. — Express 
 differently. 
 
 Enterprise. — Show the full 
 meaning of this word from the 
 lesson itself. 
 
 Meditated— thought of. 
 
 Caught his spirit. — What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Wo quarter— no sparing of life, 
 as of an enemy in battle. The 
 expression seems to have had its 
 origin in the custom of sending 
 captives to the quarter or lodging 
 of the victorious general, for liber- 
 ation, ransom, or slavery. 
 
 Confessed— made known their 
 sins to the priest. 
 
 Sacrament. — Sacrament, when 
 used without any qualifying word, 
 generally means the Eucharist, or 
 Lord's Supper. The Roman 
 Catholic church holds that there 
 are seven sacraments — Baptism. 
 Confirmation, the ICucharist, I'en- 
 ance, Extreme Unction, Holy 
 Orders, and Matrimony. Protes- 
 tant churches acknowledge only 
 two sacraments— iiaptism and the 
 Lords Supper. 
 
TIIK in.KOKS OF TUli LONG SAUI.T. 
 
 77 
 
 :r- 
 ;ir 
 
 in 
 
 d. 
 ir 
 m 
 re 
 
 1- 
 
 y 
 
 Solemn. -Why was the farewell 
 
 st)l< tun -• 
 
 Ammunition - pow<ler, shot, 
 etc. 
 
 15^). Indifferent canoc-men - 
 not skilled in the man,-if,'»'nient of 
 canoes. What is the common 
 incaniiiR of iniii f'fririit ? 
 
 Swift current of Ste. Anne - 
 rapids near the mouth of the 
 Ottawa river, madi^ famous hy 
 Moore's CiiiKtiiinn Hunt Soiii^r — 
 Se(! Tmiki) Ke.\I)i:k. 
 
 Island of Montreal.— Thv: 
 isl.iiid on which the city of Mon- 
 treal stands. 
 
 Lnke of Two Mountains.— 
 Toint out on map this and other 
 lake expansions of the (Ottawa 
 ri\ t-r. 
 
 Sault — s(i or son. — A French 
 word meaning,' a /<•<//> ; hence a 
 suital)l(! name for a rapid. 
 
 Where a tumult . . ^?7ay. — 
 Paraphrase. I)istiuguish ledges 
 from bouhlers 
 
 Constructing it.-— "It" refers 
 to " fort " — an i .xample of the for- 
 ward rcfcrciuH' of //. 
 
 Palisade fort -a fort stren^'th- 
 encd or defindcd by a palisade or 
 fence of pahs, or stout stakes, 
 driven into tin,' ground, with their 
 tops sharpened anrl pointing out- 
 ward. 
 
 Algonquins— Hurons. — " The 
 great Algoiiijuin nation occupied 
 the larger part of the Atlantic 
 ilope, tlie valley t)f the St. Law- 
 lence, and the watershed of the 
 great lakes." It embraced the 
 Micmacsof Nova Scotia, Abena- 
 quisof New Brunswick. theC'hip- 
 peways, Crees, and various other 
 tribes. The Iluronsoccupii'd the 
 country between Lakes Ontarit), 
 Erie, and Huron, and were allied 
 with the .Algon(i_uins against the 
 Iro(juois, or I'ive Nations — after- 
 wards Six— whooccupitsd the State 
 of New York. The five nations 
 were the Mohawks, Oneidas, 
 Onondagas, Senecas, and Cayu- 
 
 gas ; the Tusrar(^ras fr(»m North 
 ("artjiina made the sixth. The 
 Irofjuois were always firm allies 
 of tlie ICuglish in their wars with 
 tlu! Irt rich. Sim; Prim, of Can. 
 Hist , chap, iii , sec. 3. 
 
 Bivouacked passed the night 
 in the open air without encamp- 
 ing Sec note on "bivouac," 
 p. 120. 
 
 Prayed . . tongues. — Tho 
 .Mgiiiiqiiins and llurons had be- 
 coriu! Christians, See Print oj 
 Cau Hist., chap. iii.. S(>c. 3. 
 
 Level rays. -Why ltr,l? Note 
 the beautiful description in tlu; 
 senten( e " Morning . . hymn," 
 and paraphrase, bringing out the 
 full meaning of " long reach," 
 " basked peacefully, '" level rays," 
 and " hoarse music." 
 
 Scouts those sent out to gain 
 infonnation about the movements 
 and nundxTS of an enemy. 
 
 To set . . ambush. — IC.xpress 
 otherwise. 
 
 157- Precipitation — rapid 
 movement, great haste. What 
 would be the change in the mean- 
 ing if "precision" wt.'re substi- 
 tuted for "precipitation"? 
 
 Mischance — misfortune, dis- 
 aster. 
 
 Eager.— Substitute a stronger 
 word. 
 
 Allies. — Who are meant ' 
 
 Desultory — irregular, without 
 order or nirthod. 
 
 Parley — a conference or con- 
 versation with an eiumy in war, 
 with the object of bringing about 
 an auret^ment. 
 
 This gave . . breathing-time. 
 — Paraphrase. 
 
 Loop-holes — openings in the 
 wall ol^ a fort, or fortified house, 
 through which an enemy may be 
 fired upon. 
 
 Birch canoes — canoes made of 
 birch bark. 
 
 Recoiled — fell back in conse- 
 c|!itn(t; of resistance. 
 
 Senecas. — See note ab' \c. 
 
7« 
 
 N()Ti:s TO Tin-: fouktii khadkk. 
 
 I 
 
 j 
 
 I 
 
 ( 
 
 la 4 
 11 1 
 
 Mustered — collected, as- ' 
 
 setnblcd. | 
 
 Richelieu - rish'-fl-yri— a river 
 'Iraiiiiiij,' Lak(;('liamj)lain. Trace | 
 its roiirsc, on the; map. j 
 
 Untoward uu-to'wSrd — awk- ' 
 ward, trftublesoine. 
 
 i3« Grand project.— What 
 was this ■> 
 
 Thwarted — frustrated, de- 
 feated, bee note on " frustrated," 
 
 p. JO. 
 
 Ensconced -sheltered, pro- 
 tected. 
 
 Paltry — mean, petty. 
 
 "Redouht - f'-dout' — a small fort, 
 frecjuently of a temporary char- 
 act* i. 
 
 To digest, — Here, to put up 
 with, to bear with patience. Ciive 
 the usual nK^anin^. 
 
 Beset — surrounded, with tne 
 intention of attacking. 
 
 Harassing — ann( )v in^. 
 
 Spattering irrep^ular, scatter- 
 ing. 
 
 Constant attack. - I" x press 
 otherwise. 
 
 Wrought.— (iivtr the morecom- 
 nion form. Explain " wvou^ht 
 fatally " 
 
 Pent ip— shut up, as in a /<(•;/. 
 
 Pittance —very small allow- 
 anc<'. 
 
 Tantalized thirst -excited 
 
 a ),'r(;at(!r (lesir<' for water without 
 gratifying; that desire. In a gene- 
 ral sense, tautulizc means to excite 
 hopes which cannot be realized. 
 The word is derived from Tanta- 
 lus, a mythical king of Lydia, who 
 for his impiety wasptinished after 
 death by being tt)rmented with 
 hunger and thirst He was said 
 to hav(; been placed in the midst 
 of a lake the waters of which 
 receded from him when(!ver he 
 attempted Ut drink, while over 
 his head hung branches lo.ided 
 with fruit which receded in like 
 m.inner wheni>ver he sfrt^tched 
 out his hand to reach them. 
 
 Assailants those who \ni\\iv an 
 attack. 
 
 Renegades those who desert 
 their party and go over to the 
 opposite side. Distinguish from 
 litscrtcr. Compare " runagate," 
 ji. 1 66. 
 
 Seduce — lead astray, draw 
 aside from the right. 
 
 Took the bait. - What is 
 meant ■• Explain the metaphor. 
 
 Execrations curses. 
 
 Courage of despair -Compare 
 " bold to desperation," p. 155. 
 
 Reinforcement — fresh assist- 
 ance ; particularly, additional 
 troops to increase the strength 
 of an army. 
 
 139. Astonished . . discom- 
 fited. I'araphrasc;, so as to bring 
 out the meaning of " persistent," 
 and of " discomfited." 
 
 Series -continued succession. 
 
 Futile -vain, useless. 
 
 Concert united action. Give 
 other meaning. 
 
 Exhaustion -titter weariness. 
 
 Martyr's reward What is 
 meant r* In what respect were 
 they martyrs ? 
 
 Vacillating -wavering, un- 
 steady. The author spent some 
 years among the Indians of Ore- 
 gon, and thus accjuired a thorough 
 knowledge of the Indian char- 
 acter. 
 
 Mantelets. A mantelet was 
 properly a sort of movable shield 
 made of planks, cased with tin, 
 and set on wheels. It was used 
 for the protection of soldiers while 
 making an attack. 
 
 Motley. -What, in the appear- 
 ance; of the advancing Indians, 
 would suggest this epithet ? 
 
 Swarmad . . hornets.— Show 
 the aptness of this comparison. 
 
 Musketoon — a short musket 
 with a wide bore. 
 
 160. Fuse- a tube filled with 
 combustible matter and used in 
 disrhuging a shell, or in blasting. 
 
 Grenade a hollow ball or shell 
 of i?i(n or other nutal, or of glass, 
 which is fiUeil with powder, fired 
 
 
 W 
 
Tin. hi:r()ES of tiii-: long sm'i.t. 
 
 79 
 
 ar- 
 
 /ns 
 ;ld 
 in, 
 ad 
 ile 
 
 id 
 in 
 
 Iss, 
 
 by nu;ans of a fuse, and then 
 thrown ainon^ tht; t;ncniy. 
 
 Energy of desperation. — Ponit 
 onl similar expressions in the les- 
 son. 
 
 For future torments. — Express 
 by a clause. 
 
 Their cowardice . . little.— 
 What tlilterent meaning would be 
 conveyed by inserting "a" before 
 "little"? 
 
 Glorious disaster.— Why 
 "glorious" ? Set; next paraf.,'raph. 
 
 i6i. Salvation -means of sav- 
 ing from destruction. 
 
 Dejected —spiritless, cast down. 
 
 Amazed — astonished. What 
 caused them to be amazed ? 
 
 
 I. Distinguish between bold and 
 brave ; descent and disciiid ; dis- 
 parity and ({i/ftrtiuy : enemy and 
 fof ; adversary and dssdilant : 
 confessed and acknuivlcdgcd ; 
 needless and kscUss. 
 
 II. Analyse indifferent, success- 
 ful, enclosure, ambush, mischance, 
 scarcely, affront, beset, assailants, 
 reinforcement, disgrace, precau- 
 tion, cowardice, amazed ; and 
 select and give the meanings of 
 the compouiul words in the 
 lesson. 
 
 III. Paraphrase :—H is plan was 
 bold to desperation. It was need- 
 less to go farther. This pittance 
 only tantalized their thirst. This 
 dashed the spirits of the irocjuois. 
 They took the l)ait. Then chief 
 stood lirm. No precaution was 
 neglected. Their cowardice pro- 
 fited them little. To the colonv 
 it proved a salvation. They went 
 home to howl over their losses, 
 and nurse their dasht^d courage 
 for a day of vengeance. 
 
 IV. Write a simple and a com- 
 
 pound j^enteiue about |).iulac, 
 e,i( h containing a modified sub- 
 ject and predicate. 
 
 \'. ICxpand the italicized phrases 
 in the follow ing into propositions ; 
 — Oaulac had come to the colony 
 at the a^c of tiiunty-twu. They 
 bound themselves by oath to 
 accept no (juarter, and liavhii; 
 i^tiined Miiison/it U7'i's lonsiiit they 
 made their wills. (\Tnoes, htur- 
 ing Jii'v [fdtjiuiis, approached. 
 Half dead u it It thirst and famine, 
 they took the bait. Lii(htini( the 
 fuse inserted in it, he tried to throw 
 it over the barrier tu burst like a 
 grenade among the saz'ages 'u-ithout . 
 
 \T. Combine the first of the 
 foll(jwing lists of statements into 
 a simple sentence, the second into 
 a compound sentence: — (i.) Fran- 
 cis I'arkiTian was born in 1H23. 
 lie is a native of the New I'.ng- 
 land States. He wri)te a series 
 of histories. They treat of the 
 I'rench rule in Canada. They 
 are very interesting 
 
 (ii.) .\ parly of l-Vench volun- 
 teers held in check some Irocjuois. 
 There were se-venteen I'renchmen. 
 There were seven hundretl Iro- 
 (piois. The Fri'iuhmen were 
 assisted by four Iluronsand one 
 .Vlgoncpiin. The I'renchmen were 
 \vx\ by an otlicer namerl Daulac. 
 They were in a palisade fort on 
 the Ottawa. Their stronghold 
 was, after many days, taken by 
 the Iro(iuo:i;. All its brave de- 
 fenders were slain. This took 
 place in the spring of i6()o. 
 
 \'II. (i.) Skitch the journey ol 
 the I'rench up the river, as though 
 you had been one of the party, 
 (ii.) Sketch the struggle at the fort, 
 as tluKigh you had been an 
 Irotiuois. 
 
I 
 
 80 
 
 NOTF.S TO 
 
 lOUKTII RF.ADKR. 
 
 LI I. jAcouES cartii:r. 
 
 i , 
 
 
 ;■: 4 
 
 1 
 
 161. St. Malo — m*<7o — .1 sea- 
 port in the north-west of France, 
 famous for its sailors. It very 
 early becanr^ a j)lace of consider- 
 able importance on account of its 
 excellent harbour. 
 
 Smiling morn.--What kind 01 
 mormii>< would this be? Com- 
 pany " siniliuK' spring'," p. Ho. 
 
 Commodore- - A title given to 
 the senior capiiin of a line of 
 merchant vessels. When two or 
 mors; ships of war are cruising in 
 company, this titlj is given by 
 courtesy to the senior captain. It 
 is now a common name for the 
 chief officer of a yacht clul) 
 
 Jacques Cartier— s//</i' karfyd 
 — a great seaman of St. Malo, who 
 discovered the Ciulf of St. Law- 
 rence in the course of his first voy- 
 ag«; of discovery, in l=,^\. On I'le 
 Kjth of May, 13.^^, ('arti(T again 
 sailed from St. Malo on the voy- 
 agtr r«ferr<d t > in the lesson. 
 
 In the crowded seas. — 
 
 liefore setting out ("artier repaired 
 with his m«-n in processiciu to the 
 cathedral of St. Malo, to crave the 
 blessing of Heaven upon hisent«T- 
 prise. What is the grammatical 
 r 'latifMi ^^\ " for " ? 
 
 Cathedra!. -See note, p. 51. 
 
 All the town. —What is meant ■■ 
 
 Whv " \\t Vf ' r* 
 
 Undiscovered seas. — Wh it 
 waters are here r<'ferred to ? l-Or 
 voyages of discovery bifore Car- 
 tier's time, see I'riiitt r of C<iiiii- 
 dinn Hi story. rhap i ,secs Hand i i. 
 
 That swept . pier.— Does 
 this clause ;idd to tilt! meaniit:.; ? 
 
 Manly hearts gentle hearts. 
 — Noti- the bt .lutilul <<)iUrast 
 
 162. A year . day. The 
 exjieilition did not ret\irn to St. 
 Malo until theCith of jnly, 133^) 
 
 Vigils -rljils -r.'^ht watches. 
 The m.iidens s|>ent many a sleep- 
 
 less night in praying and weeping 
 for their absent lovers. 
 
 But the earth side.— 
 
 IC\plain tills simile 
 
 Rejoicing . pride. -I-xprcss 
 
 otluru ise. 
 
 In the . . North. - Was 
 
 J .uquesC 'artier at that time farther 
 north than St. Malo, or was the 
 expression sugg(!sted by thegreater 
 s(!verity of the climate in the New 
 World as compared with that of 
 ICuroix- ? 
 
 Mount Royal -a high hill at 
 Montreal, kiunvn as "The Moun- 
 tain." The name Montreal is 
 merely a contr.icted form of 
 Mount Royal. 
 
 Fleur-de-Hs — ///</'-</? -/<f' 
 {11 T'early as in//r;-). -Literally, the 
 lily flower. This is the name of a 
 figure inscribe(l in the royal arms 
 of l"'rance, and usually supposed 
 to be a representation of the water- 
 lily, or yellow-flag The nai..'? 
 Avas corrupted in OM ICnglish to 
 jh>;i'tr-dv-lucc. Cartier erected a 
 pillar bearing .a cross and the 
 royal arms of Fi.inct! to signify 
 th.it In; claimed the newly dis- 
 covered country for his king and 
 for his 'liurch. i>y what ceremony 
 did Coluud)Us take po.ssession of 
 San Salvador ? See p. iiH. In 
 13J.I, Vcr.izzani, a Florentine 
 navigator in the employment of 
 I'rancis I. of I'r.ince, claimed pos- 
 session of th(! Atlantic seaboard, 
 from I'Morida to Cape Hreton, 
 giving it the name of La Nottvcllc 
 
 Cheer . . cheer. —Compare 
 tht! express' jn "to cheer to the 
 echo." 
 
 A region . . cold.— Cartier 
 passed the winter of 15.^5-36 near 
 the native! village of St.idacona, 
 now Ouebec. It was a bitti^rly 
 cold winter, and i\\v. crew, not 
 
jACyUF.S CARTIKK. 
 
 8i 
 
 supplied with either sufticient food 
 or clothing, suffered terrible hard- 
 ships, rind lost twenty-six of their 
 number ( i lo) before spring. 
 
 Iron-bound— begirt with rocks. 
 
 Nor seas . gold. — The 
 
 French were so discouraged at 
 '^pding neither gold nor silver on 
 the shores of the St. Lawrence, 
 that five years passed befon- 
 another expedition to Canada 
 could be fitted out. Where art- 
 pearls found ? In what parts of 
 Canada has gold been found } 
 
 Thule — thu'lc. — Here used 
 poetically for tiie most northerly 
 parts of Aim rica. .\ccording to 
 the ancients, however, Thule was 
 an island in the extreme north of 
 Europe, probably Iceland, or M.iin- 
 land the largest of the Shetland 
 Islands. 
 
 Athwart— across the path of. 
 This line refers to the icebergs 
 from the polar seas, which ships 
 encounter in spring oft the coasts 
 of North Anu;rica. 
 
 Frozen scene. - F.xpress differ- 
 ently. Though it is in the nn)ntli 
 of July that Cartier tells the story 
 of his voyage, yet his vivid dr 
 scription fairly m.d<es his listeners 
 imagine th.it they are in the midst 
 of th(-' " frozen scene ' 
 
 Changed the strain.— Express 
 otherwis". 
 
 Fetters fast. -What is 
 
 meant ? Explain the metaphor 
 in "fetters." 
 
 Causeway. — Primarily, a raised 
 road over wet or marshy ground. 
 The older and more correct spel- 
 ling is caitsiy. The spelling caiisc- 
 uuiy arose from the mistaken 
 notion that the word was a corn- 
 pound of 7i'<n' as the second portion 
 of it. In winter, our rivers are so 
 firmly frozen over that they fre- 
 quently become common high- 
 ways. Even the St. Lawrence is 
 usually bridged over in this way 
 as far down as Quebec. 
 
 And the rills . . free.— Note 
 
 the beautiful melody of this line. 
 What is meant by " the anthem 
 of the free"? Explain the line 
 fully, and show the force of the 
 metaphor employed. 
 
 Magic wand. — Li fairy tales, a 
 staff or rod carried by fairies, 
 magicians, etc., with which they 
 were supposed to be able to work 
 wonderful changes. Mdj^ic is de- 
 rived from M(i!;i, the ancient 
 I'ersian priests and learned mi'U 
 - the "wi.se men of the I'"ast." 
 See notes on Epipluniv Ilyniii, p. 
 147. These men cultivated a 
 knowledge of astronomy and 
 natural phiU)sopliy, and werecon- 
 seipiently regarded as possessed 
 of supernatural powers. 
 
 Landscape. -Iliat portion of 
 country, with the vaiious objects 
 it contains, which is presented to 
 the eye at a simple view. 
 
 Like the dry . . Paradise — 
 S(;e Ezekiel x\x\ii , 12, Show 
 the force of the simile. 
 
 Note the suddenness of the 
 transformation expressed in the 
 last C(.)uplet prob.ibly an allusion 
 to the rapid growth of vegetation 
 in our short Canadi.m summers. 
 Compare " Turns the sod to 
 violt'ts," p. f)t. 
 
 Paradise. — "A word," says 
 Trench, "common in slightly 
 different forms to almost all the 
 nations of the East, and nie.ining 
 some royal park or garden of de- 
 lights: for the Jew it was exalted 
 to signify the wondrous abodt? 
 of our first parents; on the lips of 
 the Lord it signified the blissful 
 waiting-place of faithful departed 
 souls (Luke xxiii.,43), and in Kev. 
 ii., 7, it iiie.ins heavim itself." 
 See note on " I'aradise, ' p. C4. 
 
 Algonquin braves. — See note 
 on " .Vlgonquins," p. 156, and on 
 " warriors," p. 135. 
 
 A spirit . . worshipping. — The 
 Indians Ixlieved in a (ireat Spirit, 
 and in the existence of " Happy 
 Hunting Clrounds" — a sort of 
 
 • tj 
 
82 
 
 No II'. 
 
 ■l(» Till-: IniKTIl KK.\I)KK. 
 
 11 
 
 Iiulian I'.'irailisc. They wor- 
 shipped animals of various kinds 
 and had many snp(jrstiti(jns rites 
 (■oiiii(( ted with aiiiin.d worship. 
 'J'o their iina>,'iiiali\(; minds ^.^ood 
 or evil spirits peopled every >.,'len, 
 foniitaiii, height, etc. I-ach the 
 vi!ry implements tiu'\ used were; 
 supposed to he possessed of these 
 spirits. l'"or an interesting' refer- 
 t-'Uee to some; liulian ln-liefs see 
 " 'I'he Tal(! of Marraton," in 
 AildisMii's Ttilis mid AlLi^oi'u s. 
 
 They brought St. John.— 
 
 'I'his hippeiied (inriii>,' fartier's 
 visit to the India i villa>;e of 
 Ho(hela,t,M (se(!lH'low). "("artier 
 s«-eins to ha\(; hi-cMi considered in 
 the li^ht of a deity amon;^ thi-m ; 
 for tliey broiij^ht him tlunr a),'ed 
 kin^' and their sick, in order that 
 he mij^lit heal them. Disclaiming' 
 any such power, (dirtier, with his 
 aciaistomerl jiiety, prayi'd with 
 them, and read part of tlie (iospel 
 of St. John, to their great admira- 
 tion and joy." -Hawkins, P'utuie 
 of {)n< hi i\ 
 
 Its freshness . . wave. -This 
 
 is stMicely li lie of the l\iver St. 
 Lawieiuc, nnl( ss the poet has 
 refereiK t; (o its <'stuary, \vhi( h is 
 j3o miles loiif^ ami loo miles wide 
 at its month. ( )f what other rivers 
 might this statement he made ' 
 
 The glorious scene . . height. 
 — While on his visit to 1 loclu^lag.i, 
 Cartier asked to \)v. led to a 
 mountain top about a mile dis- 
 tant. Arrived tlu-rtr, hiseyocom- 
 ni.mded an immense extent of 
 country, and, enchanted with the 
 view, he gave the hill the name of 
 Mont Rial, or 'i'he Koyal Mount. 
 
 What time. iCxpand. 
 
 Cross and crown -a cross sur- 
 mounted by a crown ornamented 
 with the fhnr-ih-Us. 
 
 Hochelaga. — //oi//-< -/a-^'^// —an 
 Indian village situated on the 
 present .iite of the citv of Montreal, 
 it was si>rrounde(l by a triple row 
 of palisades, and it contained about 
 fifty large-sized wooden lodges, 
 each of which accommodated 
 several families. The inhabitants 
 numbered about i .cxkj. '.'Tiey 
 belonged to the Huron tribe, and 
 were more; tlian usually civilized 
 
 Fortress cliff -('ape Diamond 
 at (Juebec. The citadel that now 
 crownsthe summit of the cliff has 
 been aptly called the (iibraltar of 
 America. Here Cartier found the 
 Iiulian village of Stadacona, on 
 the site of which Champl.ain laid 
 the foundation of Quebec, in i6oS. 
 What is meant l)y calling this 
 "fortresscliff" the Art'vof fanada ? 
 
 Read in a lively manner, with 
 such variations of tone as are 
 necessary to bring out the spirit 
 of the j)oem. 
 
 .Note the tone of sadness in the 
 two last lines of stanza i, and 
 throughout stanza 2. 
 
 The fourth stanza presents a 
 dreary, cheerless picture, which 
 should bt! represent«'d in the read- 
 ing by proper changes of tone and 
 time. 
 
 The cheerful, joyous thoughts 
 of the first five lines of the fifth 
 stanza should be expressed with 
 increasing animation, and the last 
 line should be read to express a 
 feeling of reverence. 
 
 Read the seventh stanza with 
 increasing force throughout. 
 
 LI 1 1. SCKNE FROM IVANHOK. 
 
 iC).t. Yeoman - y'l'imni. - In 
 ICnglanil. yeomen are independent 
 farmersof small estate, next in rank 
 to till! gentry 
 
 Prince John brother of Rich 
 ard 1., whom he succeeded as 
 King of I'.iigland During Rich- 
 ! ard s abs«;nce on the Thii * • ; n 
 
\i\ 
 
 SCKNl'. IKdM I\'\NI1«)1' 
 
 '^3 
 
 sadc, John nttcinptiil u< iisiirp tht; 
 crown, and it was for tlu- purpose 
 of conciliating tlu.> ncMcs and 
 people that tho tournament was 
 iield at which this archery cont<;st 
 took place. 
 
 Locksley. — Robin Hood, who 
 in this cuntest assumes the name 
 of Ivocksle) , was a fanmns l"",ii^,'lish 
 roblH;r who lived near the LiK' li- 
 ning of tlu; thirteenth c(ntuiy. 
 He is supposed t<J h.ivi! I)een an 
 outlawed Saxon earl; and in tlu: 
 many popular ballads of whii h he 
 is the hero hti is riprisi-ntt-d as 
 the friend and benefactor of his 
 oppressed fellow -countrymen, 
 whose wants he was accustomed 
 to relievo by the plunder of rich 
 Normans. 
 
 Nobles — K'"ld coins worth about 
 6s. JSd. stt-rlinj,' The uol'le was 
 so called on at eount of the supi-- 
 rior (juality of its gold. 
 
 Lincoln green a colour of cloth 
 formerly niailc in Lnuoln, V.u^- 
 land ; also the cloth itself. It \sas 
 tht! characteristic dress of archers 
 ami woodmen. 
 
 Scourged .</•«/;/</— wliippcd. 
 
 Lists. llie name; given to the 
 ground in which the sports took 
 place. It was marked ofV by ropes, 
 as in our games of cricket, foot- 
 ball, etc. 
 
 Insolent braggart - insulting 
 boaster. At the tournament on 
 the previous day, I,o(kslcy had 
 offended PruK t; John by his fear- 
 less, iiulfiieiident maiinfr. 
 
 Wager that which isstaknl on 
 the result of a contest. 
 
 Grace's power, (inui- is a sort 
 of title or loiin of respect used in 
 addressing a duki;, a due hess, or 
 an archbisho,>, and formerly ap- 
 plied to the Sovereign of Kuk- 
 land. "Your .Majtsty " is the 
 f(^rm now used in addressing the 
 Sover('ii;n. 
 
 Men-at-arms. -See note, p. SS. 
 
 ProfTer olfer, proposal 
 
 Provost pvuv' u\t il'-ri', the 
 
 direi tor of the sports. In Scot- 
 land, the name is ;ijiplit>d to the 
 chief m.igistrate of towns and 
 ciiii's, and corrcs[>onds t(J our 
 iiiiiviir. I'he name is also applieil 
 to the heads, or t hief otlut'is, of 
 Sf\ I'i rd I'".n;^lish colle>.;es. 
 
 The presence, often used to 
 denote tht; place in which a sover- 
 li.^n or priiHi; ri'cei\ s company. 
 
 Craven a coward, a spiritless 
 fellow. TiThaps meaning, orij.^in- 
 ally, one \\l>o era\is or begs his 
 life at the mils of his enem\-. 
 Cdmpan; ;>\ /< tint. 
 
 This is no fair me ICx- 
 
 pifss (iittel fluK 
 
 Penalty punishment inllicted 
 for tile iomnii>sioii of an otteiue 
 or crime, t)r k)V non compliance 
 with an agreement. 
 
 Infamy disgrace 
 
 Overshoot. -(iencr.dlN . to shoot 
 beyoiiil ; lure, tosh(M)t bt tttr than , 
 to (lefc It. 
 
 Avenue passage; (Duimonly, 
 a walk shadt (1 bv trees. 
 
 Access appioach 
 
 II .T Precedence pi;-si}i{iiis. — 
 I hstinguish from pruidcnts (pn^s- 
 e (leiils). 
 
 Forester -an oflicer appointed 
 to itt«Mid tt), or watch, a f^orest. 
 
 Malvoisin -a Norman follower 
 ot I'riiuijjolm, who took part in 
 the tournament on the previous 
 riav. 
 
 Try conclusions C inclusion, 
 properly the end or liiial r(;sult. 
 With tin; meaning iwpcrimint or 
 /;•/(//, it is now obst)Kte, except in 
 the phrase " to try conclusions." 
 
 Baldric — a bro.id belt hung 
 diagonally across tiie body from 
 the shoulder, wt)rn either as an 
 ornanu-nt or to suspt iid a sword, 
 diigyer, etc. 
 
 Quiver a ca.se for arrows. 
 
 Sith since 
 
 Bugle a hunting-horn. The 
 })i i/.e to be awarded tt) the lH;st 
 archer was " a bugle-horn mounted 
 with silver, and a silken baldric 
 
V 
 
 «4 
 
 NOTI.S TO TMh. lorKTU KKADllK. 
 
 richly (irnainintcil witli a nicflal- ' 
 lion of Saint Hiilxjit, tin; patron 
 of sylvan sport." 
 
 My grandsire . . Hastings. — 
 What is th'- rcfcn-nct; lure ? 
 
 Deliberation — caution, ^reat 
 care. Compare " pause . . aim," 
 p. ifyG. 
 
 lOo. Antagonist — adversary, 
 opponent. 
 
 Shot his arrow . appearance. 
 — Ke-write, so as to bring out the 
 meaning cU;arly. 
 White spot-th(! hull's rvc. 
 An.— Old ICnglish f(M- //." 
 Runagate — rencgach', vaga- 
 bond. Compare note on "rene- 
 gades." p. 13S. 
 
 Insulting smile. - Point out 
 other expressions that slunv John's 
 ill-will to LocksUy. 
 
 Precaution— previous care or 
 caution. 
 
 Competitor rival, opponent. 
 167. Dexterity skill, clever- 
 ness. 
 
 Give vent . clamor —Para- 
 phrase. 
 Wand twig, rod. 
 Composure --cool ness.calmness. 
 Observing— saying, remarking. 
 Give otluT meanings. 
 
 Woodsman. — Same as zvood- 
 nuin, a huntt;r, a forester. 
 
 King Arthur's . . table. -King 
 Arthur was a mythical king of the 
 ancient Britons who opjiosed the 
 Saxon invaders. He li\ed in 
 splendid state at Caerleon in 
 Wales. He is said to have insti- 
 tuted a famous order (^f knight- 
 hood, known as the " Knights of 
 the Kound Table," because they 
 sat at a large circular table, to 
 prevent disputes about prece- 
 dence. The number of these 
 knights is variously givt.;n — from 
 twelv(! to one hundred and fifty. 
 Buckler .1 kind of shield. 
 Whittle diminuti\e of whit 
 (whet) — a knifi! ; rari'ly now us<'d 
 except in provincial ICnglish or 
 Scotch, as " a ShefUeld whittle." 
 
 Sirrah. .V word of address 
 generally eipiivalent to fillnw or 
 sir, with an angry cr contemptu- 
 ous fore t! added. 
 
 1^)8. Event — resu '. 
 
 Vindicated -proveu to be just 
 or right. 
 
 Jubilee of acclamations loud 
 and repeated shouts of admira- 
 tion. 
 
 We will . . person. — The 
 plurals r.'r , tiur, us, refi;rring to 
 one person, an; said to have betm 
 first used either by John or by 
 Richard in his proclamations. 
 This style of speech has ever since 
 been retained by .sovereigns. It 
 is also used by editors, authors, 
 and the like, to show that th(!y 
 are not giving ex|ir(>ssion merely 
 to their own opinions, but rather 
 to the opinions of the; public. 
 
 Reluctance— unwillingness. 
 
 Bounty - favor, free gift. 
 
 There is much spirited conver- 
 sation in this lesson, and care 
 should be taken to give proper 
 expres-si(jn to it in the reading. 
 Bring out the contr.ist between 
 the haughty, scornful bearing of 
 Prince John, and the; courteous, 
 yet frank ami fearless, manner of 
 Locksley. 
 
 I. Form nouns from tin; follow- 
 ing adjectives, showing the effect 
 of the change : — bold, careless, 
 bri)ail, warm, fresh, present, real, 
 noble; and adjtctives from the 
 following nouns: — day, notice, 
 reluctance, modesty, thickness, 
 siu cess, tiishonor, pre.sence. 
 
 II. Classify the sentences in 
 the paragraph l)eginning, " A tar- 
 get was placed, 'as simple, com- 
 jK)und, or complex. Write out a 
 simple, a compouiul, and a com- 
 plex sentence, eacli containing a 
 (pialified subject, and a transitive 
 verb in the active voice with one 
 or more adverbird adjuncts. 
 Change these sentences into the 
 passive form. 
 
SrF.NI', I'UnM IVANIIOF'. 
 
 -F.onilNVAK. 
 
 85 
 
 III. Write out till' fi)lK)uiiiK in 
 direct narration: — He be^rm to 
 peel the rod with great coinposine. 
 observinj^ that to a^k a wooihnan 
 to shoot at a target so broad as 
 had hitherto bcin use-d was to 
 put shame on liis skill. l'"<ir his 
 own part, and in the land wliert: 
 he was bred, men would as soon 
 take for their mark King Arthurs 
 
 round table, which held sixty 
 knights around it. 
 
 I\'. Writi' in indirei t narration 
 all the direc t narration on pages 
 H>\ and 165. 
 
 V. Tiive hi'ads for a synopsis of 
 the lesson, anrl sketch the U;sson, 
 Using one of tin* heads as th»! sul)- 
 jet t of e.icli par.igr.ipli. 
 
 IJ\'. I,()t'IIINV.\K. 
 
 lOr). Lochinvar. — This was the 
 name of a c.islk; which stood by 
 a lake of the same name in tlie 
 parish of Dairy, in Kirkcudbright, 
 Scotland. It was a seat ot tin; 
 Gordon f.imily, of which " Young 
 Lochinvar" was a chii'f. Nether 
 by Hall, of which the (Irahams 
 were lords, was near Carlisle, in 
 Cumberland, r.ngland. Helen 
 Graham was to bt; married, by 
 the wish of her father and mother, 
 to one of the Musgraves — " a lag- 
 gard in love and a dastard in 
 war"; but Lochinvar, the l.idy's 
 true love, carried lu-r oli from tin; 
 very midst of the guests assembled 
 for the wedding. 
 
 Border. — The land lying along 
 the boundary line bti.veen I'.ng- 
 land and Scotland. This bordt r- 
 land was a scene of continual war- 
 fare. 
 
 Steed. - A poetic name for .a 
 horse, especially a spirited horse 
 for purposes of state or w.ir. 
 
 Save— except. 
 
 Broad-sword —a sword with a 
 broad blatlt , foririerly tlu^ national 
 weapon of the Highlanders; also 
 called claymore. 
 
 Dauntless— bold, fearless. 
 
 Knight. - I'or .1 description of 
 a knight in feudal times, see Col- 
 lins' History, Social condition of 
 the Xornittns. 
 
 There never . . Lochinvar.— 
 Note any peculiarity in the con- 
 struction of this line. 
 
 Brake a place overgrown with 
 bru.-'hwood and br.ind)lt.'s, a thiik- 
 et, Lxpri'ss the meaning of this 
 line .'IS brictlv as possible. 
 
 Esk river. This river flows 
 south through J )uinfriesshire into 
 lh(> Solw.iy I'rilh. 
 
 Ford —a shallow place in a river 
 wliere it may bt: crossed by wad- 
 ing. 
 
 The bride . . consented.— 
 Comiileti; the sentence 
 
 Gallant -a high-spirited, brave 
 young man. It is pronounced 
 t,'((//(f///' when it means a man who 
 is polit(j and attentive to women. 
 
 Laggard —one who lags or falls 
 behind. 
 
 Dastard— a coward. The suffix 
 ((/-(/ denotes an ag(!nt, one who 
 jic rfornis what is implied in the 
 root of th<! word. It has in addi- 
 tion ;i (dnt(in|)tuous force. Com- 
 jiare liiiinkurd, slu^f:[ard. These 
 words are used here to make the 
 "poor, rravt>n bridegroom" ap- 
 pear in a contemptible light, and 
 to excuse Lllen's conduct for her 
 desertion of hin) after having con- 
 sented to marrv him. 
 
 Bridesmen men who attend 
 upon a bridegroom and bride at 
 their marriage Groomsvun and 
 bridesmaids are the terms em- 
 ploved with us. 
 
 His hand . . sword. -Why? 
 
 Craven. — See note [on " cra- 
 \en," p. 1G.4. Compare "dastard 
 in war." 
 
 
 i 
 
86 
 
 NOTKS To Till': lOlKTIl KI.AnKR. 
 
 Slr(int,'fr than 
 Ch.inf^o 
 
 ( 
 
 Never a word. 
 
 " nut .1 uonl 
 O come . . Lochinvar. 
 
 to iiidirt'c t nairatiun. 
 
 Suit. — Cf-vc diflLrent meanings 
 of this word. 
 
 Love swells . . tide.— The; Sol - 
 way l-rith is noK-d for the rapid 
 ebb and flow of its tide. 
 
 And now . . wine. I.ochinvar 
 wislied to make Jdlen's fatht.-r be- 
 lieve that his love for ICllen had 
 died out. and that lu'came merely 
 to take his farewell 
 
 Measure — a dance, penerally 
 with slow and measured steps. 
 Ciivt; the other meanin^^s. 
 
 Kissed the goblet.— ("ompare 
 Goldsmith's Dts<rtitl VilUi^c, 1. 
 250. Not<; the short, pithy sen- 
 tences to indic.ite rapid succession 
 of incidents. 
 
 She looked . . eye.— Explain 
 Ellen's conduct here. 
 
 Bar -hinder. Give other mean- 
 inus 
 
 Galliard - a lively dance. Is 
 "galliard " the subject or the ob- 
 ject of "did grace"? This word 
 also means a lively, rollickin^^ 
 younj.? fellow, one whose nature 
 it is to be j.;ay. 
 
 Fret fume, histiuf^uish. 
 And the bridegroom . . plume. 
 
 --I'^.Nplain "bonnet " and " plume." 
 Note the conduct of the bride- 
 f,'rooin, and compare the previous 
 description of him. 
 
 Charger— war-horse. 
 
 Croup- crimp ~-i\w place be- 
 hind the saddle; also spelled 
 iruuf^i'. 
 
 Scaur — a bare, broken place on 
 the side of a hill, from which the 
 soil has bi-en washed down by the 
 rain. Same word as scar. 
 
 Graemes. — .Vnother spelling of 
 Cirnlituiis. 
 
 Cannobie Lee— a plain in the 
 valley of the l^sk in Dunifries- 
 shire, divided from C'umberland 
 by the river Liddel. 
 
 This sonj^ forms the twelfth 
 stanza of tlie fifth canto of Mar- 
 mi i>u. 
 
 The rapid succession of incidenf 
 in this ballad is well expressed by 
 tile galloping movement of the 
 metre. 
 
 ki-ad with much spirit and ani- 
 mation. 
 
 LV. THE HISTORY OF .\ IMICCl-: OF COAL. 
 
 I 
 
 FIKSr KI ADINC. 
 
 171. Film an extremely thin 
 layer. 
 
 Charcoal— coal made by char- 
 rin<^ wooil. Wood is reduced to 
 charcoal by burning it wheio it 
 comes in contact with but a 
 limited supply of air. When char- 
 coal is wanted in large «]uantities, 
 logs of wood are heaped together 
 and cov(!red with earth, h(iles 
 being left at the bottom to admit 
 sufficient air to keep the heap 
 burning. A hollow space is also 
 left in the inidille of the heap to 
 serve as a Mue. The wood when 
 
 set on t're burns slowly and with- 
 out flame, 
 
 172. Carbon. -This is the 
 chemical name for pure charcoal, 
 and includesalsographiteor black- 
 lead, and the diamond. 
 
 Imaginary journey. -What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Shaft- the entrance to a mine, 
 fiive other meanings. 
 
 Gallery. -In coal-mines pillars 
 of the coal are left to support the 
 r(H)f. The passages between the 
 pillars an- called galleries 
 
 175 Fossil. This word in its 
 
rill-: HISTORY oi- a imkcic oi-- com. 
 
 «7 
 
 wiflcst .md literal srnst! means 
 whatever is du^ out of the earth, 
 including all tniiicrals and rocl^s. 
 as well as tlu^ animal and vepetahlf? 
 remains imbedded in ri)cks. It is 
 now, however, used in a restricted 
 sense, and is applied to tin; prtri- 
 fie<l forms of plants and animals 
 which are found imhedtled in the 
 earth. 
 
 Microscope an instrument 
 that maktjs sm.iU bodies appear 
 larj^er, and renders visible small 
 objects that cannot be seen by the 
 nakecl eve. 
 
 Petrifies turns into stone. 
 
 Carbonate of lime limestone, 
 chalk, marble. Thcscj substances, 
 though so different in appe.irance, 
 have the same chemical comjujsi- 
 tion. 
 
 Fibres • fine thread like sub- 
 >tances w Inch tMiter into the struc- 
 aire of plants and animals. 
 
 Nodules -small knots t)r lumps. 
 
 17.}. Remained crystallized. — 
 That is, remained in the solid form 
 which they assumed when thi^car- 
 Ixjuate of lime trickled in. For an 
 illustration of the process of crys- 
 tallizati(jn see Koscoe's Chemistry 
 Priiiitr, sec. y.art. 2j. 
 
 Museum— a building in which 
 things that have an immediate 
 relation to literature, art, or 
 science are collected and system- 
 atically arranged for the inspection 
 of the curious or the studious 
 The British Museum, founded in 
 1753, is the largest in Hritain. 
 
 Deciphering -- discovering or 
 explaining the meaning of. 
 
 175. Resin — a stimi-tluid, sticky 
 substance which oozt-s from plants. 
 Rosin ii corrupted form of tin; 
 word — is the name given to resin 
 when it is employcnl in the solid 
 state for ordinary purposes. 
 
 Artificial. — Give the word of 
 opposite meaning. 
 
 Gigantic -huge 
 
 Botanists -persons skillrd in 
 tin; kuou lfds,'c of plants. 
 
 i7'>. Pollen-dust. S««! Sj>ot- 
 tou'^ Stnii turnl /intany, chap. ii. 
 
 Heaths. -See noteon • heather," 
 1'. 'n 
 
 Newt - a sjK'cies of rep.tile 
 resembling a li/ard, and living in 
 ponds and ditches. 
 
 I. 1 )istin:^uish betwet n smooth 
 and Kilin . specimen, sample, and 
 txnwpli- : gradually and sli>u-ly ; 
 suspect a ml/«<;r.- flame and hnrn ; 
 baked and lookiii: imagine ancl 
 ionjiihiri ; evif* nce .Old pri>t<t : 
 remains and rnuuiinls; clothes 
 and ildtlis : recognize and kii<>:c .• 
 pattern and i>fuip<- ; object and 
 ubjcct'. 
 
 II. Select all tlu! compound 
 words in the lesson, and show 
 which art; temjxirary compounds 
 and wliii h permanent com{)ounds 
 .\cc.ount for the hvphen in 
 itxil-siiillle and for its absence in 
 
 SKUhi (11)1. 
 
 III. .Xnalyze, showing clearly 
 the force of the prefixes and suf- 
 lix(;s --imprisoned. im{>ossible. 
 cart;fully, unlike, rootlets, trans- 
 parent, (^'ciphering, tropical. 
 
 I\^ Write out the following 
 S(;nteiKHS, expanding the it.ilicized 
 phrases into propositions: — You 
 will r(.;cogniz«; tlu; long, striptd 
 branches nut unlike reeds. Whole 
 masses of these root stems, with 
 rihhon-iike roots lyinij^ sedttereii near 
 th.ni, are found in the lavt;r of 
 clay called the underelay. By cnt- 
 tinif thin trunsparent slues across 
 the nodules, we can distinctly see 
 the leavei". and stems. Have we 
 anytiiing (ike them now? Other 
 trees of the coal forests are called 
 by the botatiists s( aly trees, /r«<m 
 the scale-like nitirkson their trunks. 
 
 V. Combine into a paragraph : — 
 We use coal for heating our houses 
 and for cooking our food. This 
 t o.il is obtained from mines. It 
 has been stored in these mines for 
 agiis. We know that wood will 
 burn, giving off licit and light 
 
 i: 
 
88 
 
 NOTKS TO Till-: lOl'KTU KI.AI )i:i<. 
 
 Many of us know how charcoal is 
 made. Wood is plact.'d in j)its 
 It is then covrrtnl with t-arth and 
 baki'd. We find coal acting; whrii 
 svt on firt: much thr saiin- as wood 
 and charcoal. Wo think they 
 must be somewhat alike. W(^ e.\- 
 amine a piece of coal. We find 
 in W)me pieces the; shapes of leaves 
 and branches. Sometimes \vr. find 
 in very lar>.'e pieces the form of 
 the trunk of a tree. We (oine to 
 
 the conclusion that coal is formed 
 of ])laiits 'i'hesc ha\e been bur- 
 ied under ground, and have been 
 elianj^eil in form and color in some 
 way. 
 
 VI. Paraphrase thesecond para- 
 graph. 
 
 VII. Writ(! out tlie subject of 
 each paragraph, and from these 
 he.ids make a short summary of 
 tile lesson. 
 
 L\I. Tin: IIOXICST .M.W, 
 
 177. Still — continually, habitu- 
 ally. 
 
 Strongly— firmly, with set jmr- 
 
 pose 
 
 Neighbor. For th*? sense in 
 which this word is usid st;e l,uk(; 
 X.. -•5-37. 
 
 True.— What is the grammatical 
 relation ? 
 
 Fawning- mean flattery 
 
 Unpin -wrench.— " tlnpin 
 here means to disturb, to unsettle ; 
 " Wrench," to strain, to turn nsidr 
 by force. In both these words 
 there is an allusion to the dis- 
 placinjjorderaiiginK'of maciiinery 
 " Fawning" may be connected in 
 meaning with "unpin," and 
 " force ' with " wrench " 
 
 Loose or easy. — What is meant 
 by " loose " and " easy " as 
 applied to honesty ? 
 
 Ruffling wind— wind so li^ht 
 that it causes merely a ruj]]e or 
 ripple on the surface of the water. 
 Mere it may be applied to any- 
 thing that tends to dLscpiiet or 
 unsettle a person. We speak of 
 '* the breath of slander." "the 
 blasts of adversity," and tlu; like ; 
 but such things cannot affect the 
 honesty of the truly honest man. 
 
 Glittering . . blind. The 
 honest man is never so dazzled by 
 display, flattery, or a desire for 
 fame, as to be turned aside from 
 
 the ri^ht path. The construction 
 is, " that a glittering look can 
 blind it." 
 
 Who rides . . behind. — Who 
 f.iithruUy and steadily does his 
 duty, regardless of tlu; opinions 
 or the conduct of others. In the 
 lable of " The I lare and the Tor- 
 toise," it is the " slow and steady " 
 tortoise that wins the race. 
 
 Nor -nor - I'oetic for neither 
 
 nor. 
 
 But doth . . weigh. — The 
 hoiu.'st man, in determining his 
 course of ctmduct in any case, 
 " weighs the thing and the ex- 
 ample"; that is, he considers, 
 first, what is right, and then, 
 what is expedient or projxir under 
 the circumstances. Many things 
 may be lawful which are not e.\- 
 p(Mlient. Compare i Corinthians 
 
 Brought into a sum -carefully 
 
 weii^lied or consideretl. 
 
 \Vhat place . . pay. — When 
 the honest man, afti.T calm and 
 careful coiij^ideration, hasdtxided 
 what is right ami prop(.'r for him 
 to do, he acts ])romptIy, and does 
 liis tlnty faithfully " to God, his 
 neiijhbor, and himself." 
 
 Work woo. — Work, to influ- 
 ence or gain ovit by deceitful prac- 
 tiei^s; 7i'oo, to jirev.iil upon or 
 iuiluce by praise or flattery. 
 
Tin-: IIONKST MAN— HKOKKN FKIKNDSH 11'. 
 
 ^9 
 
 Trick sleig^ht. Distinguish 
 ("I'inpaic " triLk()ftr,-i(li.'," "slui^ht 
 of hand." Whi-ii this jHu'in was 
 written the words sliit^^ht and 
 litCiit wcro probaMy pronounced 
 with tho lonf< a sound (as <•/ in 
 frii^ht), to rhynic with straif^ht. 
 Consult I'.arlf's /V/;7o/(y;i,M',par. 186. 
 
 Fashion - bearing, manner of 
 actin<^. 
 
 Of a piece— consistent. His 
 manner of life agrees with his 
 prof(!ssions. 
 
 Clear and straight. — Express 
 difterently. 
 
 Who . . temptations. — Close, 
 pressing, or lusir at hand. Per- 
 haps an allusion to the tertns 
 "liot" and " liery," applied sonie- 
 tiinis to " temptations " and 
 "trials." See i i'eteriv., 12. To 
 what is tli«; honest man here com- 
 pared ? Taraphrase, bringingout 
 clearly the full meaning of the 
 comparison. 
 
 The sun . . sin.— Note the 
 beautiful contrast in these lines. 
 Others are virtuous only when 
 the eyes of the world are upon 
 them : the practice of virtue is 
 with them a cpiestion of expt:di- 
 er cy ; his virtue is not regulated 
 by time or circumstances, but it 
 directs and governs all his actions. 
 
 178 Allows for that. He has 
 charity for the laulls and weak- 
 nesses of others. 
 
 Keeps his . . way.— Com- 
 part; ■ Kiiles his sure and even 
 trot ' 
 
 Whom . . defeat. — Tie does 
 not make the faults of others an 
 excust; for wrong-doing 
 
 Procure -induce. Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Whom . . limbs. Though 
 all other men should depart from 
 the right course, nothing can 
 induce him to act contrary to his 
 better judgment. 
 
 Share . . ill. — If he cannot 
 reim;(ly thtrevil 1 e will not become 
 .'I partner in it. 
 
 Name the chief characteristics 
 of the h(mest man, as described in 
 the poem. 
 
 The language of this poem is 
 gn.'atly condensed, and, conse- 
 quently, a very large proportion 
 of tin; words ar<! empliatic. It 
 should be read througlKnit in a 
 firm, decided tone. 
 
 Pause after •look," and empha- 
 size " blind " in the second stanza. 
 
 He careful to give proper ex- 
 pression to the contrasted ideas 
 in the two last lines of the fifth 
 stanza. 
 
 sH 
 
 If 
 
 LVII. F^ROKKN FKIENDSHII 
 
 17S. Friends in youth -These 
 were Sir Leolineand Lord Roland 
 de Vaux. Sir Leoline was the 
 father of Christabel, the heroine 
 of the poem. See introductory 
 notice, p. 33. 
 
 Whispering tongues. — The 
 tongues of slanderers. Para- 
 phrase this line. Compare " Slan- 
 der, whose edge is sharper than 
 the sword; whose tongue out- 
 venonis all the worms of Nile." 
 — Cviiihi line, art iii., sc. 4. 
 
 And constancy . . above. — In 
 
 Heaven only can constancy be 
 found. 
 
 Life is thorny. —Explain. Vol- 
 taire, in speaking of life, said, 
 " Life is thickly sown with thorns, 
 and I know of no other remedy 
 than to pass quickly through 
 them." 
 
 Youth is vain. — .\n allusion to 
 the foolishness and impetuosity 
 of youth. 
 
 And to be wroth . . brain. — 
 Paraphrase, showing tin; connec- 
 tion of the phrase " in the brain." 
 
 UN 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 £y 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 :.25 
 
 liiilM IIIIIM 
 
 12.0 
 
 ll£ 
 
 1.8 
 
 I>1 11 1.6 
 
 % 
 
 <m 
 
 7 
 
 o^ 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 >^ 
 
 <'V^ 
 
 O 
 
 / 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14S80 
 
 (716) 873-4503 
 

 .fi 
 
 E? // "^^ 
 
 L(S> 
 
go 
 
 N()TI':S TO Tllli lOUKTH KKADIiR. 
 
 Divine — guess, conjecture. 
 Disdain — scorn, contempt. 
 
 Heart's best brother. — This 
 shows the close friendship of the 
 two friends. Point out other 
 passages that show this. 
 
 Hollow heart. — What is meant ? 
 Paraphrase the line by a clause. 
 
 Aloof — apart, separated. 
 
 The scars remaining. — Ex- 
 plain. See note on "whispering 
 tongues " above. 
 
 Ween— think, fancy. 
 
 Show in what respect the com- 
 parison in the five concluding lines 
 may be applied to the parted 
 friends. 
 
 |i ' 
 
 LVIII. THi: HISTORY OF A PIECl-: OF COAL. 
 
 SECOND READING. 
 
 179. Virginia. — So named by 
 Sir Walter Raleigh, in honor of 
 Queen Elizabeth, the Virgin Queen 
 of England. 
 
 Carolina. — Named after 
 Charles II. of England, Carolus 
 being the Latin name for Charles. 
 
 Quagmire — wet, boggy land, 
 that trembles under the foot. 
 
 Peat — a natural accumulation 
 of decayed mosses and other 
 vegetable remains, found in 
 wet, low-lying districts. When 
 thoroughly dried it burns, giving 
 out a gentle heat, without much 
 smoke. It abounds in Scotland 
 and Ireland, where it is used for 
 fuel 
 
 180. Flow-ooze— filter.— Dis- 
 tinguish in meaning. 
 
 Jungle — a tract of land thickly 
 grown over with brushwood or 
 slender, reed-like trees. 
 
 Evergreens. — The reference is 
 probably to low, scrubby ever- 
 green plants, in contrast with the 
 tall cedar, which is itself an ever- 
 green. 
 
 181. Delta. — See geography for 
 definitioii. Name other important 
 deltas. 
 
 Stifled — smothered. A plant 
 may be stifled as well as a human 
 being by having its supply of 
 fresh air cut off. 
 
 183. Hard .stone coal. — This 
 is commonly known as hard or 
 
 anthracite coal. The coal de- 
 scribed in the preceding sentence 
 is commonly known as soft or 
 bituminous coal. 
 
 Almonds. — The well-known 
 nuts, from the kernels of which the 
 oil is obtained. 
 
 Lavender. — A plant of the sage 
 or mint family, from the leaves 
 o^ which the oil is distilled. 
 
 Cloves. — The clove plant is a 
 native of the Molucca or Spice 
 Islands. The oil is obtained from 
 the buds. 
 
 Caraways. — The common car- 
 away seeds. The oil is obtained 
 by distilling the seeds in spirits. 
 
 Paraffine . . lamps. — This has 
 reference to England. Whence 
 do we obtam the petroleum or 
 coal-oil used in Canada ? 
 
 Benzoline. — Called also benzol 
 and benzine. 
 
 Mauve — a beautiful purple 
 color. 
 
 Essences— extracts. 
 
 Foliage - leaves of trees and 
 plants. 
 
 I. Distinguish between g^ass 
 and grasses ; lie and lye ; differ 
 from and lUffer with ; earthy and 
 earthly; compared to and com- 
 pared zcith ; prevent and hinder; 
 solid and/rm ; remember and re- 
 eoUect ; discovered and invented. 
 
THE HISTORY OF A PIIXE OF COAL — YARROW UN VISITED. QI 
 
 II. Form new words by addinj; 
 prefixes or suffixes or both to the 
 followin<,f, and show how the mean- 
 ing is affected by tlie additions: — 
 firm, root, shade, ease, land, plain, 
 solid, pure, mass, admire, use. 
 
 III. Vary the construction and 
 phraseology of the following, in as 
 many ways as possible: — To an- 
 swer the question, I must ask you 
 to go with me to Norfolk. The 
 next thing we must account for is 
 the bed of shale or hardened clay 
 covering the coal. r.Iany of the 
 rocks on which coal is found are 
 altered by heat. You will find it 
 difficult at first to tmderstand how 
 coal can be so full of oil. The 
 soil is as black as ink. 
 
 IV. Combine into a paragraph : 
 — Let me tell you something that 
 happened long, long ago. In some 
 parts of the world there were at 
 that time large marshy districts. 
 Plants grew upon these places, 
 Then the plants were very large. 
 They fell and died. Others grew 
 in their places. In turn these fell 
 and died. They were succeeded 
 by others which in their turn gave 
 place to others. The land began 
 to sink a httle. The rivers car- 
 
 ried down mud and sand. These 
 covered the grt^at masses of dead 
 plants. The land at last sank un- 
 der the sea. Then it began to rise 
 again. It came out of the water. 
 Plants grew on it again as before 
 and died, only to be covered with 
 mud and sand as those before 
 them had been. Again the land 
 sank under the sea. Again it 
 ros<i. This was repeated many 
 times in some places. fireat 
 masses of clay and sand covered 
 the dead plants. The clay and 
 sand w(;re very heavy. They 
 pressed heavily on the dead 
 plants; They squeezed them into 
 a solid mass. There is great heat 
 in the centre of the earth. This 
 heat baked the mass into a solid 
 substance. This substance is the 
 coal we burn. 
 
 V. Write the lesson, from the 
 following paragraph heads: — The 
 Dismal Swamp. How the coa' 
 has layers of sand and clay in it. 
 How the coal became hard. Why 
 it (1( es not Rame like wood. What 
 substances we can get from coal- 
 tar. What useful lesson we may 
 learn from a piece of coal. 
 
 LIX. YARROW UNVISITED. 
 
 185. Yarrow. — This is a small 
 river flowing north-east through 
 Selkirk County, Scotland. After 
 a course of twenty-five miles it 
 joins the Ettrick, a tributary of 
 the Tweed, near the town of Sel- 
 kirk. W'ordsworth wrote three 
 poems on this beautiful stream — 
 Yarro70 Unvi sited, in 1S03, after a 
 visit to Scotland in company with 
 his sister, Dorothy; Yarrujc Visited, 
 in 1814, and Yarrow Revisited, in 
 1831. 
 
 Stirling Castle. — Stirling, on 
 the Forth, is one of the most 
 
 ancient and historically important 
 towns in Scotland. Its castle is 
 of very great antiquity, and was 
 the scene of many stirring events 
 in Scottish history. The view 
 from the towers of Stirling Castle 
 is very extensive, and is unsur- 
 passed in beauty. 
 
 The mazy Forth.— The Forth 
 is a ve.y crooked stream, hence 
 the epithet "mazy," wh.ch here 
 means jcindiurr. Scott calls these 
 tvittdiugs "the links of Forth. ' — 
 Lady of the Lake, ii., 30. 
 
 Unravelled. — This word is sug- 
 
92 
 
 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH RKALKR. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 gested by " mazy." The poet com- 
 pares the meanderirif^, or winding, 
 river to a tangled thread. 
 
 Clovenford. — A villaf,'e near the 
 junction of the Kttrick and the 
 Tweed. 
 
 "Winsome Marrow" — agree- 
 able companion, or lovely sweet- 
 heart ; here applied to the poet's 
 sister. The words are quoted 
 from a ballad written by William 
 Hamilton (1704-1754), beginning : 
 
 "Busk ye, busk ye, my bonny, 
 
 bonny bride, 
 Busk ye, busk ye, my winsome 
 
 marrow." 
 
 Betide— happen. 
 
 Braes. — See note on "braes," 
 p. 98. The braes of the Yarrow 
 are very beautiful. 
 
 Folk — people. See Mason's 
 Grammar, par. 62. 
 
 Frae— from. 
 
 Buying^, selling. — Express by a 
 single word. 
 
 Herons — birds of the same 
 family as the stork. 
 
 Couch — lie close and concealed. 
 One of the distinctions between 
 the hare and the rabbit is brought 
 out in this line. The rabbit is 
 smaller than the hare, and has 
 shorter legs; therefore it is not so 
 well adapted to seek safety by 
 rapid and continuous running, but 
 it retreats to burrows, or holes in 
 the ground, which it excavates 
 with great rapidity. 
 
 Downward . . Tweed. — Fol- 
 low tne course of the Tweed down- 
 ward. 
 
 Gala Water. — The river Gala, 
 which rises in Edinburgh County, 
 and, flowing south, joins the Tweed 
 near Abbotsford, the home of Sir 
 Walter Scott. 
 
 Leader Haughs.-A river rising 
 in l^erwick County, and flowing 
 into the Tweed not far from Mel- 
 rose ; called also Leader Water. 
 The name hau^h {frii like ch in 
 luch) is also applied to low-lying. 
 
 flat ground, properly on the border 
 of a river, and such as is some- 
 times overflowed. 
 
 Both . . us. — In what direction 
 was the poet going ? 
 
 Dryboroug^h. — A'so written 
 Dryburgh. It is situated in the 
 County of Roxburgh, on the 
 Tweed, four miles south-east of 
 Melrose, and is noted for the 
 beautiful ruins of its abbey, in 
 which Sir Walter Scott was buried. 
 
 Chiming^ Tweed. — Explain 
 " chiming.' 
 
 Lintwhites — linnets. The linnet 
 is a favorite singing bird, very 
 common in Britain. In Scotland 
 it is also called Untie. 
 
 186. Teviotda'e. — Thevalleyof 
 the Teviot, a river flowing into 
 the Tweed at Kelso. This valley 
 is very beautiful. 
 
 A land . . harrow. — Explain. 
 Compare " To scatter plenty o'er 
 a smiling land," (rray's Elegy, p. 
 333. Blithe means glad, joyous. 
 
 Dark hills. ^The eastern spur 
 of the Lowther Hills. Note the 
 inversion in this line. 
 
 Wor der. — Here, admiration. 
 Distinguish from itsusual meaning. 
 
 True-love. — Who is meant ? 
 
 Holms — horns — low, flat tr"cts 
 of rich land by the side of a river. 
 
 Strath. — In Scotland, a valley 
 of considerable size, often having 
 a river running through it and 
 giving it its distinctive name, as 
 Strathearn. 
 
 Thorough— thtir'o — through ; 
 lengthened to complete the line 
 and to rhyme with Yarrow. 
 
 Beeves — plural of dee/. The 
 word beef was originally applied 
 to the living ox, bull, or cow. It 
 is now applied only to the flesh of 
 these animals, and in this sense 
 has no plural. 
 
 The sweets . . meadow. — 
 What is meant ? 
 
 Bum-mill. — Bum is a Scotch 
 word meaning brook or small 
 stream, as in Baniiuekhurn. 
 
YARROW UNVISITED — TO A SKYLARK. 
 
 93 
 
 Saint Mary's Lake. — An ex- 
 pansion of the Yarrow. This beau- 
 tiful little lake is surrounded by 
 grassy hills, which are bare of 
 trees and rise abruptly from the 
 margin of the lake. See the de- 
 scription of " lone Saint Mary's 
 silent lake," in Scott's Mnrmion — 
 Introduction to canto ii., 11. 148- 
 
 173- 
 
 Float . . shadow. ~ We have 
 hero a pretty picture of the pre- 
 vailing calmness of the water of 
 thelake. Compare Scott's descrip- 
 tion: 
 
 "Far in the mirror, bright and 
 
 blue, 
 Each hill's huge outline you may 
 ' view." 
 
 Rue— repent ; be sorry for. 
 
 ■We have . . it.— The poet has 
 an imaginary picture of the Yar- 
 row in his own mind, and he is 
 afraid that the real Yarrow, when I 
 seen, will not quite come up to his 
 expectations. 
 
 Undo — spoil, destroy. 
 
 187. Trejisured dreams. — Ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Another Yarrow. — The image 
 of the real Y'arrow will then take 
 the place of the poet's ideal pic- 
 ture of the Yarrow, which he 
 wishes to retain. 
 
 With freezing years. — This 
 phrase is grammatically connected 
 
 with "care," not with "should 
 coT.e." What comparison is here 
 made between cnrr and frost ? For 
 a parallel comparison, see Gray's 
 Elegy, 11. 51-2: 
 
 " Chill p'jnury repress'd their 
 
 noble rage. 
 And froze the genial current of 
 
 the soul." 
 
 Loath— /(»//' (th as in thin) — re- 
 luctant, unwilling. Spelled also 
 loth. 
 
 Melancholy — gloomy, low- 
 spirited. 
 
 Bonny — fair or pleasant to look 
 upon. 
 
 i'araphrase the last stanza. 
 
 Point out on the map all places 
 mentioned in the lesson, and trace 
 the courses of the rivers. 
 
 Alliteration is common through- 
 out the poem. I'oint out instances 
 of its use. 
 
 This poem should be read in a 
 brisk, lively manner. A playful 
 tone of contempt should mark the 
 passages in which the poet seems 
 to speak slightingly of the river 
 Yarrow. Read these passages with 
 the rising inflection. 
 
 "Sirange words . . Yarrow. 
 Read with a mingled feeling of 
 sorrow and surprise. Emphasize 
 "thus" and " Y'arrow." 
 
 LX. TO A SKYLARK. 
 
 iZv/. Ethereal minstrel — 
 heavenly singer. Compare "Mu- 
 sical cherub," p. 99. 
 
 Pilgrim . . sky. — Why is the 
 skylark so called ? 
 
 Dost thou . . abound? -Com- 
 pare "Blithesome and cumber- 
 less," p. 99. 
 
 While . . ground?— Compare 
 "Thy lay . . varth. p. 99. 
 
 Aspire— soar, fly aloft. 
 
 Thy nest . . Ftill. — Compare 
 " Then, when the gloaming comes, 
 . . be," p. 99. 
 
 Composed cjuiet. 
 
 To the last . . warbler I -Com- 
 pare the third stanza of Hogg's 
 Skylark, p. 99. 
 
 Love-prompted strain.- Com- 
 part; " Love gives . . birth, " p. 90. 
 
94 
 
 NOTES TO Till-: FOURTH READER. 
 
 
 'Twixt . . bond. — Wliat is 
 meant ? 
 
 Not the less — nevertheless. 
 Thoiif^h tlie lark is out of sIkIh, 
 " beyond the last point of vision, " 
 nevertheless its joyous song is 
 heard on the earth. Compare 
 " Thou art unseen, but yet I hear 
 thy shrill deli-ht," Shelley's Sky- 
 lark, stanza 4. 
 
 Bosom . . plain. — A similar 
 expression is "lap of earth " in 
 Gray's Eli^fry. 
 
 Yet might'st . . spring.— Yet 
 you mount so high that you might 
 seem to have lost all connection 
 with the earth, and not to recj^iire 
 those genial influences of spring 
 which prompt the songs of other 
 birds. 
 
 Her shady wood. — The nightin- 
 gale frequents thickets and hedges. 
 " It usually begins its song in the 
 evening, and sings, with brief in- 
 tervals, throughout the night." 
 
 A privacy . . thine. —Note the 
 force of "privacy" and the con- 
 trast between "glorious light" 
 and " shady wood." The poet in 
 this beautiful line represents the 
 lark as soaring so far above the 
 nightingale and all other singing 
 birds that it enjoys the '■ glorious 
 light " of the setting sun after the 
 shades of evening have begun to 
 fall upon the earth. 
 
 Whence . . divine — Conipare 
 
 ^hv\U\ s Sky Ink: 
 
 " That from heaven, or near it, 
 I'ourest thy full heart 
 In pmfusc strains of unpremedi- 
 tated art " 
 
 Flood of harmony. —Harmony, 
 agreeable sounds. Expand the 
 inetaplior. 
 
 Instinct ~ the natural impulse 
 or disposition by which animals 
 are guided in performing certain 
 actions; what they do by instinct 
 they are not taught to do. The 
 lark's song is uiiprcincd'ttatcd, or 
 not studied beforehand. It is the 
 gift of its Creator, and therefore 
 more divine than any song taught 
 by man. 
 
 Type . . roam. — In what re- 
 spect is the lark a type of the xvise ? 
 Perhaps Wordsworth is thinking 
 of his own quiet life among the 
 Cumberland lakes, where most of 
 his poems were composed. 
 
 True . . Home. —Compare "Or, 
 while the wings aspire . . ground?" 
 In what respect may Heaven and 
 Home be called "kindred points" ? 
 
 Compare this poem with Hogg's 
 Skylark, both as to language and 
 metre, and show how their differ- 
 ences in these respects affect the 
 manner of reading the two poems. 
 
 LXI. SHE WAS A PHANTOM OF DICLIGHT. 
 
 188. The subject of this poem 
 was Wordsworth's wife, Rlary 
 Hutchinson, whom he married in 
 1802. The poem was written in 
 1805. 
 
 Phantom of delight — a vision 
 of joy and gladness. Compare 
 the meaning of "phantom," p. 52. 
 
 Gleamed . . sight. — Note the 
 comparison to a gleam of sunshine. 
 Compare : 
 
 "And that smile, like sunshine, 
 
 dart 
 Into many a sunless heart, 
 I'or a smile of Ciod thou art." 
 
 — Lon;.^fero\v, Maidenhood, 
 
 Apparition — an appearance, a 
 fancied vision. See note on 
 " phantom " above. 
 
 Moment's ornament. — Perhaps 
 an allusion to beauty, which quick- 
 
SIIR WAS A IMIA TOM OF DI'.l.ir.HT. 
 
 95 
 
 
 ly fades awi'y. Sliakcspi.arc sjx aks 
 of "the (>rnamcnt of beauty," 
 Sonnet, LXX. 
 
 Her eyes . . fair. — Compare 
 Romeo and Juliet, act ii., yc. 2: 
 
 — ' her eye in heaven 
 Would through the airy region 
 
 stream so brif;ht, 
 That birds would sing, and think 
 
 it were not night." 
 
 Twilight's.— Twilight is. What 
 is the subject of Is ? According to 
 the strict grammatical sense the 
 verb should be %vas, but poets do 
 not always consider themselves 
 bound by grammatical rules. 
 
 May-time. — An allusion to the 
 "merry month of May," when 
 everything in nature is bright and 
 pleasant. 
 
 Explain the contrast between 
 the couplet. "But all . . dawn" 
 and the preceding couplet. 
 
 Haunt -startle— waylay.— Ex- 
 plain. These words are probably 
 suggested by '• phantom" and 
 "apparition " above. 
 
 I saw . . tool— A closer ac- 
 quaintance discovers her to be not 
 merely a " phantom of delight," 
 a spirit of beauty, but a true 
 woman, "with the heart and hopes 
 of a woman." 
 
 Virgin liberty — that freedom 
 which springs from a simple, un- 
 affected, girlish nature. 
 
 Countenance. — The counte- 
 nance, as distinguished from the 
 face, belongs only to intellectual 
 man; it is the "soul's apparent 
 seat," the place where the soul 
 reveals or shows itself. 
 
 Records — memorials of the past. 
 Her countenance revealed a life of 
 sweetness and purity. 
 
 Promises as sweet — indica- 
 tions that thissweetness and purity 
 of life would continue. 
 
 Hainan . food. This is ex- 
 plained in the next two lines, where 
 we have an enumeration of the 
 things which usually fall to the 
 lot of women. 
 
 Transient sorrows — sorrows 
 that (piickly pass away; petty 
 troubles. 
 
 Simple wiles - innocent tricks 
 or stratagems to gain love and 
 favor. 
 
 Serene — clear. 
 
 The very pulse — the very heart, 
 the inner nature. .\ still closer 
 acquaintance is here indicated, 
 which reveals a perfect woman, a 
 being in whom there are united 
 beauty of form and grace of move- 
 ment, purity of heart and loving 
 sympathy, "the firm reason, the 
 temperate will, endurance, fore- 
 sight, strength, and skill." 
 
 Breathing . . breath. — Express 
 by a clause, bringing out the full 
 meaning of " tlioughtful." 
 
 A traveller . . death.— ^^ife is 
 often compared to a journey, and 
 man to a traveller or a pilgrim. 
 See Longfellow's Translatwns 
 (Capias dc Manrique), and com- 
 pare the stanza beginning, " This 
 world is but the rugged road," and 
 the following stanza. 
 
 This poem presents a picture of 
 woman in a thiec ^o\C: aspect. 
 The first stanza treats of her ex- 
 ternal appearance, her relation to 
 the beautiful; her qualities of 
 heart and mind form the subject 
 of the second and third stanzas. 
 
 Read so as to express bright, 
 cheerful thoughts, especially in 
 the first stanza. As the reading 
 proceeds, the tone should become 
 deeper and the time slower, to 
 mark the greater elevation of 
 thought, especially in the last 
 stanza. 
 
 s I 
 
 
96 
 
 NOTKS TO TIIK ForKTU RKADKR. 
 
 Lxii. lumbi:ring. 
 
 FIRST READING. 
 
 ; 
 
 I.. 
 
 189. Canada's lot.— Give other 
 meanings of lut. 
 
 Staple industries — those in- 
 dustries upon which the country 
 chieHy depends for its income. 
 Name other leading Canadian in- 
 dustries besides agriculture and 
 lumbering. How does each of 
 these contribute to the wealth of 
 the country ? 
 
 Most of all others. — Notice 
 the faulty construction. Compare 
 Tom Broivn, page 2i, line 3. 
 
 Organic place. — Notice the 
 comparison of a country to a 
 living body. The lumber trade 
 is represented as necessary to the 
 development of the resources of 
 Canada just as each of the organs 
 of the body, the heart, the lungs, 
 etc., is necessary to the growth of 
 the body. 
 
 Development— growth and 
 progress. 
 
 Resources.— The resources of 
 a country are its natural products, 
 whether animal, vegetable, or 
 mineral. Name the chief re- 
 sources of Canada. 
 
 Evolution — a gradual unfolding. 
 The "evolution of literature and 
 art" is, according to the author, 
 the result of commercial pros- 
 perity, and to this prosperity the 
 lumber trade contributes. 
 
 Fron'tier.- Used here not to 
 denote any particular boundary 
 line, but rather the settled portions 
 of Canada along the boundary. 
 Civilization has advanced from 
 Quebec and the Maritime Pro- 
 vinces, westward, and thence 
 northward. 
 
 Depot — de'po — a place where 
 goods of various kinds, including 
 natural products, such as lumber, 
 wheat, etc., are collected or stored 
 
 for use or shipment. The term is 
 also applied to a railway station. 
 This word has become so thorough- 
 ly anglicized that it is in doubtful 
 taste to give it the French pro- 
 nunciation (dCi-po). 
 
 Hamlets. — A hamlet is a small 
 cluster of houses in the country, 
 a small village. The word ham 
 is Anglo-Saxon for villairc. Note 
 the force of the suffix let, and give 
 other words having suffixes of 
 similar force. 
 
 Unbroken front. — A forest 
 whose timber has not yet been 
 cleared off. 
 
 Civilization— refinement of 
 
 manners, and advancement in the 
 arts, sciences, etc. 
 
 Villages — towns — cities. — 
 
 What makes the distinction 
 between these in Canada? 
 
 Recession.— This word is aptly 
 used here. The lumber industry 
 must of necessity recede or go 
 back from the settled districts as 
 its source of supply becomes ex- 
 hausted. 
 
 Wake. — Properly, the track 
 left by a ship in the water. Show 
 how the meaning of the word as 
 used in the lesson is suggested by 
 its proper meaning. 
 Swart — dark-skinned. 
 Tinge. — Give synonyms, 
 Algonquins. — See note, p. 156, 
 Congregate — collect, assemble. 
 Rendezvous — rcn'dS-voo — a 
 place of meeting. 
 
 190. Graceful bearing. — Ex- 
 plain. The Indian, under the in- 
 fluence of civilization, loses this 
 graceful bearing. 
 
 Garrulous — talkative, chatter- 
 ing. 
 Appropriate— suitable. 
 
I.nMnRRING. 
 
 97 
 
 Quaint— odd, with the added 
 notion of old-fushwHcd. 
 
 Coquettishly— after the manner 
 of a cotjuette, that is, attracting 
 attention from vanity. See note 
 on coqiuttinfr, p. 31. 
 
 Highlanders — natives of the 
 Highlands or mountainous dis- 
 tricts in the north and west of 
 Scotland. 
 
 Old World. — Here, Europe. 
 The name is generally applied to 
 the continents of Europe, Asia, 
 and Africa. Why ? 
 
 Long ago . . allies.— For the 
 relations existing between France 
 and Scotland during the Tudor 
 and previous periods, see any good 
 History of England. 
 
 Foreman — an overseer, a man 
 set over men to superintend their 
 work. 
 
 Explorers. — Those who are 
 sent out to examine the forest in 
 order to find the best place to 
 build the shanty, and to plan the 
 operations of the lumbermen for 
 the winter. 
 
 Shanty. — Here, the temporary 
 dwelling of the lumbermen while 
 engaged in the woods. It is a 
 Gaelic, or Irish, word, meaning 
 old house. 
 
 Dovetailed. — Fastened together 
 by having the ends of a log cut 
 in the form of a dove's tail, and 
 then let irtocorresponding notches 
 in the ends of other logs. This is 
 a strong way of jointing, and is 
 much used by joiners and cabinet- 
 makers. 
 
 Quadrangular enclosure— a 
 place enclosed by four walls or 
 sides. 
 
 Pitch — slope. The roofs of the 
 shanties have very little slope. 
 
 Concave— convex. — The outer 
 side of each half tree is convex or 
 rounded, and the inner side co/i- 
 cave or hollo\v . To form the roof 
 "scoops" are laid side by side, 
 with their concave or hollow sides 
 up, and over these are laid other 
 
 scoops, with their concave sides 
 down, each upper scoop over- 
 lapping the adjoining edges of two 
 lower scoops. 
 
 Gable — the triangular pan of 
 the end of a building between the 
 eaves and the apex, or highest 
 point, of the roof. 
 
 Girders. — These are the " two 
 large timbers" mention»'il above. 
 The name pirdcr is commonly 
 applied to a main beam used for 
 supporting a floor, the roadway 
 of a bridge, and the like. 
 
 ** Caboose." — Properly, the 
 cook-room of a ship ; also called 
 galley. 
 
 iQi. Bunks — sleeping-places. A 
 hunk is a large wooden case serving 
 for a seat during the day and for a 
 bed at night. 
 
 Oblong. — Distinguish from 
 square. 
 
 Piles — large stakes or pieces of 
 timber driven into the earth to 
 support the foundation of a build- 
 ing, or the pier of a bridge ; or, as 
 here, to support timbers on which 
 a road rests. 
 
 Excavating — scooping or 
 digging out. 
 
 Artificial — produced by the art 
 of man. Give the opposite word. 
 
 Terrace. — Properly, a raised 
 bank or platform of earth. Give 
 other meanings of the word. 
 
 Incredible — that cannot be 
 believed. 
 
 Steep. — The steep hill-side. 
 
 Precipice — a perpendicular 
 descent of land or rocks ; here, 
 applied to the steep hillside below 
 the "terrace." 
 
 Trade-mark— a distinguishing 
 mark placed by a tradesman or 
 a manufacturer on his own goods. 
 
 All the architectural terms, as, 
 ' ' dovetailed , " " gable, " etc . , should 
 be illustrated by drawings on the 
 blackboard. 
 
 I. Give the meanings of the 
 homonyms of lot, general, art, 
 
98 
 
 Nori.S To Till'. FOUKIII RI'-ADKR. 
 
 
 '; 
 
 lead, wake, fall, slij;lit, well, 
 store, l(inj,', fret, rest, jujst ; and 
 distinguish between development 
 and cvulutiun ; prosperity and 
 siiiti'ss ; trade and counncrcc ; 
 value and cast ; obstruction, ob- 
 stacle, and (ii/Jiculty. 
 
 II. I-'orm nouns from the fol- 
 lowinf(adjectives: — simple, manly, 
 lonj^, honest, organic, safe, warm, 
 opposite, secure ; and adjectives 
 from the following nouns :- -nature, 
 art, wood, grace, night, care, earth, 
 value, and precipice. 
 
 III. Combine the following 
 sentenc<,'S into one or more 
 paragraphs: — Lumbering is one 
 of the chief sources of Canadian 
 wealth. There are vast tracts 
 of timber land in Canada. These 
 are in nortlK^rn Ontario and 
 Quebec. Some are in the thinly 
 settled districts of British Colum- 
 bia and of New l^runswick. They 
 furnish a wide field for the opera- 
 tions of the lumbermen. The 
 season's work begins in the fall. 
 
 Crowds of young men then hasten 
 to the woods. They take with 
 them saws, axes, teams, sleighs, 
 and provisions. Wood for fuel 
 and for building purposes is 
 plentiful. Soon a temporary 
 village springs up. It is built 
 close to the scene of the lumber- 
 ing operations. The sound of the 
 axes and the crash f)f the falling 
 trees are heard. The trees are 
 cut into saw logs. They are 
 drawn away on sleighs. They are 
 drawn to the top of a hill over- 
 looking a stream. Here they are 
 left until spring. They are then 
 rolled into the stream and floated 
 down the current to market. 
 
 IV. Write a synopsis of the 
 lesson from the following heads: 
 — The effect the trade has on the 
 de'elopment and settlement of 
 the country. Who the lumber- 
 men are. How they build their 
 houses, and what tin; latter are 
 like. The making of roads te 
 take the logs to the stream. 
 
 LXIII. THE ICXILE OF ERIN. 
 
 192. Exile — one who is banished 
 from his country by authority ; 
 also, one who leaves his ohu 
 country to reside in another. The 
 original of Campbell's "exile" was 
 one Anthony McCann, who bad 
 been concerned in the rebellion of 
 1798. Many Irish "patriots" were 
 obliged to leave Ireland for their 
 share in this rebellion. 
 
 Erin. — See note on "Erin," p. 
 
 135- 
 
 Robe. — How does the meaning 
 here differ from the ordinary 
 meaning ? Show how the poet in 
 these opening lines tries to arouse 
 our sympathy for the lonely and 
 destitute exile. 
 
 Twilight. — Express by another 
 word. See note on "gloaming," 
 p. 99- 
 
 Repairing^. — Repair, to go, to 
 betake one's self, as here, is derived 
 from a Latin word meaning to re- 
 turn to one's country. Repair, to 
 mend, to restore, is derived from 
 a Latin word meaning to get again, 
 to reeovcr. 
 
 Wind - beaten hill. — Explain. 
 Express "wind-beaten" by aclause. 
 
 Day-star— the morning star, the 
 star that ushers in the day. 
 
 His eyes' . . devotion. — Why 
 sad ? The exile's devotion to his 
 country is shown by his visiting 
 the beach in the early morning to 
 look out over the waters towards 
 "his own native isle." So the 
 J»>ws, when in exile, performed 
 their devotions with their faces 
 turned towards Jerusalem. See 
 I Kings viii, 48, and Daniel vi., 10. 
 
Tin-: F.XII.K Ol- F-.KIN'. 
 
 99 
 
 For it rose. - -This docs not refer 
 to thi; star ri^ini;, but int!ri.'ly to 
 the position of tht; st;ir as it ap- 
 pearccl to the rxilc. 
 
 In the fire. . emotion.— Express 
 by a clause. 
 
 Anthem — son^, What is the 
 ordinary meaning? 
 
 Erin - go -bragh.— Three Irish 
 words meaning Eriu, ur Inland, 
 forever. 
 
 The wild deer . . me. — Flow 
 impressively dcj these words depict 
 ♦ he utter destitution of the home- 
 less wanderer in a foreign land. 
 Compare the words of our Saviour 
 in Matthew viii., 20. 
 
 Covert — place of refuge, a hid- 
 ing-place. 
 
 Bowers. — Mere, perhaps, gar- 
 dens. Boii'er is properly an ari)or 
 in a garden. Formerly it meant 
 a chamber, and then, a lady's 
 apartment especially. The Scotch 
 word byre is only another form 
 and application of the same word. 
 
 Wild-woven flowers — wreaths 
 of wild flowers. With what wt)rd 
 is " wild " connected in meaning ? 
 
 Numbers. — See note on "mourn- 
 ful numbers," p. 119. 
 
 In dreams . . more. —What 
 could better express tlie exile's 
 lonely condition, and the deep 
 yearnmg of his heart for the scenes 
 and friends of his happy youth? 
 The poet, by recalling, one after 
 another, many objects of our 
 especial affection, and thus em- 
 phasizing the exile's privation, 
 appeals to our tenderest feelings 
 and awakens our profoundest sym- 
 pathy. 
 
 Sea-beaten shore.— Explain. 
 
 Far foreign land.— What land ? 
 
 Mansion of peace — peaceful 
 home. See note on " mansion," 
 p 81. 
 
 They died. — Several engage- 
 ments took place betwejen the royal 
 troops and the rebels during the 
 rebellion of 1798, the chief tight 
 
 In ing at Vuugar Hill, in the 
 County of Wexford. 
 
 i^.V Fast close. 
 
 Bosom - friend. What is the 
 meaning of " bosom " in this ex- 
 pression ? 
 
 Dote on — love to excess or ex- 
 travagaiict'. 
 
 Fast-fading treasure. -1 beauty 
 or pleasure; perhaps the beauty 
 of the " bosom-friend " mentioned 
 above. 
 
 Tears . . recall. —Paraphrase. 
 
 Rapture joy. pli;asure. 
 
 Its sad recollections. -" Its " 
 refers to "bosom" in next line. 
 1 1 is last thoughts will be for his 
 country, and not for himself. 
 
 Beaueaths he-kwflhs' (Ih as in 
 the) — leaves as his iast will, as his 
 "dyingwish. " Write out m prose 
 language the exile's "blessing." 
 
 Green . . ocean. — See note on 
 " I'^merald Isle," p. 135. 
 
 Harp-striking.— Explain. The 
 harp is ihe national musical in- 
 strument of Ireland. 
 
 Mavourneen. — A favorite Irish 
 term of endearment, meaning my 
 darling. 
 
 This poem was written in 1801, 
 at -Mtona, a city on the Elbe, ad- 
 joining Hamburg. It gave offense 
 to the I3ri#ish Government, and 
 its author was suspected of being 
 a spy; therefore, after Campbell's 
 return from (lermany, he was ar- 
 rested in Edinburgh and subjected 
 to an examination by the sh(;riff. 
 
 Compare this poem with The 
 Lavieut of tlie Irish Ein'i(rrant as to 
 language and sentiment. 
 
 What time, pitch, and force does 
 the reading of this poem require? 
 The reader must put himself, as 
 far as possible, i-a sympathy with 
 the exile, in order to give suitable 
 and sympathetic expression to 
 the tone of sadness that prevails 
 throughout the poem. 
 
loo 
 
 NOTKS K) Till', lOI'klll l<l'A|)|-.K. 
 
 Lxiv. VIC maki\i:ks of icnclaxd. 
 
 L* 
 
 
 193. Ye mariners. I'or tin; iist; 
 of " yo " sec Mason's (iraminar, 
 par. 133. 
 
 Mariners. -Used poetically for 
 sailors. What other name is used 
 for sailors in the po(!m ? 
 
 Native seas. — What seas are 
 tiiese ? 
 
 Whose flag . . breeze. —What 
 is the antecedent of "whose"? 
 These lines alone may be .said to 
 have immortalized the poet's 
 name. 
 
 Flag. — Many changes have 
 been made from time to time in 
 the flag of England. The present 
 national flag of Great Britain and 
 Ireland is called the Union Jack. 
 It is formed by the union of the 
 cross of St. Geo- t,'e (red on a white 
 ground), the diagonal cross or 
 saltire of St. Andrew (white on a 
 blue ground), and the diagonal 
 cross or saltire of St. Patrick (red 
 on a white ground), these three 
 crosses being the national banners 
 of England, Scotland, and Ireland 
 respectively. The two first crosses 
 were combined soon after the 
 accesF'.onof James I. to the throne 
 of England, and the cross of St. 
 Patrick was introduced when the 
 union of Great Britain and Ire- 
 land took p'ace, in 1801. The 
 different colors of the original 
 crosses, and the ground or field 
 of each, may be seen in a properly 
 made Union Jack. In regard to the 
 name Jack, some say it is named 
 after James I ., who signed his name 
 y acq lies (French for yames)', 
 others derive the word from jacquc, 
 the French word for the jacket 
 anciently worn by English 
 soldiers. 
 
 Braved — set at defiance. How 
 may a flag or a ship be said to 
 brave the battle and the breeze ? 
 Thousand years.— What is the 
 
 gr.iinmatical relation of "years"? 
 Thousand is us«'d for an indefinite 
 iiunibtT. What important event 
 took place in ICngland one thou- 
 sand years before this poem was 
 written ? 
 
 Standard— flag. Why (rlorions ? 
 Si-e note on " standards," p. HO. 
 
 Launch - send forth. What 
 similarity is there between the use 
 of this word here and in the ex- 
 pression to launch a ship ? 
 
 Another foe. — What foe is 
 meant ? 
 
 Sweep. — Note the apt use of 
 this word to indicate rapid and 
 victorious progress. In November, 
 1652, Van Troinp, a famous Dutch 
 admiral, defeated an English fleet 
 off the coast of Kent, and after- 
 wards sailed through the English 
 Channel with a broom at the 
 masthead of his ship, to signify 
 that he had swept the sea of the 
 English ships. 
 
 While the battle . . blow.— 
 This is the burden, or chorus, of 
 the song. These two lines are 
 nev ' synonymous, stormy tvinds 
 being used metaphorically for the 
 turmoil of battle. Choruses are a 
 common feature of sea songs, and 
 serve to arouse enthusiasm. 
 
 The spirits . . wave.— Observe 
 that in this poem the author seeks 
 to arouse the martial spirit of his 
 countrymen by reminding them 
 of the brave deeds done by their 
 ancestors. The spirits of the 
 fathers are represented as starting 
 from every wave to witness the 
 deeds of their sons, to see if they 
 are worthy sons of their brave 
 sires. In "every wave,"' there 
 may be an allusion to the fact that 
 the naval battles of England have 
 been fought in all parts of the 
 world. 
 194 For the deck . fame.— 
 
YE MAKINKKS ()!• KNGI.ANP. 
 
 lol 
 
 ■i 
 
 'l"ll(; cxprcssintl " (uld of fitur " 
 primarily applies to tin- haltUluld 
 where im;n ol'tt'ti fi^'l't for fame? or 
 nlory. It is also applir.l nu-ta- 
 phorically to any career or course 
 •n life that may lead to fame. 
 ICxpand tin; metaphor here, show- 
 in>< how the ii,i k may properly he 
 called a/ifldof/aiut'. 
 
 Ocean . . grave. — Compare 
 the two last stanzas of Luss of t/u- 
 li'rktnhead, p. 25. 
 
 Blake. — Hubert Blake (1598- 
 1657) was a brave and skilful 
 soldier and seaman of the time of 
 the Commonwealth. He was a 
 member of the famous LonR Tar- 
 liament, and distinf,Miished himself 
 on the Parliamentary side during 
 the civil war. In 1649 he was 
 made admiral, and he pursued 
 and finally destroyed the royal 
 fleet under Prince Rupert. Dur- 
 ing the Dutch war, which began 
 in 1652, he fought several engage- 
 ments with the Dutch admirals. 
 On oneoccasion, with only twenty- 
 three ships, he defeated a Dutch 
 fleet of forty-five sail under the 
 gallant Van Tromp. He after- 
 wards punished the pirates of the 
 Mediterranean, and released the 
 English captives held by them. 
 His last and greatest exploit was 
 the destruction of a Spanish fleet 
 in the strongly fortified harbor of 
 Santa Cruz, Tenerife. He died 
 shortly after, just as his ship was 
 entering Plymouth Sound. 
 
 Nelson. — Horatio Nelson (175S- 
 1805), "the greatest sailor since 
 the world began," entered the 
 royal navy in his thirteenth year. 
 He rapidly rose through the va- 
 rious grades of the service. For 
 his skill and bravery in the battle 
 off Cape St. Vincent, in 1/97, he 
 was knighted and made admiral. 
 He lost his right eye at the siege 
 of Calvi, Corsica, and his right 
 arm in an unsuccessful attach on 
 Santa Cruz, Tenerife. In 1798, 
 he fought the battle of the Nile, 
 
 in whi( h he destrtjyed a I'rench 
 lleet mu( h superior io his o^vn in 
 size and strength. For this victory 
 he was cre.itt d l^aron Nelson of 
 the Nile. His next gr<at exploit 
 was the battle of Copenhagen in 
 iSoi, in which he shattered the 
 naval powt-r of Denmark, ar:l 
 broke up the league formed by 
 Russia, Sweden, and Denmark 
 against Fngland. For this victory 
 he was promoted to the rank of 
 Viscount. In 1805 was fought his 
 last and great. 'st battle— the battle 
 of Trafalgar — in which he gained 
 a brilliant victory over the com- 
 bined fleets of France and Spain. 
 In the heat of the action he was 
 wounded by a musket ball, and 
 died in about three hours. 
 
 When the[)oem was first printed, 
 Nelson being then living, this line 
 read, " Where Blake, the boast of 
 freedcjm, fell." 
 
 Glow — be animated by enthu- 
 siasm. Compare the meaning of 
 "glow," p. 81. Give other mean- 
 ings of this word. 
 
 Britannia. — The Roman name 
 for iiritain, now used poetically. 
 Give poetic names for other coun- 
 tries. 
 
 Bulwark. — This word is here 
 used in the sense of land-defences, 
 fortifications. The royal navy of 
 Fngland has been called her 
 "^oiitiu^ bithi'iirk. 
 
 Towers. — This may mean the 
 same as hiihcark, or, if buhvark be 
 taken to mean a continuous line of 
 defence, tujvers may be applied 
 to single forts or castles, or to the 
 stronger and more elevated parts 
 of a line of defence. 
 
 Steep. — Used poetically for 
 coast. The coast of England is 
 in general quite abrupt or steep. 
 
 Her march . . deep.— In w hat 
 
 respect is this true? England is 
 called " The mistress of the seas." 
 Compare " Rule, Britannia, rule 
 the waves!" from the chorus of 
 
 i ¥ 
 
 if 
 
I02 
 
 NOTKS TO THK TOURTII READER. 
 
 1^ 
 
 s 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 r 
 
 the popular national song, Rulr, 
 Britiinniti ! 
 
 With thunders . . oak. — Com- 
 pare the seventh stanza of lion- 
 dicca, p. 3G. Are British war- 
 ships now made of oak ? For the 
 use of "her," see Mason's Grmn- 
 mar, art. 42. 
 
 She quells . . shore. — She is 
 supreme in naval warfare ; she 
 contjuers every foe that threatens 
 to invade her shores. The invasion 
 of Britain was a long-cherished 
 scheme of Napoleon Bonr parte. 
 See Thompson's History of Enc- 
 land, chap, xli., sec. 8. Refer to 
 other threatened invasions of 
 Britain. " Floods " is used meta- 
 phorically for the enemies of 
 Britain. Is the metaphor cor- 
 rect ? Can it be said of thunder 
 that it "quells the floods," makes 
 the waters calm ? 
 
 BeloTV. — Does bclo7v give any 
 additional meaning to the line ? 
 
 The meteor . . burn.— Meteors, 
 also called shooting stars, are lu- 
 minous bodies which fall towards 
 the earth, or shoot across the sky. 
 They were a source of terror to 
 superstitious people, who regarded 
 them as a sign of approaching 
 disaster; hence the epithet "me- 
 teor" applied to the flag of Eng- 
 land, because that flag strikes 
 terror into the hearts of the 
 enemies of England. This epithet 
 might be suggested also by the 
 predominant color of the flag — red . 
 Compare Milton's description of 
 Satan's standai \ — "The imperial 
 ensign, which, full high advanced, 
 shone like a meteor, streaming to 
 the wind." — Paradise Lost, book i. 
 Perhaps, too, there is an allusion 
 to the rapid and uncertain move- 
 ments of a British fleet when in 
 search of its enemies, of which 
 good examples may be found in 
 the lives of Blake and Nelson. 
 
 Terrific. — Express by a clause 
 or a phrase, showing the full 
 meaning of the word. What is 
 
 the force of "yet" and "shall" 
 •'n this line ? What different mean- 
 ing would 7uill convey ? 
 
 Danger's . • night. — War is 
 here compared to night. This is 
 a continuation of the metaphor 
 implied in "meteor." Meteoric 
 appearances often cause trouble 
 and anxiety. Scott makes a similar 
 comparison in Lady of the Lake, 
 canto v., stanza i. 
 
 Star of peace. — How is the star 
 an emblem of peace ? See Matt, 
 ii., 8 10, and compare Luke ii., 
 
 13. 14- 
 
 Our song- . . name. — Explain 
 what is meant. 
 
 Fiery fight.— Why /rry- ? 
 
 Point out expressions in which 
 the sound of the words has a re- 
 semblance to their meaning. 
 
 Ye Mariners of England was 
 written at a time when the state of 
 affairs both at home and abroad 
 looked very dark for England. 
 The long wars with France had 
 caused great distress, and there 
 was conse(iuently much discontent. 
 The coalition of England, Russia, 
 and Austria against France had 
 been brought to an end by the 
 withdrawal o^ Russia, and by the 
 treaty of I, uneville between France 
 and Austria, in 1801. England was 
 thus left alone at war with France. 
 A league of the northern powers — 
 Russia, Denmark, and Sweden — 
 had been formed against England 
 to dispute her naval supremacy, 
 but this Northern League was 
 broken up by Nelson's destruction 
 of the Danish fleet at Copenhagen, 
 in March, 1801. It was the pros- 
 pect of war with these northern 
 powers that called forth this 
 spirited poem. 
 
 The thoughts of this poem are 
 bold and vigorous, and should be 
 expressed with much animation, 
 and in a full, orotund tone. 
 
 St. I. Emphasize "another." 
 
YE MARINERS OF ENGLAND — LUMBERING. 
 
 103 
 
 Group "sweep . . deep," and read 
 in quicker time. I'rokMif,' the 
 sounds of " loud " and " loii^'." 
 
 2 Emphasize " fathers " and 
 "their." Pause after "deck," 
 •' Ocean," and " Nelson " 
 
 3. Emphasize " Britannia," 
 
 "bulwark," "towers," and "steep." 
 Rising inflection on "bulwark" 
 and "steep." Pause after "march" 
 and " home." 
 
 4. Emphasize "terrific burn." 
 Pause after "peace." Slif,'htly 
 emphasize the second " then." 
 
 LXV. LUMBERING. 
 
 SECOND KKADING. 
 
 195. Transported — carried or 
 conveyed from place to place. 
 
 Attainable — that can be 
 reached. 
 
 Despatch— spelled also dispatch 
 — sending off. Give other mean- 
 ings. 
 
 Provender — dry food for beasts, 
 as hay, straw, corn, etc. 
 
 Trains. — Ciive different mean- 
 ings of this word. 
 
 Operators. —Here, men engaged 
 in lumbering operations. 
 
 Arable lands— lands that can 
 be cultivated by means of the 
 plough, as distinguished from 
 pasture land, wood land, etc. 
 
 "Limits." — Timbtr-lititits are 
 tracts of forest lands, owned by 
 lumbermen, or leased by them 
 from the Government. " In 
 theory these limits are ten miles 
 square, but owing to the peculiar 
 conformation of the ground in 
 some places, they range from ten 
 to a hundred square miles." 
 
 Nucleus — nuklc-us. — Properly, 
 the central or starting point. 
 Plural, nuclei. 
 
 Pioneer— a first settler. Pro- 
 perly one that goes before, to re- 
 move obstructions or prepare the 
 way for another, as the pioncir 
 corps of an army. 
 
 196. Teamsters.— For the force 
 of the suffix stcr see Mason's Gram- 
 mar, art. 45 p. 25. Give other 
 words having suffixes of the same 
 or similar force. 
 
 Phase— turn, aspect. 
 
 Roll- ways.— See p. 191, for ex- 
 planation. 
 
 Facilitate— make easy. 
 
 Declivity— a steep slope. 
 
 Extrication — disentanglement, 
 setting free. 
 
 Avalanche. — In Geography, a 
 vast body of snow or ice slitling 
 down a mountain. Compare its 
 use here. 
 
 Exploit — a heroic act. 
 
 *' Drive"— a name given to the 
 mass of loose logs, while floating 
 or being driven down stream. 
 
 Scow— a kind of large flat- 
 bottomed boat. 
 
 The greatest danger . . rapid. 
 — Improve the construction of 
 this sentence. 
 
 Precision— exactness, accuracy. 
 
 197- Ascertain— find out. 
 
 Liberated - freed. 
 
 Dexterity -skill, activity. 
 
 Pike-poles. — A pike-pole is a 
 long, smooth pole, in the large 
 end of which is fi.xed an iron 
 spike. 
 
 Square timber — timber made 
 square by hewing. 
 
 Cataracts -waterfalls. 
 
 Resort is . . contrivances. — 
 Express otherwise. 
 
 Pent-up -penned, or shut up. 
 
 Regulation width. -The slides 
 on the most important rivers are 
 built by Government, and to pre- 
 vent the slides from being injured 
 by the cribs in their descent, the 
 
 ,,(; 
 
I04 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOUKTH READER. 
 
 
 width of the cribs is fixed by a 
 Government regulation. 
 
 Sweep. — This name is given to 
 the long oars because of the long 
 iweep or range made by them in 
 rowmg. 
 
 Touiists — persons who make a 
 journey for pleasure. 
 
 Calumet. — The name of an 
 island, and of a rapid or waterfall 
 in the upper Ottawa. 
 
 198. Surges — rises with a wave- 
 hke motion. 
 
 The reflow . . feet. — Para- 
 phrase so as to bring out the 
 meaning of rcjlow, torrent, and 
 spurt. 
 
 We have . . through.— Ex- 
 press otherwise. 
 
 Rapture — exireme joy or 
 pleasure. 
 
 Dr. Johnson. — Dr. Samuel 
 Johnson (1709-1784) was one of 
 the most distinguished literary 
 men of the last century. He was 
 the author of numerous works, 
 and was considered a great 
 authority on all literary questions. 
 He was the compiler of the first 
 good dictionary of the English 
 language. Another of his impor- 
 tant works is The Lives of the Poets, 
 a critical estimate of the chief 
 Englisli poets. 
 
 Post-chaise— a heavj' four- 
 wheeled carriage for conveying 
 passengers from one place to 
 another. It was much used in 
 England before the time of rail- 
 roads. 
 
 Destination — the place to which 
 a person is journeying, or to which 
 anything is sent. 
 
 Propelled— urged or driven for- 
 ward by force. 
 
 Pilots— men whose duty it is to 
 steer ships into and out of harbors, 
 or along dangerous coasts. 
 
 Efficiency— abil i ty . 
 
 Coves. — Properly, small inlets 
 or bays in the shore, in which boats 
 may find shelt r. The timber 
 coves at Queb ■ are formed by 
 
 extending piers into the river and 
 connectmg these piers by booms, 
 or long, stout pieces of timber, 
 usually three abreast, and fastened 
 together end to end. The coves 
 mentioned in the lesson are the 
 spaces enclosed by these piers and 
 booms. An "illustrrtion of these 
 coves may be seen in Picturesqus 
 Canada, p'.rt 10. 
 
 Accumulated— collected, gather- 
 ed together. 
 
 Ocean going ships — Express 
 " ocean -goi.'-' g " by a clause so as 
 to show the full meaning. For 
 what ports would these lumber- 
 laden ships be likely to sail ? 
 
 I. Distinguish between expen- 
 sive and costly; manufactures and 
 industries; inclined and 6t'«<; im- 
 mediate and instant; efficiency 
 and ability ; accumulated and col- 
 lected; load, cargo, and freight. 
 
 H. Analyze the following words, 
 showing ihe force of the prefixes 
 and suffixes : — transport, teamster, 
 dangerous, arrested, disengage, 
 ascertain, remarkable width, em- 
 bark, skilful. 
 
 ni. Contract the following com- 
 pound and complex sentences into 
 simple ones : — When shanty and 
 stables have been built, the next 
 work is to construct the landing. 
 As the lumber shanties are gener- 
 ally remote from settled districts, 
 their supplies have to be trans- 
 ported long distances. When the 
 sunshine meltcj the snow in March, 
 the teamsters return in long trains. 
 At the upper end are gates which 
 admit or shut off the pent-up water. 
 
 IV. Supply the ellipsis in each 
 of the following sentences: — These 
 sleighs travel in trains, and, when 
 possible, on the ice The river- 
 drivers are usually accompanied, 
 as far as possible, by a scow. 
 These timber islands float down 
 the St. Lawrence, sound as when 
 lirst banded together. 
 
BEFORE SEDAN. 
 
 105 
 
 LXVI. BEFORE SEDAN. 
 
 199. Sedan. — Sedan is a town 
 and fortress in the north-east of 
 France. It came into prominence 
 during the war between France 
 and Prussia, which began July 
 19th, 1870. Prussia was victorious 
 in the struggle, and within seven 
 weeks from the declaration of war, 
 Napoleon III. surrendered at Se- 
 dan, with an army of about 90,000 
 men. Peace was made February 
 26th, 1871, France being obliged 
 to cede Alsace and part of Lor- 
 raine, and to pay a large war in- 
 demnity to Prussia. 
 
 Leafy place. — Why leafy ? Per- 
 haps the soldier had crawled there 
 to die. 
 
 'Tis but . . said. — In these lines 
 is shown the indifference to suffer- 
 ing and death, which war causes. 
 
 Kings . . slaves. — Observe the 
 sudden change of thought. Give 
 in ordinary language the sentiment 
 of this and the two following lines. 
 
 So this man's. — Show the force 
 of "so." 
 
 Throw . . him. — With what 
 line is this connected in sense ? 
 
 Paper . . died. — How is the 
 father's love shown in these lines? 
 
 Ere — before. Give homonyms. 
 
 May be. — What is the subject 
 of th;.' verb ? 
 
 Hardly . . smiled. — Trace the 
 connection between this sentiment 
 and those preceding and following. 
 
 Tremulous — trSm'u-lus— quaver- 
 ing and slowly spoken. Discuss 
 the fitness of the epithet " tremu- 
 lous " as applied ;o words not 
 spoken but written. 
 
 Stops. — That is, punctuation 
 marks. Notice how effective an 
 addition this idea is to the general 
 sadness of the picture. 
 
 Prattle . . drops. — Paraphrase 
 so as to bring out the meaning of 
 " prattle " and " ruddy drops." 
 
 Look. She . . all. — The author 
 writes as if reading to an imagi- 
 nary listener the letter from the 
 dead man's little daughter. Write 
 the letter as if from Marguerite to 
 her father. 
 
 200. Bright— cheerful. 
 
 "Marguerite." — Why put in 
 inverted commas? 
 
 Ah, if . . slain.— What pain is 
 meant? In what sense are " bled " 
 and "slept " used in these lines? 
 
 Grief died. — How can grief be 
 said to die ? 
 
 The moral of the poem is beau- 
 tifully expressed in the last stanza. 
 Re-write it in shorter form. 
 
 The tender, pathetic sentiments 
 of this poem require pure tone and 
 soft or gentle force. 
 
 St. I. "'Tis but . . dead." Tone 
 of indifference. Pause after " say." 
 
 3. Read the question in faster 
 time, and read the remainder of 
 the stanza as if answering the 
 question. Pause after 'tight." 
 
 4. Connect "tremulous" and 
 " words," and pause slightly after 
 " words." 
 
 6. Emphasize "grief" and 
 "death," and read the whole 
 stanza in a tone of regretful longing. 
 
io6 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 LXVII. AMONG THE THOUSAND ISLANL^S. 
 
 200. Never a ripple. —Stronger 
 than not a ripple. 
 
 Like a mirror. —Why is the river 
 compared to a mirror ? 
 
 Only the shadows . . June.— 
 Compare Scott's description of 
 Loch Katrine, especially the lines, 
 " The mountain shadows . . rest." 
 — Lady of the Lake, canto iii., 
 stanza 2. 
 
 'Neath. — For beneath. Give 
 other words shortened in the 
 same way. Compare the use of 
 beneath here, with its use in the 
 second line. 
 
 Balmy breath.— Point out the 
 fitness of th(! epithet. 
 
 Shadowy island. -In the dim 
 moonlight, the islands seem like 
 mere shadows. 
 
 Silhouette — sll'00-St. — A name 
 given to the representation, on 
 a white ground, of the outlines 
 of an object filled in with a black 
 color. Silhouettes were often 
 made by drawing the outline 
 on a sheet of wliite paper, 
 cutting out the figure thus out- 
 lined, and then placing the re- 
 maining paper on a black ground. 
 See in Webster's Dictionary, 
 Disraeli's explanation of the origin 
 of the term. 
 
 The silver ground— the surface 
 of the river, glittering in the moon- 
 light. See note on "golden — 
 silvery," p. 41. Notice how 
 much of the beauty and charm of 
 the picture is due to the magical 
 effects ( f the moonlight. 
 
 A rocky highland — a precipice. 
 
 Towers. — Explain. 
 
 Grim and dusk. —Express other- 
 wise. 
 
 Plashing. — What peculiarity in 
 tin; sound of this word ? 
 
 Living diamonds. — Point out 
 the resemblance here expressed. 
 Note the inverted constructions in 
 this stanza. 
 
 Night-hawk. — The night-hawk 
 is a common bird in some parts of 
 Canada, and is seen flitting or 
 darting about in the early part of 
 the evening in pursuit of its prey, 
 which consists of beetles and other 
 large insects. 
 
 Loon. — Called also the Great 
 Northern Diver, a large swimming 
 and diving bird, allied to the 
 grebe, but having toes fully 
 webbed. It is sometimes seen 
 and captured in the rivers and 
 lakes of Ontario. Its cry is very 
 peculinr and wild, and has been 
 likened to the howl of a wolf. 
 
 Luscious — liish'tis — sweet, deli- 
 cious, especially to the <^aste. How 
 is it used here ? Paraphrase the 
 line. 
 
 Wafts— blows gently. 
 
 Tide of balm. — Compare 
 " balmy breath " above. 
 
 The chief beauty of this poem 
 consists in the frequent use of 
 alliteration and of imitative har- 
 mony ; the words and expres- 
 sions in which these occur should 
 receive prominence in the reading 
 by having more stress than usual 
 placed upon them. In reading 
 the passages in which imitative 
 harmony occurs, the words should 
 be uttered in such a manner that 
 the sound resembles the meaning. 
 
THK HEROIN i: OF VERCIIKRES. 
 
 107 
 
 LXVIII. THE HEROINE OF VERCHERES. 
 
 201. Incidents. — An incident is 
 something that takes place occa- 
 sionally, or aside from the regular 
 course. Distinguish from accident 
 and event. What is meant by an 
 incident being preserved ? 
 
 Frontenac's . . administration. 
 — Administration, management of 
 public affairs. Frontcnac became 
 Governor of Canada for the first 
 time in 1672. He was an able 
 and energetic man, but was very 
 haughty and domineering. He 
 quarrelled with his council and 
 the clergy, and was consequently 
 recalled in 1682. His second ad- 
 ministration began in i68g, at a 
 time when the colony was in great 
 straits on account of the ravages 
 of the Indians; a war, too, had just 
 begun between France and Eng- 
 land. He successfully resisted 
 two exf)editions against Canada, 
 and made several raids into the 
 English colonies. He died at 
 Quebec in 1698. 
 
 None . . record. — Express 
 differently. What would be the 
 difference in meaning if is were 
 substituted for are? Distinguish 
 record from re-cord'. 
 
 Vercheres — vcr-sharJ — the 
 name of a county and its county 
 town in the Province of Quebec. 
 Point out on the map. 
 
 Seig^nior — sen'yer. — The 
 seignior was a vassal or tenant of 
 the French king, who granted 
 him a large tract of land as a 
 favor, or as a reward for some 
 service. The seignior thus be- 
 came the proprietor of.the land at 
 the will of the king, and he let 
 this land in small portions to the 
 habitants, or settlers. The feudal 
 system of holding land in Canada 
 was changed by the Seigniorial 
 Tenure Act, in 1854. See Primer 
 of Canadian History, chap, xiv.. 
 
 sec. 2 ; also, chap, iv., sec. 9, and 
 chap, vii., sees. C-8. 
 
 Recital — narration, story. 
 Show what part«j of the lesson are 
 in the heroine's own words. By 
 using direct narration the author 
 brings the scene more vividly be- 
 fore us. 
 
 Block-house— a strongly built 
 house used as a fortress. It is so 
 named because constructed chiefly 
 of hewn timber. Block-houses 
 were pierced with loopholes for 
 muskets. They were much used 
 in border warfare. 
 
 The inhabitants . . fields. — 
 At \>'hat work, probably ? 
 
 On duty . . Quebec. — The 
 expression "on duty" usually 
 refers to some sort of military ser- 
 vice. Most of the seigniors were 
 military officers. Quebec was 
 then, as now, the seat of Govern- 
 ment, It had at that time a 
 population of about 7,000. 
 
 Montreal. — The population of 
 Montreal was then about 3,000. 
 This was fifty years after the 
 founding of the city. See note on 
 " Maisonneuve," p. 155. 
 
 Madeleine — md-dS-ldn. 
 
 Landing-place — a place for 
 the landing of persons or goods 
 from a vessel. Distinguish from 
 zchnrf. 
 
 At . . pistol-shot. — How far 
 off would this be ? 
 
 About my ears. — Why about 
 her ears ? 
 
 Made the time . . long.— Ex- 
 plain how this could be. 
 
 202. Inspect — examine. Sup- 
 ply any omitted word in this 
 sentence. 
 
 Breaches. — What other expres- 
 sion is used for this word in the 
 paragraph ? 
 
 The two soldiers.— Why the? 
 Write out a comparison between 
 
!!■ 
 
 io8 
 
 Nori.S TO TIIK FOURTH KHADKR. 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 - 
 
 the conduct of the soldiers and 
 that of the y(junj,' f,'irl. 
 
 Resolutely -firmly, boldly. 
 
 Putting on a hat. —Why did 
 Madeleine exchange her bonnet 
 for a hat ? 
 
 Let us . . death. — Express 
 otherwise, and give the meaning. 
 
 We are fighting . . religion. — 
 Show that this was true. See 
 note on "prayed . . tongues," p. 
 156. 
 
 Gentlemen . . King.— What is 
 meant ? Where else in the para- 
 graph is a similar idea expressed ? 
 
 Whom . . courage. —Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 Her words. — What were these ? 
 
 Reluctance — unwillingness. 
 Give the meaning of the whole 
 sentence in other words. 
 
 Chasing. — Distinguish from 
 "driving" and "following." 
 
 To deter . . assault .—I\ara- 
 phrar.e, bringing out the mcc ning 
 of "deter" and of "assault." 
 Distinguish deter from hinder, and 
 assault from attack. 
 
 203. She appealed . . soldiers. 
 — Why was an appeal necessary ? 
 
 Finding . . attempt. — Express 
 in other words. 
 
 They put . . on.-What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Lurking. — This is a habit 
 peculiar to the Indian. Distin- 
 guish from "hiding." Compare 
 its use in The Prairies, p. 153. 
 
 Under cover . . darkness.— 
 Express by a clause. 
 
 That is to say. — Give other 
 words or expressions having the 
 same meaning. 
 
 Snares.— Show how the ordi- 
 nary meaning of this word would 
 suggest its meaning here. 
 
 Surrender— to give up or yield 
 to an enemy. What meaning has 
 this word in common language ? 
 Compare its use on page 204. 
 
 Bastions — bast' yon (Stor- 
 month's Dictionary); bas'ti-on 
 {Imperial Dictionary). — A bastion 
 
 is properly a huge mass of earth 
 faced with sods, brick, or stone, 
 standing out from a fortified place 
 to protect its walls, and to com- 
 mand the ground before the fort. 
 The use of the bastion is to bring 
 every point, both in front and 
 along the walls, under the guns 
 of the fort. For an illustration 
 of the bastion, see Webster's 
 Dictiono")'. The bastions of the 
 lesson, however, were merely 
 towers projecting at the corners 
 of the rude fort, to enable the 
 defenders to see the whole out- 
 side of the walls. Why did 
 Madeleine not place the two sol- 
 diers on the bastions ? 
 
 The Iroquois . . deceived. — 
 Explain how the Iroquois were 
 deceived. 
 
 Kept . . bastion. — Put another 
 word for kept here and in the next 
 sentence. 
 
 204. Speedy succor. — Give the 
 meaning in other words. 
 
 Lieutenant — l?f-tSn'ant — a com- 
 missioned officer next in rank to a 
 captain. 
 
 Sentinel — a soldier on guard, a 
 sentry. 
 
 Placed a sentinel there. — Why ? 
 
 Saluted. — The military salute is 
 the mark of respect shown by a 
 soldier to an officer, or by an 
 officer to his superior in rank, by 
 raising the hand to the cap. 
 
 Gallantly. — Show the meaning 
 of this word from the answer it- 
 self. The corresponding adjective 
 would he gallant'; distinguish from 
 gnl'lant. 
 
 A sentinel . . bastion.— Who 
 were the sentinels on the bastions ? 
 
 For "Iroquois," "palisades," 
 "ammunition," "loop-holes," 
 "garrison," "canoe," see notes 
 on The Heroes of the Long Sault. 
 
 Compare these two lessons, and 
 account for the greater simplicity 
 of the language used in The Heroine 
 of Vcrch^res. 
 
 Why does Madeleine deserve to 
 
 
 a 
 
 ir 
 
 el 
 
 d; 
 
 i\ 
 
 in 
 
 re 
 
 re 
 
 ex 
 
 6l 
 
 vi< 
 
 ag 
 no 
 th« 
 poi 
 
THK HKROINK OF VI- RCHKKKS THK ((lANGKI.ING. 
 
 log 
 
 be called a heroine ? Compare ht:r 
 claim to this name with that of 
 Daulac and his companions to be 
 called heroes. 
 
 Refer to passages that show 
 Madeleine's presence of mind, 
 forethought, courage, firmness, 
 heroism, and piety. 
 
 I. Analyze the following words, 
 giving, when possible, the mean- 
 ings of the prefixes, suffixes, and 
 Latin roots: — preserve, defend, 
 recital, inspired, assault, encour- 
 age, saluted, miserable, connected ; 
 and point out the compound words 
 in the lesson, showing why a 
 hyphen is in some, and not in 
 others. 
 
 II. Write out the following sen- 
 tences, expanding the italicized 
 phrases into propositions : — I went 
 to inspect the fort. Findinir their 
 cotirafre not equal to the attempt, she 
 herself went to the landing-place. 
 After stittset a violent north-east 
 wind began to blow, accompanied 
 with snow and hail. We were a 
 week in constant alarm, with the 
 enemy always about us. At the 
 gate I found two women weeping 
 
 for their husbands who had been 
 "kilknl. 
 
 III. Write out the first para- 
 graphs on pa;,'es 202 and 203 in 
 indirect narration. 
 
 IV. Expand the following into 
 a paragraph: — The seignit^r of 
 Vercheres had gone to Quebec. 
 There were left on his estate his 
 three children, some servants, and 
 some settlers. Unexpectedly the 
 Indians made an attack upon the 
 estate. They came near to the 
 fort. All who could do so took 
 refuge in the fort. There were 
 but two soldiers, an old man of 
 eighty, and some women and chil- 
 dren. One of the soldiers lighted 
 a match to blow up the fort. He 
 did not wish any of the people to 
 fall into the hands of the Indians. 
 Madeleine, the seignior's daughter, 
 forbade this. She took command 
 of the fort. They made a great 
 show of defence. They deceived 
 the Indians. For a week they 
 were i'.i constant dread of attack. 
 Then relief came. The Indians 
 fled. 
 
 V. Give the substance of this 
 lesson in your own words, using 
 indirect narration throughout. 
 
 LXIX. THE CHANGELING. 
 
 ng 
 
 lit- 
 
 ive 
 
 )m 
 
 tho 
 
 IS? 
 
 Is, 
 Is, 
 
 Ites 
 
 It. 
 nd 
 ity 
 
 \ine 
 
 to 
 
 205. And she . . knee.--\n 
 
 allusion to the gentle, softening 
 influence which the preseuce of 
 children in a home generally pro- 
 duces. It is a common doctrine 
 that in religious life affliction is an 
 important, if not a universal, cor- 
 rective, and in support of this view 
 reference is often made to David's 
 experience (Psalm cxix., C7). This 
 does not accord with the poet's 
 view, which is, at any rate, more 
 agreeable to human nature, and 
 not contrary to divine law. Note 
 the childlike attitude which the 
 poet here assumes. 
 
 The force of nature— the power 
 of love, natural affection. 
 
 Dim wise — slight degree. 
 
 Divine — estimate. See note on 
 "divine," p. 178. 
 
 His infinite patience. — " His 
 great love wherewith He loved us." 
 Compare 2 Peter iii., 9. 
 
 Wayward soul. — Explain. 
 Show how the same thought is ex- 
 pressed elsewhere in the stanza. 
 
 I know . . her. — Express differ- 
 ently. 
 
 Wholly fair — altogether fair, 
 perfect in her loveliness. 
 
 And the light . . hair. — This is 
 
IIQ 
 
 NOTKS TO IMI-, K)UkNl KI.ADKK. 
 
 
 a beautiful thought, btaulifull) ttx- 
 pressed. Comparu Wordsworth s 
 sentiment, " Heaven lies about us 
 in our infancy." — Intimations of 
 Immortality, st. 5. Compare also 
 the sentiment in the third sentence 
 of the Death of Li i tie Nell, p. 100. 
 
 As many changes took — as- 
 sumed as many shades. 
 
 Sun-gilt ripples. — What is 
 meant by snn-^ilt ? Explain in 
 what way ripples might cast shad- 
 ows. Note the beauty of the com- 
 parison made in these beautiful 
 lines, and see if the three points 
 of the comparison are clearly 
 brought out. 
 
 Yellow bed.— What would 
 cause the btd to be yellotc ? 
 
 How it . . over.— A beautiful 
 description of a child's smile full 
 of innocence and glee. 
 
 Hands smiled. — Explain. Note 
 " dimpled " above. 
 
 Very heart.— What is the force 
 of very ? 
 
 Sending sun — sending joy and 
 strength. Explain the three last 
 lines. 
 
 206. And it . . day. — What 
 made the time seem so short ? 
 Contrast Madeleine's experience, 
 p. 201, " made the time seem so 
 long." 
 
 A troop . . away. — Compare 
 Longfellow's poem, The Reaper 
 and the Flowers : 
 
 •' 'Twas an angel visited the green 
 
 earth, 
 And took the flowers away." 
 
 Zingari — zing'frar-e. Zingari or 
 Zingani is the Italian name for 
 gipsies. This name, with slight 
 variations, is applied to the gip- 
 sies in many countries of Europe. 
 It is probably a corruption from 
 their own name Sinte or Sind, and 
 this is from Sindhti, the Sanskrit 
 word for a river, but particularly 
 applied to the river Indus, which 
 gave India its name. In their own 
 tongue they are also called Rom, 
 and their language, Romany. The 
 
 gipsif's are now generally believed 
 to be the descendants of some 
 obscure tribe of Northern India. 
 Ifow is tho name Zingari applied 
 here ? 
 
 The hampering strings.— As if 
 the body were the cage or prison- 
 house of the soul. I'oint out the 
 applicatitm of the beautiful meta- 
 phor contained in the four last 
 lines of this stanza. 
 
 Changeling. — This name is sug- 
 gested by the old notion that fairies 
 often stole young children from 
 their cradles and left instead their 
 own ugly little elves. The children 
 so left were called changelings, 
 and were known by their peevish- 
 ness, and their backwardness in 
 walkingand speaking. Thechange- 
 ling of the poem is the picture 
 of the poet's dead child which 
 is indelibly impressed upon his 
 memory. See Longfellow's Hrtim/- 
 ed Houses. 
 
 Angel child. — The child left by 
 the " wandering angels." 
 
 Like her bud . . blossom. — The 
 " angel child " is represented as 
 more p'rfect than the one that 
 died ; or, the poet may in imagi- 
 nation see his child growing and 
 her charms expanding. Compare 
 the tenth and eleventh stanzas of 
 Resignation. 
 
 Awful sky. — Why awful ? Give 
 the full meaning of the last two 
 lines of the stanza. 
 
 As weak . . also.— The poet 
 feels his own weakness as he thinks 
 of the awful mysteries of dreaded 
 death, but he has faith in the 
 goodness and love of his Heavenly 
 Father, who " doeth all things 
 well." For a similar sentiment 
 see the third and fourth stanzas of 
 Resignation, and compare Cow- 
 per's Light Shining out of Dark- 
 ness : 
 
 " Judge not the Lord by feeble 
 sense, 
 
 But trust Him for His grace ; 
 Behind a frowning providence 
 
 He hides a smiling face." 
 
ieved 
 some 
 India. 
 Dplied 
 
 -As if 
 rison- 
 ut the 
 met.'i- 
 ir last 
 
 issng- 
 fairies 
 I from 
 d their 
 nildren 
 yclifif^s, 
 eevish- 
 less in 
 ;hange- 
 picture 
 which 
 3on his 
 i Haunt- 
 
 1 left by 
 
 n 
 
 —The 
 nted as 
 ne that 
 I imagi- 
 ing and 
 ompare 
 inzas of 
 
 /; Give 
 last two 
 
 [he poet 
 le thinks 
 [dreaded 
 in the 
 [eavenly 
 things 
 mtiment 
 [anzas of 
 ■e Cow- 
 Dark- 
 
 \y feeble 
 
 jrace ; 
 fence 
 
 Tine CHANGKLING — A CHRISTMAS CAROL. 
 
 Ill 
 
 For the whole year . . violet. 
 
 — Tho poet hero shows his trust 
 in God, and his bt^lief that "all 
 things work togt.-ther for good to 
 them that love tiod." 
 
 Wonders . . Nature. — What 
 are theso ? What is meant by 
 Nature being faithful ? Why is 
 "Nature" written with a capital ? 
 
 This child . . was. — E.xplain 
 what is meant. 
 
 Bliss — caress or soothe with 
 marks of tender aftection. 
 
 Transfigures— gives a glorified 
 appearance to. What otln-r lini.'s 
 in the poem resemble the two last 
 lines of this stanza ? 
 
 There are few other poem«^ in 
 the lanf.^uaK'e that, with such ten- 
 derness and pathos, show tho 
 power of parental love. 
 
 Read in pure tone, and with 
 gentle, subdued ft)rce, especially 
 in tho four last stanzas. 
 
 St. 2. Contrast "others" and 
 " me." Dwell on "lingered " and 
 "gleamed " in the fourth line. 
 
 3. Read in a more animated 
 strain. 
 
 5. Pause after "smiles" and 
 "alone," and lead the last line 
 with a feeling of awe. 
 
 7. Contrast " tliis " and "first." 
 
 LXX. A CHRISTMAS CAROL. 
 
 207. Scrooge . . heard.— Show 
 that the name " Scrooge " is 
 adapted to his previous character. 
 What was the cause of his trans- 
 ports? Why should he be 
 checked by the peals of the 
 church bells ? 
 
 Lustiest peals. — What does 
 " lustiest " mean here ? Observe 
 the order of the onomatopoetic 
 words. Show that these different 
 words accurately represent the 
 sounds made by the bells. 
 
 Notice the hurried, disjointed 
 sentences of the first and second 
 paragraphs, quite in harmony 
 with the sentiments they express. 
 
 Jovial— merry, jolly, 
 
 Stirring cold — Express stirring 
 by a clause. 
 
 Cold piping . . to.— An allu- 
 sion to Luke vii., 32. Show the 
 force of the metaphor in this 
 expression. Give the grammatical 
 relation of " piping." 
 
 What's to-day?— Supply the 
 ellipsis. 
 
 Loitered in. — Loiter, to walk 
 along slowly, occasicmally stop- 
 ping. Give synonyms. 
 
 With all . . wonder -with all 
 
 could 
 Why 
 
 the astonishment that he 
 express in tone and look, 
 was the boy astonished ? 
 
 Christmas.- CZ/Wi^s mass; that 
 is, the holy day or festival of 
 the Christian Church ob.served 
 annually on the twenty-fifth day 
 of December, in memory of the 
 birth of Christ. On this day a 
 particular religious service is held 
 in the Roman Catholic and most 
 Protestant churches. 
 
 Poulterer's. — A poulterer is one 
 who makes it his business to sell 
 fowls for the table. 
 
 I should hope I did. — Show 
 clearly what the boy means. 
 
 An intelligent boy— a remark- 
 able boy. — Scrooge is not to be 
 understood as saying this to the 
 boy, but aside to himself; he is 
 thinking aloud. Notice any other 
 "asides" in the lesson. 
 
 As big as me. — Correct or 
 justify " me." 
 
 208. *«rm in earnest."— Why 
 should Scrooge say this ? 
 
 Tell 'em. — Em is used for them. 
 Point out other shortened every- 
 day forms in the les.son. These 
 forms are in good keeping with 
 
 n-^ 
 
 
112 
 
 NOTKS TO rill-: lOUKTII KKADKR. 
 
 I t ! 
 
 1 . 
 
 tin; irr.f. and easy stylo of the 
 narr.'itive. 
 
 Half-a-crown. — What is the 
 value .■' 
 
 He must . . fast.— Kowrite this 
 st;ntence, exprt'ssiuf,' fully the 
 meaninj^ of "a steady hand at a 
 triKKer." 
 
 Bob Cratchit.- This was 
 Scrooge's cU;rk. Scicjoj^c in his 
 droam had seemed to visit ('rat- 
 chit's home, where lie found the 
 household in gre.it f^rief on account 
 of the death of Tiny Tim, Oat- 
 chifs little son. Tim was not 
 dead, however, as the lesson 
 shows. 
 
 He never . . bird.- . te the 
 unusual construction. 
 
 Irresistibly pleased.— The useof 
 irresistibly here is peculiar. The 
 meaning really is that Scrooge's 
 joy was infectious; he looked so 
 pleased that the fellows could not 
 help saving, " Ciood morning," etc. 
 
 Blithe — bluh {tk as in tfu)— 
 cheerful, merry. 
 
 Everything . . pleasure.— Why? 
 Give proofs of this statement from 
 other parts of the lesson. Note 
 the lively description of the actions 
 of a man who is beside himself 
 with joy. 
 
 209. He had never . . happiness. 
 --Explain how this statement 
 could be correctly made of the 
 old man. 
 
 Disowrned. — Refused to acknow- 
 ledge as his nephew. What is 
 meant by vtarryinp; impntdcntly ? 
 
 He passed the door. — See how 
 strange and bashful the old man 
 feels under the influence oJ llie 
 new and unusual feelings of kind- 
 liness that were filling his heart, 
 as if, in his new character, he 
 were a stranger to himself. 
 
 Thankee. — Short ior thank you, 
 originally thank ye. 
 
 Sidled . . in. -Sidle, to move 
 sideways, or side foremost. Why 
 does Scrooge act thus ? 
 
 In great array. - Because 
 
 Christmas Day was a special oc- 
 casion, .'-.nd for the reason stated 
 by the author. 
 
 Dear heart alive.— This is 
 merely an exclamation — a varia- 
 tion of () dear, sakes alive, etc. 
 
 Let him in. —Expand this into 
 a declaratory sentence to express 
 fullv the meaning here applied. 
 
 His niece . . same.— To get at 
 the meaning of "just the same," 
 we must remember that Scrooge 
 was in a frame of mind to be 
 pleased with evtiry thing and every- 
 body, so of cour.se he was pleased 
 with his niece. Note how the 
 author in this paragraph shows 
 the bewildered joy of Scrooge. 
 
 Unanimity — one-mindedness, 
 likeness or agreement in thought 
 and opinion. 
 
 Won-der-ful happiness. — The 
 author intenils that great stress 
 should be placed upon wun-der-ful, 
 to show that the happiness of 
 Scrooge had reached a climax, 
 that it was incapable of being 
 more fully described by any fur- 
 ther use of words. 
 
 But he was early . . come in. — 
 Observe how well the author in 
 this paragraph shows the exuber- 
 ant or excessive joy and gladness 
 of Scrooge. The old man seems 
 to be overflowing with kindly 
 f ." gs, and he is as full of animal 
 spirits as a bright, good-natured 
 boy. 
 
 2iO. His hat . . too. — This 
 ♦ ouch throws a flood of light on 
 the relations that previously exist- 
 ed between Bob Cratchit and his 
 employer. The poor, brow-beaten 
 clerk, not knowing of the sudden 
 change in his master's character, 
 did all he could, before coming in, 
 to shorten his delay in getting to 
 work. 
 
 Comforter — muffler, wrap for 
 the neck. 
 
 Jiffy. — Give synonymous ex- 
 pressions. 
 To overtake nine o'clock.— As 
 
 I i 
 
A CHRISTMAS CAUOL 
 
 »I3 
 
 if niiu; o'clock were some person 
 with whom he was to f;o some- 
 where, but who had started off 
 without him. 
 
 O'clock. -This is a contraction 
 for of the clock. 
 
 " Hallo 1 " growled Scrooge. - 
 
 Why shoiiKl Scrooge pretend to 
 feelings that he did not really have 
 towards his clerk ? 
 
 Feign - pretend, counterfeit. 
 
 Momentary— lasting but a mo- 
 ment. 
 
 Strait waistcoat. — The strait 
 waistcoat, or strait-jacket, is a 
 garment made of strong material, 
 used to confine the hands and 
 arms of lunatics and other violent 
 persons, to prevent them fr<jm 
 hurting ihemselvesor other people. 
 
 211. Struggling family.— Give 
 the full meaning of strufr^linj^ as 
 used here. 
 
 Discuss your affairs. — What 
 does Scrooge mean ? 
 
 He did it all. -Did what? 
 
 Infinitely — to a great extent or 
 degree. 
 
 He was a second father.— What 
 is meant ? 
 
 Borough— /»Mr'r5. — In England. 
 a town with a properly organizeil 
 municipal government. If it sends 
 a representative to I'arliament, it 
 is called a parliavientnry horouf^h. 
 
 In the good old world.— The 
 goodwill and kindliness of the 
 whole lesson seem to centre and 
 condense in this sentence, where 
 the author applies the kindly epi- 
 thets in succession to the single 
 man in his various relations, to 
 the town or city where he lived, 
 and, finally, to the whole world. 
 
 Alteration. — Substitute a sim- 
 pler word. 
 
 Nothing . . outset. — Notice 
 the veiled sarcasm in this sentence, 
 directed against those who oppose 
 reforms and desirable changes 
 of any kind, with laughter, instead 
 of assisting in the good work. 
 Outset— beginning. 
 
 Blind. — That is, blind to the 
 good th.it was dtine. 
 
 Malady -disease. What;«<//<j(/y 
 
 is meant .' ICxplain how one might 
 have It " in less attraetivi; form." 
 
 His own heart laughed.— Kx- 
 press otherwise. I'oint out pas- 
 sages in the lesson which illustrate 
 the meaning. 
 
 What act of Scrooge's, bt'st 
 shows that " he knew how to keep 
 Christinas well " ? 
 
 In the lines by .Mice Cary at the 
 end of the lesson find any passages 
 tliat may siTve to point the moral 
 of the lesson. 
 
 Refer to passages which prove, 
 (i) that "the benevolent man can 
 liiul a sourci! of pleasure in any- 
 thing"; (j) that it depemls very 
 muih upon the state of one's own 
 n)ind whether surrounding objects 
 have a bright or a gloomy appear- 
 ance. 
 
 This lesson should be read in a 
 very lively manner, e.xcept the 
 last paragraph, which requires a 
 more subdued, yet cheerful tone. 
 
 It contains a great de.al of 
 animated dialogue; the reader 
 should try to understand the 
 mental attitude of each speaker, 
 and to make the words his ou n. 
 
 207. "Clear, .stirring." — Em- 
 phasize, increasing from "clear" 
 to " stirring." 
 
 "Cold piping." — Pause after 
 "cold." 
 
 "An intelligent boy." — Read 
 this and all other "asides" in alow 
 tone, approaching a whisper. 
 
 208. " En ! "—Expresses incre- 
 dulity, or strong unbelief. The 
 boy thinks that Scrooge is trying 
 to humbug him. 
 
 "He went to church . . plea- 
 sure." — Read with the rising .'n- 
 flection, except the last clause, 
 " found . . pleasure." 
 
 209. "That any thing." — Strong- 
 ly emphasize " anything." 
 
 " As Scrooge thought. ' — Paren- 
 
 
114 
 
 NOTKS TO TMK FOURTH RKADKR. 
 
 i. 
 
 Mi 
 
 thetical. What chanf,'e in modu- 
 lation ? 
 
 " I)(-'ar hrart . . startiirl." — 
 Read in a rapid, startlc;d njanner. 
 
 " VVondfjrful . . happiness." — 
 Read with increasing emphasis, 
 and prolong the sound of "won- 
 derful." 
 
 " Oh, ho was e.'irly th(!r(\" — 
 Prolong the sound of "Oh." 
 Strongly emphasize "early." 
 
 " If he could . . late. 'Em- 
 phasize "he," "first," "Cratchit," 
 "late," with rising inflection. 
 Note other emphatic words in the 
 paragraph, and mark the inflec- 
 tion. 
 
 2IO. Try to enter into the spirit 
 of the whole scene between the 
 clerk and his employer — Hob's 
 dread of ScroorVs anger, his sur- 
 prise at his niastei 's unusual liber- 
 ality in offering to raise his salary, 
 and his passing fear thnt his 
 master must be out of his mind, 
 much increased by the "dig in 
 the waistcoat," given him in fun 
 by Scrooge. 
 
 I. (i.) Analyze transport, im- 
 prudently, unanimity, infmitely, 
 
 alteration, malady, attractive, 
 courage, reply, (ii.) Add to each 
 of the followmg words one of the 
 suffixes, ahlr, ly, ous, or, cr, tiess, 
 and show how the change aflTects 
 th(! meaning : —run, glory, (piick, 
 lau^jh, kind, n«,'rve, happy, office. 
 
 II. ICxpand into compound or 
 complex sentences:— Running to 
 the window he opened it. He 
 watclwHl th(! jieopli! hurrying to 
 ancl fro. In the afternoon he 
 turned his steps towards the house 
 of his nephew. Some people 
 laugiied to see the alteration in 
 him. 
 
 HI. Write out in indirect nar- 
 ration Scrooge's conversation with 
 the boy who ordered the turkey, 
 and with the servant at his 
 nephew's house. 
 
 IV. Paraphrase the last para- 
 grpph in the lesson. 
 
 V. (i.) Reproduce in your own 
 words the scene between Scrooge 
 and Bob Cratchit on the morning 
 after Christmas. (ii.) Write a 
 letter to a schoolfellovv giving an 
 account of Scrooge, and how he 
 spent his first merry Christmas. 
 
 LXXI. THE HERITAGE. 
 
 
 212. The rich . . son.— What 
 it the force of " the " ? 
 
 Inherits — possesses by descent 
 from an ancestor. 
 
 And piles . . gold.— What is 
 meant ? How would the meaning 
 differ if the comma after "brick " 
 were removed ? 
 
 And he inherits . . cold.— Show 
 how the meaning of inherits here 
 differs from its meaning in the first 
 line. 
 
 Nor dares . . old. — Why does 
 it require courage to wear an old 
 garment? Compare, "We dare 
 be poor for a' that," p. 92. 
 
 Heritage — that which one in- 
 herits. Compare the use of this 
 
 word on page 108, and see note 
 thereon. 
 
 Scarce. — What would this be 
 in prose ? 
 
 To hold in fee.— To hold an 
 estate in fee, or in fcc-simple, is to 
 have absolute, unrestricted posses- 
 sion of it, and the fullest power of 
 disposing of it which the law 
 allows. 
 
 Inherits cares.— Show how this 
 is true. What connection in 
 thought with that which follows ? 
 
 The bank may break.— The 
 use of "break" with the meaning, 
 to fail in business, is supposed to 
 have originated among the Italians. 
 On the revival of commerce in the 
 
THK mulTAGK. 
 
 1^5 
 
 twelfth century, the It.iri.in cities 
 bec;initi nn|>ort;in( corniiu'rcial 
 centres. Th« nKMU'v (halers la 
 those cities conriLcti-d their deal 
 injjs on Ixinches in the piibHc 
 markets, and uh» ii ont; of these 
 dealers or bankers faiU'd, his 
 bench was broken to siK'i)ify tliat 
 the pers<jn to whom the bench 
 belonged was no longer in a con- 
 dition to continue his business. 
 Hence the origin of the tcTm 
 bankrupt applied to sue h a p(>rson, 
 sp<;lle(l in old English, hatikcronti- 
 (Italian, banco, a bank, rotto, 
 broken). 
 
 A breath . . shares.— When a 
 busin(!ss enterprise > started by 
 a number of px^rsons, it is usu.il to 
 divide the amount of the reipiired 
 capital into equal parts, called 
 shares. If the enterprise is got up 
 to benefit the promoters at the 
 expense of others, the shares may 
 projxTly be called bubble shares. 
 Mention any such enterprise noted 
 in history. The term bubble may 
 here refer to the risk attending 
 any speculation, however well- 
 intentioned. Explain the force of 
 the metaphor employed. 
 
 And soft . . turn.— Show the 
 connection in sense with what 
 precedes. 
 
 Serve his turn.— What is 
 meant ? Point out and explain 
 the antithesis or contrast between 
 the idea conveyed in this e.xpres- 
 sionandthat in "softwhitehands." 
 Inherits wants. — How do the 
 wants referred to here differ from 
 the wants that everyone inherits? 
 Dainty fare. — Explain. Give 
 the meaning of this line in other 
 words. 
 
 With sated . . chair. — Observe 
 carefully the two pictures present- 
 ed in these lines ; on the one hand 
 the rich man's son in possession 
 of all that heart can desire, and 
 on the other, the poor laborer so 
 exhausted by his toil that his very 
 breathings may be heard by the 
 
 rich man as h«' wearily loUs in his 
 easy-chair. 'l"he expression, "he 
 hears the pants," brings out the 
 contrast in an especially vivid 
 manner. 
 
 Sated fully satisfied, satisfied 
 beyond the natur.d desirt . 
 
 Hinds -{x-asants, laborers. 
 
 Brown arms bare. \\ ith what 
 other expression in the piH;m may 
 this one b<; contrasted ? 
 
 Sinewy- strong, vigorous. 
 What is the priu'ary meaning of 
 sineh-y ? Comparts with"sini'wy 
 heart." "the will to do, tlu; soul 
 to dare," in Scott's description of 
 I'itz James, lAidy of the Lake, 
 canto i , st.mzi Ji. 
 
 A hardy . spirit.— This line 
 has nearly the same meaning as 
 the preceding line. Show where 
 they differ in meaning. Note the 
 imperfect rhyuK; in "inherit," 
 "spirit," anl point out other im- 
 perfect rhymes. 
 
 King . . hands.— Explain. The 
 rich ni.m h.is also two hands; 
 what makes the difference ? 
 
 He does . . art. — What is 
 meant ? Is this statement true of 
 every poor man's son? 
 
 Aking . . fee.— Why a "king"? 
 
 Wishes . . things.— His wants 
 are few and easily satisfied. Com- 
 pare (Goldsmith's village preacher, 
 who was "passing rich with forty 
 pounds a year." With "over- 
 joyed" contrast "sated" in the 
 third stanza. 
 
 213. A rank . 
 rank or position 
 poor man attains is generally 
 gained by hard work and real 
 worth. 
 
 Adjudged— awarded. 
 
 Content . . sings.— Show how 
 content may spring from etnbloy- 
 nient. What is meant by the heart 
 siniring? (iive the meaning of 
 these two lines in other words. 
 
 A patience . . poor. — Poverty 
 accustoms one to clo without many 
 things that are very desirable ; 
 
 . merit.— Any 
 
 in life that the 
 
 
 i "a 
 
 ill 
 
ii6 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 I 
 
 ; ! 
 
 but it does not always make one 
 patient. 
 
 Courage . . it. — Is this the 
 same kind of coiiraf^e that the 
 soldier needs in battle? Put the 
 line in prose order. 
 
 A fellow-feeling . . door. — 
 What IS n. fellow-feclinf:;? For a 
 sini'lar sentiment, see Goldsniith's 
 description of the village preacher, 
 p. 8i. 
 
 There is a toil. — Describe this 
 toil. 
 
 That . . stands. —Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 Large charity. — What does 
 charity mean here ? Give other 
 meanings. In what sense does 
 charity whiten the hands? The 
 color ivhitc is an emblem of purity. 
 
 This . . lands. — Paraphrase, 
 showing clearly what is meant by 
 crop and lands. 
 
 Scorn . . state. — Why is this 
 addressed to the poor man rather 
 than to the rich man ."' Distinguish 
 scum from despise. 
 
 There . . great.— Paraphrase, 
 bringing out the forceof "merely." 
 Compare, '.V weary, wntcned life 
 is theirs, who have no work to do." 
 Point out a parallel passage in the 
 poem. 
 
 Toil . . shine. — Gives here 
 means causes, enables, as in the 
 expression. He <rivcs vie to under- 
 stand. This line sets forth the 
 truth that there is dignity in labor 
 which ele\ates the soul. Comparj 
 the sentiment in " Honest labor 
 bears a lovely face." 
 
 And make*" . . benign. — Rest 
 after toil is sweet and blessed, but 
 it requires toil to make it so. De- 
 scribe the heritage mentioned in 
 this and in the preceding stanza, 
 and show that it is worth bein^ 
 rich in the one case, and beini^; poor 
 in the other, to hold such a heri- 
 tage in fee. 
 
 Both heirs . . past.— The well- 
 known truths in these lines have 
 been expressed in many wavs since 
 
 Solomon wrote, "The rich and 
 poor meet together : the Lord is 
 the Maker of them all." Man is 
 here referred to in his two-fold 
 nature — the mortal and the im- 
 mortal ; and both in the presence 
 of death and before God all dis- 
 tinctions are levelled. 
 
 Some. — What is the force of 
 this word ? 
 
 Prove — est abl i sh . 
 
 Title — claim, right. Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Heirship va.st.— Heirship, privi- 
 leges of an heir. See Romans viii., 
 i6, 17; and compare i Peter i., 
 3-5. Each one — the rich man as 
 well as the poor man — must prove 
 his title to this vast heirship by 
 faithfully doing his duty in his 
 own sphere, and making the best 
 use of the talents God has given 
 him. 
 
 Worth a life. — See Romans 
 viii., 18; and compare i Johniii., 2. 
 
 Make a comparison between the 
 heritage of the rich man and that 
 of the poor man, and point out 
 the advantages of each state, as 
 brought out by the poet. 
 
 Refer to passages which prove 
 that " to be idle is to be miserable." 
 
 The language of this poem is 
 not so poetic as that of The 
 Changeling. It is intended to in- 
 struct rather tlian to please. 
 
 What useful lessons may we 
 learn from the poem ? Lessons of 
 a similar character may be learned 
 from the following poems found 
 in the Fifth Reader (Old Canadian 
 Series) : Labor, My Own Place, 
 and What is Soblc ? 
 
 Read in ordinary pure tone. In 
 the three last stanzas the language 
 is more elevated ; what change in 
 lone therefore ? 
 
 Read the last line of the three 
 first stanzas as if disdaining the 
 heritage. 
 
 St. 2. Pause after "breath." 
 Emphasiz<' " his," 1 5 
 
THE HERITAGE — THE TWO BREATHS. 
 
 117 
 
 4. Read the first line with the 
 falling inflection. In the two fol- 
 lowing stanzas the question is re- 
 peated for rhetorical effect ; hence 
 the rising inflection on "poor" 
 and "inherit." Emphasize 
 " king " in this and the two follow- 
 ing stanzas. 
 
 7. Avoid the verse accent on 
 " is " in the first line. Pause after 
 "others." Emphasize the con- 
 trasted words in the third and 
 
 fourth lines. Group " worth being 
 rich" and pause after "rich." 
 See also 'worth . . poor" be- 
 low. 
 
 8. Bring out the force of " mere- 
 ly " by properly emphasizing it. 
 
 9. Slower time. Why ? In- 
 creasing emphasis on " well , . 
 life." Pause after "life." 
 
 The strongly marked emphasis 
 which prevails throughout this 
 poem requires careful attention. 
 
 It 
 
 LXXII. THE TWO BREATHS. 
 
 214. Breathe— breath.— Distin- 
 guish in pronunciation, and give 
 similar pairs of words. 
 
 Anatomical details — minute ac- 
 counts of the structure of the 
 human body as revealed to us by 
 anatomy. Anatomy is the science 
 which treats of the shape, position, 
 and mutual relations of the organs 
 of which the human body con- 
 sists. 
 
 In place.— Express by a sirgle 
 word. Why are anatomical details 
 not in place here ? 
 
 Habitually — constantly. Is this 
 the ordinary meaning of the word ? 
 
 Nervous — easily agitated. 
 
 Depressed — sad, cast down in 
 spirits. 
 
 Tempted. — Give the grammati- 
 cal connection. 
 
 To resort to. — Express differ- 
 ently. Distinguish the different 
 uses of " to " here. 
 
 Stimulants — medicines, drugs, 
 or food and drink that stimulate 
 or excite a person, but do not 
 cause any permanent increa,se of 
 strength. Name the more common 
 stimulants. 
 
 Be allowed. — Notice the cor- 
 rect use of the subjunctive mood. 
 Point out other instances of its 
 correct use in this Ifssou. 
 
 Assuredly— certainly. 
 
 Medical men — men skilled in 
 the science and practice of medi- 
 cine, doctors or surgeons. 
 
 On record —recorded , men- 
 tioned in books. 
 
 215. That you may . . stimu- 
 lant. — Explain the grammatical 
 connection of this clause. 
 
 Smelling-salts.— These are 
 generally prepared by mixing car- 
 bonate of ammonia and spirits of 
 camphor. The mixture is not so 
 strong, and is therefore not so 
 dangerous as the liquid ammonia ; 
 it is used chiefly to revive fainting 
 persons. 
 
 The fire . . life.— For an ex- 
 planation of these lines, see pages 
 216, 217. 
 
 Highland. — See note on "High- 
 landers," p. 190. 
 
 Tragedy — an event in which 
 human lives are lost by human 
 violence. Is this strictly the 
 meaning here ? 
 
 Sir James Simpson. — An emi 
 nent professor in the ( - niversity of 
 Edinburgh ; born 181 1, died 1S70. 
 He is the author of many valuable 
 medical works. He was the first 
 to find out tlie use of chloroform 
 as an anaesthetic— a substance 
 whose vapor, when inhaled, pro- 
 duces insensibility. 
 
 Noxious— poisonous, injurious. 
 
ii8 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 ■■ ' 
 
 I I 
 
 
 i ^ 
 
 Typhus fever— <«7/.i--A highly 
 contaj^ious fever lasting irom two 
 to three vveeks, and attended with 
 a rash, like that of measles. In 
 some of its s^'mptomsit resembles 
 the more common, and less danger- 
 ous, disease, called typhvid fever. 
 
 Giotto del Cane -or. Grotto of 
 the Dog -a noted cave near Naples, 
 Italy. It is about ten feet deep, 
 four wide, and nine high, and is so 
 full of carbonic acid gas that little 
 animals introduced into it soon die. 
 
 Stupefied— made stupid or in- 
 sensible. 
 
 Carbonic acid gas. — A heavy, 
 colorless gas which extinguishes 
 ordinary flame, and destroys ani- 
 mal life. It is breathed out from 
 the lungs of all living animals, 
 and is formed when anything 
 is burned in air, or in oxygen. 
 
 The torments . . Calcutta — 
 See Lesson I-XXV. 
 
 216. Oxygen— nitrogen. — Oxy- 
 gen gas is the great supporter of 
 life and combustion. It is mixed 
 with nitrogen, in the proportion of 
 one to four, to form the air we 
 breathe. 
 
 Experiment — some trial or test 
 made to establish a principle, or 
 to prove the truth of a theory. 
 
 Scientific terms — terms used in 
 the discussion and trea -nt of 
 science subjects, such as Chem- 
 istry, Botany, etc. 
 
 Perpetually— continually. 
 
 217. Alight— lighted up. 
 Average. — Expand into a 
 
 clause. 
 
 Happily escapes. — Why 
 "happily " ? 
 
 Ventilated — supplied with fresh 
 air. 
 
 Fumes. — Distinguish from 
 vapor and smoke. 
 
 Competing — contending, striv- 
 ing. 
 
 Inhale — to breath in. Give the 
 opposite word. 
 
 218. When he had . . acid. 
 Supply tlu; t'Uipsis in this sentence. 
 
 It is merely . . waste. — Notice 
 the force of "merely" in these 
 questions. 
 
 God forbid. — A strong way oj 
 denying the previous questions. 
 
 Ay — yes. Distinguish from ayi 
 in pronunciation and meaning. 
 
 Crater — the mouth or opening 
 of a volcano, from which issue 
 the smoke, ashes, lava, etc. 
 
 Eruption. — Here, a sudden out- 
 burst of smoke, ashes, etc., from 
 a volcano. Name some volcanoes 
 which have eruptions of this kind, 
 and others from which the flow of 
 lava, etc., is continuous. 
 
 Physical truth. — What is 
 meant ? Distinguish from other 
 kinds of truth. 
 
 Transformations — changes. 
 
 Atoms— very small indivisible 
 particles of matter. 
 
 Which shall lie . . elements. — 
 See Lessons LV. and LVIII. Para- 
 phrase so as to bring out the 
 meaning clearly. 
 
 Elements — substances which 
 cannot be resolved or separated 
 into simpler parts. 
 
 Primeval — prl-meval — original, 
 belonging to the early ages. 
 
 Transmuted — changed. 
 
 Magically — in a manner like 
 magic. See note on " magic 
 wand," p. 162, 
 
 219. Absorbs — takes in. 
 
 Courteously. — Note the use of 
 this word here. 
 
 Geranium— ye- m'>«'-Mm — a com- 
 mon flowering house-piant. 
 
 Constituted— made, appointed. 
 
 Mutual — affecting two or more 
 together. Distinguish from com- 
 mon. 
 
 Working . . good. — See 
 Romans viii., 28. 
 
 Universe — the whole creation. 
 Physical is here opposed to moral. 
 
 For explanation of the terms, 
 "carbonate of lime," "oozes," 
 "charcoal," "carbon," "strata," 
 see notes on The History of a 
 Piece of Coal. 
 
:-)" 
 
 THE TWO BREATHS— THK THKKR ! TiMKKS. 
 
 iig 
 
 I. Distinguish between different 
 and unlike ; habitually and usually ; 
 depressed and dispirited ; serious 
 disease and dangerous disease ; 
 presently and directly ; support 
 and maintain; transmute and 
 transform ; similar and same ; 
 beseech and request ; universe! 
 and general ; ceilingf and sealing. 
 
 II. Analyze lecture, composi- 
 tion, different, effects, active, as- 
 suredly, disease, require, descrip- 
 tion, inflicting, according, similar, 
 carbonic, inhale, experiment, pro- 
 duce, exhausted, primeval. 
 
 III. Change the following sen- 
 
 tences from the interrogative to 
 the declarative form, and show 
 how the change afTects the force 
 of the sentence :— I>oes our breath 
 produce a similar effect upon ani- 
 mal life as upon a lighted candle ? 
 Is it merely harmful, merely waste ? 
 Were we not, how could we be 
 always warmer than the air out- 
 side us ? What becomes of the 
 breath that passes from our lips ? 
 Is it not carried away and purified ? 
 IV. Write a short sketch of the 
 difference between the breath we 
 breathe in and the breath we 
 breathe out. 
 
 LXXIII. THE THREE FISHERS. 
 
 220. Fishers. — What other 
 word has the same meaning ? 
 
 Went . . West. — Express 
 differently. What is the gram- 
 matical relation of " out " ? Why 
 is" West" written with a capital? 
 
 Each thought on. — Why on 
 rather than of, the more common 
 word ? 
 
 Out . . town. — Is this phrase 
 connected with "watching," or 
 with a verb understood ? Give 
 the meaning of the line with each 
 of the constructions suggested. 
 
 For men . . moaning.— Point 
 out the grammatical connection 
 of "for" and "though." Note 
 the contrast between the differ- 
 ent spheres of men and women, 
 as suggested here. Note, too, 
 how the poet prepares us for the 
 fate of the fishermen. 
 
 And there's little . . moaning.— 
 Give the meaning in other words. 
 
 Harbor bar. — A bar is a bank 
 of sand, gravel, or earth at the 
 mouth of a river or harbor, ob- 
 structing entrance, or rendering 
 itdifficult. The word "moaning " 
 fitly describes the peculiar sound 
 made by the waves breaking on a 
 beach or over a bar before a 
 
 storm. What did the moaning 
 mean to the fishers .' Compare 
 " And the breakers . . making 
 moan," p. 74. 
 
 Three wives. — Notice the 
 change from ' ' women " to " wives. ' ' 
 How does this increase our in- 
 terest in the fortunes of the 
 fishers ? 
 
 The lighthouse tower. — Or, 
 simply, the lighthouse. "Tower" 
 is really the descriptive word ; 
 lighthouses are usually lofty, 
 tower-like structures. The lamps 
 are trimmed in the lantern, or 
 upper part of the lighthouse, 
 where the light is shown. 
 
 As the sun went down. — The 
 lamps are generally lighted at 
 sunset. 
 
 Squall . . shower. —S<jr;m//, a 
 sudden and violent gust of wind, 
 often accompanied by rain or 
 snow. Note that the clearness of 
 the picture depends upon the 
 natural order of the details. 
 
 Night- rack — dark, heavy 
 clouds, which break up and scud 
 across the sky 
 
 But men must work. — Why 
 "but" and not "for," as in the 
 first stanza ? 
 
 
 ''A 
 
 
 
 I 
 
I20 
 
 NOT KS TO THE FOUF^TFI RRADEK. 
 
 1- 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 1 1 
 
 ! I 
 
 Shining; sands. — Why would 
 the sands be shiniitrfr ? 
 
 In the morning; gleam. — Com- 
 pare " From a shoal of richest 
 rubies, breaks the morning clear 
 and cold," p 76. 
 
 As the tide "went down. — What 
 is meant ? Does the tide ebb 
 always at the same hour ? 
 
 It's . . sleep.—" It " here re 
 fers to human life which the poet 
 represents as made up of working 
 and weeping. Death is often com- 
 pared to sleep, as in Macbeth, 
 act iii., sc. 2 : 
 
 " After life's fitful fever, he sleeps 
 well." 
 
 See also Acts vii., 60. Supply the 
 ellipsis before "to sleep." 
 
 Good bye. — A contraction of 
 God be with ye. 
 
 Observe how the poet gradually 
 develops this remarkably graphic 
 and impressive picture of the 
 gloomy side of^ human life. 
 Notice, too, the rhythm of the 
 poem, especially in the sad, 
 touching refrain. The moaning 
 
 sadness is sustained in every 
 stanza, not merely by the use of 
 the word "moaning" itself, but 
 also by the frequent recurrence of 
 the o and ow sounds. 
 
 To give a sympathetic reading 
 of this poem, the reader should try 
 to bring clearly before his mind 
 the picture presented in each 
 stanza. 
 
 Love and sympathy should 
 mark the i*eading of the first 
 stanza. In the second and third 
 stanzas respectively, give suitable 
 expression to the anxious fear of 
 the three women, and to thc^ir 
 deep, despairing grief. 
 
 Bring out the force of the con- 
 trasted words. 
 
 Do not pause after "out" in 
 the third stanza, but make a very 
 short pause after " lay." 
 
 The tone of sadness increases 
 as the poem proceeds. The words 
 used to heighten the feeling of 
 sadness should be uttered with a 
 full tone, and be slightly pro- 
 longed in their utterance. 
 
 ^r; 
 
 I'r^ 
 
 ■I ! I 
 
 !|U 
 
 LXXIV. SONG OF THE RIVER. 
 
 221. By laughing . . pool. — 
 Give the grammatical relation of 
 " by." Pool — a deep collection of 
 water — is here opposed to shallow. 
 Note how beautifully this line de- 
 scribes the rippling of the river 
 over its shallow, stony bed, and 
 then its quiet, undisturbed flow in 
 the still pool. Point out the apt- 
 ness of the epithets, "laughing" 
 and "dreaming." Compare the 
 third stanza of Tennyson's Brook. 
 
 Shingle — round, water - worn, 
 and loose gravel and pebbles found 
 on the shores of rivers or of 
 the sea. V^hy shining? Compare 
 " shining sands," p. 220. 
 
 Wear — iver — a dam in a river ; 
 also, a fence of twigs or stakes set 
 
 - a church wall 
 ivy — a common 
 
 in a stream for catching fish. 
 Written also weir. Why foaming? 
 
 Crag — a steep, rugged rock. 
 
 Ousel — odzl — a poetical name 
 for the blackbird, a species of 
 thrush. 
 
 Ivied wall - 
 overgrown with 
 sight in England. 
 
 Undefiled . . undefiled.— The 
 undefilcd river for the undefiled 
 mother and child. The pure, 
 sparkling river is a fitting emblem 
 of the purity of childhood and 
 womanhood. 
 
 Dank. — This word is nearly 
 synonymous with damp. It has 
 the added notion of offensive, un- 
 healthy, and this is its chief mean- 
 
S()N(i ol- THH RIVHR -tup: CONyi'HST nl- HKNGAI,. 121 
 
 ing here. Give synonyms oi/uul, 
 as used here. 
 
 Murky— dark, gloomy. 
 
 Cowl — a sort of hood worn by 
 monks. To what is it compared ? 
 
 Sewer — sfl'er — a large under- 
 ground drain. 
 
 The richer I gfrow. — Richer, in 
 a commercial sense, because its 
 greater breadth and volume affords 
 greater facilities for commerce ; 
 richer, also, in an agricultural 
 sense, for the sediment it brings 
 with it enriches the land that 
 it waters. Name any river whose 
 overflow enriches the land. 
 
 Who dare . . sin -defiled. — 
 What is meant ? 
 
 Flood-gates — gates to be 
 Of)ened for letting water flow 
 through, or to be shut to keep it 
 back ; hence, any opening or pas- 
 sage. What is meant by the ex- 
 pression, "The flood-gates are 
 open " ? 
 
 Cleansing' . . along.— Moving 
 water purifies itself. 
 
 Golden sands. — Examine the 
 correctnessof the epithet "golden." 
 Shakespeare speaks of " yellow 
 sands." 
 
 Bar. — See note, p. 220. The 
 epithet is transferred ; it is the 
 water that leaps over the obstruct- 
 ing bar. Compare " foaming 
 wear " above. 
 
 Taintless tide — the purified 
 waters of the ocean. 
 
 Infinite main. — Express other- 
 wise. 
 Like a soul . . again.— The 
 
 whole poem may be regarded as 
 a representation of human life. 
 We have first the purity of child- 
 hood ; then the sin and pollution 
 which advancing years so often 
 bring ; and then the repentance 
 and patdon that sometimes follow 
 in later life. As every stream does 
 not become foul, so no life need 
 become impure. 
 
 Compare this poem with the 
 preceding one, and point out any 
 resemblances in style and in man- 
 ner of treatment. 
 
 The sounds of the words in this, 
 as in the preceding poem, are in- 
 tended to harmonize with the 
 sense; and this correspondence of 
 sound and sense should be proper- 
 ly brought out in the reading. 
 
 The first stanza should be read 
 in a bright, lively manner, to re- 
 semble the rapid motion of the 
 merry, laughing brook. In the 
 second stanza, the words have a 
 dull, heavy, cheerless sound, sug- 
 gestive of the slowly-moving river, 
 foul with the refuse of mills and 
 factories. The third stanza pre- 
 sents to us the strong, impetuous 
 energy of the unobstructed river, 
 as It rushes onward to the ocean. 
 
 LXXV. THE CONQUEST OF BENGAL. 
 
 222. From a child. — Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 Surajah Dowlah. — This man 
 had in 1756 become Governor or 
 Viceroy of India, in the twentieth 
 year of his age. He was of weak 
 intellect, vain, selfish, and cruel. 
 " It had been early his amuse- 
 ment to torture beasts and birds ; 
 and wh'^n he grew up, he enjoyed 
 
 with still keener relish the misery 
 of his fellow-creatures." After 
 the battle of I'lassey he was 
 deposed by the English, and 
 afterwards put to death by his 
 successor, Meer Jaffier. 
 
 Whim — fanciful notion, for 
 which one can give no reason. 
 
 Exaggerated— enlarged be- 
 yond truth or reason. 
 
122 
 
 NOTKS lO TMK lOUKTH KKADKR. 
 
 Hi 
 
 'i; 
 
 ii' 
 
 <■ , 
 
 ,; 
 
 ( ; 
 
 I 
 
 Feeble — uncultivated. -Con- 
 trast the meaning of these two 
 epithets. 
 
 Incapable of perceiving. — Give 
 a synonymous expression. 
 
 Compensate— make up for. 
 
 Pretexts— excuses, reasons not 
 justifiable or sufficient. 
 
 Nabob — nd'bub. — Thetitle given 
 to a governor or vicerby of a 
 province in India. These nabobs 
 were at first subject to the Great 
 Mofrnl, or Mongol emperor of 
 India, but they gradually assumed 
 an independent sovereignty, and 
 became either allies or dependants 
 of the East India Company. The 
 term is used in England to signify 
 a person who has acquired great 
 wealth in India, and it is also 
 applied to a wealthy and luxuri- 
 ous man, however his wealth has 
 been acquired. 
 
 The Company. — This was the 
 East India Company, which was 
 at first composed of some Lon- 
 don merchants, to whom a char- 
 ter was granted, in 1600, by Queen 
 Elizabeth, giving them the sole 
 right of trading in the East 
 Indies. 
 
 A company for the same pur- 
 pose was formed by the French, 
 in 1664. Their central station 
 was at Pondicherry, south of 
 Madras. Dupleix became Gover- 
 nor of Pondicherry in 1742. He 
 was a crafty, restless, ambitious 
 man, and conceived the design of 
 driving the English from India, 
 and of founding a French empire 
 on the ruins of the Mogul mon- 
 archy. Just when he seemed to 
 be on the highroad to empire, the 
 tide of fortune was turned against 
 him by the valor and genius of 
 Clive. 
 
 Mere traders. — Contrast with 
 statesmen and sohfiers. Explain 
 why the servants of the Company 
 at Madras had become statesmen 
 and soldiers, while those of Bengal 
 remained mere traders. 
 
 Bewildered — thrown into con- 
 fusion. Distinguish from terrified. 
 
 223. Frightened . . wits. — Ex- 
 press in other words. 
 
 Wits — senses, mental powers. 
 
 Commandant. — The officer in 
 command of a fort or garrison. 
 See also p. 155. 
 
 Regal pomp — display becoming 
 a sovereign. 
 
 Insolence. — Give synonyms. 
 
 Memorable — worthy of being 
 remembered. 
 
 Atrocity —rreat wickedness. 
 
 Tremendous — tre-mcn'd&s. — 
 Give synonyms. 
 
 Retribution.-- Distinguish from 
 rcvenfre and vengeance. 
 
 For the night. —June i8th, 1756. 
 
 Black Hole. — This is the name 
 commonly given to the place 
 where soldiers are confined for 
 minor off"ences. The episode here 
 related has made the name pro- 
 verbial for any filthy place of con- 
 finement where prisoners are ill- 
 treated. 
 
 Malefactor — evil-doer, crimi- 
 nal. The term is more commonly 
 applied to one under sentence of 
 death. 
 
 Obstructed— partly blocked up. 
 
 Summer solstice — the time 
 when the sun is directly overhead, 
 at a distance of 23^ degrees north 
 of the equator. On what day is 
 this ? When is the 7vinter solstice ? 
 
 Tolerable — capable of being 
 endured. 
 
 Waving of fans. — The waving 
 of large fans, called punkahs, is 
 the plan commonly adopted in 
 India to produce a constant cur- 
 rent of air in a room. 
 
 Expostulated— argued against, 
 resisted by words, not by actions. 
 Distinguish from entreated. 
 
 224. Fiction. — Writings having 
 little or no foundation in fact. 
 Recounted — related. 
 That extremity. — Explain. 
 Presence of mind — a calm, col- 
 lected state of mind. 
 
 i'i i 
 
Tii:-: coNguKST of bengal. 
 
 123 
 
 col- 
 
 Mad. — Give synonyms. 
 
 Pittance — beggarly small por- 
 tion. 
 
 Cruel mercy. — Why was the 
 mercy of the murderers cruil ? 
 Note the contradiction in terms. 
 Compare "living dead," p. 103. 
 NcMce the alliteration in this 
 clause, and the absence of con- 
 junctions between its numerous 
 verbs. 
 
 Blasphemed — used profane 
 language. 
 
 Frantic — crazy, violent. 
 
 Tumult—great noise, uproar. 
 
 Debauch — fit of intemperance, 
 drunkenness. Macaulaysaysofthc 
 Nabob, that "he indulged immode- 
 rately in the use of ardent spirits, 
 which inflamed his weak brain 
 almost to madness." 
 
 Loathsome— disgusting. 
 
 Ghastly — ghostly, unearthly- 
 looking. 
 
 Charnel-house — a building in 
 a grave-yard for the temporary 
 reception of dead bodies, or of 
 bones dug up in preparing new 
 graves. 
 
 Promiscuously — in mixed 
 fashion, without order. 
 
 Notice the shortness of the 
 sentences in this paragraph, and 
 the absence of conjunctions, two 
 devices employed to aid the vivid- 
 ness of the description, and, as it 
 were, to hurry the reader through 
 its horrors. 
 
 Lapse — the gradual passing 
 away. 
 
 Eighty years. — This essay was 
 written for the Edinburgh Review, 
 where it appeared in January, 
 1840. 
 
 Remorse . . \M.y.— Remorse im- 
 
 Elies self-reproach for the part one 
 as played in something wrong, as 
 well as pity for the objects of the 
 wrong. Pity is simply sorrow for 
 the condition of others. 
 
 225. Execrable — ek'se-cra-bl — 
 
 detestable. Give other synonyms. 
 
 Reproached — reviled. What 
 
 is the more common meaning of 
 this word ? 
 
 Sent up . . irons. — Give the 
 meaning in other words. 
 
 Intercessions — prayers or 
 pleadings to one party in behalf 
 of another. 
 
 Harem — harem. — This word 
 means in the Arabic any thing pro- 
 hibited, and is the name applied to 
 the women's apartments in Mo- 
 hammedan families, from which 
 men are strictly excluded. Writ- 
 ten al.so haram. 
 
 Nominal sovereign—a sovereign 
 in name, but not in reality. This 
 was the Great Mogul, whose capi- 
 tal city was Delhi. 
 
 Late conquest.- Express "late" 
 by a clause. 
 
 Pompous — boastful. 
 
 Garrison— See note, p. 155. 
 
 Resentment — anger, desire for 
 revenge. 
 
 Intelligence — news, informa- 
 tion. 
 
 Hooghly — hoog'li. — A branch 
 of the river Changes. It is formed 
 by the junction of two smaller 
 branches,^lie first that the Ganges 
 sends off. On the first, or western 
 branch, are the city of Moorshed- 
 abad, the fort of Cossimbuzar, 
 and the village of Plassey. Cal- 
 cutta is on the Hooghly proper, 
 about one hundred miles from its 
 mouth. 
 
 Clive. — Robert Clive, born 1725, 
 became a clerk in the service of 
 the East India Company in the 
 eighteenth year of his age. After 
 serving in this capacity for a few 
 years, he gave up a commercial 
 life and entered the army. He 
 was one of those servants of the 
 East India Company whom Du- 
 pleix, by his intrigues and his 
 aggressive policy, " forced to be- 
 come statesmen and soldiers." 
 His military genius soon showed 
 itself in the capture and defence 
 of Arcot. He was then twenty-five 
 years of age, and had attained the 
 
124 
 
 NOIKS TO Tin-: FOURTH Kl.AI )1'.K. 
 
 ill 
 
 lili 
 
 I! 
 
 ■I :: 
 
 rank of captnin. Two years after- 
 wards he returned to ICnf^l.-.nd. 
 Failin{4 to obtain a seat in I'arlia- 
 nient at the general election in 
 1754, he returned to India in the 
 following year as Clovernor of 
 Fort St. David, with the rank of 
 Lieutenant-Colonel. It was while 
 holdinf* this position that he was 
 appointed to the command of the 
 expedition against Surajah I)ow- 
 lah. l''or his great success at the 
 battle of Plassey, he was created 
 Lord Clive, on his return to Eng- 
 land in ijC)o. He becain(!Ciovernor 
 of liengal in JjCt^, and succeeded 
 in carrying out many reforms, but 
 not without making many enemies. 
 In i7<')7, he finally returned to 
 England. In 1773, his conduct in 
 India was made the subject of a 
 Parliamentary inquiry. He was 
 acquitted, but the disgrace implied 
 in the trial affected him so deeply 
 that he committed suicide in the 
 following year. Clive was one of 
 the greatest warrior-statesmen of 
 whom England can boast. Lord 
 Chatham described ^im as a 
 " heaven-liorn general, who, with- 
 out experience, surpassed all the 
 officers of his time." 
 
 Armament — a body of forces 
 equipped for war. The term is 
 used either of a land or of a naval 
 force. 
 
 Sepoys —native Hindoo soldiers 
 in the liritish army in India. 
 
 226. Louis XV. — King of 
 France at that time. 
 
 Empress Maria Theresa — of 
 Austria. France and Austria were 
 at that time the leading powers of 
 Europe. 
 
 Adverse —ad' vers — contrary. 
 
 December.— This was in 1756. 
 The events recorded in the re- 
 maining part of the lesson took 
 place in June, 1757, the battle of 
 Plassey being foughton thetwenty- 
 third of that month. The inter- 
 vening time was spent in negotia- 
 tions between the English and the 
 
 Nabob, in which each party was 
 trying to outwit th<; other. Clive 
 met craft with craft, and proved 
 himself more than a match for 
 the wily Hindoos. 
 
 Meer Jaffier. — This man was 
 the chief commander of the Na- 
 bob's troops. Fie phjtted against 
 the Nabob, and offered to assist 
 the FLnglish on condition that he 
 should be placed on the throne of 
 l^engal instead of Surajah Dow- 
 lah. After the battle of Plassey 
 he became Nabob of Bengal. 
 
 His division — the part of the 
 army commanded by him. 
 
 Decisive moment — the time 
 which war- to decide the success 
 or failure of the conspiracy. 
 
 Conspirator — one who conspires 
 or plots against another. 
 
 Overpowered . . ambition. — 
 What is meant ? 
 
 Power — force, army. Not a 
 common use of the word in prose. 
 
 Evasive — intended to put one 
 off and leave him in doubt. 
 
 Remonstrances— strong reasons 
 urged against any measure or pro- 
 ceeding. 
 
 Clive . . situation. — Paraphrase 
 so as to bring out clearly the force 
 of "painfully." 
 
 Sincerity — honesty of purpose. 
 
 Confederate — ally. Who was 
 this? 
 
 Valor — discipline. — Show that 
 both these are necessary to the 
 success of an army in battle. 
 
 It was . . thing. — Express the 
 same thought affirmatively. 
 
 A river — the Bhagrutti, on 
 which Plassey is situated. See 
 note on " Hooghly " above. 
 
 Dauntless — bold, daring. 
 
 Responsibility — the state of 
 being responsible for a trust. In 
 what respect was the responsibility 
 fearful ? Paraphrase the sentence. 
 
 Council of war— an assembly 
 of the chief officers of an army to 
 consult with the commander-in- 
 chief on matters of great import- 
 
THE CONQl'KST OF HF.NGAL. 
 
 125 
 
 ance. Clivc used to say afterwards 
 that •* he had never called but 
 one council of war, and that, if 
 he had taken the advice of that 
 council, the Hritish would never 
 have been masters of Benj^al." 
 
 Concurrence— agreement. 
 
 To put . . hazard. — Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 227. Mango-trees — a species of 
 tree widely cultivated in tropical 
 Asia. 
 
 Cymbals.— See note, p. 51. 
 
 Stout heart.— Compare " daunt- 
 less spirit," p. 226. 
 
 Against what odds . . prize. — 
 Explain. 
 
 Weak— stormy. — Give in other 
 words the force of these two epi- 
 thets. 
 
 Apprehensions. — Distinguish 
 from fears. 
 
 Appalled — impressed with fear 
 to such a degree ihat the mind 
 loses its firmness. 
 
 Crisis — the decisive point or 
 turn in affairs, on which depend 
 ail results. 
 
 Haunted . . furies. — The 
 ancient Q^j^eks had the idea that 
 one guilty of murder was haunted 
 or persecuted by three ghostly 
 beings — the Furies — sent at the 
 summons of the murdered one's 
 spirit to goad the murderer to 
 agony and remorse. Contrast the 
 state of mind of the two leaders 
 on the night before their great 
 contest. 
 
 Firelocks. — The firelock was a 
 gun, having a lock furnished with a 
 flint and steel, by means of which 
 fire was produced in order to dis- 
 charge it ; distinguished from the 
 matchlock, which was fired with a 
 match. 
 
 Pikes.— The pike war a weapon 
 consisting of a long wooden shaft 
 with a flat steel head, pointed, 
 formerly used by foot-soldiers. 
 
 Ordnance — artillery, heavy 
 guns. Distinguish in pronuncia- 
 tion and meaning from ordinance. 
 
 Auxiliaries.— This word, in the 
 plural, is generally used to mean 
 foreign troops in the service of a 
 nation at war. Distinguish from 
 "reinforcements," p. 158. 
 
 Were . . formidable.— Why? 
 
 Effeminate- womanish, weak. 
 
 Carnatic. -.V district on the east 
 coast of Southern India. 
 
 228. Conspicuous — prominent, 
 easy to be seen. 
 
 Regiment — a large body of sol- 
 diers comm nded by a colonel. 
 The number of men in a regiment 
 may vary greatly. It is customary 
 to distinguish regiments by certain 
 numbers, as here. 
 
 Colors— the small flags, gene- 
 rally of silk, forming the standard 
 of each regiment. Soldiers make it 
 a point of honor to save the colors 
 from falling into the hands of the 
 enemy, and many deeds of daring 
 have been performed in defending 
 and rescuing the regimental colors. 
 It is customary to place on the 
 colors the names of the battles 
 in which the regiment has taken 
 part. 
 
 Wellingfton.— Arthur WcUesley , 
 Duke of Wellington, born 1769, 
 was the greatest Jiritish soldier of 
 modern times. He won military 
 glory in India and elsewhere, but 
 his successes on other fields are 
 scarcely remembered in compari- 
 son with the series of brilliant 
 victories gained by him over the 
 French, terminating in the signal 
 defeat of Napoleon at Waterloo, 
 in 1815. Like Clive, he was a 
 statesman as well as a soldier. 
 He became Prime Minister in 
 1828. He died in 1S52, and was 
 buried in St. Paul's Cathedral, by 
 the side of Nelson. 
 
 Gascony — the former name 
 of a district in the south-west of 
 France, where Wellington gained 
 several victories. 
 
 Primus in Indis — prl'mUs in 
 In'dls — " first among the men of 
 India." 
 
126 
 
 NOTKS TO TIIK FOURTH RF-:AlJliR. 
 
 Cannonade— continuous firing 
 of camion. 
 
 The artillery . , execution.— 
 Express otherwise. 
 
 Field-pieces— fieUl-guns, small 
 cannon carried alotif^ with armies 
 and used on the battle-field. 
 
 His conspirators— those 
 secretly working against him but 
 pretending friendship. 
 
 Expediency — propriety under 
 the particular circumstances of a 
 case 
 
 Insidious — treacherous, plausi- 
 ble but ill-meant. Why was the 
 advice insidious ? 
 
 Dispirited.— Why was the army 
 of the Nabob dispirited ? 
 
 Disciplined valor. — Abstract 
 for concrete. Metonymy. Para- 
 phrase the sentence. Note how 
 the spirited activity of these opera- 
 tions is well brouRht out by the 
 short, hurried sentences by which 
 they are described. 
 
 Regular soldiers. — What differ- 
 ence is there between regulars and 
 volunteers ? 
 
 To confiont — to oppose. Dis- 
 tinguish from to face. 
 
 Power. — Compare the meaning 
 of this word here with that on 
 p. 226. 
 
 Point out on the map all the 
 places mentioned in the lesson. 
 
 Read the whole of Macaulay's 
 essay on Lord Clivc. 
 
 I. Distinguish bet ween expecta- 
 tion and hope; resistance and 
 
 opposition ; insolence and imper- 
 tinence ; cell and cave; remorse 
 and repentance ; procured and 
 purchased; separate and scatter; 
 fear and doubt; dispersed and 
 divided. 
 
 II, Analyze exaggerated, un- 
 cultivated, fortify, fugitive, regal, 
 commit, retribution, malefactor, 
 survivor, despair, decisive, ambi- 
 tion, evade, confidence, sincerity, 
 concur, insidious, dispersed. 
 
 III, Change the dependent 
 sentences in the following to 
 phrases, explaining and showing 
 the effect of change : — The Gover- 
 nor, who had heard much of 
 Surajah Dowlah's cruelty, was 
 frightened out of his wits. He 
 promised to spare their lives, be- 
 fore he retired to rest. He gave 
 orders that all should be in readi- 
 ness for passing the river on the 
 morrow. His stout heart sank 
 now and then when he reflected 
 against what odds he was in a few 
 hours to contend. He had formed 
 a very exaggerated notion of the 
 wealth which would be obtained 
 by plundering them. As our 
 allies are absent, we mffSt depend 
 on our own exertions. When the 
 troubles began, most of the Com- 
 pany's servants supposed there 
 would be little danger, Cliv, re- 
 solved that he would risk an 
 engagement, 
 
 IV. Sketch (i.) The Capture of 
 Calcutta bv Surajah Dowlah; 
 (ii.) The Battle of Plassey. 
 
 I p; 
 
 LXXVI. LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS. 
 
 The Pilfrrims, or Pilgrim Fathers, were a body of English Noncon- 
 formists, who emigrated to America to escape religious persecution. 
 In the latter part of Elizabeth's reign they had taken refuge in Holland, 
 but finding it difficult to maintain themselves there as a separate com- 
 munity, they resolved to quit Holland and find a home in the New 
 World, In July, 1620, they sailed from Holland to Southampton, and 
 
LANDING OF THE I'lLGKlMb. 
 
 127 
 
 re- 
 ik an 
 
 jncon- 
 
 ution. 
 
 Hand, 
 corn- 
 New 
 
 n, and 
 
 there embarked on two small vessels — the Spfidrvill and the MayJJojiur 
 — for their new home. At I^ly mouth, the Spiidtiill was pronounced 
 unfit for the voyage, and the MtiyjJowir, with the whole party on board 
 —one hundred and two — set sail alone. She reached the coast of 
 Massachusetts in November, iGjo, and in the latter part of December, 
 the Pilgrims selected the site for their settlement, which they called 
 Plymouth, in memory of the last English port at which they touched. 
 They suffered great hardships, and half of their number died before the 
 following spring. A huge boulder of granite, called Plymouth Rock, is 
 still pointed out as the spot where the Pilgrims landed to form their 
 settlement, and it is held in great veneration by their descendants. 
 
 229. The breaking waves . . 
 tossed. — On Noveml)er 21st, the 
 May/io7iicr Cii^t anchor in i^rovince- 
 town harbor, just inside the ex- 
 treme point of Cape Cod and 
 nearly due east of Plymouth. 
 There is scarcely any part of the 
 New England coast to which the 
 description in these two lines is 
 less applicable than to the inside 
 of this sickle-shaped peninsula. 
 It is a succession of low sand-hills, 
 and the trees that grow on them 
 are not at all giant-like in size. 
 
 Stern and rock-bound. — Ex- 
 plain. These epithets describe 
 well, not only "the wild New 
 England shore," but also the whole 
 coast-line to the north. Compare 
 yacqtics Carticr, st. iv., 1. i. 
 
 Woods. — Why not trees? 
 Which is the more suitable word 
 for poetry ? 
 
 And the heavy night . . o'er.— - 
 Was the night heavy 1 Write this 
 line in prose. 
 
 Exiles.— See note, p. 192. 
 
 Moored — anchored. 
 
 Bark —See note, p. 133. 
 
 New England.— See note, p. 132. 
 
 True-hearted — faithful to their 
 religious convictions. 
 
 Stirring drums. — Explain the 
 force of " stirring " by a clause. 
 
 The flying. — Contrasted with 
 conqueror. Express in such words 
 as to bring out this contrast more 
 clearly. 
 
 They shook . . cheer.— Para- 
 
 phrase, bringing out the force of 
 "desert's gloom" and "lofty 
 cheer." 
 
 Amidst the storm . . free. — 
 Note how expressively these lines 
 indicate the lonely, desolate con- 
 dition of the Pilgrims, and the 
 deep solemnity of the occasion, 
 when, with gratitude for the past 
 and hope for the future, they sang 
 their song of thanksgiving. 
 
 Aisles. — Properly, passages in a 
 church or other building. What 
 is the meaning here ? Why sound- 
 
 tHffi 
 
 dim 
 
 Dim woods. — Compare 
 old forest," p. 31. 
 
 Anthem . . free. — See the same 
 expression on page 162, and com- 
 pare the meaning. 
 
 Ocean eagle.— This bird differs 
 from the true eagle in its habits, 
 and slightly, also, in appearance. 
 It frequents the sea-coast and the 
 shores of lakes and rivers to feed 
 on fish. This eagle is the chosen 
 symbol of the United States. 
 
 White wave's foam.— Compare 
 the first line of the poem. 
 
 This was . . home.— Compare 
 the conqueror's welcome in the 
 second stanza. 
 
 Childhood's land.— What land? 
 
 Fearless eye.— Fearless is an 
 unusual epithet to apply to a 
 woman's eye. Its use may be 
 justified here, as referring to the 
 firm faith in the future which these 
 women possessed. 
 
 J 
 
128 
 
 NOTKS TO THI'- lOURTII KliADKK. 
 
 l! 
 
 1 II 
 
 %\ 
 
 'V' 
 
 4iil 
 !|l'l 
 
 Deep love's truth, llcnv was 
 this shown ? 
 
 Serenely high. This may refer 
 to man's c<Hifi(lciue in his own 
 
 f)owL'rs when he is in the prime of 
 ife. 
 
 Fiery . . youth.— Express in a 
 more concrcite form. 
 
 230. What sought . . war ?— 
 Notice the rhetorical effect of these 
 questions. 
 
 A faith's . . shrine.— A place 
 where they could worship Cind 
 accordinj^ to their own religious 
 convictions. 
 
 Ay. — See note, papjc 218. 
 
 Holy ground. — SeelCxodusiii.,5. 
 
 They have . . God. — They 
 allowed to others the same " free- 
 dom to worship God " which they 
 claimed for themselves. This is 
 true of the Pilj^rim Fathers, but 
 not of the I'uritans, who subse- 
 quently settled in Massachusetts, 
 with whom they are often con- 
 founded. 
 
 The descriptive details of the 
 first stanza, though not strictly in 
 accordance with the facts, are, 
 nevertheless, necessary as an in- 
 troduction to the poem, and serve 
 to excite our sympathy for the 
 Pilgrims. 
 
 There is frequent use of alliter- 
 ation in the poem. I'oint out 
 instances. 
 
 Observe that the sentiment be- 
 comes more elevated as the poem 
 f)roceeds, reaching a climax in the 
 ast stanza. 
 
 What great principle is taught 
 in the poem ? 
 
 This poem is a good selection 
 for school recitation. 
 
 While each line has the proper 
 number of poetic accents — six and 
 seven alternately — there is a pleas- 
 ing variety in the number of syl- 
 lables, and in the position of the 
 accents. 
 
 The emphases and pauses are 
 easily determined. 
 
 Do not declaim. Find out the 
 spirit of Cach stanza, and then 
 express it naturally. 
 
 Emphasize "not" in the three 
 first lines of the second stanza. 
 In the third stanza pause after 
 " woods" and emphasize "rang"; 
 pause also after "soared," and 
 strongly emphasize "this." 
 
 With what inflection must the 
 questions in the last stanza be 
 read? 
 
 
 
 I*- 
 
 if; 
 
 lii' 
 
 LXXVII. TO FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE. 
 
 Florence Nightingale, daughter of William Shore Nightingale, was 
 born at Florence, Italv, in 1820. She early showed an intense devotion 
 to the alleviation of .uffering, which led her to give attention to the 
 condition of hospitals. In 1854 she went to the Crimea as superin- 
 tendent of a staff of voluntary nurses, many of whom were ladies of 
 rank and fortune. She organized the nursing departments of the hos- 
 pitals in the Crimea and at Scutari, on the Bosphorus; and, although 
 prostrated by fever, she refused to leave her post till the close of the 
 war. She, to whom many a soldier owed life and health, returned to 
 England with her own health gone — the result of her unremitting toil 
 and anxiety for the sick and wounded soldiers. " Her devotion to the 
 
 i|! .ill i ;!l 
 
TO M.OKLNCIi NMGIITINGALK 
 
 1-9 
 
 sufferers can never lie forjjottcn. Slur has stuul twenty liDurs at a 
 stretch in order to see thcni provided with accommodation and all the 
 reciuisites ol" their condition. " 
 
 230. Verse.— Here, the whole 
 poem. ( iiveother usesof the word. 
 
 Whereto life. What is the 
 grammatical relation of this clause? 
 Not only did her tender nursing 
 save men from death, but even in 
 her look there was a kindly sym- 
 pathy which seemed toinspiri' the 
 wounded soldiers with new life. 
 
 Think not . name.— The poet 
 has not chosen her name because 
 of its melodious sound, or l)ecause 
 he is in want of a subjt;ct for a 
 poem; nor has he chosen it be- 
 cause of her popularity, for this 
 would be mere time-serving — " to 
 fit the time." 
 
 True victress.— Her's was 
 moral heroism. For a lady, highly 
 educated and accomplisheil, as she 
 was, it required greater heroism 
 to endure the sad, toilsome routine 
 of hospital life, with all its sicken- 
 ing details, than is required by 
 the soldier who faces the enemy 
 upon the battle-field. What strife 
 is referred to in this lino? 
 
 But let it serve . . go.— These 
 lines show what feelings prompted 
 the writing of the poem. Every- 
 body loves her for her noble deeds, 
 and this poem is ih^ poet's tribute 
 of affection to her. 
 
 Serve — suffice, be sufficient. 
 
 Thine ear . . know.— How can 
 an ear be said to knoiv ? Show 
 clearly what is meant. 
 
 Thy gallant deed. — What was 
 this? 'Why gallant ? 
 
 For God . . need.— This tells 
 us what prompted her to under- 
 take the work. The hospitals were 
 crowded with sick and wounded, 
 and their unhealthy condition soon 
 became apparent in a rate of mor- 
 tality to which the casualties of 
 the fiercest battle were as nothing. 
 "In this crisis Miss Nightingale 
 
 offered to go out and orgaiii/c a 
 nursing department at Scutari ' 
 
 'Tis good . . things. The 
 poet now shows that ht;r name is 
 suitccl to ht-r character. 
 
 A stately . bird. Explain the 
 allusions. Note th(! epitlu'ts Used, 
 
 'Tis good 'tis well. CauthrM- 
 expressions 1)(; interchanged hi-re ? 
 
 'Tis well that . . heard. — 
 Which "that" may be omitted 
 without changing tlie sense? 
 
 Thy sweet story.— To what ''^ 
 " tliv " i-cjuivalfnt ? 
 
 Brave eyes. Transferred epi- 
 thet. 'l"o what does the epithet 
 proper! v belong? 
 
 O voice! in . . hill. — Note how 
 these lines prepaie us for the in- 
 troduction of her name, li.xplain 
 all the allusions. 
 
 Like city . . hill. — See Mat- 
 thew v., 14. Show the force of 
 the comparison. 
 
 Large work and will. \ refer- 
 ence to the greatness of the \wtk 
 she undertook, ami to her willing- 
 ness in undertaking it. 
 
 Glad of thee.— What different 
 meaning would "proud of thee" 
 convey ? 
 
 Charity — love. — C^ive other 
 meanings. 
 
 Take thee . . still. —This line 
 expresses a wish, (iive the mean- 
 ing in other words. 
 
 Mr. Arnold, in this pioem, has 
 given us an illustration of the ex- 
 pressiveness and p<<wer of the 
 English monosyllable. 
 
 The idea of the pcjem is very 
 prettily conceived. Its most beau- 
 tiful thoughts are suggested by the 
 lady's name itself, formingaclimax 
 which ends with the line, "Good 
 Florence Nightingale." 
 
 The poem was written in 1855. 
 
130 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 LXXVIII. RIDING TOGETHER. 
 
 
 iJ. 
 
 (.Mi 
 
 «|' 
 
 lid 
 
 ! 
 
 231. Steady. — For steadily, as 
 in the gccoikI stanza. 
 
 East.— Why written with a 
 capital letter ? 
 
 Hot grew. — That is, continued 
 grou'infr hot. How is the same 
 idea expressed in the second 
 stanza ? 
 
 Lady's Feast.— This was the 
 name of a feast celebrated on the 
 25th of March — Lady-day — to 
 commemorate the angel's an- 
 nouncement to the Virgin Mary.- 
 See Luke i., 26-38. 
 
 Hotter and clearer. — In the 
 first stanza, hot weather is men- 
 tioned as the effect of the east 
 wind blowing, which is the case in 
 the tropical countries of the East. 
 In this stanza we have an effect 
 of both wind and heat — the 
 weather clearer as well as hotter. 
 
 Clear-cut. — The outline, show- 
 ing the clearness of the atmos- 
 phere, and the shadow, the bright- 
 ness of the sun. This heightens 
 the ideas expressed by "hot " and 
 "clear." 
 
 As freely . . slack.— They 
 were riding on at an easy pace — 
 "with bridles slack," without 
 interruption, and had their "helms 
 unlaced " on account of the heat. 
 A helm, or helmef, was said to 
 be unlaced vhen the visor, or 
 part that defended the face, was 
 raised, 01 loosed. 
 
 Looking down . stream. 
 
 — They were riding in the direc- 
 tion in which the stream flowed. 
 This fresh scenery is very reliev- 
 ing amidst the heat, and appears 
 like an oasis in the desert. 
 
 Bream. — A fresh -water fish of 
 a deep, compressed form, belong- 
 ing to the carp family. It has a 
 fondness for coming to the top of 
 the water ■ hence, the epithet — 
 "bubble-making." 
 
 Rood. — See note, p. 40. This 
 word suggests Crusaders, and this 
 again calls up Saracens, so that 
 we have the whole history before 
 us. Why was the rood hung 
 above their heads ? 
 
 Night-long. — The tedious 
 length of the night is shown much 
 better by this compound than by 
 using the phrase, " in the night," 
 as in the first line. 
 
 Dewy. — In tropical regions, 
 where the heat is great, and rain 
 seldom falls, dew is abundant. 
 The use of such words and allu- 
 sions makes the tale life-like, and 
 marks it out as the story of one 
 who was an eye-witness. 
 
 The while— during the time. 
 An old and poetic expression for 
 "while." 
 
 Watch. — This word is suggested 
 by " watched " in the third line. 
 Notice the literal and the meta- 
 phorical use of the word. Para- 
 phrase the two last lines of the 
 stanza. 
 
 Our spears . . together. — 
 Paraphrase, bringing out the force 
 of "bright and thick." 
 
 Banners. — See note on " stan- 
 dards . . pennons,'" p. 86. 
 These were more properly pennons, 
 or small streamers attached to 
 the spears. 
 
 Wind. — In poetry, this word is; 
 pronounced 7i''ind, when made to- 
 rhyme with words having the long 
 I sound. See note, p. 81. 
 
 232. Downsrnk. — Their spears 
 were couched or levelled for the 
 attack. 
 
 As thick . . ride. — At the 
 time of the Crusades, the name 
 pagan was applied to the Saracens ; 
 incorrectly, however, for it pro- 
 perly means worshippers of false 
 gods, those who were neither 
 Christians. lews, rior Moham- 
 
RIDING TOGETHER. 
 
 131 
 
 medans. To what does the epithet 
 "thick" refer? 
 
 His eager face. — The face of his 
 companion, eager for the fray. 
 This is further emphasized by the 
 word "shone" in the last line cf 
 the stanza. Note that the supposed 
 speaker always refers to his friend 
 with much tenderness. 
 
 Up the sweep . . spears.— 
 Observe how the impetuosity of 
 the attack is expressed by the 
 rhythm of these lines. 
 
 Down rained . . weather. — 
 Express differently. 
 
 The elm-tree . . tears.— 
 This falling of buds and llower-s 
 may have been caused by the 
 shaking of the boughs in the con- 
 flict ; but it is more likely that, 
 after the manner of the older poets, 
 Chaucer, Spenser, etc., the author 
 intends to represent nature as 
 shedding tei rs of sorrow for the 
 brave Christian knights who are 
 falling in the battle. 
 
 We rolled . writhed. — 
 
 Observe how vividlv the close, 
 hand-to hand struggle is expressed 
 by this line. 
 
 I threw . . head. — His arms 
 are thrown up in horror at the 
 death of his friend, but immedi- 
 ately seized with a desire to 
 revenge his death, he rushes upon 
 the slayer. 
 
 He waited . . place.— This 
 line well expresses the suddenness 
 of the avenging blow. 
 
 With thoughts . . weather. 
 — " The lovely weather " seems by 
 contrast to make the conflict all 
 the more cruel. 
 
 Gapingly mazed. -His furious 
 rage so appalled his foe that the 
 latter seemed paralyzed and in- 
 capable of defending himself. 
 
 The pagans drowned.— What 
 is the subject of " drowned " ? 
 
 As in Stormy . . land.— Show 
 
 from the comparison here ex- 
 pressed that the pagans had the 
 advantage, (i) in numbers, (2) in 
 position. What added notions 
 does the phrase, "as in stormy 
 weather, " convey. 
 
 They bound . side.— Com- 
 pare the incident in Mrs. Hemans' 
 poem, Bcrmirdu del Carpio. 
 
 Cymbals. — See note, p. 51. This 
 is a common musical instrument 
 in the East. The clash of cymbals 
 denoted the victory of the pagans. 
 
 We ride no more . . together. — 
 The repetition of " no more " makes 
 the line more pathetic, and excites 
 our sympathy for the speaker. 
 He has lost all interest in the 
 world around him, and more par- 
 ticularly in the weather, to which 
 he had seemed to give much heed 
 when he and his companion rode 
 on together. H;s friend is now 
 dead, and he is a prisoner. Life 
 is no longer desirable. 
 
 Notice the different epithets 
 applied to the weather in this 
 poem, and show for what effect 
 they are chosen. 
 
 Why is the poem called Hiding 
 Together ? 
 
 When, and under what circum- 
 stances, may the events be supposed 
 to have taken place ? 
 
 What tone, pitch, time, etc., 
 does this poem require ? 
 
 In the first six stanzas there is 
 but little variety ; the reading 
 goes on quietly like the riding. 
 The seventh stanza is more ani- 
 mated, but ends \\\*h a tone of 
 sadness. In the fir.--, two lines of 
 the eighth stanza, i.nitate the dash 
 of the horsemen " up the sweep of 
 the bridge," and "the crash of 
 the meeting spears " ; the two last 
 lines should be read in a sad tone. 
 
 Note any change of modulation 
 in the last five stanzas. 
 
132 
 
 MOTKS TO THE FOURTH HICADKR. 
 
 il'i! 
 
 '¥ 
 
 'rni:,' 
 
 ;il 
 
 LXXIX. THE CAPTURE OF OUEBEC. 
 
 The war which gave (Jncbec to the English began in a quarrel 
 between the English and French colonics in India and in America. 
 They disputed about the boundaries of their territories, an4 for a 
 time waged war with one another independent of the mother countries. 
 In 1756 war was declared between the two countries. It is known in 
 history as the Seven Years' War, and it ended in the triumph of the 
 English in 1763. This lesson gives an account of the crowning event 
 of the struggle in America. 
 
 in the South of France in 1712. 
 At the age of fifteen he entered 
 the army, and two years after- 
 wards became captain. In 1756 
 he was made major-general, and 
 entrusted with the command of 
 the French forces in North Ameri- 
 ca. By his singular powers of ad- 
 ministration he attached the bulk 
 of the Indian tribes of Canada to 
 the cause of his nation, and by his 
 activity he extended .he French 
 dominions along the great lakes 
 towards the Ohio and the Missis- 
 sippi, He gained several successes 
 ov(;r the English generals who 
 preceded Wolfe, and was in all 
 respects a worthy antagonist of 
 the English general. He was 
 mortally wounded in the Battle 
 of yuebec, and died on the fol- 
 lowing morning. A monument 
 within the citadel of Quebec per- 
 petuates the memory of Montcalm 
 and that of his victorious rival. 
 
 234. Wolfe, — James Wolfe, 
 born 1726, was the son of a mai ;■ 
 general in the British army, ai>i 
 from childhood " he had drern; ■■'; 
 of the army and the wars." So 
 rapidly did he rise in the service 
 that, at the age of twenty-three, 
 he was a lieutenaint- colonel, 
 stationed with his regiment at 
 Inverness, and entrusted with the 
 difficult task of keeping in order 
 the disaffected Highlanders. He 
 served with distinction in the Con- 
 tinental wars carried on against 
 
 233. The closing^ . . Canada.— 
 
 The capture of Quebec. Eower 
 Canada, now the Province of Que- 
 bec, was discovered by Jacques 
 Cartier (see note, p. 161), It re- 
 mained a colony of France until 
 Quebec was taken by Wolfe in 
 
 1739- 
 
 Circumstances . . interest.— 
 Why of peculiar interest to us ? 
 Gather some of the circumstances 
 from the lesson. 
 
 Romance -— fiction. Compare 
 "fiction," p. 224, and see note 
 thereon. 
 
 Episode — an incidental narra- 
 tive, separable from the main sub- 
 ject, but naturally arising from it. 
 Why strikiufrP Compare "pecu- 
 liar," above. 
 
 Battle of Quebec— By what 
 other name is this battle known ? 
 " Quebec " is said to be an Indian 
 ■word — kepee — meaning strait. 
 
 Execution— carrying out. Give 
 other meanings. 
 
 Unparalleled — without parallel, 
 unequalled. 
 
 The contending armies . . 
 numbers. — How could two armies 
 be equal in military strength if 
 unequal in numbers? I'araphrase 
 the sentence. 
 
 Chiefs — leaders; Wolfe and 
 Montcalm. 
 
 Chivalrous — gallant. Distin- 
 guish from heroic. 
 
 Montcalm. — Louis Joseph, 
 Marquis de Montcalm, was bt^rn 
 
THE CAlTrKK OF UUKBEC. 
 
 133 
 
 France: and at the capture of 
 Louisbourg, in 1758, where he 
 commanded a division under Gen- 
 eral Amherst, he greatly increased 
 his reputation as a bold and dash- 
 ing military leader. Pitt, discern- 
 ing the genius and heroism of the 
 young general, chose him to com- 
 mand the expedition against Que- 
 bec. 
 
 His nature was a compound of 
 tenderness and fire. He was sub- 
 ject to fits of irritability on ac- 
 count of his habitual ill-health; 
 for he inherited a weak constitu- 
 tion from his mother. " In spite 
 of his rigorous discipline he was 
 beloved by his soldiers, to whose 
 comfort he was always attentive." 
 
 Find in the lesson an illustra- 
 tion of the statement here quoted. 
 
 France trusted . . Wolfe. — 
 Note the different epithets applied 
 to Wolfe and Montcalm, and show 
 that the adverbs "firmly" and 
 "hopefully" are aptly used here. 
 
 234. Magnificent stronghold - 
 the citadel of Quebec. See note on 
 "fortress cliff," p. 1C3. Com- 
 pare "strongholds," p. 153. 
 
 Staked . . strife.— Bring out 
 the meaning of "staked" and 
 "issue" by a paraphrase. The 
 use of the word "staked" in this 
 sense is borrowed from the lan- 
 guage of the gaming-table. Com- 
 pare " put to the hazard," p. 226. 
 
 Close at hand. — Less than a 
 mile distant. 
 
 Prospect— view. 
 
 Rejoiced . . man. — Express 
 differently. 
 
 Ideal — fanciful ; also, approach- 
 ing perfection. The writer regards 
 the picture of the city and the na- 
 tural scenery around it as almost 
 too beautiful to be real. 
 
 Eminence — height. What ad- 
 ditional meaning does " lofty " 
 give? 
 
 Left bank.— What bank is thi.s? 
 
 Plains of Abraham.— So called 
 from Abraham Martin, a pilot, 
 
 known as Maltrc Abraham, who 
 had owned a piece oi land here 
 in the early days of the colony. 
 The F'lains were a tolerably level, 
 grassy tract of land, studded with 
 clumps of bushes and interspersed 
 with patches of corn-fields. 
 
 Precipice — a steep descent. 
 Compare note, p. 191. 
 
 Decisive. — Express by a clause. 
 See note, p. 226. 
 
 The plans . . secret. — Why? 
 
 Division. — See note, p. 226. 
 
 Embarked — went on board. 
 Give other uses of this word. 
 
 In high spirits. — Express other- 
 wise. 
 
 Flotilla — a fleet of small vessels. 
 Here, the " flat-bottomed boats." 
 The boats were piloted by James 
 Cook, an officer of one of the 
 British ships, who afterwards be- 
 came the famous navigator, Cap- 
 tain Cook. 
 
 Ebb-tide — the tide as it ebbs or 
 recedes from the land. Give an 
 opposite term. 
 
 Midshipman. — See note, p. 25. 
 This was John Robison, after- 
 wards Professor of Natural I^hil- 
 osophy in the University of Edin- 
 burgh. The ninth stanza of the 
 " Elegy " has always been especi- 
 ally associated with this incident. 
 " (Jne noble line— 'The paths of 
 glory lead but to the grave ' — must 
 have seemed at such a time fraught 
 with mournful meaning." 
 
 Vent— expression. Give other 
 meanings of this word. 
 
 Intensity . . feelings— strong 
 excitement of feeling, great mental 
 strain. 
 
 235. Dark outline. — Explain. 
 
 Hurrying past— being carried 
 down with the tide. 
 
 Recognized— perceived, knew. 
 
 Company — a subdivision of a 
 regiment, consisting of from sixty 
 to one hundred men, and com- 
 manded by a captain. The terms 
 " light " and " heavy " applied to 
 a company have reference partly 
 

 
 
 f'i! :ii 
 
 134 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 :llr 
 
 to the men, but more particularly 
 to their arms and accoutrements 
 — light companies being employed 
 in military enterprises requiring 
 rapid movements. 
 
 Hig^hlanders. — See note, p. 190. 
 What is meant by " 78th " ? See 
 note on " Regiment," p. 228. 
 
 Woody precipice. — Expand 
 " woody " into a clause. 
 
 Path— track. — Distinguish. 
 
 Sentinel. — See note, p. 204. 
 
 Unconscious. — Distinguish 
 from tinaware. Which is the 
 better word here ? 
 
 Scrambled. — Distinguish from 
 climbed. 
 
 Half . . won. — Express differ- 
 ently. According to Parkman, 
 the English were first challenged 
 while still on the river. His ac- 
 count of this incident is as fol- 
 lows : — 
 
 " As they neared their destina- 
 tion, the tide bore them in towards 
 the shore, and the mighty wall of 
 rock and forest towered in dark- 
 ness on their left. The dead still- 
 ness was suddenly broken by the 
 sharp Qui vivc ? of a French 
 sentry, invisible in the thick 
 gloom. France ! answered a High- 
 land officer of Eraser's regiment 
 from one of the boats of the light 
 infantry. He had served in Hol- 
 land, and spoke French fluently. 
 
 '• A quel r/ghncnt ? 
 
 "De la Rcinc, replied the High- 
 lander. He knew that a part of 
 that corps was with Bougainville. 
 The sentry, expecting the convoy 
 of provisions, was satisfied, and 
 he did not ask for the password." 
 
 "Qui vive." — See note, p 123. 
 
 "La France." — France— liter- 
 ally, The France. Some historians 
 regard this as the password. 
 
 Self-possession. — Give a 
 synonymous expression. 
 
 They hastily . . panic. — Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 Panic — fear for which a reason 
 cannot be given. The ancient 
 
 Greeks believed that sudden fea*" 
 was inspired by Pan, the god of 
 flocks and shepherds. 
 
 Summoned to surrender. — Ex- 
 press in other words. 
 
 Assailants. — See note, p. 158. 
 Who were the assailants? 
 
 Intrenched — defended with a 
 trench or ditch, and an earthwork. 
 See note on " earth-works," p. 148. 
 
 Post — a position held or occu- 
 pied by soldiers. 
 
 Monckton— Murray. — Two of 
 the three brigadier-generals who 
 commanded under Wolfe at the 
 taking of Quebec. The other was 
 George Townshend. Monckton 
 was an energetic and skilful officer, 
 who had seen much service, espe- 
 cially in the wars by which Acadia 
 was won from the French. Mur- 
 ray was made Governor of Quebec 
 after the capture of the city, and 
 Governor-General of Canada in 
 1763. He was a friend to the 
 French-Canadians, and incurred 
 the enmity of the English officials, 
 whose complaints against him led 
 to his recall in 1766. 
 
 Reinforcements. — See 
 p. 158. 
 
 236. Of disembarkation. - 
 press by a clause. 
 
 Battalions. — A battalion 
 body of infantry, varying 
 300 to 1,000 men, and usually 
 forming a division of a regiment. 
 
 Formed — arranged themselves 
 in military order, as if ready for 
 battle. Distinguish from com- 
 pleted in the next line. 
 
 Plied — made regular passages 
 between the ships and the landing- 
 place. 
 
 Alacrity — cheerful readiness. 
 Notice the force of "ready." Com- 
 pare "lofty eminence," and "steep 
 precipice," p. 234. 
 
 Whole . . force. — The army 
 altogether numbered 4,828 men, 
 officers included, but Wolfe's front 
 line, which alone met and turned 
 the French attack, numbered, offi- 
 
 note, 
 -Ex- 
 is a 
 from 
 
THIL CAPTl'RK OF gUKBnC. 
 
 135 
 
 Iden fear 
 e god of 
 
 ler.— Ex- 
 
 p. 158. 
 
 with a 
 rthwork. 
 .'•p. 148. 
 or occu- 
 
 -Two of 
 rals who 
 e at the 
 ither was 
 [onckton 
 il officer, 
 ce, espe- 
 li Acadia 
 1. Mur- 
 f Quebec 
 city, and 
 inada in 
 1 to the 
 incurred 
 officials, 
 ; him led 
 
 e note, 
 
 n.— Ex' 
 
 on is a 
 ig from 
 usually 
 ;iment. 
 ;mselves 
 sady for 
 m com- 
 
 Dassages 
 anding- 
 
 adiness. 
 Com- 
 ' steep 
 
 e army 
 8 men, 
 
 3's front 
 turned 
 
 ed, offi- 
 
 cers and men, only 3, -265. Ex- 
 press "disposable" by a clause. 
 
 Array — order of battle. 
 
 Cove. — The Ansc de Foiilon of 
 the French, now called Wolfe's 
 Cove, one mile and a half from 
 Quebec. Compare the meaning 
 of "coves," p. ig8. Paraphrase 
 the sentence so as to bring out 
 fully the meaning of " above." 
 
 One gun. — What is meant ? 
 
 Incredible. — See note, p. 191. 
 
 Demonstrations . . fleet.— 
 The fleet was under the command 
 of Admiral Saunders, and it was 
 agreed between him and Wolfe, 
 that " while the General made a 
 real attack, the Admiral should 
 engage Montcalm's attention by a 
 pretended one." 
 
 Worsted . . general— out - 
 generalled. Show from the les- 
 son itself that this statement is 
 true. 
 
 Order of battle. — Express dif- 
 ferently ? 
 
 Steadily — promptly. — What 
 meaning is conveyed by each of 
 these words ? 
 
 Column — a formation of troops, 
 narrow in front, and deep from 
 front to rear ; thus distinguished 
 from line, which is extended in 
 front, and thin in depth. Note 
 on next page the difference be- 
 tween the French and English 
 order of battle. 
 
 Regular troops.— Compare 
 " regular soldiers," p. 228. Dis- 
 tinguish from volunteers. 
 
 *'Field state."— A "tabular 
 return," showing the number of 
 officers and men engaged as here 
 stated, was prepared by Captain 
 Knox, of one of the British ships. 
 George Townshend, who succeeded 
 Wolfe in the command, gave the 
 entire number at 4,441. 
 
 Skirmishers — small detach- 
 ments, or bands of soldiers, sent 
 out in advance either to attack the 
 enemy and thus bring on a battle, 
 or by their fire to draw off atten- 
 
 tion from the movements of the 
 troops in the rear. 
 
 Incessant — unceasing, uninter- 
 rupted. 
 
 Disabled — rendered unfit for 
 service. 
 
 237.— Exhorting— encouraging, 
 counselling. 
 
 To reserve • . fire. — Give the 
 meaning in other words. 
 
 Matchless . . trial.— Para- 
 phrase, expanding "with match- 
 less " into a clause. 
 
 Wavered — hesitated, became 
 less resolute. 
 
 Parade— the assembly and or- 
 derly arrangement of troops for 
 show, inspection, or the like. 
 
 Ghastly gaps. — See note on 
 "ghastly," p. 224. Distinguish 
 from its use here. 
 
 At once . . levelled.— What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Shivering . . storm. — Express 
 differently. For "pennons," see 
 note on "standards . . pennons," 
 p. 86. 
 
 Long-suspended blow.— Show 
 what this refers to. 
 
 Elapsed. — Compare " lapse," 
 p. 224. 
 
 Line of battle. — What is meant ? 
 
 Dismayed— daunted, affrighted. 
 
 Dauntless bearing. — Express 
 otherwise. 
 
 Redoubt.— See note, p. 158. 
 
 At first they . • French. — Re- 
 cast this sentence, bringing out 
 the meaning, and showing by the 
 new arrangement that they did 
 not receive the volleys of the 
 French " with deadly interest." 
 
 Ardor — zeal. 
 
 Restraints — restrictions, hin- 
 drances. How does discipline 
 restrain a body of troops ? 
 
 238. Grenadier. — Formerly, a 
 soldier that threw grenades (see 
 note, p. 160) ; now, one of a com- 
 pany of tall, stout soldiers. 
 
 Carnage— great slaughter. 
 
 Which death . . scattered. — 
 Notice the force of "death" here. 
 
136 
 
 N()Ti:s rn riii.; I'OI'ktii ki:.\I)I-:r. 
 
 
 
 'J 1 
 
 *;i;; 
 
 W '\ 
 
 Note, too, the natural order of 
 events as denoted by the words, 
 "disordered," "broken," "scat- 
 tered." 
 
 Wreck of hope. -What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Veterans— old or well -seasoned 
 soldiers. What name is given to 
 newly-enlisted soldiers? 
 
 Galloped . . battle. — Para- 
 phrase, bringing out the meaning 
 of "made head against," and 
 "show a front." 
 
 Colonel Burton. — This brave 
 officer had seen much service in 
 America under General Braddock 
 and others. He held a command 
 under Braddock in the expedition 
 against Fort Duquesne, in 1755. 
 
 239. Webb's regiment. — This 
 was the strongest regiment in the 
 battle. Daniel Webb, its colonel, 
 came to America in 1756 as com- 
 mander-in-chief of the English 
 forces, but soon resigned his posi- 
 tion in favour of General Aber- 
 crombie. 
 
 Proclamation —a public notice, 
 an official public announcement 
 or declaration. Compare note on 
 "and, with . proclamation," 
 p. III. 
 
 When the sounds . . rose. — A 
 quotation from Campbell's Battle 
 of the Baltic. Show how the senti- 
 ments of this hne are expressed 
 throughout the paragraph that 
 follows. 
 
 Embalmed. — To embalm a body 
 is to subject it to a process which 
 preserves it from decay. 
 
 The army . . beach. — Para- 
 phrase, bringing out the meaning 
 of " solemn state." 
 
 They mourned . . bravely.— 
 Note the structure of this sentence. 
 
 Their attachment . . toils.— 
 Compare the sentiment in " Love 
 lightens labor." 
 
 Their confidence . . disasters. — 
 How could this be? 
 
 Momentous— very important, of 
 great consequence. What was the 
 
 political question referred to in this 
 sentence ? 
 
 Emigrants. — Distinguish from 
 immigrants. 
 
 Virginians — See note on " Vir- 
 ginia," p. 179. 
 
 Br tish flag. — See note on 
 "flag," p. 193. 
 
 Citadel -a strong fortress or 
 castle in or near a city, generally 
 built on some lofty commanding 
 position. See also note on "for- 
 tress cliff," p. 163. 
 
 Providence. — Why written with 
 a capital letter? 
 
 Anglo-Saxon. — Why is this 
 name given to the race to which 
 the I'lnglish belong? 
 
 Destiny— fortunes. Distinguish 
 (rom fate, lot, and doom. 
 
 Note that the battle of Plassey 
 was fought just two years before 
 the taking of Quebec. For the 
 importance to Britain of these two 
 victories, see Green's History oj 
 the English People, book ix., chap. i. 
 
 I. Distinguish between prospect 
 and vic'iV ; access and approach ; 
 decisive and critical ; silently and 
 quietly ; author and creator; ap- 
 pointed and selected ; incessant 
 and perpetual ; rout and defeat. 
 
 H. Analyze thefollowing words: 
 — contend, magnificent, precipice, 
 ascend, preparation, embarked, 
 motionless, related, concluded, in- 
 tensity, convey, alarmed, alacrity, 
 incredible, incessant, proclama- 
 tion, political. 
 
 HI. Change the italicized words 
 in the following to phrases or 
 clauses, fully explaining the 
 changes: — His efforts were vain. 
 A grenadier officer called out: 
 "See! they run!" At length he 
 recognized the appointed spot. 
 After a spirited advance made by 
 a swarm of skirmishers, their 
 main body approached. The sol- 
 diers sat motionless. Wolfe's plan 
 was to ascend the path secretly. 
 France trusted firmly in Mon*- 
 
THE CAPTURK of QUEBEC WATERLOO. 
 
 137 
 
 calm. He seized the opportunity 
 of the hesitation in the hostile 
 ranks. 
 
 IV. Write out in indirect narra- 
 tion Wolfe's remark upon the 
 ' ' Elegy , " his request for assistance 
 when wounded, and the conversa- 
 tion between him and the grena- 
 dier officer. 
 
 V. Write out the story of The 
 
 Capture of (Juebec from the fol- 
 lowing heads : — 
 
 I. Introduction. 
 
 j The voyage down the river. 
 1 The landing and capture of 
 ■ 1 the heights. 
 (The battle. 
 
 3. Wolfe's death. 
 
 4. Conclusion. 
 
 1 words 
 &es or 
 the 
 vain. 
 out: 
 rth he 
 spot, 
 ^de by 
 their 
 le soi- 
 ls plan 
 :retly. 
 iMont- 
 
 LXXX. WATERLOO. 
 
 Childe Harold, from which this selection is taken, is regarded as 
 Byron's greatest poem. P consists of four cantos, of which the first 
 two were published in 1812, the third in 1816, and the fourth in i8i8. 
 The term Childe is a title of honor ; it is nearly equivalent to knight. 
 Childe Harold, the hero of the poem, is introduced, as Byron himself 
 says, " for the sake of giving some connection to the piece, which, 
 however, makes no pretension to regularity." Harold, usually identi- 
 fied with Byron himself, is "a man sated of the world, who roams 
 from place to place to flee from himself." Byron left England for 
 Italy in 1816, and on his way there he stopped in Brussels, where he 
 wrote the famous description which forms the lesson. 
 
 240. Empire's dust. — What 
 Empire? Is the word "dust" 
 used here in its ordinary sense ? 
 This opening stanza is addressed 
 to an imaginary visitor to the 
 battlefield. 
 
 Earthquake's spoil.— An allu- 
 sion to the momentous results of 
 the battle of Waterloo. The over- 
 throw of the French Empire is 
 here compared to an earthquake. 
 "Spoil" is nearly synonymous 
 with "dust" in the preceding line. 
 
 Sepulchred — buried. Distin- 
 guish between the ordinary mean- 
 ingsof "sepulchred" and "buried." 
 
 Colossail — of great size. The 
 wjrd is derived from " Colossus," 
 a name applied to a gigantic 
 statue, and especially to the huge 
 brazen statue of Apollo, which 
 was supposed to have stood at the 
 mouth of the harbor of Rhodes. 
 
 Bust— a piece of statuary repre- 
 senting the human figure from the 
 breast upward. 
 
 Nor column . . show. — There 
 is an allusion here to the custom 
 of erecting pillars to commemorate 
 a victory. 
 
 Tropiiied— erected as a trophy, 
 adorned with trophies. The word 
 "trophy" is derived from a Greek 
 word meaning "a turning about," 
 because the memorial of victory 
 was commonly erected at the spot 
 where the enemy had turned tp 
 flight. 
 
 Moral's truth — the moral to 
 be learned from the overthrow of 
 Napoleon ; that is, the vanity and 
 weakness of human ambition. The 
 poet thinks that the force of this 
 moral comes to us in a more direct 
 and simple manner than if the de- 
 feat were recorded on a monument. 
 
138 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READHR, 
 
 'ill 
 
 Ih: 
 
 !■;: i|,l 
 
 ,17 
 
 li'i:;' 
 
 i1 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 
 
 Red rain. — Explain. 
 
 And is this all. — " This" seems 
 to refer to the thought in the pre- 
 ceding line. To what does " thee " 
 in this line refer ? 
 
 Thou first . . fields. — The 
 greatest of all the world's battle- 
 fields. Is this true ? 
 
 King-making Victory. — Vic- 
 tory is here personified, and by 
 metonymy is used in reference to 
 the battlefield where the victory 
 was won. Discuss the appro- 
 priateness of the epithet, " king- 
 making." 
 
 Revelry — noisy festivity. This 
 was the night before the engage- 
 ment at Quatre Bras, not the 
 night before the battle of Water- 
 loo. Waterloo is situated about 
 twelve miles south of Brussels, 
 and ten miles farther south is 
 Quatre Bras (kdt'r-brd), a vil- 
 lage at the intersection of two lead- 
 ing highways ; hence the name, 
 which means Four Arms. On 
 the same day as the battle of 
 Quatre Bras, Napoleon himself 
 engaged and drove back the 
 Prussians, under Blucher, at 
 Ligny, a few miles south-east of 
 Quatre Bras. 
 
 Chivalry — knights or warriors 
 collectively. Compare its use on 
 p. 114. Note the Metonymy in 
 this line. 
 
 Bright.— What would this be 
 in prose ? 
 
 Fair women . . men.— How- 
 else expressed in this stanza ? 
 
 Thousand. — Exp.ain the figure. 
 
 Voluptuous — pleasure - giving, 
 delightmg the senses. 
 
 Soft eyes . . again. — Express 
 this in prose language. 
 
 Meny . . bell. — Point out the 
 aptness of the comparisons in this 
 line and the next. 
 
 Knell — the slow measured 
 stioke of a bell to denote a death 
 or a funeral ; contrasted with the 
 merry marriage bell of the pre- 
 ceding line. 
 
 For the sake of poetic effect, the 
 poet in this stanza departs from 
 the facts of history. On the after- 
 noon of the 15th June, Wellington 
 had already learned that Napoleon 
 had crossed the river Sombre, and 
 was marching on Brussels. As 
 he did not wish to alarm the 
 people, however, he arranged that 
 his officers should attend the 
 Duchess of Richmond's ball, but 
 leave the ball-room at an early 
 hour to march for Quatre Bras. 
 The Duke of Richmond was at 
 that time the British ambassador 
 at Brussels. 
 
 241. Or the car . . street.— 
 Note the Onomatopoeia. Car is 
 here used for a carriage of any 
 kind. 
 
 Unconfined— free, unbounded, 
 unrestricted. 
 
 No sleep . . feet. — Point out 
 the poetic beauty of these lines, 
 showing the expressiveness of the 
 words used. 
 
 Breaks in. — Show that this is a 
 suitable expression here. 
 
 As if . . repeat. — An allusion 
 to the repeated echo of the thun- 
 der among the clouds during a 
 storm. 
 
 Deadlier. — How does deadly 
 differ from mortal in meaning ? 
 
 Cannon's opening roar.— Ex- 
 plain. What ngure in this line ? 
 Were the French cannon within 
 hearmg distance ? 
 
 This stanza is a fine instance of 
 Climax ; the words gather strength 
 at each line until the full force of 
 the dread summons to arms breaks 
 in on the reader, as it did on the 
 dancers that night in Brussels. 
 
 Niche — nlch — a small recess in 
 a wall, generally intended to re- 
 ceive a statue, a vase, or some 
 other ornament. Window'd niche 
 is simply a bay-window. 
 
 Brunswick's . . chieftain — 
 Frederic William, Duke of Bruns 
 wick, a brave soldier and skilful 
 leader, who was killed at Quatre 
 
WATERLOO. 
 
 139 
 
 Ex 
 
 line ? 
 Nvithin 
 
 pain — 
 Jruns 
 
 [skilful 
 >uatre 
 
 Bras. Wflliiif^ton, in his (K-spatch 
 of Juno igth, 1H15, says, " I have 
 particularly to regret His Serene 
 Highness, the Duke of Brunswick, 
 who fell fighting gallantly at the 
 head of his troops." His father, 
 to whom reference is made in this 
 stanza, was mortally wounded at 
 the battle of Auerstadt, where he 
 led the Prussians. This battle is 
 frequently not mentioned in his- 
 tory, as it is eclipsed by the 
 greater battle of Jena, fought on 
 the same day (October 14th, 1806), 
 at a distance of only twenty miles. 
 Napoleon himself commanded at 
 Jena. About 130,000 Prussians and 
 nearly the same number of French 
 were engaged in these two battles. 
 
 Festival— banquet. 
 
 And caught . . ear. — The poet 
 intimates that the Duke had a pre- 
 sentiment that he should be killed 
 in the coming battle, but this is 
 probably a mere poetic fancy. 
 Observe how the poet in the fol- 
 lowing lines shows the strength of 
 the conviction that had taken pos- 
 session of the Duke's mind. 
 
 His heart . . bier. —Explain 
 the figurative language. Note the 
 force of the adverbial expressions. 
 
 Bier — a carriage for conveying 
 the dead. 
 
 Vengeance. — Distinguish from 
 revenge and retaliation. 
 
 He rushed . . fell. — What 
 poetic ornament in this line? 
 
 Then and there was.- How 
 can the singular use of the verb 
 be justified here ? 
 
 Which . . repeated. — What 
 does the poet mean ? 
 
 Mutual eyes. — Compare the 
 seventh line of the second stanza. 
 Show the difference in meaning 
 between mutual and common. 
 
 This stanza presents a vivid 
 picture of the confusion and dis- 
 tress caused by the prospect of 
 approaching battle. 
 
 Mustering— gathering, and fall- 
 ing into order. 
 
 Squadron. Sfjuadron, in its 
 primary sense, means a body of 
 troops drawn up in a s(juare. It 
 is now technically applied to a 
 division of a regiment of cavalry, 
 but in the lesson it is applied to 
 the general body of troops, whether 
 cavalry or infantry. 
 
 Clattering car— the ammuni- 
 tion-waggons, etc. 
 
 Impetuous— headlong, furious. 
 
 Ranks of war— the army in 
 proper marching order. 
 
 And the deep . . afar.— What 
 is meant ? 
 
 242. Alarming. — Here, warn- 
 ing, calling to arms. Alarm is 
 from the Italian all'arme, to arms. 
 
 ** Cameron's gathering." — This 
 IS the name given to the war-song 
 of the Cameron Highlanders, or 
 79th Regiment, which was raised 
 by Allan Cameron of Erroch in 
 1793. It was called the "war- 
 note of Lochiel," because the 
 Camerons of Lochiel were the 
 chiefs of their clan. 
 
 Albyn's hills— the hills of Scot- 
 land. Albyn was the ancient 
 Celtic name of Scotland. Before 
 the invasion of Caesar (55 B.C.), 
 this name was applied to the whole 
 island of Great Britam. 
 
 Have heard . . foes.— The re- 
 ference in this line is to the part 
 taken by the Camerons in support 
 of the Stuarts. 
 
 Noon of night. — Observe the 
 poetic beauty of this phrase. 
 
 Pibroch — pe-broch (ch guttural, 
 as in loch) — a wild, warlike High- 
 land air performed on a bagpipe, 
 and especially adapted to arouse 
 a martial spirit among troops 
 going to battle. The pibroch pro- 
 duces by imitative sounds the 
 different phases of a battle. See 
 Scott's vivid description of the 
 pibroch in The Lady of the Lake, 
 canto ii., st. 17. 
 
 With the breath . . years.— 
 The reputation of the Highland 
 regiments for fighting is due in no 
 
h I 
 
 140 
 
 NOTHS TO TMK FOURTH UKADKR. 
 
 i'fiii 
 
 lii 
 
 ■I' 
 
 1': ^k 
 
 II! i J' 
 
 
 small (K>;r(Jt! to tht; playing, during; 
 action, of their national music. 
 T!ie piper can accompany his 
 corps into action, and cases are 
 known in which the fortunes of 
 the day have been retrieved by 
 his striking up at the right time 
 some inspiriting war-song which 
 rallied the failing troops. 
 
 Mountain-pipe.— Explain. 
 
 Mountaineers.— liy what other 
 name known ? 
 
 Which instils. — What is the 
 syntax of "which"? Instils — 
 pours in. 
 
 Stirring memory. — What is 
 the force of "stirring"? Dis- 
 tinguish memory, remembrance, 
 and recollection. Which would 
 be the most correct word in this 
 place ? 
 
 Evan's, Donald's. —Sir Evan 
 Cameron, who was remarkable 
 for his valor and integrity, 
 fought under Claverhouse at 
 Killiecrankie in 1689, and also 
 took part in the Stuart rebellion 
 in 1715. His grandson, Donald, 
 called " the gentle Lochiel," was 
 the first to join the standard of 
 the Young Pretender in 1745, and 
 was severely wounded at Culloden 
 in 1746. He afterwards escaped 
 to France, entered the P'rench 
 service, and died abroad in 1748. 
 He is the Lochiel celebrated in 
 Campbell's Lochiel s Warning. 
 
 Ardennes — ar'den. — The wood 
 of Soignies, which lies between 
 Brussels and the field of Waterloo, 
 is supposed to be a remnant of 
 the ancient forest of Ardennes, 
 famous as the " Forest of Arden," 
 in Shakespeare's comedy. As You 
 Like It. Byron says that he 
 adopted the name because it was 
 connected with nobler associ- 
 ations than those of mere slaugh- 
 ter. 
 
 Dewy . . drops. — Note the 
 beauty of the idea that the rain- 
 drops shaken upon the troops 
 from the leaves were the tears of 
 
 Nature shed at the 1 bought of the 
 loss of life soon to occur. Com- 
 pare " The elm-tree . . tears," p. 
 232, and see note thereon. 
 
 As they pass. — As the soldiers 
 hurry on to the battle field. 
 
 Inanimate. — Distinguish from 
 lifeless. 
 
 Unreturnin^. — Express the full 
 meaning of this word by a clause 
 
 Which now . . them.— What 
 word is to be supplied ? 
 
 In its . . verdure.— Express by 
 a clause. 
 
 Fiery mass . . hope.— Point 
 out and explain the force of the 
 metaphor which the poet uses to 
 show the bravery and impetuosity 
 of the English troops. 
 
 Moulder —to crumble away 
 into mould. Distinguish from 
 smoulder. 
 
 Lusty — strong, vigorous. 
 
 Last eve . . gay. — Supply 
 nectissary words. 
 
 Signal-soimd of strife. — What 
 is meant ? 
 
 The morn . . day. — Supply 
 "brought" after "morn" and 
 after " day." 
 
 Battle's . . array.-This noble, 
 stirring line forms a fitting con- 
 clusion to the summary which is 
 contained in the first part of the 
 stanza. 
 
 Thunder-clouds. — What com - 
 parison is made here ? 
 
 Which . . rent — and when 
 these are rent. Note the continu- 
 ative force of " which." Sec 
 Mason's Grammar, art. 413. 
 
 Other clay— the bodies of the 
 slain. Observe how the contrast 
 is brought out with " her own 
 clay " in the following line. The 
 poet employs a similar device in 
 the sixth and seventh lines of the 
 preceding stanza, " Which now . . 
 verdure." 
 
 Heaped and pent. — Many 
 bodies are buried m one grave. 
 Point out the grammatical rela- 
 tion of these words. 
 
WAIKKI.OO -AdKICULTUKE. 
 
 141 
 
 Pent- penned, confined. 
 
 Red burial. — Compare "red 
 rain " in the first stanza. 
 
 Blent- blended, niin^'led. 
 
 Scott praises the stanzas that 
 compose this lesscjn in the follow- 
 ing terms : " I am not sure that 
 any verses in our language sur- 
 pass in vigor, and in feeling, this 
 most beautiful description." Point 
 out lines which are especially 
 deserving of this praise. 
 
 The prevailing tone of the ex- 
 tract is one of deep solemnity, 
 naturally softened in such pas- 
 sages as the second stanza, sink- 
 ing into sadness in the fifth, rising 
 into excited haste in the sixth, and 
 so on ; and the voice must be so 
 modulated as to give proper ex- 
 pression to these different feelings 
 
 Read the last line of the second 
 stanza very slowly and deliber- 
 
 ately, with a full, deep tone, in 
 imitation of the funera' bell ; and 
 read with gr.ubially rising pitch, 
 and increasing force and emphasis, 
 the eighth line of the third stanza. 
 
 Change from the orotund to the 
 aspirate (piality in reading the 
 last line of the sixth stanza. 
 
 Read the eighth si.iiiza in a 
 gentle, subdued tone 
 
 In the ninth stanza, increase 
 the force and en'phasis to the fifth 
 line, which should receive very 
 full force with strong initial stress; 
 then gradually soften the force to 
 the end of the stanza. 
 
 I. Write sentences containing 
 the following words : — chivalry, 
 knell, niche, peal, bier, mutual, 
 pent. 
 
 II. Write out a paraphrase of 
 the second and fourth stanzas. 
 
 LXXXI. AGRICULTURE. 
 
 com- 
 
 when 
 )ntinu- 
 See 
 
 of the 
 
 )ntrasi 
 
 \T own 
 
 The 
 
 Ivice in 
 
 of the 
 
 \ow . . 
 
 -Many 
 
 grave. 
 
 Ill rela- 
 
 243. Repulsive — tending to 
 repel or drive away. 
 
 Youth. — What other use of this 
 word ? 
 
 I glory . . fact. -Why ? 
 
 Alacrity — readiness, cheerful 
 activity. 
 
 The be-all . . end-all. — Give 
 the meaning in other words. 
 
 Career — course in life. 
 
 Periodicals — Why is this name 
 applied to magazines, newspapers, 
 etc. ? 
 
 Iptelligent — inspiring — refin- 
 ing. — Show the force of these 
 three epithets as here used. 
 
 Aspirations— longings after 
 higher things. 
 
 Progenitor — forefather, ances- 
 tor. 
 
 Intellectual life . . him.— 
 Expand so as to bring out the full 
 force of the expression, " intel- 
 lectual life." 
 
 Achievements — things per- 
 formed or accomplished. 
 
 Senate. — This word is here used 
 in a general sense for any legisla- 
 tive body. 
 
 244. Diffuse — dif-fuz' — scatter, 
 spread abroad. Distinguish from 
 diffas'. 
 
 Latest . . civilization. — Name 
 some of these ; also, some of a 
 date later than this article. 
 
 Irradiated— lighted up as with 
 the sun's rays, enlightened. 
 
 Sages — wise men. 
 
 Rusty. — To what sort of books 
 is this word properly applied ? 
 
 Floral evidences.— What are 
 these ? 
 
 Corrupted — depraved. — Dis- 
 tinguish between the meaning of 
 these words. 
 
 Aristotle— one of the ablest phil- 
 osophers of Ancient (ireect;, lived 
 3.S4 322 n.(; He propoundeil 
 
142 
 
 NOTES TO THIi I'-OL'KTH KfJIADER. 
 
 
 i^li.'^Mi 
 
 'i M. 'I 
 
 ,j,.f";| 
 
 ■ ■ ■' I, 
 
 l|n 
 
 'i-ii 
 
 'Ijlii ! 
 
 original theories in logic, political 
 science, and philosophy, and wrote 
 also on natural history. 
 
 Pliny— i* If n'-e. — There were two 
 distinguisneil Romans of this 
 name, uncle and nephew. They 
 lived under the early emperors in 
 the first century a.p., and both 
 were polished courtiers and men 
 of letters. The refere;nce here is 
 probably to the elder Pliny, who 
 was an indefatigable student and 
 naturalist. 
 
 Attained.— Substitute a more 
 appropriate word. 
 
 Power-press — a printing- 
 press worked by steam, water, or 
 other power 
 
 Disparage. — Literally, to make 
 unequal, to belittle. 
 
 Pamper — indulge to excess, 
 gratify. 
 
 Thrall — slave, bondman. 
 
 245. Caprice — ka-pres' — whim, 
 fancy. 
 
 Tornadoes — tor-nd'-ddz — vio- 
 lent, whirling winds or tempests. 
 
 Eccentricities — oddities, de- 
 partures from the ordinary or 
 regular course. 
 
 Appreciation — rise in value ; 
 here opposed to depreciation. 
 
 Fecundity — fruitfulness. 
 
 Commercial fertilizers. — Name 
 some of these. 
 
 Irrational — contrary to reason. 
 
 Such products . . exhaustive. 
 — Explain this from what follows. 
 
 Genuine. — Give synonyms, 
 with their distinctions. 
 
 246. Investment. — Give the 
 common meaning of this word. 
 
 Rational — agreeable to reason, 
 wise. 
 
 Embellish — adorn, beautify. 
 
 Lavished — spent unnecessarily 
 or foolishly. 
 
 Baleful — evil. Read the story 
 of " The Prodigal Son " in Luke. 
 
 Abscond — to run away. Give 
 synonyms. 
 
 Docile — </5s'-/7— ready to learn, 
 teachable. 
 
 247. Capacities— abilities, . 
 of hand and brain. 
 
 Proffering— offering for accept- 
 ance. 
 
 Short . . opulence.— Explain 
 the metaphor. 
 
 Opulence— great wealth. 
 
 Frugal — saving, economical. 
 
 Provident — foreseeing, prudent. 
 
 Competence — sufTiciency for 
 necessity and comfort. 
 
 Accessory — ak'-sis-so-rX — that 
 which is added to or accompanies 
 anything. 
 
 The literary style of this selec- 
 tion is thoroughly American and 
 journalistic ; the sentences are 
 generally short and abrupt, and 
 give expression to positive asser- 
 tions. 
 
 The lesson is a plea in favor of 
 farming. The writer presents the 
 dignity and advantages of farm 
 life, and shows how such a life 
 may be made attractive. If, as 
 the writer alleges, the rush of our 
 youth to the cities is due to the 
 monotony and unattractiveness of 
 farm life, the v edy is in the 
 hands of the fai - themselves ; 
 and teachers ct ,,.jatly aid the 
 intelligent farmers to make life on 
 the fa. m more attractive, and to 
 encourage the boys to remain 
 there. Mr. Greeley has also said : 
 " Our farmers' sons escape from 
 their calling whenever they can, 
 because it is made a mindless, 
 monotonous drudgery, unintellec- 
 tually pursued. Could I have 
 known in my youth what a busi- 
 ness farming sometimes is, always 
 may be, and yet generally ahall 
 be, I would never have sought nor 
 chosen any other." 
 
 L Distinguish between rush of, 
 and rush for ; compare with, and 
 compare to ; provide with, and 
 provide for ; die of, and die by ; 
 confide in, and confide to ; confer 
 on, and confer with : impatient at, 
 impatient with, impatient of. 
 
AGRICULTURE — THE OCEAN. 
 
 U3 
 
 II. Analyze: -repulsive, educa- 
 tion, attractions, multiples, en- 
 ables, telef^raph, af^Ticulture. ani- 
 mal, productive, ij^norance, struc- 
 ture, paternal, parental, indepen- 
 dence, proffering. 
 
 III. I'oint out the prefixes in 
 the following words, and explain 
 their force: — irradiated, enriching, 
 irrational, disadvantage. 
 
 IV. Transform the italicized 
 phrases to words, cle.irly explain- 
 ing the transformations : —That 
 which has been called farming has 
 repelled many of the youth of our 
 day. He wdl do these w'xth 
 alacrity. He may not listen to 
 our ablest orators in the senate uf 
 in the htilpit. A small library of 
 well selected book'! has saved many 
 a youth from wandering into the 
 baleful ways of the prodigal. We 
 wait ivith rrreat anxiety for the 
 harvest. The :;choo!-honse is the 
 
 one structn* e impossihlc to do with- 
 out. 
 
 \' Fxpliin the punctuation of 
 the; first and seventh p>;iragraphs. 
 
 VI. Coml)ine the following state- 
 ments into a fiaragr.ip.h : — Con- 
 stant cropping wears o'jt soil. Its 
 fertility must be renewed. This 
 renewal is done by manuring, it 
 is assisted by rotation of crops. 
 E.ach kind of crop takes from the 
 soil the material re(ii!ired for its 
 growth. We can so arrange that 
 the same materials will not be 
 taken from the soil year after year. 
 This is done by planting different 
 kinds of grain each year Rota- 
 tion of crops does not improve the 
 soil. It simply lengthens the 
 period from which crops may be 
 taken from it. Rotations gene- 
 rally extend over four, five, six or 
 seven years. Every farmer should 
 follow some such plan. 
 
 LXXXII. THE OCKAN. 
 
 This splendid address to the ocean is from the fourth canto of 
 Childe Harold. 
 
 247. Rapture — extreme joy. 
 The poet fmds pleasure aid so- 
 ciety in solitude. How do you 
 account for this ? 
 
 I love . . interviews. — To 
 whom does " our " refer ? Explain 
 fully the meaning of the passage. 
 
 In which . . Universe.— In his 
 interviews with nature, particu- 
 larly with the ocean, the poet 
 seems to go out of himself, to lose 
 his own individuality. 
 
 All. — An adverb, equivalent to 
 altogether. This stanza is ad- 
 dressed to the reader, as if half in 
 apology, at least in explanation of 
 the rather cynical, misanthropic 
 mood in which he writes. 
 
 Roll on . . roll. — Note the repe- 
 tition of the same word, and the 
 recurrence of similar sounds. 
 
 Ten thousand. — What figure ? 
 
 Sweep. — Compare " Sweep 
 through the deep " in Ye Mariners 
 vf Eufrland, and see note thereon. 
 
 In vain. — Why in vain ? Ex- 
 plain the thought. 
 
 Man marks . . ruin. — How 
 does man mark the earth with 
 ruin ? This statement is too 
 sweeping. Show that man's rule 
 on the earth is not always ruinous 
 in its effects. 
 
 His control . . shore.- Read 
 the story of Canute, Public School 
 History (English), chap, ii., sec. 11. 
 
 Upon . . deed. — Explain, 
 showing the force of •' all." 
 
 Man's ravag^e — the destruction 
 caused by man ; his OWn (ravage), 
 the destruction of man himself by 
 the ocean. Note the change from 
 
144 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 the act've to the passive construc- 
 tion. 
 
 For a moment— Observe how 
 these words denote the sudden- 
 ness of the disappearance — "a 
 moment here, then gone for- 
 ever." 
 
 Like a crop of rain. — This sim- 
 ile hc'i^,'htens very much the effect 
 of the last three lines of this stanza. 
 
 Bubbling groan. — Byron, in 
 describing a shipwreck, speaks of 
 " the bubbling cry of some strong 
 swimmer in his agony." The ocean 
 destroys men with the same ease 
 and unconcern with which it ab- 
 sorbs a drop of rain. 
 
 Without a grave. — Reconcile 
 this statement with " Ocean was 
 their grave," in Ye Mariners of 
 Enfrland. 
 
 Unknelled — without a funeral 
 knell. 
 
 248. Steps. — He:e, footprints. 
 The ocean does not show any 
 paths or marks where men have 
 passed, as the land does. 
 
 Thy fields . . him.— What is 
 meant by the fifUh of ocean ? 
 What figure is emploved ? Dis- 
 cuss the truth of Byron's state- 
 ment here. 
 
 Shake him from thf;e. — " i what 
 way ? 
 
 Vile strength. — IVobably an 
 allusion to the evils wrought by 
 war. Find a similar sentiment ia 
 the preceding stanza. 
 
 All despise. — All, altogether. 
 All is used twice before in this 
 sense 
 
 Spurning him . earth. — Com- 
 pare with this whole passage. 
 Psalm cvii. 26, 27 Man's weak- 
 ness i? here contrasted with the 
 strength 01 the ocean. Man be- 
 comes the mere plaything of the 
 ocean, and is tossed about at will. 
 Nor does his appeal to his gods, 
 in his terror and distress, save him 
 from destruction, which overtakes 
 him even when near a port of 
 safety, perhaps his own home. 
 
 The obscurity may be removed 
 from this passage by making the 
 clause "where haply . . lay," de- 
 pend upon "dashest," as follows, 
 — " and where . . lay (thou) 
 dashest . . earth " Point out 
 expressions which show Byron's 
 misanthropy and cynicism. 
 
 There . . lay. — Lay for lie — a 
 common blunder, bui no doubt 
 made intentionally by the poet, 
 who is in want of a rhyme. 
 
 Armaments— warlike fleets. 
 
 Thunderstrike— strike with the 
 thunder of their artillery. 
 
 Monarchs . . capitals. — Give 
 historical examples 
 
 Leviathans. — The huge sea- 
 monster, called the leviathan in 
 Scripture (see Job chap, xli.), is 
 supposed to be the crocodile, or 
 some other huge animal of the 
 saurian species. Here, the name 
 is applied to war-ships. Would 
 " oak " be a suitable epithet now ? 
 Compare "With thunders from 
 her native oaks," in Ye Mariners 
 of England. 
 
 Their clay creator — Explain. 
 Note the implied contrast between 
 man, the maker of the " oak levia- 
 thans," and God, the creator of 
 the real leviathans. 
 
 The vain title . thee.— A con- 
 temptuous rv^fcreiice to popular 
 sentiments, such as ' Britannia, 
 the pride of the ocean, " or " Bri- 
 tannia rules the waves," or to Eng- 
 land's claim to be Mistress of the 
 Seas (see third stanza of Ye Mari- 
 ners of England). The poet thinks 
 all such claims on the part of man 
 vain and presumptuous. What is 
 really meant by such expressions ? 
 
 Arbiter— one chosen to decide a 
 dispute . also, one whose power 
 of deciding is unlimited. 
 
 Yeast — yest. — Formerly spelt 
 and pronounced y^st. The frothy 
 appearance of the ocean, when 
 agitated, is here compared to the 
 frothing of yeast, which is caused 
 by fermentation. Compare " Now 
 
THE OCEAN. 
 
 145 
 
 spelt 
 jothy 
 Ivhen 
 the 
 [used 
 INovv 
 
 the wild, white horses play . . 
 spray," p. 298. 
 
 Mar— destroy. 
 
 The Armada's pride.— That is. 
 the proud Armada. Arma'da is 
 a Spanish word, meaning fleet. 
 The Armada was destroyed by 
 storms after Admiral Howard had 
 defeated it. See Public School 
 History (English), chap, xi., sec. 4. 
 
 Spoils of Trafalgar.— See note 
 on " Nelson," p. 194. During the 
 night following the battle of Tra- 
 falgar a storm arose which sent 
 many of the captured and dis- 
 abled ships to the bottom, with 
 the British prize-crews on board. 
 
 Thy shores are empires. — 
 Expand the statement, showing 
 clearly the fuil meaning. 
 
 Changed . . thee. — The only 
 thing that remains u .changed in 
 the empires of earih is the ocean 
 that washes their shores. Men- 
 tion some of the changes that 
 empires undergo, with the causes 
 of these changes. 
 
 Assyria . they. — Assyria 
 
 proper lay along the Tigris, and 
 eastward from that river. It did 
 not touch any sea ; but the great 
 Assyrian Empire at one time 
 extended its power as far as the 
 Mediterranean. Some think that 
 Byron here refers to the Persian 
 Empire, which, at the time of its 
 greatest power, extended from the 
 River Indus to the Western sea- 
 board of Asia, and from the Ara- 
 bian Sea on the south to the 
 Caspian on the north. This vast 
 empire was conquered by Alex- 
 ander the Great, who founded the 
 Macedonian Empire, and intro- 
 duced the language, arts, and 
 literature of Greece inti the East. 
 
 There was never a Grecian 
 Empire, unless the Macedonian 
 Empire founded by Alexander, 
 who prided himself on his Greek 
 origin, be so regarded Ancient 
 Greece was always divided into a 
 number of small states. 
 
 Rome, or the Roman Empire, 
 was the gre.'itest empire of anti- 
 quity. It embraced all the coun- 
 tries of Europe on the coast of 
 the Mediterranean, and extended 
 north to Britain, Germany, and 
 the River Danube. It included also 
 the northern part of Africa, and 
 Asia as far east as the Euphrates. 
 
 Carthage was a city in the north 
 of Africa, which at one time ruled 
 over Northern Africa and the 
 south and west of Spain, and had 
 important colonies in Sicily and 
 elsewhere. This city fought against 
 Rome in three wars, called the 
 Punic Wars, the last ending in 
 the total destruction of Carthage, 
 B.C. 146. 
 
 Thy waters . . them. — Explain 
 how this could be. 
 
 And many . . since. — Many 
 a tyrant has wasted them since 
 they were free What difference 
 between the wasting by the tyrant., 
 and the wasting by *he ocean ? 
 
 The stranger . . savage.— 
 Which of these words does the 
 poet mean to apply to each of the 
 four ancient nations mentioned ? 
 
 The Turks rule a large part of 
 what was once the Assyrian Em- 
 pire, and in Byron's time they 
 ruled Greece also. Italy was in 
 the possession of the French and 
 Austrians in the time of Byron. 
 TUe half-civilized tribes of Nor- 
 thern Africa hold much of the 
 country once ruled by Carthage. 
 
 Their decay . . deserts. — An 
 allusion to the fact that many 
 countries, that were once p>opu- 
 lous and highly cultivated, have, 
 through neglect, become waste and 
 barren. The northern part of 
 Africa, which was once subject to 
 Carthage, and the Roman Cam- 
 pagna, a low plain, lying along the 
 Mediterranean coast, to the west 
 of Rome, are good examples of 
 this decay. 
 
 Not so thou. —Complete the 
 sentence. 
 
146 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 Unchangeable . . play. — Ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Time writes . . brow. — Ex- 
 plain the poetical figure employed 
 in this line. 
 
 Azure — a'zhur — blue. Why 
 this epithet ? 
 
 Glasses — reflects as in a glass 
 or mirror. Mirrors would be a 
 more ordinary term. How is the 
 Almighty's form reflected in the 
 t)cean ? Compare Psalm civ. 
 (Lesson XC VII.) 
 
 In all time. — The ocean at all 
 times, in all its aspects, may be 
 regarded as the image of Eter- 
 nity, " boundless, endless, and 
 sublime." 
 
 Icing the pole . . dark-heaving. 
 — Explain. Point out the contrast. 
 
 249. The throne . . Invisible. 
 — Displaying the force of an un- 
 seen but fearful power. Compare 
 Psalm civ., "Who layeth the 
 beams . . waters." 
 
 Even from . . made. — A mere 
 poetic fancy, or perhaps an allu- 
 sion to the story of the creation. 
 Some modern scientists profess to 
 have found in the slime of the 
 0";an the germ from which all 
 animal life has been evolved. The 
 name Bathybius (from two Greelj, 
 words meaning deep and life) was 
 given to this slime by Professor 
 Huxley, who assumed that "it 
 was in the past, and would be in 
 the future, the progenitor of all 
 the life of the planet." 
 
 Each zone . . thee. — Name 
 the zones, and give their boun- 
 daries. We have here an allusion 
 to the influence of the ocean upon 
 climate. See Lesson XLIII. 
 
 Byron's praise of the might, 
 majesty, and unchangeablenesss 
 of the ocean reaches a climax in 
 this stanza. 
 
 My joy . . sports.— Show 
 clearly what the poet means. 
 Write the whole sentence in prose 
 order. 
 
 Vyi'antoned— played, sported. 
 
 Breakers— waves broken on ttie 
 rocks. 
 
 A pleasing fear. — An example 
 of Oxymoron — the two feelings, 
 pleasure and fear, not being usu- 
 ally associated. 
 
 Thy mane. — Compare the lines 
 of The Forsaken Merman referred 
 to above. The poet calls the 
 foaming crest of the wave its 
 mane. The metaphor, however, 
 includes more than that, the idea 
 being that of a child playing with 
 a maned lion— taken probably 
 from Isaiah xi. 6. 
 
 As I do here.— The meaning; 
 may be metaphorical — that in 
 thus writing of the ocean he has 
 asserted his control over a subject 
 so great. In writing this last 
 stanza, the poet evidently has in 
 mind his own abilities as a swim- 
 mer, and f>erhaps his feat of 
 swimming the Hellespont in iSro, 
 in imitation of Leander, a young 
 man who is said to have swum 
 the Hellespont nightly to visit his 
 lady-love. Swimming was almost 
 the only athletic exercise to which 
 Byron's club-foot was not an im- 
 pediment. 
 
 I. Both metre and sentiment 
 require deliberate, distinct, im- 
 pressive reading. See remarks 
 on Lesson LXXX. In reading the 
 run-on lines, that is, those lines 
 which have no mark of punctu- 
 ation at the end, the final pauses 
 must be very slight, and the voice 
 must not be lowered, but must be 
 kept at the pitch required to be- 
 gin the line that follows in each 
 case. 
 
 II. Distinguish between pleasure 
 and rapture ; lonely and solitary : 
 spoil and prey ; lay and lie ; realm 
 and desert. 
 
 III. Paraphrase the second and 
 fourth stanzas. 
 
THE INFLUENCE OF BEAUTY. 
 
 H7 
 
 LXXXIII. THE INFLUENCE OF BEAUTY. 
 
 ^nd and 
 
 249. A joy. — Not the emotion, 
 but that which produces it ; the 
 cause or object of joy. 
 
 Nothingness — non-existence or 
 worthlessness ; not a usual form. 
 
 But still . . breathing. — By its 
 soothing and elevating influence 
 on the spirit. 
 
 A flowery band . . earth.— 
 Show, from the extract, what this 
 "flowery band" is, and how it 
 binds us to the earth. 
 
 Despondence. — Distinguish 
 from discouragement and disap- 
 pointment. 
 
 Inhuman. — Not cruel, or savage, 
 but unnatural, contrary to the 
 proper nature of human beings. 
 
 The unhealthy . . searching — 
 the dark and sinful ways of men 
 which try our faith in humanit}', 
 and almost make us despair of 
 the ultimate triumph of good. 
 The metaphor seems to refer to 
 unhealthy employments, many of 
 which cause not only physical, but 
 also moral degradation. 
 
 250. Shapes of beauty. — These 
 shapes are enumerated below. 
 
 Pall — a black cloth used for 
 covering the bier, or coffin, at a 
 funeral ; compared here to some 
 trouble which hangs over and 
 darkens our minds, as a cloud 
 darkens the sun. Darkness is fre- 
 quently compared to a pall. Pall- 
 bearers are those who carry the 
 coffin with its covering pall. 
 
 Sprouting. — To sprout is usual- 
 ly intransitive ; here it is transi- 
 tive. 
 
 Shadv boon.— Explain. 
 
 Simple — harmless ; perhaps, 
 also, with the added meaning of 
 silly. 
 
 Daffodils — a common flower 
 of the narcissus family, of a bright 
 yellow color. The word is a 
 corruption of asphodel, through 
 the French. 
 
 The green world. — What is 
 
 meant ? 
 
 And clear rills . . season.-How 
 do the rills make a covert for 
 themselves ? 
 
 Brake— a species of fern. See 
 also note, p. 169. 
 
 Blooms — blossom s . 
 
 And such too . . dooms. -^Doow, 
 fate, lot after death and judgment 
 — a happy one. The word is not 
 here used in the sense of condem- 
 nation. 
 
 The mighty dead — men who 
 were mighty, or renowned, before 
 their death. 
 
 An endless fountain.—" Foun- 
 tain " is in apposition with 
 "dooms" and "tales," or better, 
 perhaps, with all the preceding 
 subjects from "sun." "Endless" 
 is, to say the least, an unusual term 
 to apply to " fountain." 
 
 Immortal drink — drink that 
 produces immortality, or that is 
 suited to immortal natures ; or, 
 possibly, drink that is immortal, 
 as coming from an " endless foun- 
 tain." An allusion to the nectar of 
 the Greek mythology, the drink 
 of the gods which made immortal 
 any one who tasted it. 
 
 Essences — impressions result- 
 ing from lofty thought on subjects 
 so pleasing as those the poet has 
 just mentioned. The iciea of 
 essential, but immaterial, existence 
 is also implied. Thoughts, though 
 immaterial, without form or shape, 
 are none the less real. We talk of 
 the creations of the brain, though 
 they are not such as any of our 
 physical senses can graspor realize. 
 
 The list of subjects for pleasing, 
 lofty thought, enumerated by the 
 poet in the preceding lines, is 
 comprehensive ; objects in nature 
 around us, in sky and forest and 
 stream, in th«; world of thought 
 and imagination, in poetry and 
 
148 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 i 
 
 fiction and philosophy, are all 
 included. 
 
 Trees that whisper. — What fig- 
 ure ? 
 
 So does the moon . . us— The 
 construction here is irregular, the 
 change of numlyr in the three sub- 
 jects not being giet by a corre- 
 sponding clvinge in the verb "does 
 haunt." 
 
 The passion poesy — the pas- 
 sion for poetry-writing ; the poetic 
 impulse that comes on and com- 
 pels the poet to write. 
 
 They always . . die. — These 
 things in which we delight become 
 inseparable from our own lives, a 
 part of ourselves, as it were. 
 
 " The first line of this poem has 
 become familiar as a ' household 
 word ' wherever the English lan- 
 guage is spoken." Name qualities 
 likely to be found in lines that 
 have become household words, 
 and show that this line has some 
 of these qualities. See also the 
 biographical notice of Longfellow, 
 p. 105, and of Tennyson, p. 121. 
 
 LXXXIV. KING RICHARD AND THE NUBIAN. 
 
 FIRST READING. 
 
 t 
 
 257. The Nubian — a naiivt of 
 
 Nubia, a province of Upper Egypt, 
 
 of which Khartoum is the capital. 
 
 Surveyed. — Express differently, 
 
 giving the full meaning. 
 
 Exquisite — delicate, of the very 
 finest quality. 
 
 Prometheus — pro-we thus — 
 one of the most celebrated of the 
 mythical heroes of Greece. Ac- 
 cording to Hesiod's legend, he 
 stole fire from heaven and gave it 
 to men, when the gods had taken 
 it from them in anger. His part 
 in securing the life-giving fire gave 
 him the reputation of being able to 
 inspire any animate object with 
 life. 
 
 Emphatically. — Show clearly 
 the full force of the word. 
 
 A MAN. — Why printed in capi- 
 tals ? 
 
 Thews — muscles, muscular 
 vigor. Before the sixteenth cen- 
 tury, this word was employed in 
 the sense of manners, qualities of 
 mind and disposition. Shake- 
 speare and other writers apply the 
 word to bodily qualities. 
 
 Sinews — tendons, tough fibrous 
 tissue which unites the muscles to 
 the bones. 
 
 Symmetry — due proportion ; 
 here, well-proportioned frame. 
 
 Lingfua Franca —a mixture of 
 Italian and French, spoken on the 
 coasts of the Mediterranean. 
 
 Pagan. — This word originally 
 meant a villager, a countryman. 
 As the people in villages and rural 
 districtscontinued idolatrous prac- 
 tices long after Christianity had 
 been established in cities and large 
 centres of population, the name 
 pagan became synonymous with 
 idolater. Heathen has a similar 
 origin, the word meaning originally 
 a d Wilier on a heath. 
 
 Distinguish between pagan and 
 heathen, as the words are now 
 used. 
 
 Posture — position ; used, how- 
 ever, only of animate objects. 
 
 Motionless humility. — Where 
 else do we find the same idea ex- 
 pressed ? 
 
 A Nubian Christian.— Christi- 
 anity was introduced into north- 
 eastern Africa in the fourth cen- 
 tury, and a corrupt form of the 
 Christian religion still prevails in 
 Abyssinia 
 
 Mutilated . . speech. — Express 
 otherwise. 
 
KING RICHARD AND THE NUIUAN. 
 
 '49 
 
 Mute.— What is a deaf-mute ? 
 Thou dost suifer . . man.— Ex- 
 plain clearly what the king means. 
 
 252. Chivalrous — partaking of 
 the character of a chevalier, or 
 knighted gentleman — the two main 
 traits in such a character being 
 bravery in the face cf the enemy, 
 and gallantry to the opposite sex. 
 
 Nicety of address. — Explain 
 clearly, in relation to what follows. 
 
 Knave. — This word originally 
 meant a boy, later a servant, 
 and now a rogue. It is here used 
 more in the second sense, though, 
 perhaps, with a tinge of contempt. 
 
 Soldan— a corruption of Sultan, 
 meaning, in mediaeval romance, 
 the Saracen King. 
 
 Provoke me . sudden. — Ex- 
 press differer.tly. 
 
 Unsullied — undefiled, unspot- 
 ted. 
 
 Winded — blown, sounded. This 
 verb is formed from the noun 
 wind, which used to be, and is 
 still often in poetr pronounced 
 wind. 
 
 Melancholy entL. •4J5ra.--Note 
 the apparent contiadiction be- 
 tween the terms — sadness and eii- 
 tliusiasm not being usually associ- 
 ated. What caused this mingled 
 feeling in Richard ? 
 
 Beset — hard-pressed. 
 
 Forward— bold, prompt, eager 
 
 Feuds — petty quarrels. 
 
 Absorbed. — Show that the 
 mqjining of absorb here naturally 
 arises out of its primary meaning, 
 to drink in. 
 
 Melancholy details— Explain 
 fhe full force ot the epithet "mel- 
 ancholy " 
 
 Factions — political parties 
 which promote discord for selfish 
 ends. 
 
 253. GtoSrzy —jc/-'/rcy . — This 
 was the father of Arthur whom 
 John is supposed to have mur- 
 dered. See Lesson CI. 
 
 Justiciary — aho Justiciar — This 
 ofncer was the greate^-t subject lu 
 
 Enf^'l.md at this period. He was 
 cx-ojficio regent of the kingdom 
 in the king's absence. Longchamp 
 — Lonir-shu.Y (n, nasal) — bought 
 the office from Richard when the 
 latter was laising money for the 
 Third Crusade. 
 
 EfTusion— out -pouring, shed- 
 ding. 
 
 Derogatory— tending to lessen 
 or take away from. 
 
 Details . . authority.— Express 
 in simpler language. 
 
 Presently. — Here used in the 
 old sense of immediately, as in 
 Matthew xxi , 19. 
 
 Of which . Scotland.— The 
 pupil should familiarize himself 
 with the history of this reign, and 
 with the contemporary history of 
 Scotland and of France ; he should 
 read the history of the Crusades 
 also, particularly of the Third 
 Crusade. 
 
 Ill-omened — having unfavor- 
 able omens cr figns, bearing bad 
 I news. 
 
 I Totally insensible him. — 
 
 \ Account for Richard's state of 
 ! mind. 
 
 i Pavilion — same -is tent above; 
 a large tent, or a building of l;ght 
 structure 
 
 Hauberk— //rto'' berk — a coat of 
 mail, without sleeves, formed of 
 small steel rings interwoven 
 
 B 'zB,nA{ne—hri<r'.an-dlne—ri 
 coat ofmail made of th:n, jointed 
 scales of iron. 
 
 Pavesse. — This was a large 
 shield which covered the whole 
 body. It was so managed as to 
 protect the man who carried it 
 and an archer stationed behind 
 bim. 
 
 Reconnoitring. — The military 
 
 term for surveying or examining 
 
 a place in possession of an enemy, 
 
 with a view of afterward.-; attack- 
 
 ng it, if possible 
 
 Missile — This word is gene- 
 rally used as a noun, A missile 
 is a weapon thruztn, as an arrow 
 
I50 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 or a javelin, not one used in the 
 hanfl, like a sword or a spear. 
 
 Royal lions. — See note on 
 "three lions," p 39. 
 
 254. In which he seemed. — For 
 this use of "which" see Mason's 
 Grammar, art. 413 Re-write the 
 sentence, substituting the words 
 for which the relative stands. 
 
 Yeomen. — See note, p J64 
 
 Pensive occupation. — 
 
 Explain by reference to the pre- 
 ceding narrative. 
 
 V/ont—wunt — custom 
 
 It was not, however.— Of what 
 use is " however " in this sen- 
 tence ? 
 
 Hazard. — Suggest a simpler 
 word. 
 
 Warders— guards, watchers 
 Compare " watch and ward." 
 
 Puny — weak, stunted, insigni- 
 ficant. 
 
 Marabout — a wandering, fana- 
 tic prophet or sorcerer of northern 
 Africa, held in great veneration 
 by the common people 
 
 San ton. — an eastern priest, 
 regarded by the people as a saint. 
 
 Enthusiast— ^n-Mw'^l-(ls^ not 
 -isl, as it is often pronounced ny 
 careless speakers — a religious 
 zealot, one carried away by e.\cite- 
 ment on a particular subject 
 
 Contumelj—con'tu mc-ly — rude- 
 ness, contempt. 
 
 Motley — strangely mixed. 
 
 Concourse— an assembly; lite- 
 rally, a running together. Explain 
 the cause of this concourse. 
 
 Copts — descendants of the an- 
 cient Egyptians. Their religion 
 is a corrupt form of Christianity, 
 and their church is allied with 
 that of Abyssinia. 
 
 Caftan — a long undergarment 
 worn in Eastern countries, tied 
 round at the waist with the girdle, 
 and having very long sleeves. 
 
 Turban— an Eastern head-dress, 
 consisting of a long strip of cotton 
 wound several times around the 
 head. 
 
 Alarming. Why should such 
 a sight be alarmin;; ? 
 
 255. A professed buffoon— one 
 who makes it his business to amuse 
 others by low tricks, antics, jokes, 
 etc 
 
 Fantastic —very strange or odd- 
 looking 
 
 Writhen — rlthcn (th as in the) — 
 twisted or distorted ; an old form 
 of the participle of writhe. 
 
 Behests —commands 
 
 Agility — a-jil'i-ty — activity, ra- 
 pidity of motion. 
 
 Diminutive — of small size. 
 
 Genie— je'-nc— a fabulous being, 
 regarded as capable of assuming 
 any form, or becoming invisible at 
 pleasure. According to Eastern 
 superstition, it attached itself to 
 an individual for a|longer or shorter 
 period of time, and influenced ail 
 his actions. 
 
 Note the vividness of the picture 
 drawn here, greatly heightened by 
 the metaphor of the withered leaf, 
 and by the suggestion of the genie's 
 assistance. 
 
 Vagaries — va-gd'riz — wild 
 freaks, extravagant actions. 
 
 Imperceptibly— gradually, and 
 without its being perceived. 
 
 1 Write sentences to illustrate 
 the difference in meaning between 
 the following: — statue and statute; 
 forward and frutvard ; conveyed 
 and convoyed; peasant and pheas- 
 ant; effusion and diffusion; inci- 
 dents and accidents; advice and 
 advise; councillors and counsel- 
 lors; couched and crouched; lux- 
 ury and projligacv; refuse and 
 refuse'; ob'ject ana object' ; sur'vey 
 and survey'. 
 
 II. Analyze: — appearance, re- 
 sumed, infliction, beset, concern- 
 ing, disunion, effusion, insensible, 
 transferred, ;efuse, professed, nev- 
 ertheless, between, imperceptibly. 
 
 III. Change the infinitives and 
 participles in the following to any 
 other kind of word or phrase 
 
MARMION AND DOUGLAS. 
 
 151 
 
 element, explaining the change: — 
 He returned, disguised as a Nu- 
 bian slave. I see a speck of 
 dust darkening on that shield. 
 Richard took much time to f>eruse 
 the letters from England. They 
 had come to the Holy Land to 
 drive both Caftan and Turban 
 
 from It. The letters told of the 
 oppressions practised by the nobles 
 on the peasantry The pavesse was 
 used to protect the king from special 
 notice. 
 
 IV. Write out in indirect nar- 
 ration all the direct narration on 
 page 252. 
 
 ild 
 and 
 
 re- 
 
 ern- 
 
 ible, 
 
 nev- 
 
 ibly. 
 
 and 
 
 any 
 
 ■irase 
 
 LXXXV MARMION AND DOUGLAS. 
 
 Marmion, the hero of this poem, is a purely fictitious character. 
 Scott represents him as a brave, but unscrupulous knight, loved by 
 Constance de Beverley, a nun, whom he enticed by false promises from 
 a convent, and afterwards abandoned with the hope of marrying Lady 
 Clara de Clare, daughter of the Earl of Gloucester. This lady was 
 betrothed to Ralph de Wilton, but Marmion, by means of forged letters, 
 implicated De Wilton in a charge of treason, and in the trial by com- 
 bat which ensued, the latter was overthrown and supposed to be slain 
 by Marmion. De Wilton recovered, however, went on a pilgrimage to 
 foreign lands, returned to England, and in the guise of a palmer or 
 pilgrim, became Marmion's guide through Scotland. Clara rejected 
 Marmion's suit, an J took refuge in the convent of f ;. Hilda, in Whitby. 
 
 Constance; who had aided Marmion in his ./uspiracv against De 
 Wilton, was afterwards condemned to death for her apostasy but 
 before undergoing punishment she gave to the Abl^ess of St. Hilda 
 papers which proved Marmion's guilt and De Wilton's innocence. The 
 abbess afterwards entrusted the papers to the palmer, De Wilton, for, 
 by a strange coincidence, she and Clara, while on their way from Holy 
 Isle to Whitby were captured by the Scotch and brought to Edin- 
 burgh at the very time that Marmion and his train arrived there. The 
 King of Scotland sends Clara bark to England under escort of Marmion, 
 and while Marmion and his train are detained at Tantallon, De Wilton 
 reveals himself to Douglas, and afterwards to Clara. Douglas dubs 
 him knight afresh, and he leaves the castle for Flodden Field at dawn 
 on the morning of Marmion's departure. Marmion is killed in the 
 battle of Flodden, and De Wilton is restored to favour, wins back his 
 rank and lands, and is happily married to Clara. 
 
 The Douglas of the poem was Archibald Douglas, sixth Earl of 
 Angus, surnamed Bell-the-Cat. This name was given to him on account 
 of his action at a meeting of the nobles assembled to consult how to 
 get rid of the unworthy favorites of the king, James III. One of the 
 
152 
 
 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH KKADEK. 
 
 ' * 
 
 l! 
 
 4* 
 
 I SI 
 
 
 11 
 
 nobles related the fable of the mice who resolved to tie a bell round the 
 cat's neck, so that they might hear her coming, but no mouse was found 
 bold enough to bell the cat. "I understand you, I will bell the cat," 
 said Douglas. He accordingly seized the chief favorites and put them 
 to death. Douglas was a very old man at the time of the battle of 
 Flodden. His two eldest sons were slain in the battle, and he himself 
 died the following year 
 
 256. Morning; day — An un- 
 usual phrase, meaning, probably 
 the morning or early part of the 
 day, though "morning" may possi- 
 bly be used in the sense of " mor- 
 row, ' the next or following day. 
 Marmion had heard the day be- 
 fore that the English and Scottish 
 armies were facing each other near 
 Flodden, in Northumberland, so 
 he gave orders that his band 
 should be prepared " for inarch 
 against the dawning day " 
 
 Troop. —The troop is described 
 in Canto i , 7, 8 It consisted of 
 two squires, lour men-at-arms, and 
 twenty yeomen 
 
 Array — to place in order, is for 
 battle, or for marching as here. 
 
 Surrey — Thomas Howard, Earl 
 of Surrey, ccmninnder of the 
 English army at tl.e battb of 
 Flodden 
 
 Safe-conduct -a pass or war- 
 rant again?t molestation Com- 
 pare passport- -an order for per- 
 mission to travel unhindered 
 
 Beneath . . hand.— Explain 
 
 Ancient — Used poetically for 
 old. See note, p. loi. 
 
 Would . . plAce— Would is 
 Jiere a principal verb, expressing 
 strong desire or determination 
 The dignified courtesy of the olden 
 time is well described by the words 
 ^'stately grace " 
 
 Palfrey — pawl'frl — an ordinary 
 saddle-horse, as distinguished from 
 a war-horse. 
 
 Whispered . . undertone.— 
 Whydoes Douglasnot speak aloud ? 
 
 Stoop — a technical use of the 
 word, denoting the swooping down 
 of the hawk to seize its prey. By 
 
 ihehawk Douglas means Marmion, 
 whose emblem was a falcon; the 
 prey is De Wilton, who, unknown 
 to Marmion, had already left the 
 castle. Show that these epithets 
 are appropriately used of^ these 
 two men. 
 
 Train. — Form sentences to show 
 the dififerent meanings of this word. 
 
 Adieu — U-du' — the French word 
 for farewell, meaning literally, to 
 God. that is, / commend you to 
 God. Compare good-bye, a con- 
 traction of God be with you. 
 
 Something — somewhat. 
 
 Plain — complain. Douglas 
 treated Marmion coolly after he 
 had discovered his true character. 
 
 Behest — command. Marmion 
 had been charged by his king to 
 stay in Scotland while there was 
 any hope of peace so James com- 
 manded him to be entertained by 
 Douglas at Tantailon Castle. This 
 castle was situated on the east 
 coast, about two miles east of 
 North Berwick, in Haddington- 
 shire 
 
 Towers — What figure ? 
 
 Part we - -let us part. Impera- 
 tive mood, or subjunctive used im- 
 peratively. 
 
 Manors— the lands occupied by 
 a nobleman. Hall is a term fre- 
 quently applied to the residences 
 of noblemen. See note on "halls," 
 p. 295. Give other uses of the 
 word. 
 
 Bowers. — See note, p. 80. 
 
 Lists — pleases, chooses. Com- 
 pare " The wind bloweth where it 
 listeth."— John iii., 8. 
 
 Unmeet — unfit, unworthy. 
 
 Peer — equal. 
 
MAKMION AND DOUGI-AS. 
 
 153 
 
 257 My castles . . foundation- 
 stone. — l)ouj^las. ill thc^c ;i:ul 1I113 
 tour pirecedin},' lines, slron^ly ns- 
 serts the feud.il principle that the 
 absolute ownersliip of all landed 
 estates is vested in the so\crei,i,'n. 
 It is still a lef,'al fiction that the 
 sovereign owns all the land, the 
 owner beinj^ merely a tenant. 
 
 Alone. —This word seems to be 
 used as if modifying " kirii^'s," giv- 
 ing the meaning, " My castles be- 
 long to my king, and to no one 
 else." I5ut the meaning probably 
 is, "Only my castles arc my king's; 
 my hand is my own, not his, and 
 he cannot order me to grasp your 
 hand." The poet may have been 
 purposely ambiguous, so as to 
 suggest both ideas. 
 
 Turret — a small tower rising 
 from the roof of a castle. 
 
 The hand . . clasp. — Account 
 for the manner and speech of 
 Douglas. 
 
 Swarthy -dark. See the poet's 
 description of Marmion in canto 
 i.. 5, 6, and see if it agrees with 
 what is s.iid of him here. 
 
 His very frame. What is th- 
 force of Very ? Nc^tice the inver- 
 sion of wordi in tliis and the pre- 
 ceding line. 
 
 Ire — furious anger, wrath; a 
 poetic word 
 
 This to me. — Supply oil the 
 words necessary to show fully 
 what Marmion means. 
 
 An— an old conditional particle, 
 meaning //. See Prince John's 
 speech, "An thou suffer," etc.. 
 p. 166. The two words were some- 
 times used with the force of if, as 
 in Arthur's speeches, p. 308. 
 
 Such hand as Marmion's.— 
 Why does Marmion use these 
 words ? 
 
 Spared to cleave— Express dif- 
 ferently. 
 
 Haughty peer. — Compare the 
 ciffevent meanings of " peer " in 
 this lesson. 
 
 He who here. — What name 
 
 is now usually given lo the man 
 who " docs messages" for a coun- 
 try? 
 
 Althoiigh . . state.- What dif- 
 ference in meaning whether " he 
 is" or "he were" be supplied 
 after " although " ? Which of the 
 two expressions should be supplied 
 to give Marmion's meaning ? 
 
 Mate.— What word of similar 
 meaning in the selection ? 
 
 Thy pitch of pride - the height 
 of thy pride and power — in thy 
 stronghold, surrounded by thy 
 vassals. 
 
 Vassals — dependants, feudal 
 slav's 
 
 Nay, never . . sword.— To 
 w horn are these words addressed ? 
 Why are they used ? Account 
 for the use of the parenthetical 
 marks. 
 
 Defied —set at defiance; or, per- 
 haps, challenged to mortal combat. 
 
 On the earl's . . age —Express 
 in the language of prose 
 
 To beard . . den —What does 
 Douglas mean ? 
 
 Unscathed — un-skCithd' {th as 
 in ///t')- -unhurt, safe. 
 
 Saint Bryde - or Saint Bridget 
 — a saint reverenced by the Doug- 
 las family. There was a shrine 
 of this saint at Hothwell, a castle 
 on the Clyde belonging to the 
 Douglases. 
 
 Drawbridge — a movable bridge 
 across the moat or deep trench 
 by which ancient castles were sur- 
 rounded. This bridge was hinged 
 at the end nearer the gate, and 
 drawn up by ropes or chains lead- 
 ing from the outer end to the 
 castle wall ; hence its name. 
 
 Grooms —Here used for atten- 
 dants. 
 
 Warder. — The keeper of the 
 gate, porter, guard. 
 
 Portcullis— a strong grating of 
 iron, or of timbers with the lower 
 ends tipped with iron, hung over 
 the gateway with chains, and 
 made to slide in vertical grc^oves, 
 
'54 
 
 NOTliS TO THK KOURTH READER. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 so that it could be let down in .'i 
 moment to prevent the entrance 
 of an enemy. There was jjene- 
 rally a succession of portcullises 
 in the same fjateway. 
 
 258. Well was his need. That 
 is, well might he, for he had sore 
 need —a compression of two sen- 
 tences or thont,'hts into one. 
 
 Rowels— tin; little whee's of his 
 spurs, formed with sharp points. 
 
 Ponderous- massive, heavy. 
 
 Plume — the crest or feather 
 on the top of his helmet. 
 
 On the rise — What is meant ? 
 
 Brim. — Distiiif^uish from the 
 ordinary meaning of the word. 
 
 Reached - halts. — Tt;e poet 
 changes his tenses somewhat free- 
 ly for the sake of the metre. 
 
 Gauntlet— a warrior's glove, 
 with plates of metal on the back 
 to protect the hand. To throw 
 down the gauntlet at an opponent s 
 feet was to challenge him to fight ; 
 to pick it up was to accept the 
 challenge. Marmion shakes his 
 gauntlet at the towers as a gesture 
 of wrath and defiance. 
 
 Fury's pace. — Fury is compar- 
 ed to a hor^e— a metaphor derived 
 apparently from the preceding 
 line. Point out parallel expres- 
 sions in the selection. 
 
 A letter forged. — For expla- 
 nation see the first note. 
 
 Saint Jude to speed. — "To 
 speed " joined with the name of 
 some saint was a common form 
 of oath. It is not clear why Saint 
 Jude should be invoked. Some 
 suppose that Judas Iscariot is 
 meant, but that would imply great 
 ignorance on the part of Douglas, 
 without making the meaning much 
 clearer. 
 
 It liked me ill.— I liked it ill, 
 I disliked it — an impersonal use of 
 the verb like. Me is the dative 
 case, like me in metliiiiks. 
 
 Clerkly — clerk-like, scholarly. 
 Clerk meant at one time an edu- 
 cated man, a writer, as ability to 
 
 writ(; was in early times one of 
 the best proofs of a man's learn- 
 ing. There seems to be an allu- 
 si(m here to a supposed conversa- 
 tion about Marmion between King 
 Jam(;s and Douglas. 
 
 Thanks . . line. — Note the 
 .sentiment of these two lines, 
 thoroughly in harmony with the 
 spirit of those rude times, when 
 skill in arms wasagentleman'sonly 
 necessary (jualification. and edu 
 cation was regarded as an un 
 manly thing. 
 
 Saint Bothan.— There was a 
 convent of St. Huthan in Berwick- 
 shire, but it is not very clear why 
 this saint is here invoked as the 
 patron saint of ignorance. 
 
 Gawain -or Gavin — third son 
 of Douglas. He translated Virgil's 
 Mneid into Scottish verse, and 
 wrote other poems of merit. He 
 became Hishop of Dunkeld ; but 
 political events compelled him to 
 leave Scotland, and he died in 
 England in 1522. 
 
 SaintMary— The Virgin Mary. 
 Douglas invokes the saiiUs tjuite 
 freely in this stanza. 
 
 Mood— blood. — Note the im 
 perfect rhyme. Point out other 
 bad rhymes in the selection. 
 
 'Tis pity of him too.— Com 
 plete the e.xpression of the thought 
 which Douglas has in his inind. • 
 
 We cannot but admire the old 
 Earl's manly, generous recogni- 
 tion of the better qualities of his 
 unscrupulous guest, and his efToit 
 to crush down his sudden passion 
 at the defiance Marmion had cast 
 in his teeth. The hot-headedness 
 of younger days is tempered now 
 by the sense and experience oi 
 age, though his impenousness and 
 lofty spirit still assert themselves. 
 
 Mandate— order, command. 
 
 Point out poetical words and 
 phrases in the extract, and substi- 
 tute for them the language of 
 prose. 
 
KING RICHARD AND THE Nl'HIAN. 
 
 155 
 
 The easy and livi:Iy flow of the 
 metre is in kccpini^ with the stir- 
 ring incidents described. The 
 extract should he r»!ad with ani- 
 mation, but with careful attention 
 to emphasis, pause, and intlection, 
 else there will be danf^er of falling 
 into a sing-song tone. 
 
 I. Construct one or more sen- 
 tences containing the words: — 
 behest, prey, peer, unmeet, turret, 
 vassal, plume, mood, scathe. 
 
 II. Construct short sentences to 
 
 bring out llii> different meanings 
 and uses r)f the words: — bower, 
 list, band, cleave, clerk. 
 
 III. Distinuuish between palfrey 
 and stiid ; pride and vanity ; rain 
 and rcif^n : neart and hart. 
 
 IV. Reproduce the lesson from 
 the following heads : -Marmion 
 taking leave of the Douglas. Mar- 
 mion defying the Douglas. Mar- 
 mion's escape from the castle. 
 The Douglas orders a pursuit. 
 The Douglas changes his purpose, 
 and recalls his mandate. 
 
 LXXXVI. KING RICflAKI) AND THE NUBIAN. 
 
 SECOND RE.\DIXG. 
 
 259. The incident related. - 
 
 Refer to l.rsson LXXXIV. for the 
 details of this incident. 
 
 Mused. — Thought over in 
 silence the news he had received. 
 Distinguish from ponder. Com- 
 pare the expressions in Lesson 
 LXXXIV. which denote the king's 
 state of mind. 
 
 Burnished — polished, bright- 
 ened the surface of. 
 
 In silence.— Why ? 
 
 Esplanade — es-plan-iuU — a 
 cle.ir open spare ; here, a space 
 left before the commander's tent 
 as a parade ground, or for other 
 purposes. 
 
 Mirror — mlr'ror. — Usually syn- 
 onymous with lookinfr-frliiss, but 
 applied also to any polished sur- 
 face which forms an image by 
 reflecting the rays of light. 
 
 Alarm — surprise — Distin- 
 guish. Why these feelings ? 
 
 Moving^ . precaution.— De- 
 scribe the Marabout's movements 
 which justify the use of these 
 words. 
 
 Which seemed . . ebriety — 
 The coolness and deliberation of 
 the Marabout's motions seemed 
 too well calculated for one who 
 
 was in a state of such exhaus- 
 tion and semi-insensibility as he 
 feigned when he fell there. See 
 last four lines of lesson LXX.XIV. 
 
 Ebriety — g-hri'-c-ty — drunken- 
 ness; same as inebriety. Used 
 here to denote the gidcfiness and 
 subsequent stupor which might 
 be supposed to have resulted from 
 the rapid, whirling motion de- 
 scribed in Le.sson LXXXIV. 
 
 Couched— laid down close to 
 the ground ; an archaic use of 
 the verb, due probably to the 
 author's intimate knowledge and 
 frequent use of Norman-French 
 and heraldic terms. Wordsworth 
 uses the same verb intransitively 
 in Yarrow Unvisited, p. 185. 
 
 Collapses— falls in a heap, as if 
 lifeless. Note the vividness and 
 appropriateness of this compari- 
 son ; how clearly it places before 
 our eyes the creeping, treacherous 
 murderer in his efforts to reach 
 his intended victim. 
 
 Species — kind, class, or char- 
 acter. 
 
 Ethiopian. — Ethiopia was the 
 former name of the country lying 
 to the south of Egypt, including 
 Nubia, Abyssinia, and other states. 
 
 "if 
 
 Jl 
 
'56 
 
 NOTKS TO TIIK FOURTH RKADKR. 
 
 Jh). Interfere iiu ddlr, int» r- 
 posc to prevent any result intend- 
 ed by anotlK r. 
 
 Imperceptibly So slowly iliat 
 the inovcniLiit could not be per- 
 ceived, or at least would not at- 
 trrirt rUtci'tmn. 
 
 Brandished. '/'(> hrainiish is to 
 swiiiK or inov(; about in prepara- 
 tion for dialitif,' a blow. 
 
 Poniard /''/(')'<"'</. The can- 
 f,'iar, or Oriental poniard, is a 
 straight, sharp-pointed weapon, 
 or small daf:j,'er, used only for 
 stabbinf,' ; the scimitar is a larj^e 
 sword with .\ curved blade. 
 
 Not the . monarch Why is 
 the negative placed at the begin- 
 ning of the sentence ? 
 
 Fanatical —marked by a kind 
 of Ireiizy or mad religious z.-al. 
 
 Charegite. — By this name Scott 
 probably means one of the Khari- 
 jites, a fanatical Mohammedan 
 sect which arose about twenty five 
 years after Mohammed's death. 
 Mohammed is reported to have 
 said : " My community will separ- 
 ate it'-olf into seventy-three sects;" 
 this prophecy has been largely ful- 
 filled. 
 
 Intrusive -entering wiiho'..t 
 permission or welcome 
 
 *• Ha, dog !"— " Dog " is some- 
 times used with us as a term of 
 re^ropch or conte •.;pt, out in 
 Eastern countries it is one of 
 the most coptoniptucj, ? ejiitl,' :s 
 that one person can app'y to 
 another. 
 
 Assassin. — Distinguish from 
 viurderer. 
 
 Once in a loud . . tone —Why 
 the change of tone ? 
 
 Allah — Literally, " The Adora- 
 ble " — the Arabic name of the Su- 
 preme Being This paragraph 
 presents Ricliard to us in a cha- 
 racteristic light. He nvs the 
 very model of a feudal kni;,'!it, 
 and became a favorite figure in 
 romances. Wonderful stories ire 
 told of his greci bodily strength, 
 
 and of the prodigie-. of valour per- 
 formed by him in contests with 
 thi: Saracens. TIu; head of his 
 battle axe is said to have weighed 
 twenty pounds. 
 
 Hangman's work The com- 
 mon hangman, or executioner, in 
 early days had to execute all sen- 
 tences (jf Hogging or maiming, as 
 well as the (leath-sentence. Ob- 
 serve the irony in Kichard's 
 speech. 
 
 261. Carrion — knr r^-m — the 
 dead and decaying llesh of animals. 
 
 Mecca.- (Jne of the old(;st 
 cities in .Arabia, the birthplaci of 
 Mohammed, and hence the sacred 
 city or religious capital of the 
 Mohammedans, to which* every 
 faithful follower of the prophet 
 must make at least one pilgrimage, 
 either p(;rsonally or by proxy. 
 The Mohammedans turn their 
 faces towards Mecca while per- 
 forming their devotions. 
 
 The foul impostor. — An im- 
 postor is a cheat, one who imposes 
 on, or deceives, others. King 
 Richard here calls Mohammed by 
 this name, and suggests that the 
 Turk was instigated by (he false 
 prophet, though the la'ter had 
 been long dead. 
 
 Sped prospered, succeeded. 
 
 Swart swarthy, dark, sun- 
 burnt 
 
 So weak an animal hide.— 
 Develope the metaphor. 
 
 Raze. — What is the usual or 
 proper sense of this word ? In 
 what sense does it seem to be 
 used here ? 
 
 The venom . . blood.— The use 
 of poisoned weapoi.j was quite 
 common at one time, and is not 
 uncommon in our own day among 
 savage or half- civilized tribes. 
 Animal poisons are considered 
 inert, or P'oducti.j of no effect, 
 when snt; oduced into the stomach. 
 What Queen of England saved 
 her husband's life by sucking the 
 ^Kvson from his wound .-' 
 
 Jli : 
 
KING K1CH\I;[) AND Till". NTIUW. 
 
 '57 
 
 Confusedly— with ashamL-d or 
 ronfusinl looks. 
 
 Sirrahs an old form of sirs. 
 Sc(! note on " Sirrah," p. if^y. 
 
 Dainty-lipped —What does the 
 kint; mean hy this ? 
 
 Dally -delay, waste time. 
 
 Methinks— it seems to me, I 
 think ; an old impersonal form, 
 rare exci^pt in p(X'lry 
 
 Chattel —any article of mer- 
 chanilise, with the exception uf 
 houses or lands ; especially ap- 
 plied to cattle as the chief wealth 
 in an early st'i,i;e of society -here 
 used in contempt of the black 
 slave. Cattle is but another form 
 of the same word, 
 
 Martlemas — usually m.utin- 
 mas — the eleventh of November 
 the day of the feast of St. Martin 
 Martinmas was the slau:^hter- 
 time amonj^ the early English ; 
 hence the proverb : " His Nlartin 
 mas will come as it does to' every 
 hojj," — that is, all must die. 
 
 Go to— an old phrase u.sed in 
 encoura<;ement or exhortation , 
 like our "come, now." The "to ' 
 is used adverbially, as in " heave 
 to." 
 
 Ceremony —ado, formality 
 Give other meanings of this word. 
 
 King^ of England . . slave.— 
 Note the contrast. 
 
 Ridicule. — Distinguish from 
 scorn and contcnif't. 
 
 262. Resistance. — Distingui'^h 
 from expostulation and remon- 
 strance . 
 
 Intermitted.— Distinguish from 
 ceased. 
 
 By gestures — Why ? 
 
 Treatment . . kind.— What 
 other phrases are used in this 
 paragraph to express Richard's 
 act ? 
 
 Make not . . lost.— What does 
 the king mean by this.' What 
 common saying has a simdar 
 meaning ? 
 
 Had dealt. — That is, would 
 have dealt. What mood ? 
 
 Orvietan ~or-vii'tnn—7ir\ anti- 
 dote, supp>)S»;d to counteract the 
 effect.i of poison ; first used at 
 Orvieto, in Italy. " Oiviit.tn, or 
 Venice treacle, as it was some- 
 times called, was uni!er;tood (o 
 be a common remedy against 
 poison." — Siutt. 
 
 Though sanctioned . . grati- 
 tuted. — I'-xpl.iiii clearly the mean- 
 ing of this clause. 
 
 Prithee —See not >, p On. 
 
 Ignorant . . knaves. -See 
 note on " knave," p. 252. Richard's 
 language is characteristic of the 
 ttme, and shows the (;stim ition in 
 which the lower classes were held. 
 
 Caitiff -Ad'-///— a me.-<n, base 
 fellow ; from the same word as 
 caf-tive 
 
 Sarbacanes. — These were pro- 
 bably a species of catapult. In 
 Brachet's French Dictionary, sar- 
 bacane is defined as a pea-shooter, 
 or air-cane 
 
 Hark . . ear. —A. rhetorical 
 pau.se is necessary between " hark" 
 and " in." These words, and tho.se 
 that follow, are spoken to Neville 
 in an undertone. 
 
 So that . camp.— S'o that is 
 not used here in the ordinary way, 
 indicating />(<r/)05^ or consequence ; 
 it stands for the more usual ex- 
 pression, " provided only," or 
 " so long as." 
 
 I. Discriminate, by examples, 
 the uses of : — ample, w ide, copious, 
 extend'.-'d, plentiful, capacious, 
 liberal; alarm, apprehension, ter- 
 ror, fri^jht, consternation ; bril- 
 liant, t)rii^ht, radiant; apparent, 
 obvious, manifest, plain ; anger, 
 wrath, resentment, choler; care, 
 heefl, precaution, watchfulness, 
 vii;i lance. 
 
 II. Analyze; — extended, pursu- 
 \n^, ebriety. satisfy, collapses, life- 
 lessness, interfere, arches, opposi- 
 tion, applied, intermitiod, degrade, 
 condescension, gratitude. 
 
 III. Transform to phrases the 
 
'5« 
 
 NOTliS TO THK FOURTH READER. 
 
 italicized, clepnndcr.t clauses in tl:e 
 following: — His movements re- 
 sembled those of the spider, which 
 collapses into apparent litelessiiess 
 7vhin she thinks herself the subject 
 (if observation. Set his face toward 
 Mecca, that he may tell the foul 
 impostor how he has sped on his 
 errand. Suck the poison from the 
 wound — the venom is harmless 
 on the lip, though fatal when it 
 
 miufrlcs 7i'ith the hJnod. I did it 
 but to show these knaves how they 
 niifrht help each other ivhen these 
 coivardiy caitiffs covie against us 
 with sarhacanes and poisoned shafts. 
 The Nubian beheld that the mara- 
 bout raised his head 'gently from the 
 ground, moving with a well-ad- 
 justed precaution, which seemed 
 entirely inconsistent xvith a state of 
 ebricty. 
 
 LXXXVIT. THE SONG OF THE SHH<T. 
 
 1^8 
 
 263. Unwomanly — unbecoming 
 a woman, unfit for a woman to 
 wear. 
 
 Stitch, stitch, stitch.— Note the 
 repetition, a device used through- 
 out the poem, m some parts with 
 even more striking effect, to indi- 
 cate the weary monotony of the 
 seamstress's task. 
 
 Dolorous pitch — dul'-o-rus — 
 sad, wailing key Pitch means the 
 degree of elevation oi the voice, or 
 the key in which a song is writti^n. 
 
 Aloof— apart. at a little distance 
 The hne means simply "in the 
 morning," and is in contrast with 
 the fourth line of this stanza. 
 
 Shine . . roof. — The j^oet indi- 
 cates, by a clever side stroke, the 
 squalor and poverty of the home 
 What idea of the length nf the 
 sewing -woman's day's work is 
 conveyed in the first four lines 
 of the stanza? 
 
 The barbarous Turk. — " Bar- 
 barous" seems to be used partly 
 in the sense of " barbarian." To 
 other European nations, with their 
 toasted superior civilization, the 
 Turk ha? always, since the Cru- 
 sades, been the type of cruelty 
 and coarseness, lacking particu- 
 larly in chivalrous regard for wo- 
 men, a point referred to in the 
 line, " Where woman has never a 
 soul to save." 
 
 Where woman save.— There 
 is some doubt as to the kind of 
 Paradise the Mohammedan or 
 Turkish religion promises to wo- 
 men, but it is certainly an immor- 
 tality of some sort, so that the 
 idea here conveyed is hardly cor- 
 rect. 
 
 Seam . . seam.— Note how skil 
 fully the drowsy repetition in these 
 two hues prepares us lor the sen- 
 timent in the two following 
 
 Gusset— a small piece of cloth 
 inserted in a garment to enlarge 
 or strengthen some part. 
 
 264. \Arearing out . . lives. - 
 This expression has here both a 
 literal and a metaphorical appli- 
 cation. The lives of the sewing- 
 women are represented as if 
 stitched, so to speak, into the 
 linen of the shirt — a most graphic 
 representation. Scott has the 
 same idea in The Antiquary, chap. 
 >i., where he represents Maggie 
 Mucklebackit as saying: "Its 
 no fish ye're buying — it's men's 
 lives ; " and indeed we seem to be 
 far from that time when such ex- 
 pressions cannot be used with 
 truthfulness. 
 
 A shroud . . shirt. — This helps 
 out the force of the line, " But 
 human . lives!" The allitera- 
 tion makes us think of the shroud 
 and shirt as a couple or pair, and 
 
THK SONG OF THE SHIRT. 
 
 159 
 
 would indicate the subtle connec- 
 tion in the poet's fancy between 
 the real thread that enters into 
 the make-up of the shirt, and 
 its unreal, imagined companion 
 thread which seems to be stitching 
 away at the shroud soon to en- 
 wrap the unfortunate worker. 
 
 Phantom — a fancied or shadowy 
 appearance, a spectre. 
 
 Grisly — horrible, frightful. The 
 reference of the line is to the 
 common representation of death 
 as a hideous skeleton. 
 
 It seems . . own. — A pathetic 
 reference to her own gaunt and 
 bony frame, shrunkei; " because 
 of the fasts she keeps." 
 
 Flags— lessons, ceases. 
 
 That shattered roof.— Compare 
 with fourth line of the second 
 stanza, 
 
 A wall so blank —so bare of 
 any ornament or picture that her 
 own shadow falling on it helped 
 to relieve its cheerless appearance. 
 
 From weary . . chime- — The 
 bells and clocks in the various 
 towers of t)ie city ring out the 
 hours, but the weary round of 
 time brings her no relief from 
 work. 
 
 For crime. — On account of, in 
 punishment for, their wrong-doing. 
 
 Till the heart . . hand.— How 
 these lines picture to us the stupor 
 which follows a dreary, unceasing 
 round of monotonous toil. 
 
 2G5. And twit . . spring.— A 
 depth of pathos is in this line, as 
 if the swallov, the bird which is 
 frequently represented as the har- 
 binger of spring, were taunting 
 the poor workwoman, whose un- 
 happiness is so much in contrast 
 with the brightness and joy of all 
 else around her 
 
 And the walk . . meal. -So 
 great is her poverty, that if she 
 were to take time for a walk her 
 daily wages would not be earned, 
 and she would be obliged in con- 
 sequence to go without a nieal. 
 
 Respite— r^s'/*^/— a putting off 
 for a tune, a short delay. 
 
 Blessed leisure. — Why blessed ? 
 Note the contrast with the follow- 
 ing line. 
 
 A little weeping . . thread.— 
 In this stanza, and especially in 
 the last four lines, the sentiment 
 of the poem reaches its climax. 
 
 Would that . . rich.— The point 
 and moral of the poem, a desire 
 to ameliorate the condition of the 
 seamstresses, is well indicated by 
 the repetition of the opening 
 stanza, with this significant ad- 
 dition. 
 
 This poem first appeared in the 
 Christmas number of Punch for 
 1843, and was soon afterwards 
 translated into nearly every Euro- 
 pean language. It was successful 
 in awakening a benevolent interest 
 in the sufferings of the poor Lon- 
 don netdle- women, and on the 
 poet's monument, erected seven 
 years after his death, in Kensal 
 Green Cemetery, is sculptured the 
 mscnption • " flE sang the Song 
 OF THE Shirt." 
 
 In vividness and pathos this 
 poem is a masterpiece, and will 
 repay the most careful study. 
 Pupils should he questioned on 
 the meaning, and required to 
 recast the stanzas in their own 
 words, until they have vivid con- 
 ceptions of each feature of the 
 inexpressibly sad picture drawn 
 by the poet. 
 
 Teachers and pupils would do 
 well to compare the "sweet pitv 
 and frowning indignation " of tiie 
 poem with the same sentiments in 
 the poet's " Bridge of Sighs," and 
 also in Mrs Browning's " The 
 Cry of the Children." 
 
 In reading, the repeated words, 
 " Work— work— work ! " " Stitch 
 — stitch — stich ! " should be given 
 in a slow monotone. Where the 
 order of words is reversed, as in 
 
i6o 
 
 NOTIiS TO TlJi-: l-OURTH l<I':.\I)liK. 
 
 " Seam, and f^nsset. and band, 
 Haad, and gusset, and scam," 
 the emphasis will naturally be 
 reversed accordingly. The lines 
 are skilfully constructed to bring 
 out the idea that the only variety 
 in the life of the poor seamstress 
 is the wearisome one presented by 
 the change in the order of these 
 three words, a variety winch 
 
 makes tlie killing monotony seem 
 even more dreuiful. It is hard 
 to conceive of a more pitiful case 
 than that depicted in the tenth 
 stanza, of the woman who longs 
 for the relief and luxury of being 
 able to weep in tier misery, but 
 cannot, because every tear-drop 
 
 1 would cause her to lose a stitch— 
 
 i and this she dare not do. 
 
 LXXXVIII. THE DEMON OF THE DEEP. 
 
 266 Recourse— a going to for 
 help. 
 
 Limpets— the common name 
 for small univalves, or shell-fish 
 of one shell, found adhering to 
 rocks. 
 
 Cray-fish — a small shell-fish 
 resembling the lobs'.er, but 
 smaller ; spelled also craw-fish. 
 
 Gorge -a narrow passage or 
 entrance. 
 
 Breakers. — Properly waves 
 broken by the rocks ; the name is 
 here applied to the broken pieces 
 of rock lying outside the larger 
 mass. In the "gorge" of the 
 main rock caverns had been fash- 
 ioned by the action of the waves, 
 and in these Gilliat had previously 
 sought his food. 
 
 Prosecuting— carrying on, fol- 
 lowing up 
 
 Solitary retreats —Give a syn- 
 onymous expression. 
 
 Cockle — a small bivalve, or 
 two-shelled fish, with a furrowed 
 or wrinkled shell. 
 
 Sea-urchin — a sea -animal, 
 having a firm, round shell, covered 
 with spines. 
 
 267. Crevice— fy^."' -Is — a nar- 
 row opening resulting from a split 
 or crack. 
 
 Refuge. — Distinguish from 
 shelter. 
 
 Escarpment — the abrupt face 
 of a rock or cliff. 
 
 Vaulted — having the shape of 
 an arch or vault. 
 
 Blind passage — Properly, a 
 passage with an opening at one 
 end only , here it appears to b< 
 simp'y a dark passage, as it opens 
 into a larger space. 
 
 Inaccessible — that cannot he 
 reached. 
 
 Moulded arch— the arche;! 
 roof, so worn by the action of tht 
 sea as if it had been shaped in a 
 mould 
 
 Grottoes caverns, eitlier natu- 
 ral or artificial , here, natural 
 apartments or recesses formed 
 within the larger cavern. See 
 note on " Grotto del Cane," p. 
 
 215- 
 
 Horizontal fissure— a fissure, 
 or cl<;ft, in a direction parallel to 
 the bottom of the crevice 
 
 26S. Aperture — a/>Vv'-/«/'f — 
 opening, open space. 
 
 Persistence— continuance, per- 
 severance. 
 
 Spiral — spiral — winding like 
 the worm of a screw, and con- 
 stantly advancing. Why call the 
 spiral form mysterious ? 
 
 Recoiled — started backward in 
 terror or dismay. 
 
 It was supple . . night.— Dis- 
 cuss the aptness of the compari- 
 sons. 
 
 Elongated. — Distinguish from 
 
rHIi DEMON OF THI-: DKF.F'. 
 
 i6i 
 
 Innumerable -more than could 
 
 1)6 numbered. 
 
 Undulating — wave-like, rising 
 and fallin;,' like the waves. 
 
 269. Agony — intense pain. Note 
 the Sletoiiymy. ICxpress the mean- 
 ing of the sentence differently. 
 
 Repulsive —hateful to the sight. 
 
 Ligature - Ug'-a-turc — a band 
 or bandage. 
 
 Focus. — Strictly, the point at 
 which the raysof light arecollected 
 by a lens, or mirror ; hence the 
 centre at which a number of ob- 
 ^vjcts or sensations are collected. 
 
 Singular — peculiar, unlike 
 (Hhers. 
 
 Compression -the act of com- 
 pressing or forcing into narrower 
 compass. 
 
 Living thongs. — Note the dif- 
 ferent names— thing, form, shape, 
 etc., — which the author gives to 
 the arms or antennae of the animal. 
 
 Glutinous. — Generally, adhesive 
 lik(! glue, tenacious. Here it 
 means covered with a slimy or 
 .slippery moisture, or perhaps, 
 jelly-like, having the appearance 
 of glue. 
 
 Nave. — Name the other parts 
 of a wheel. 
 
 Tentacles — feelers, or organs of 
 touch proceeding from the heads 
 of many of the lower animals; in 
 this case used to denote the arms 
 of animals of the octopus species. 
 Observe how minutely the author 
 describes the seizure of Gilliatt by 
 thf octopus, so that our attention 
 is riveted, an^ f»ur anxiety aroused 
 for the fate < the poor sailor, as 
 the monster is gradually pictured 
 before us in all its hideous defor- 
 mity. 
 
 Octopus— oit'-/o-/>«5 — also octo- 
 pod ; from two Greek words 
 meaning " eight " and " foot." 
 The devil-fish has eight arms or 
 tentacles. In the chapter of The 
 Toilers of the Sea immediately 
 following - Hook iv. chap. 2 — 
 the author continues his vivid 
 
 description of the devil fish. For a 
 long time the existence of these 
 monsters was doubted, but Victor 
 Hugo states, in the chapter refer- 
 red to, that he saw a very large 
 one at the island of Sark, and 
 they have been caught recent- 
 ly at Newfoundland, and on 
 the Pacific coast. The cuttle- 
 fish and the squid belong to the 
 same order of fishes. All these 
 animals move backward through 
 the water with great rapidity, the 
 motion being produced by muscu- 
 lar contraction of the body, which 
 expels, through a sort of tube or 
 " funnel," placed below the head, 
 the water previously drawn in 
 through the gills. 
 
 Vampire. — The vampire was 
 originally an imaginary dead 
 person, superstitiously believed 
 to leave the grave during night, 
 and wander about the earth in 
 the form of different animals, 
 doing every kind of mischief to 
 the l.vii.g, especially sucking their 
 blood, and thus causing their death 
 while sleeping ; hence, generally, 
 a blood-sucker, an extortioner. 
 The superstition still exists among 
 the races on the lower Danube. 
 
 270. Unfrequented— »M-/r<r- 
 qutiit'cd — seldom visited. 
 
 Testacea — tes td'-she-a — ani- 
 mals having soft bodies and no 
 internal skeletons, mollusks. The 
 term is applied particularly to 
 shell-fish, as here. 
 
 Crustacea— Ar»s-/a'-s/«'-n — ani- 
 mals which, like the crab and lob- 
 ster, have not only a shelly cover- 
 ing, but jointed limbs, a heart, 
 and other organs belonging to the 
 higher species of fishes. 
 
 Genius— presiding spirit. See 
 note, p. 64. 
 
 Sombre— sowj'-ft^y— dark, gloomy. 
 
 Demon— </e'-wo« — a spirit, either 
 good or evil, but generally, as 
 here, an evil spirit. 
 
 The slippery . . bottom.— 
 Paraphrase. 
 
1 62 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KliADER. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Suckers — the " flat, rounded 
 points" before described, with 
 which the tentacles of the octopus 
 were covered, and which adhered 
 tenaciously to Gilliatt's body at 
 every point of contact. 
 
 Loathine. — The horrible repul- 
 siveness of the animal, both in 
 appearance and touch, were as 
 painful as the crushing and suck- 
 ing. Note the vividness of the 
 description in this paragraph. 
 
 Antenna — another narie for 
 feeler, or tentacle ; plural, cntenncB. 
 
 271. Cephalopod — scJ'a-l6-pod, 
 or se-fal'5-pod — another name for 
 the octopus, derivec from two 
 Greek words meaning " head "and 
 "foot"; so called because the 
 tentacles, which serve ihe animal 
 as feet, are arranged in a circle 
 around its head. The mouth of 
 the octopus somewhat resembles 
 a hawk's beak. 
 
 Vulnerable — capable of being 
 wounded. 
 
 Convulsions — violent muscular 
 movements, spasms. 
 
 Four hundred suckers. — The 
 author estimates fifty on each arm. 
 
 Gilliatt closed his knife.— Note 
 the abruptness with which the 
 narrative closes, these being also 
 the closing words of one of the 
 chapters of the tale. It may be 
 observed, too, that this abruptness 
 is characteristic of Hugo's style. 
 
 Victor Hugo died May 22, 1885, 
 in the 84th year of his age, having 
 long before his death securely 
 gained for himself a place among 
 the greatest of Frenchmen. The 
 high regard of his fellow coun- 
 trymen was shown in the vast num- 
 bers that flocked to his funeral 
 from all parts of France, so that 
 the funeral procession was seven 
 hours passing a given point. 
 
 See last note on Lesson XXVII. 
 p. 90. 
 
 descriptions, and that feeling will 
 manifest itself in his tones and 
 inflections. The style is often in- 
 tensely nervous. The short, sharp 
 sentences should be read with 
 corresponding quickness and en- 
 ergy. The longer, more purely 
 descriptive sentences, will require 
 a more deliberate utterance 
 
 The pupil will scarcely fail to 
 feel the masterful power of Hugo's 
 
 I. Add as many as possible of 
 the suffixes, th, al, ed, er, ous, ness, 
 ful, to the following words, and 
 give the meanings of the deriva- 
 tives thus formed: — calm, warm, 
 thought, content, noise, lonely, 
 continue, busy, lofty, centre, 
 plenty, watch. 
 
 II. Analyse : — relaxed, sustain- 
 ing, describe, vulnerable, increases, 
 attempt, difficult, opposite, repul- 
 sive, disturbing, suspected. 
 
 III. Form sentences to illustrate 
 the meaning of the following 
 words : — solitary, escarpment, 
 horizontal, spiral, pangs, nave. 
 
 IV. Transform the following tc 
 simple sentences, explaining the 
 transformations fully : — His over- 
 coat, jacket, overalls, and sheep 
 skin, he spread out and fixed with 
 large round stones here and there. 
 Gilliatt held his open knife in his 
 hand, and from time to time 
 scraped a cockle from under the 
 bunches of sea- weed. Gilliatt 
 clutched the projections of the 
 rock, and stretched out to search 
 for it. It seemed as if innumer- 
 able suckers had fastened to his 
 flesh. Agony when at its height 
 is mute. It passed over the others, 
 and wound itself tightly round 
 his chest. The movem«»''t was 
 rapid as a flash of lightning. 
 When the water is low. the cral s 
 are accustomed to crawl out into 
 the air. These living thongs 
 were pointed at their extremities, 
 but broadened like the blade of a 
 sword towards its hilt. 
 
 V. Sketch the lesson, putting 
 yourself in the place of Gilliatt. 
 
AFTER DKATM IN ARABIA. 
 
 i6j 
 
 LXXXIX. AFTER DEATH IN ARABIA. 
 
 Az&n—dz'an. — This word refers 
 to the hour of Moslem prayt^r. 
 Every Mohammeian is obliged to 
 pray five times a day, when the 
 prayer call, Adan (Azan ?J, is 
 chanted from the minarets by the 
 muediiins or muezzins. See note on 
 " minarets," p. 52. 
 
 This — the message contained 
 in the stanzas following. The 
 spirit of the departed is repre- 
 sented as sending this message of 
 comfort to the friends weeping 
 over his remains. 
 
 The first two lines are a brief 
 introduction. 
 
 It lies. — The body from which 
 the soul has just gone. The use 
 of the indefinite word "it" to 
 denote the lifeless body is expres- 
 sive, and suggests the universal 
 belief that the real person is no 
 longer there. 
 
 Note the various epithets ap- 
 plied throughout the poem to the 
 friends. 
 
 I — the spirit or soul, which is 
 represented as addressing the 
 sorrowing friends and kinsmen of 
 the deceased. 
 
 Abdullah — an ordinary Arabic 
 proper name. 
 
 Yet I smile. —The living spirit 
 smiles to see so much misdirected 
 grief expended over what is merely 
 its cast-off garment, or empty 
 cage. 
 
 That thing you kiss. —Note the 
 gentle contt;mpt of the language 
 used about the cast-off body, seen 
 also in the expression, " let it lie." 
 
 Mine. - Notice the studied 
 meaning of "mine" instead of 
 "me," which one might expect in 
 contrast to "I." The speaker 
 would indicate that not even in 
 life is the moving, speaking body 
 the real person, but a mere ad- 
 junct or accident of existence, the 
 soul being the real individual. 
 
 Lave — wash, bathe. Washing 
 the body for burial seems to be an 
 almost universal custom. 
 
 Of the grave. —A good instance 
 of the appositive use of the posses- 
 sive. Compare " the city of Lon- 
 don," 
 
 Like a hawk. -The free, strong, 
 upward flight of the hawk makes 
 this metaphor perhaps the most 
 striking of the beautiful series. 
 Note the development of the chain 
 of metaphors in the lines that 
 follow— "the room," "the garb," 
 and " the bars," corresponding to 
 "hut," " garment, and " cage," 
 above. 
 
 Plume— a feather ; here used 
 in the sense of pliiinagc, the whole 
 covering of feathers. 
 
 Falcon — a species of hawk. See 
 note, p. 112. 
 
 Splendid. — Used in its classical 
 sense of nspUit<lciit,th:it is, shiiiiiifr. 
 
 Wistful —^ wishful. The more 
 ordinary use of the adjective is 
 with the nouns eye or look. 
 
 'Tis an empty . . gone — I'ara- 
 phrase so as to bring out fully the 
 I comparison between an empty sea- 
 I shell and the lifeless body. 
 
 Pearl. — This precious stone is, 
 as is well known, found in the 
 interior of certain species of shell- 
 fish, especially the pearl oyster. 
 Of course the shell must be broken 
 before the jewel can be obtained, 
 and when the pearl is gone the 
 shell is worthless. 
 
 Shell is broken —How can the 
 term " broken" be appropriately 
 applied to the body from which 
 life has departed ? Compare Ec- 
 clesiastes xii., 6. 
 
 273. The pearl . . soul.— Much 
 more forcible than if in the order, 
 "the pearl, the soul, the all," as 
 " soul ' thus becomes explanatory 
 of "all." 
 
 Allah.— See note, p. 2C0. 
 
164 
 
 NOTF.S TO Tin". lOUKTH RKADKK. 
 
 t 
 
 ;1 
 
 :i 
 
 The treasure treasury - That 
 
 is, the b'jst and choicest treasure 
 of his treasury, "a mind th.. loved 
 him." 
 
 Shard - a fragment of an earth- 
 en vessel ; happily us.;(l in con- 
 tinuation f)f the metaphor in "an 
 earthen jar." Slurd is another 
 form, as in potsherd. Name the 
 different things to which the poet 
 compares the budy, and show how 
 he illustrates the greater value of 
 the soul, l^ead Longfellow's poem. 
 The Slave's Dnain, in which the 
 body is compared to " a worn-out 
 fetter." 
 
 Let the shard . . more.— Let it 
 return to the clay of which it was 
 made — an expression applicable 
 alike to the earthen pot, and to 
 the body which is compared to it. 
 See Genesis iii., ig. 
 
 His store. — That is. His store- 
 house ; same as "His treasury " 
 above. 
 
 Thy world. — Not merely Hea- 
 ven, as God's own more particular 
 sphere, but His whole Universe 
 with all its mysteries, which, to 
 the enquiring mind, are " a long, 
 long wonder." These last words 
 are a pathetic allusion to the vain 
 effortsof men to unravel the knotty 
 problems so numerous in our pre- 
 sent existence, but whose solution, 
 as here indicated, is only to be 
 accomplished in the fuller know- 
 ledge that follows after death. See 
 I Corinthians xiii., I2. 
 
 My erring friends. — Why err- 
 iuf; ? 
 
 Unspoken. — That is, unspeak- 
 able, or, perhaps, in a passive sense, 
 untold, unheard of. Compare"Eye 
 hath not seen," etc., i Cor. ii., 9. 
 
 Instead. — That is, instead of 
 being dead, as ye call him. 
 
 Lost, 'tis true . . you. -The 
 meaning is, I grant that he is lost, 
 judging his state by such light 
 as you have shining around you 
 upon earth, but the clearer, purer 
 light of heaven reveals the glorified 
 
 spirit in the enjoyment of the lilt 
 that never dies. 
 
 Unfulfilled felicity- Enlarging 
 paradise — These phrases mean 
 much the same thing, and are ex- 
 planatory of each other ; the ever- 
 increasing joy of the state of bliss 
 after death is referred to, the con- 
 tinued growth of the capacity for 
 enjoyment, and the continued en- 
 largement of the sphere in which 
 that enjoyment is found. See 
 note on the two last lines of the 
 eleventh stanza of Longfellow's 
 Resii^noi'on. Paradise is used in 
 an abstract rather than in its usual 
 concrete sense— happiness, rather 
 than the place of happiness. 
 
 I am gone . . space.— Compare 
 the fifth stanza of Longfellow's 
 Rcsifrnation, and see first note 
 thereon. 
 
 That here . . naught.— Para 
 phrase the line so as to bring out 
 the contrast between " here " and 
 " there," " all " and " naught." 
 
 Fain— desirous. A rare use of 
 a somewhat rare word. 
 
 Sunshine . rain. — Show the 
 bearing of this line on the sense of 
 the context. 
 
 At death. — That is, at the time 
 of death, or, perhaps, in prospect 
 of death. 
 
 For death . . centre.— Perhaps 
 the most suggestive metaphor of 
 the poem — the soul at death, com- 
 pared to an infant at birth, enters 
 for the first time upon anything 
 like real life ; and by implication 
 the life which the soul lives here 
 in the body is no life at all. 
 
 274. All seems love . above.— 
 See the same thought (expressed in 
 Resignation, " But oftentimes . . 
 disguise." Compare, also, such 
 passages as Romans viii , 28, He- 
 brews xii., 6 
 
 Your home. What is meant? 
 
 La Allah ilia Allah ! -This eter- 
 nal truth, often translated "no 
 god but God," accompanied by 
 that necessary lie, as Gibbon calls 
 
AFTKK DKATH IN .\U\|5I\ MKRCY. 
 
 165 
 
 It, " ami Moh.imim (1 is tlie pro- 
 phet of Oovl," forms the funeral 
 tlirge of the Arabs, and they repeat 
 it over and over until they reach 
 the };rave 
 
 Thou love. . alway!- Ad- 
 dressed to the Supreme Heinj;. 
 
 Aiwa;' " see;ns, at first sif^ht, to 
 be an ao ective, but it may l>e ex- 
 plainer! as an adverb on the ground 
 that ' love " is used more as a 
 predicate than as an address or 
 vocative — "Thou who art Love 
 alway." 
 
 It may be doubted whether the 
 noble Christian philosophy of 
 iiMs poem is really to be found 
 in the Mohammedan religion, but 
 it must be remembered that seve- 
 ral of the Mohammedan articles 
 of belief are based upon the teach- 
 ings of Christianity. Lines on the 
 
 same subjcc t, by an Arabian p«nl 
 of the twelfth century, seem to 
 have suggested this ji«<em. Mr. 
 Arnold's treatment of the subject 
 closely resembles that of iheoldn 
 writer, both in language and in tlu' 
 metaphors employed. 
 
 This poem contains a great nuui- 
 ber of contrastcul words, and it 
 will, therefore, afford the reader 
 good practice on emphasis 
 
 1. Reproduce, in your own 'an- 
 guage, the thought, or sentiment, 
 of the poem. 
 
 2 Construct sentences to dis- 
 tinguish the following pairs of 
 words: bier, /'<•</-.■ tear, //< r ,■ 
 naught, uou'^ht ; sealed, ciilni . 
 dies, dyes ; fain, /(//u ; rain, rdn 
 
 XC. MERCY. 
 
 This extras; —from The Merchant of Venice, act iv., scene i. — is 
 part of Portia's famous speech, in which she tries to move the heart ol 
 the unfeeling Jew to pity for the unfortunate Antonio. It is one of the 
 most beautiful and oft-quoted passages in Shakespeare's writings, and 
 should be committed to memory. 
 
 Ecclesiasticus xxxv , 20 : " Mercy 
 is reasonable in the time of afflic- 
 tion, as clouds of rain in the time 
 of drought." Gentli is a happy 
 epithet for the rain thai comes 
 down quietly, and is all the more 
 welcome and refreshing because 
 unaccompanied by damaging 
 winds. 
 
 From heaven. — Is this phrase 
 attributive or adverbial ? Why ? 
 
 Twice blessed . . takes -en- 
 dowed with a double or twofold 
 blessing which it can impart to 
 others, blessing alike him who 
 shows mercy and him that receives 
 it ; 4n instance of the truth ex- 
 pressed in Acts XX., 35 : " It is 
 more blesst.d to {^ive than to re- 
 reive. " 
 
 274. Qualityof mercy— the trait 
 
 or feeling which we call mercy; 
 or. perhaps, the exercise or exhi- 
 bition of the feeling by some act 
 of benevolence. For the gram- 
 matical construction, see note on 
 " of the grave," p. 272. 
 
 Strained — forced, granted "on 
 compulsion. ' Portia had previ- 
 ously told the Jew that he must be 
 merciful, and he had replied, 
 " On what compulsion must I ? 
 Tell me that." 
 
 It droppeth . . beneath.— The 
 metaphor ma/ com. from Matt, 
 v., 45, where t^e I iiullv imparti- 
 ality with wh'ch the rain falls 
 alike " on the just and on the un- 
 just ' is spoken of; or it is pos- 
 sible that Shakespeare had in mind 
 
166 
 
 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH KRADKk. 
 
 'Tis mightiest . . mightiest- 
 
 This sontimunl is in opposition to 
 the once prevalent notion that 
 the exhibition of the gentler quali- 
 ties is a sign of weakness. 
 
 Becomes— suits, befits. 
 
 Throned. — Expand into a 
 clause. 
 
 Shows — represents, is the em- 
 blem of. 
 
 Temporal power — power in 
 matters temporal or earthly ; op- 
 posed to power in matters religious 
 or spiritual. Cruivn and sctptre, 
 each being part of the outward 
 insignia of power, are used inter- 
 changeably. What is the mean- 
 ing of " force " here ? 
 
 Attribute . . majesty.— The 
 sceptre is the symbol of that out- 
 ward respect and honor which 
 is due to kings, " Awe " and 
 " majesty " are used by metonymy 
 for the king, to whom ihese attri- 
 butes belong — "majesty" having 
 more particular reference to the 
 dignity and grandeur of kingship 
 itself, and "awe" to the feelings 
 of reverence and fear which the 
 majesty of kings inspires. The 
 former is used subjectively, the 
 latter, objectively. 
 
 Wherein . . kings. — The 
 sceptre being the outward sign of 
 royal power, the fear that men 
 have for that power is rightly said 
 to settle or centre upon the scep- 
 tre. Of kings is used objectively 
 — the dread and fear of men for 
 kings. For the singular verb with 
 a compound subject, see Mason's 
 Cirammar, art 381. 
 
 But mercy . . kings.— The 
 royal authority and |x)wer of 
 which the sceptre is the symbol. 
 
 is, after all, only an accident, le- 
 sultmg from the weakness of hu 
 manity ; but mercy is al)ove and 
 beyond this man-conferred power ; 
 it is a divinely-bestowt;d (juality 
 of the heart, ruling the man who 
 sways the sceptre ; it is one of the 
 attributes or qualities ascribed to 
 God Himself. 
 
 Show — appear, show itself. 
 Compare with " shows " above. 
 
 Likest.-Shakes])eare often com • 
 pares with er and est where later 
 usage prefixes more and most. 
 
 Seasons — tempers, tones down. 
 
 Though justice . . plea.—" 1 
 stand for judgment," said the Jew- 
 before. Legally, the Jew was in 
 the right. Antonio, the merchant, 
 had forfeited his bond, and the 
 
 iew could justly exact the penalty ; 
 ence, Portia's eloquent appeal for 
 mercy. 
 
 Course of justice.— If pure, hard 
 justice ran its course — a sentiment 
 borrowed from the teachings ol 
 the Bible. 
 
 That same prayer.— The refe- 
 rence here seems to be to the pe- 
 tition of the Lord's Prayer, " For- 
 give us," etc. It has been objected 
 that it is out of place to represent 
 Portia as making this appeal to a 
 Jew. who rejects the New Testa- 
 ment. 
 
 Render.— Here, to give or pay 
 in compliance with duty. Compare 
 Romans xiii., 7. It also means 
 to repay, as in i Thessalonians 
 
 v.. 15 
 
 State in your own words the 
 argument in favor of showing 
 mercy to others. 
 
 Read in connection with thi? 
 extract. Lessons CII. and CIV. 
 
ROBKRT Bl'RNS. 
 
 167 
 
 XCI. K()1U:KT IJl'KNS. 
 
 thi? 
 
 'C75. Burns -Seep. 91 of Fourth 
 
 RilADKK. 
 
 Came . . world. —ICx press dif- 
 ferently. This probably refers to 
 iiiirns' introduction to Edinburgh 
 society in 1786, after the publi- 
 cation of the first volume of his 
 poems. There he was lionized 
 for a few months ; but he was soon 
 neglected by the society to which 
 he had been welcomed at first, 
 and he left Edinburgh, " a sadden- 
 ed and embittered man." See 
 Shairp's Ri,hcrt Burns in " English 
 Men i)f Ix'tters" series. 
 
 Prodigy— something out of the 
 ordinary course of nature, a won- 
 der. 
 
 Usual fashion.— Explained in 
 the next two lines. I'oint out 
 other instances from the lives of 
 men of genius that would justify 
 the author in calling this the 
 " usual fashion." 
 
 Vague— not clear. Many join 
 in applauding the hero of the 
 hf)ur without clearly knowing why. 
 
 Tumultuous —noisy, confused. 
 
 Subsiding - sinking, falling 
 away. 
 
 His early . . death. — Burns 
 died in his thirty-eighth year. 
 Why mournful ? 
 
 Enthusiasm — en-thu'zi-asm — in- 
 tense, passionate zeal ; an admir- 
 ation into which the feelings enter 
 largely. 
 
 Nothing . . time. — Note the 
 Carlylean satire, implying that 
 people are much readier to do 
 justice or honor to another in 
 word than in action. 
 
 •* Nine days." — Anything that 
 attracts much attention for a short 
 time, and is then forgotten, is 
 spoken ofasa "nine days' wonder." 
 
 Vulgar wonder. — Vulfrar, com- 
 monplace. Altliough Burns was 
 of the common people, he did not 
 excite their wonder only, but the 
 
 wonder of the educated literary 
 class as well. 
 
 Sober judgments -minds that 
 calmly and dispassionately judge 
 of the merits of any case or per- 
 son, irrespective of popular pre- 
 judice. 
 
 Where.- Equivalent toi« which. 
 Compare with its uses in the next 
 paragraph. 
 
 Exclusively— to the exclusion 
 or shuttinf( out of all other con- 
 siderations. 
 
 His own . . merits.— Merits 
 that belong to his works as literary 
 productions, apart from any con- 
 sideration they may have had be- 
 cause of the poet's social stand- 
 ing or other circumstances. 
 
 Casual —kazh'u-al — accidental. 
 
 Radiance — brightness, brilli- 
 ancy. 
 
 True . . poet. — That is, not 
 merely as a Scotch poet, or one of 
 only local reputation. 
 
 Considerable — of importance, 
 not insignificant. 
 
 If the work . . it— This meta- 
 phorical sentence is partly ex- 
 plained by the one following. 
 Show, from the life of Burns, that 
 the statements in the paragraph 
 are true. 
 
 Materials. — What were they ? 
 
 Metal. —What was the " metal " 
 on which the poet wrought ? 
 
 Moor — a waste country with a 
 poor, light soil. 
 
 Tools.— What does Carlyle 
 mean by the "tools" with which 
 Burns fashioned the " metal " ? 
 
 Obscurity. — Properly, dark- 
 ness. He was without friends or 
 influence. 
 
 Without model . . sort —What 
 is meant ? Show wherein other 
 British poets have had the advan- 
 tage of Burns in this respect. 
 
 Arsenal -magSLzine—dr'se-nal — 
 ma^-a-zeen' — st(jrehouses for arms 
 
i6S 
 
 Nf)Tl S TO Till'. lOUk'HI kKADKK. 
 
 1 
 
 and oltu-r military ('(]iii| niciits. 
 An iirsiUdl is also an cslahlish- 
 nu'tit Idi their lunniif.u lurr Ex- 
 plain the n i: of those terms in this 
 connection (iivc other meaninj,'s 
 of " maj^a/in(!." 
 
 How different . him 1- Change! 
 the structure freni tlie rhetorical 
 lo the common orclci. Toiiu out 
 other sentences in this lesson simi 
 larly constructed. 
 
 276. Stormed — •itlacked by 
 open force, taken by assault. 
 
 Titan. — The Titans were a race 
 of denii-j.;ods, children of Heaven 
 and Earth, described in ancient 
 mythology as possessed of im- 
 mense slren^^th. Notice the gra- 
 dations of jwwer in stmin-atf^iin , 
 pick axe, arms. Explain the sen- 
 tence fully, anil show by means of 
 a paraphrase the meaning of the 
 whole p.'uagraph. 
 
 Criticism— the art of judging of 
 the merits and faults of a book or 
 a writer. 
 
 Cold business. — Explain. 
 
 Genial — enlivening, clK^erful 
 Show from iJurns' poem n the 
 Fourth Keadeu tKit his poetry 
 is properly characterize d as triw 
 and genial. 
 
 Tragedy. -See note, p. 215, and 
 Introduction to the Notes, p. 10. 
 What is the meaning of "tragedy" 
 here? What was the tragedy 
 which Burns enacted ? 
 
 Brawl — to wrangle or quarrel 
 noisily, generally about small mat 
 ters. Another writer says, that 
 " the conqueror at Jena and Aus 
 teriitz presents a pitiful sight, 
 squabbling with Sir Hudson Eowe 
 about the quality of his soup, and 
 the length of his rides." 
 
 Sir H'Adson Lowe — a British 
 general who served in the French 
 war, and was afterwards, in 1816, 
 apjxjinted Governor of St. Helena, 
 in charge of Napoleon. 
 
 His rock - the rocky island of 
 St. Helena, in the Atlantic Ocean, 
 off the West Coast of Africa. Sec 
 
 I'lih/ii- Silioul History (Enf^lish) . 
 chap xviii , sec. 7. 
 
 Main the great deep sen, as 
 distinct from any of its p.irt' ; a 
 poetic word. 
 
 "Amid . . main." - From 
 Tiiomson's CastL of liidvhncc, 
 canto i., St. 30. 
 
 Base entanglements. What 
 were they ? See Shairp's liohfrt 
 Burns, chapter vii. Is th( com- 
 parison in thissentencea ju t one r 
 Observe the metaphorical lan- 
 guage employed 
 
 Excellence.— Of the excellence 
 referred l<> here, point out in- 
 stances in the poems of Burns in 
 the Foi:kiti Kk.xder. 
 
 Indisputable — in-dii>'pu-tahl ~ 
 tliat cannot be questioned or dis- 
 puted 
 
 Those scenes . . resolves. - 
 Paraphrase, so as to bring out 
 fully the meaning of " beautiful 
 emotions" and "liefinite resolves." 
 
 Outward call . interest — 
 What is nu'ant ? Contrast with 
 the meaning of the clause that 
 follows. 
 
 277. Susceptibility capacity 
 for rereiviiig impressions or emo- 
 tions. 
 
 Affectation false pretence the 
 assumption of a ch.iracter or man- 
 ner not one's own. 
 
 Glitters . . o^^n. — Express 
 differently 
 
 Carlyle's admiration for the 5/;/- 
 ccrity of Burns, as thecliief virtue 
 of thi- poet, is in harmony with all 
 his teaching See Biographical 
 Notice, p. 62 
 
 I. Distinguish between prodigy 
 .iiid frcnins ; usual and frcncral ; 
 fashion and en .torn . vague and 
 uiucrtain ; censure and hlavic ; 
 prolonged and cxtiinhd ; clamor, 
 noise and cry . judgment and deci- 
 sion ; consider ami think ; exis- 
 tence and beiitfT , obscurity and 
 itarkncss : mode' and example ; 
 concern and hn.-tnrss ; genial and 
 kind ; enacted and pcrjormcd ; 
 
ROlJliRT I'.l'KNS »:i)lNnURGH AFTHK FI.ODDKN, 
 
 iGiJ 
 
 excellence .nul superiority : also 
 between casual .111(1 1 <;;< .// ; metal 
 and mettle ; desert .ind desurt ; 
 tragedy and cumniy : main and 
 mane ; greater and ^ratt-r ; plain 
 Tind plane ; soul an ! sole. 
 
 II. NVrite sentences containing 
 the followinR correctly used : — 
 aversi tu, possessed of, possessed by, 
 divided hetueen, divided atnunf^, 
 danf^er of, dnnfrer from, taste of, 
 taste j or, relieved of, relieved by. 
 
 in Combine into a connected 
 par.im.iph : — Kobert iJurns was 
 born in 1759. He is Scotland s 
 greatest poet. He is the most 
 
 popular writer of lyrics in the 
 En<-;lish languagf. Most of his 
 poi.tns are written in his native 
 .\yrshire dialect His serious 
 potMUS are generally in English. 
 He received no aid from the poetry 
 of other lands. His poetry is 
 purely Scottish. He sprang as it 
 were from the so.l His distin- 
 guishing characteristics are great 
 humer, gayety, originality, ten- 
 derness, and pathos. "TheUn e" 
 and "A Man's a Man for a' That" 
 are among his finest poems. 
 
 IV. Express in yt)ur riwn words 
 the meaning of the third para- 
 graph : — " Let it not," etc. 
 
 tress 
 
 sin- 
 irtue 
 
 1 all 
 lical 
 
 digy 
 
 lal : 
 and 
 
 une ; 
 
 ■mor. 
 
 leci- 
 ■exis 
 
 and 
 
 ph ; 
 
 and 
 
 iicd ; 
 
 XCII. KIMNBUKGH AFTICK FI.OfM^EN. 
 
 Flodden Hill is a spur of the ('heviot Range. A short distance to 
 the east is the River Till, a tributary of the Tweed, (lowing in a north- 
 erly direction. In the plain between the hill and the river v\as fought 
 tiie battle of ElodJen Tield, in which James IV. of Scotland was 
 dcTeatt'd by the troops of the English King, Henry VIK., commanded 
 by the Earl of Surrey. The battle was most disastrous to the Scots. 
 They lost nearly 10,000 of their best soldiers. The flower of the Scot- 
 tish nobility and King James himself were among the sl.iin. " Scarce 
 a Scottish family of eminence." says Scott, "but had an ancestor 
 killed at Flodden." 
 
 277. News of battle.— The in- 
 troduction is worthy of note for 
 its vigor, and for the directness 
 with which it hurries us into the 
 spirit and meaiiing of the poem. 
 
 Clang-an onomatoj-ioetic word ; 
 that is, one which is formed by 
 imitating the sound of the thing 
 to be described. Give other words 
 of this class. 
 
 Our gallant king —Who ? 
 
 Beacons — signal-fires kindled 
 on hill-tops as a means of spread- 
 ing any expected and important 
 news. F'or a graphic description 
 of the conveyance of news by sig- 
 nal fires, see Macaulay's Lay, The 
 
 Armada. See also note on " Pea- 
 con lipht," p. 7.}. 
 
 Northern streamers -the auro- 
 ra borealis — nw-rora bo-red'lis — 
 popularly called the " Northern 
 Lights," a wavy curtain of light 
 seen at night in the sky in north- 
 ern latitudes ; supposed to be elec- 
 trical in origin. This phenome- 
 non was superstitiously regarded 
 as a forerunner of some great 
 calamity, a< war, famine, the death 
 of son great man. 
 
 Trembling sky.— The Northern 
 Lights seem to impart to the sky 
 behind them a waving motion. 
 To the mind if the terrified on- 
 
I70 
 
 NOTIiS 1() THK I'OUKTll UKAPI.R. 
 
 ! 
 
 I 
 
 n -i 
 
 looker till shy iniKht stu-ni to tri'tn- 
 ble vvitli ft:ar of appronc hiiij,' dis- 
 aster 
 
 Beckon - Anotht-r riadinu is 
 " bericon." (live the rnenniii}^ with 
 each reading;. 
 
 Save . die — (*orn{iare Shakes- 
 peare's jfulius Casar, act ii. sc. 2: 
 
 "When bejjgars die there are no 
 comets seen : 
 The heavens themselves blaze 
 forth the death of princes." 
 
 278. Warder- the gate-keeper, 
 or guardian of the gate. 
 
 Bending crowd.— Not stooping 
 or bending in the ordinary sense ; 
 but surging back and forth, as 
 each one presses forward eagerly 
 to get the first glimpse of the 
 messenger, and hear the news from 
 the battlefield. 
 
 Battered harness —dinted ar- 
 mor, llanuss was th<; name fre- 
 quently given to the whole accou- 
 trement or efpupment of a knight 
 or horseman. 
 
 Wan -7*'/J«— of a sickly hue. 
 
 Hard-stricken- exhausted, worn 
 out with hard fighting. 
 
 Spearless. — Tlie pole, or staff, 
 on which a banner or ensign was 
 carried, was usually surmounted 
 by a gdt spear-head. This spear- 
 head was gone, and probably the 
 whole staff, as the banner had 
 been used as a shroud for the king. 
 
 Drooping— hanging powerless. 
 
 The city-band— the train-band, 
 or city militia, placed at the king's 
 disposal in thisemergency. ICvery 
 man of any pretension to good 
 breeding was in those days skilled 
 in the use of arms. 
 
 Weal — woe. — Note the effec- 
 tive use of these two alliterative 
 words, particularly as they are 
 monosyllables. Weal is still found 
 in wealth, and expresses, as an ab- 
 stract noun, the idea of the adjec- 
 tive well, from which it is derived. 
 Woe, as a substantive, should al- 
 ways be spelled as here ; as an in- 
 
 terjection, the spelling w\t is mou 
 correct. This distinctioi' ifi spell 
 ing should be obser\(d, as tlit 
 words were originally distinct. 
 
 Grisly warrior Not stern only 
 but pale and ghastly- ihe result 
 of his wounds, and of the sorrow 
 he felt at the d« ith of his kiug. 
 
 Helm— hclnut. a piece of ar- 
 mor to protect the head. 
 
 Armed heel - How armed ? 
 
 Chides. — An unusual usi- of the 
 word ; it is generally used with 
 the meaning, to reprimand by 
 word of mouth. 
 
 Mischance— ill-luck, calamity. 
 
 27() Riven -rent, torn 
 
 Elders . city — the old men 
 who were too old to follow the 
 king; probably refers to the mem- 
 bers of the city council. Note the 
 apt change of metre, to assist in 
 impressing the change of scene 
 and subject at this point of the 
 recital. 
 
 Their hall -the city hall. 
 
 Bide —remain. 
 
 Maiden Town— a name popu- 
 larly given to Edinburgh, from a 
 tradition that the I'ictish kings 
 used to send their daughters to 
 this stronghold for protection in 
 time of war. 
 
 Fray— battle, bloody contest. 
 
 Burghers- -burfr'en — inhabi- 
 tants of a burgh, or borough, 
 more especially in their capacity 
 as citizens. What is the meaning 
 of " stout " here ? 
 
 And fight . . way— fight to the 
 last, fight as long as you can. 
 
 Do![ed.—Doff, to do off, to put 
 off What is the opposite word ? 
 
 Corselet — a piece of armor 
 covering the front of the body, a 
 cuirass. 
 
 280 Wistfully— wishfully, long- 
 ingly 
 
 Leaning . . brand — supporting 
 himself heavily on his sword. 
 Sorely does not mean,rt5 if in pain ; 
 but heavily, as if in sore need of 
 help. 
 
 • ! 
 
P.DINIU'Rr.H AFTER Fl.onDKN. 
 
 171 
 
 ,ir 
 
 to 
 in 
 
 the 
 
 tinR 
 orcl. 
 iiiii ; 
 c/ of 
 
 Brand swonl . ,1 {XM-tical n.imt; 
 H'lvru to ,1 sword, troin its ^'litt<:r- 
 inj,' bri^^htncss, like buriiinf,; or 
 ^ilouiiij^ wood. 
 
 Straight —straightway, iinine- 
 diatfly. 
 
 Couched a spear. — When not 
 in Use, *he sp<«ar was carried per- 
 pendicular, with the butt placed in 
 a foot-rest on tht; ri^lu stirrup. 
 To couch a s{)ear was to brin^ it 
 down to the char^'c. hokl it hori- 
 zontal, with head to the front, in 
 readiness for attack or defence. 
 
 Provost —/>;v'5r'«s/— the chief 
 magistrate of a Scottish city or 
 town. What is the corresponding; 
 l'2nj,'lish title ? 
 
 Chivalrous degree shiv'al-rus 
 — the degree or rank of a cheva- 
 lier, or knif^jht serving on horse- 
 back. Explain the other descrip- 
 tive epithets of the Provost. 
 
 Visage —face, countenance. 
 
 Right bitter . . aloud. — The 
 principle of suspense is employed 
 here very effectively. Not only 
 does Randolph decline to answer 
 any enquiries on entering the city, 
 but even after being escorted to 
 the hail where " the elders of the 
 city " are met, he replies only after 
 the third effort to do so. 
 
 Ay. — Distinguish from aye in 
 pronunciation and meaning. 
 
 281. Valiant —val'yant — brave. 
 
 As the archers . . low. -English 
 archers were famed for their skill, 
 and they were instrumental in the 
 winning of many of England's 
 victories. See Les.son XXXVI. 
 
 Grimly dying . . foe. —What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Costly dye.— Explain. 
 
 Oh the blackest . . before. — 
 Note the irregularity in the gram- 
 matical construction of these two 
 lines, allowable in order to height- 
 en the effect of the despairing, 
 impulsive cry of the people. 
 
 Southron— Southerner. To 
 whom is the name applied here? 
 
 The language of this stanza is 
 
 very elliptical Supply theellipMs 
 necessary to sh.)w the con struct n>n. 
 
 Till the oak . stem A strong 
 expression of impossibility. 
 
 Dunedin -</«'! «•'<//'* or I>un 
 Ed'in, the hill or fort of I'^dwin. 
 It is the Celtic name of ICdinburgh 
 (that is, Kilwin'i hurf^h), and is at 
 the same time diiscriptive of its 
 site, the words meaning " the face 
 of a rock." The name is often 
 used in Scott isli poetry. As bur^h 
 — the modern hotuiif^h — meant 
 originally a fort or castle, Dun- 
 edin and lidinhuffrfi have the same 
 meaning. 
 
 Describe the different pictures 
 which this poem presents. 
 
 Conceive the state of excite- 
 ment into which the whole city 
 would be thrown by the kindling 
 of the beacon fires on all the sur- 
 rounding hill-tops, telling the peo- 
 ple that husbands, brothers, 
 fathers, sons, were engaged in 
 deadly battle with thtur enemies. 
 In the midst of the intense strain 
 of anxiety the shout is raised, 
 " News of battle! newsof battle! " 
 and all the inhabitants with one 
 impulse go hurrying to the gate 
 to meet the messenger from the 
 battle-field. A vivid conception 
 of the scene will best enable one 
 to read with due animaticm. 
 
 "All night long. . die "should be 
 read in a tone of awe suited to the 
 superstitious dread indicated, and 
 " Warden ! warden ! ' with tone 
 and gesture of tierce impatience. 
 " Then a murmur," etc., suggests 
 another change, as a feeling of 
 awful dread creeps through the 
 crowd. The picture of the crushed, 
 wan warrior will naturally suggest 
 a sad, plaintive delivery, to be 
 followed by the voice of desperate, 
 despairing entreaty, in which the 
 people, feeling that knowledge of 
 the worst is better than this terri- 
 ble suspense, eagerly implore him 
 to tell them all. 
 
172 
 
 NOTHS TO THE lOl'RTIl UKADIik. 
 
 XCIII. THE FOUNDKUS OF UIM'FU CANADA. 
 
 282. Declaration of Indepen- 
 dence. ~ This was a document 
 drawn up by Thomas Jefferson of 
 Virginia, and signed at Philadel- 
 phia, July 4th, 1776, by fifty-six of 
 the chief men of the thirteen 
 ICnglish colonies in America — New 
 H;imi)shire, Massachusetts, Rhode 
 Island, Connecticut, New York, 
 New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Dela- 
 ware, Maryland, Virginia, North 
 Carolma, South Carolina, and 
 Georgia. The Declaration set forth 
 the wrongs which these colonies 
 had suffered from the English 
 government, and declared the in- 
 dependence of the thirteen colo- 
 nies, under the name of the United 
 States of America. 
 
 United Empire Loyalists. — 
 This name — usually abbreviated 
 into U. E. Loyalists — was given 
 to those of the American colonists 
 who, in the War of independence, 
 remained luyal to the mother 
 country, desiring to keep the 
 British Emnirj united. 
 
 Party of independence— those 
 who opposed the claims of Eng- 
 land, and subsequently declared 
 for independence. 
 
 Confessedly. — Change into a 
 phrase. 
 
 Allegiance ~(i/-/<5'/<7«i— the ob- 
 ligation of a subject to his sover- 
 eign or government. 
 
 Sovereign. — Who was King of 
 England at that lime ? 
 
 Constitution of government — 
 A system of laws, whether written 
 or unwritten which constitutes 
 the basis of government of a state 
 or nation. Name ;-.ome points of 
 difference between the English 
 Constitution and the Constitution 
 of the United States. 
 
 Avowing . . subjects.- Give the 
 meaning in other words, and name 
 some of the rights referred to. 
 
 Contradistinction -distinction. 
 
 not simply by different, but by 
 opposite, qualities. 
 
 Rights . . people. — From time 
 immemorial the sovereigns of Eng- 
 land had rights which they exer- 
 cised independent of Parliament. 
 Trace the steps by which the 
 rights of the Crown have been 
 curtailed, and those of the people 
 extended. 
 
 But the Declaration . . parties. 
 — Explain this statement. 
 
 Exiled — banished from their 
 native or adopted country. 
 
 Impoverished -made poor. 
 
 Domains - du-mCins'. — The word 
 primarily refers to land or terri- 
 tory under the rule of a sovereign ; 
 here, it means the land owned or 
 held by the Loyalists in their ow n 
 right. 
 
 Compensation.-Distinguisli 
 from satisfactiun, amends, recom- 
 pense, reivnrd, by using these words 
 m sentences. 
 
 Appreciation— valuing accord- 
 ing to worth. 
 
 By making . . Country.— Ex- 
 plain the construction, and bring 
 out the meaning by a new con- 
 struction, or by a substitution of 
 synonyms. 
 
 Fidelity - faithfulness. 
 
 2Sj. Civil war. — Vv^hat is ^civil 
 war? In what respect was the 
 War of Independence a civil 
 war ? 
 
 Wilderness provinces. — !5eo 
 Public Scliuul Hislury (Canad^r.n J, 
 chap iii., sec. 4. 
 
 Upper Canada . . game. — By 
 what name is Upper Canada now- 
 known ? Contrast the condition 
 of the Province then with itS 
 present condition. 
 
 Venomous reptiles. — Probably, 
 fuisontjus snakes are meant. The 
 term "reptile'" includes, besides 
 serpents, animals which either 
 crawl or move by means of small, 
 
rnii F(jundi:rs of uffer Canada. 
 
 173 
 
 , — Ex- 
 
 brinj; 
 con- 
 tion of 
 
 I5co 
 id^rji ), 
 
 .-By 
 
 a now 
 idition 
 ith iiS 
 
 )bably, 
 The 
 
 jesides 
 either 
 small, 
 
 short legs, as crocodiles, lizards, 
 turtles, froKs, etc. 
 
 Indian tribes. — See note, p. 156. 
 Redeeming feature. — Give the 
 meaning in other words. 
 
 Colony. — See note, p. 155. 
 
 Refugee — one who flees to 
 another country for refuge. Point 
 out a previous reference to these 
 refugees. 
 
 Sore\-Sr-rcl'. 
 
 Prosecuted- continued. Give 
 other meanings. 
 
 Destination — the place intended 
 to be reached. 
 
 Cataraqui-- Kat-a-rd'kive — 
 Names of places in Ontario, of 
 French or Indian origin, which 
 formerly had a French pronuncia- 
 tion, are now generally pronounced 
 as English words. 
 
 Bands. — Distinguish from com- 
 pany, crew, gdHf^- 
 
 Military highway— a road 
 made for military purposes, as 
 Dundas Street, or Kingston Road, 
 in Ontario. 
 
 Lower Canada.— What is its 
 name now ? 
 
 Plattsburg. — A town in the 
 State of New York, on the west 
 side of Eake Champlain. 
 
 Oneida — 0-ni'da. 
 
 Portage— a break in a chain of 
 water communication over which 
 goods, boats, etc., have to be car- 
 ried, as from one lake or river to 
 another, or along the banks of 
 rivers round rapids or waterfalls. 
 
 284. Coasted. — Distinguish 
 from cruised, sailed. 
 
 Quinte. — Now pronounced 
 quin'tc. See note to " Cataraqui " 
 above. 
 
 Pursued their course. Point 
 out a synonynK)Us expression in a 
 preceding paragraph. 
 
 This journey . . months. -Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 Privation — destitution, want of 
 the comforts and necessaries of 
 life. Distinguish from h:irdslii/> 
 and exposure. 
 
 Unite . . company — Express 
 differently. Is the phrase " in one 
 company " needed ? 
 
 The then wilderness. "Then" 
 is here used as an adjective for the 
 sake of brevity—" which was then 
 a wilderness." 
 
 Hou3ehold effects. — What does 
 " effects " mean here ? Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Pack-horses — horses employed 
 in carrying packs, or loads of 
 goods,clothing.etc..on their backs. 
 
 Which subsisted. — Notice the 
 correct useof the relative "which." 
 Why is it preferable to " that " in 
 this connection ? 
 
 Pilgrim Fathers.— See note. p. 
 229. 
 
 Upper Canada . . pride.— Para- 
 phrase. 
 
 Point out on the map all the 
 places mentioned in this lesson, 
 and trace the different routes fol- 
 lowed by the Loyalists. 
 
 I. Distinguish between allegi- 
 ance and adherence ; declaration 
 and proclamation ; homes and do- 
 mains ; close and end ; refuge and 
 safety ; venomous and poisonous ; 
 banished and exiled ; route, way 
 and road : unite a.nd Join ; parent 
 age and ancestry ; affection and 
 love : prosecute and persecute ; 
 effects and affects. 
 
 II. Analyze . — declaration, con- 
 fessedly, professing, allegiance, ad- 
 herence, differing, contradistinc- 
 tion, domains, agents, apply, com- 
 pensation, appreciation, fidelity, 
 refuge, wilderness, redeeming, ex- 
 cept, abundance, contents, hard- 
 ship, privation, impoverished. 
 
 III. Paraphrase: -The Loyalists 
 found themselves exiled and im- 
 poverished. They showed a noble 
 appreciation of their character 
 and services by making them com- 
 pensation for their losses and suf- 
 ferings. With no redeeming fea- 
 ture except abundance of fish and 
 game Five v(:ssels v.er«' procured 
 
»74 
 
 NOTKS TO TUli I'OUKTU KliAOKR. 
 
 and furnished to convey the first 
 colony. They prosecuted their 
 voyage, and reached their des- 
 tination. Flat-bottomed boats, 
 specially built or purchased for 
 the purpose, were used. 
 
 IV. Combine into a connected 
 narrative: — In 1775 war broke 
 out between England and her 
 colonies in America. This war 
 resulted in the independence of 
 the colonies. These colonies are 
 known now as the United States 
 of America. Many of the set- 
 tlers remained faithful to Eng- 
 land. Large numbers of these 
 had to leave the country when 
 peace was made. They settled in 
 
 Canada Many of them settled 
 in Nova Scotia. Many others 
 settled in Ontario. Ontario was 
 then a wilderness. They had to 
 leave good homes in the United 
 States. They had tc build homes 
 in the woods. They had to clear 
 land again. Many of them re- 
 ceived grants of land to compen- 
 sate them for their losses and 
 sufferings. 
 
 V. Sketch the lesson from the 
 following heads :--\Vho the U. E. 
 Loyalists were.. Why and how 
 they camci to Canada Where 
 they settled The condition of 
 Ontario then Why we should 
 cherish their memory. 
 
 XCIV. THE RIDE FROM GHENT TO AIX. 
 
 The reader naturally expects to find that this stirring poem was 
 suggested to the author by some historical fact. This is not the case , 
 it is all purely fanciful. 
 
 "The poem was written to illustrate the general .>pirit of tht- 
 Spanish war in the Netherlands, as pictured by Motley in his ' Dutch 
 Republic' and 'United Netherlands,' but refers to no particular 
 incident." The following is an extract from a letter of Mr. Browning's, 
 published in 18.S1 in the Boston Literary World :—" There is no sort 
 of historical foundation about ' Good News from Ghent.' I wrote it 
 under the bulwark of a vessel off the African coast, after I had been at 
 sea long enough to appreciate even the fancy of a gallop on the back of 
 a certain good horse ' York,' then in my stable at home." 
 
 The poem is usually entitled Hon' they Brousrht the Good News front 
 Ghent to Aix, and the indefinite date [16 — ], added to the title by Mr. 
 Browning, is no doubt intended to give an air of reality to the mad 
 gallop of the three messengers. 
 
 The history of the Netherlands during the period of resistance 
 to Spanish rule— from about the middle of the sixteenth century to 
 the middle of the seventeenth — is full of stirring incidents ; and in the 
 civil conflicts of that period as well as in the struggles against Spain, a 
 forei'iost part was borne by the populous and wealthy city of Ghent, 
 which, on account of its frequent commotions, well deserved to be 
 called an " abt)de of anarchy." as Mr Motley has described it 
 
THE lilDE FROM GHHN T TO AIX. 
 
 /J 
 
 Ghent — f^ent (ij'hard) — the chief 
 town in East Flanders, H( l^iuni. 
 
 Aix— a/;s. -That is, Aix-la Cha- 
 pelle (shd-pcl'), a tt)wn in Rhenish 
 Prussia, near the Helf^ian frontier, 
 famous for its mineral springs. 
 Its (lerman name is Aachen. 
 
 The distance from Ghent to Aix 
 is morf' than loo miles in a direct 
 line, and about 125 miles by the 
 route which the imaginary riders 
 take. The towns mentioned are 
 on the route between the two 
 places, in the order in which they 
 occur in the poem : Lokeren [lu- 
 kS-rcn — in the reading, accent the 
 second svllahle), Bcom [bom), 
 Diiffeld [iilf'fcld). Mecheln [mck'- 
 cln), Aerschot {air -shot), Hasselt 
 {h(is'-sclt), Ivoos (loze), Ton^;res 
 {fon^'-frers, or ton'gr), Dalhem 
 (ila -lent). 
 
 Stirrup stlr'-up. 
 
 I galloped . . three. — Note the 
 Imitative Harmony. 
 
 Watch — Make sentences co:i- 
 t.iining this word used 1.1 different 
 senses. 
 
 " Speed !"^Note the accuiacy 
 in detail, and the fine effect of the 
 word " speed." Just the last half 
 of the watchman's greeting is 
 echoed by the thick wall, through 
 which the horsemen were gallop- 
 ing, as through a short tunnel. 
 
 Echoed. —Show that this is the 
 right word to use h( re. Why 
 were cities surrounded by walls 
 formerly, but not now ? 
 
 Postern -a small side or back 
 gate in a fortified enclosure, by 
 which exit or entrance could be 
 given in secret, or to a small num- 
 ber, without opening the main 
 gates. It is probably used here 
 for the city gate ; or perhaps the 
 poet uses this word as if to inti- 
 mate that the riders were on an 
 important secret mission, and thus 
 to increase the interest of the 
 reader. 
 
 The lights . rest.— Express in 
 Tie language of prose 
 
 Into the midnight — As if the 
 
 darkness were greatest then. Mid- 
 nif:;ht is used, not in its ort'inary 
 sense, but for nii^ht, darkness. 
 Compare Longfellow's " into the 
 night are gout;. ' 
 
 Not . other. "We spoke," 
 omitted. The brevity and abrupt- 
 ness, which characterize the poem 
 throughout, are studied, and are 
 quite in keeping with the head- 
 long haste and intense excitement 
 of the riders. They have no time 
 for t.ilk. and the narrator catches 
 their spirit, and cuts short his 
 sentences. 
 
 The great pace Flxplam^r,',,,/. 
 
 Neck . . stride— The metre is 
 I just suited to the subject ; the 
 1 rhythmic rise and fall of the gal- 
 i loping hoofs can be heard through- 
 out, perhaps more plainly here, in 
 the somewhat jerky, disconnected 
 I phrases that introduce the ha-d 
 ! night-ride. 
 
 i Never changing a place- — 
 What is meant ? 
 
 I turned . . bit.— The appar- 
 ently trivial particulars are here 
 introduced skilfully and with good 
 effect The rider knows tliat the 
 tremendous ridi; before him will 
 tax the powers of endurance of 
 his steed to the utmost, and 
 neglects rot the most trifling 
 matter that may affect its ease of 
 movement. 
 
 Pique— the bow of the saddle, 
 or raised part in front of the rider. 
 
 Roland the horse he was rid- 
 ing, named after a famous hero of 
 the early French romances, the 
 favorite nephew and captain of 
 Charlemagne. During these pre- 
 parations by his rider for the long 
 gallop, the horse keeps up his pace 
 without interruption. 
 
 A whit. — Used adverbially, 
 modifying "galloped." See note, 
 
 P 50 
 
 Lokeren— a town in East Inlan- 
 ders, north-east f'-om (Jhcnt. All 
 the other towns n.niK'd follow in 
 
176 
 
 NOTES TO THK FOURTH HKADliR. 
 
 succession, tl'.rnii^h the provinces 
 uf Antwi'rp, Soulli iJrab.ini, arid 
 Limburg, up the valleys of the 
 I )yle and Demer, tributaries cf 
 the Scheldt from the East, tdl tho 
 rid'.rs cross the Meuse, south 01 
 Maestrichf, into Prussia 
 
 Yellow star the morning star. 
 Why yellow ? 
 
 Half-chime— the bells chiming 
 the half hour. Hells once played 
 an important part in political af- 
 fairs, being useil to summon the 
 people to arms, and to announce 
 the time for carrying o»it revolu- 
 tionary projects. Th<! alarm-bell 
 at (iheiit bore the following in- 
 scription: " My name is Roland ; 
 when I toll there is fire, and when 
 I rii;g there is victory m the land. ' 
 It is probably on account of their 
 political significance during the 
 civil wars in Holland and Belgium, 
 that the chiming and the playing 
 of btiUs in those countries have 
 reached a high degree of perfec- 
 tion ; "the tinkling called chimes 
 usually accompanies the striking 
 of the hours, half-hours, and quar- 
 ters, while the playing of tunes 
 comes in as a special divertise- 
 ment." 
 
 Yet . . time.— Why this excla- 
 mation ? See last part of note on 
 ' postern." 
 
 At Aerschot . . spray. —Do not 
 fail to note the distinctness with 
 which each picture stands out to 
 the view, though painted in the 
 fewest words. The sudden up 
 leaping of the sun, the black figures 
 of the cattle brought into relief by 
 the horizontal rays, and the gal- 
 loping horse butting aw ay the haze 
 with his shoulders, are all drawn 
 to the life. 
 
 Of a sudden.— Why of a sud- 
 iUn ? Express differently. 
 
 The cattle black. —What 
 
 caused tlu'lil to look hiuk :^ 
 
 And I saw galloper. -The 
 
 darkness and mist hail been so 
 dense thus far th.a ihe rider rould 
 
 not see his horse. The warm rays 
 of the sun were now dispelling the 
 mist. 
 
 Resolute firm, steady. 
 
 Butting away thrusting aside. 
 
 As some bluff spray.- Sup- 
 ply the ellipsis. We have here a 
 very striking simile ; each shoul- 
 der of the horse is compared to a 
 bold, outstanding bluft, cr steep 
 bank, which scatters into spray the 
 waters of the river that are dashed 
 upon it. 
 
 286 Head and crest. - What is 
 the grammatical relation ? What 
 other words in this stanza have 
 the same relation ? 
 
 Pricked . . track— erect, and 
 turned forward towards the road 
 in front of him. The picture in 
 this stanza, of the willing, intelli- 
 gent horse, keen to do just what 
 his rider wants, is a finely drawn 
 one, with great fidelity of detail. 
 
 One eye's intelligence. Th«! 
 abstract used in a concrete .sense . 
 the epithet "black" is happily 
 transferred from "eye," the noun 
 to which it properly belongs, to 
 "intelligence," the wise expression 
 seen in the eye. 
 
 Askance— sideways, with side- 
 long look, turned back towards 
 his rider. Why ? 
 
 Spume-flakes— flakes of foam. 
 or froth, tossed up from the horse's 
 mouth. 
 
 Aye and anon —For " ever and 
 anon " — every few minutes. 
 
 Dirok groaned. Why ? 
 
 "Stay spur I" Express dif- 
 ferently 
 
 Roos »(»j— the name of Dirck's 
 hor.se. Rons is a common (ier- 
 man name for a lurse, particu- 
 larly a saddle-horse. Explain the 
 use of the dash after .\ix. 
 
 Wheeze — ciiOlcult breathing, 
 gisping. 
 
 Horrible— painful to behold. 
 
 As down . . sank. -Notice 
 how the grammatical order is 
 lureinterfe . .^.i' ; the phrase, 
 
 ■^v^v 
 
THE KIDK FROM GHENT TO AIX. 
 
 177 
 
 md 
 
 s 
 ler- 
 
 icu- 
 the 
 
 lice 
 is 
 tise, 
 
 " down on hor liannches, " can 
 HKjdify in sense only the verb 
 " sank," but it is written as if 
 modifying luith " shuddered " and 
 " sank." 
 
 These lines present a vivid pic- 
 ture of an exhausted horse, as it 
 falls under its rider. 
 
 Laughed . . lau^h.--As if 
 tnockmn them in their distress. 
 In poetical languaj^e the sun is 
 said to smile when his warmth 
 and light are cheering and wel- 
 come , but. as in this case his heat 
 was oppressive to the labouring 
 horses, the stronger term is used, 
 and strengthened by the adjective 
 •■ pitiless." 
 
 •Neath . . chaff. -Note the 
 onomatopoetic effect of this line. 
 
 Dome-spire -the spireor steeple 
 rising from the dome of a church 
 or cathedral. 
 
 '•How . . greet us!"— Ac- 
 count for the use of these words. 
 See the fourth line of this stanza. 
 
 Roan — ron. — That is, roan- 
 colored horse — a horse of a sor- 
 rel, bay, or dark color, with gray 
 or white hairs thickly interspersed. 
 
 Neck . . over. — What would 
 be a more common expression ? 
 The croup is the hinder part or 
 buttocks of the horse ; hence 
 " crouper " or "crupper," the 
 name giv^3n to the part of a har- 
 ness that is fastcmecl at the croup. 
 See also note on " croup," p. 170. 
 In falling, as in lying down, the 
 neck of the horse almost always 
 comiis first to the ground. 
 
 The whole . news.— As if 
 the important tidings had actual 
 weight, which was shared among 
 the three, and which became 
 heavier for the one remaining, 
 when the others dropped off. 
 
 With his nostrils . . rim. — 
 Describe the appearances denoted 
 in these two lines. 
 
 Buff-coat— a close-fitting outer 
 garment, with short sleeves, made 
 of buffalo-skin, or some other 
 
 thick, heavv material, worn as a 
 defensive covering by soldiers in 
 the 17th century The coat is so 
 named from its color-ftw^, alight 
 yellow with a dash of pink. 
 
 Holster — h^l'itcr — a leathern 
 case for a pistol, fastened to the 
 forepart of the saddle in front. 
 
 Jack-boots -large boots, reach- 
 ing above the knees, designed to 
 protect the legs. 
 
 Peer.— Give different meanings. 
 
 A ount for the actions de- 
 scribed in the lines, " Then I cast 
 good." 
 
 287. Measure —cup; used in 
 this sense when denoting a limit«,'d 
 
 Quantity of licjuor, such as may be 
 runk at one time. (Jive other 
 meanings See Lochinrar, st. 4. 
 
 Burgesses — citizens, inhabi- 
 tants of a borough who enjoy the 
 franchise and otlier civic rights. 
 See note on " burghers," p. 279, 
 and on "borough," p. 211. 
 
 Who brought. — What is the 
 antecedent of " who " ? 
 
 Riding Together (see p. 231), 
 another imaginary poem, may be 
 said to illustrate the spirit of 
 the Crusades, as this poem illus- 
 trates thespirit of the Spanish War 
 
 Point out any line in the poem 
 which might suggest the time of 
 the year when this ride is sup- 
 posed to have taken place. 
 
 Trace on a map the rourse of 
 the riders. 
 
 Point out lines in the poem from 
 which the length of time re«piired 
 for the ride may be calculated. 
 
 Burns' Tam o' Shanti r has been 
 called "the maddest and most 
 riotous of gallops," and in this 
 respect Browning's poem deserv- 
 edly holds a second place Paul 
 Revere's Ride, by I^ngfellow, and 
 Sheridan's Ride, by T. B. Keade. 
 are poems of the same class, but 
 are not so full of dash and vigor ; 
 there is some " historical founda- 
 tion " for these two poems. 
 
 Ky^ 
 
I7H 
 
 NOTHS TO THK FOUkTH READIiR. 
 
 This poem is worthy of careful 
 study for the graphic realism of 
 its descriptions. Each act of the 
 riders, and each incident of the 
 journey, is so true to the life, that 
 the reader is made to feel as if 
 he were an actual spectator of 
 the ride. In order to read with 
 proper animation and expression, 
 the pupil must be made to realize 
 the picture presented by each line, 
 and thus to feel something of the 
 excitement and suspense of the 
 riders. 
 
 The movement of the verse 
 throughout imitates the galloping 
 of the horses, and in the reverbe- 
 rating rhythm of some of the lines 
 we seem almost to hear the beat 
 of the horses' feet ; as, for example, 
 St. i., 1 2 ; St. vii., 11. i, 4. Observe 
 also how well the first two lines 
 
 of the second stanz.i imitate in 
 their movement the quiet energy 
 of ti fiorses as they settle down 
 to tl. >■ night's work ; the same 
 movement may be noticed in the 
 last two lines of the fourth stanza. 
 These lines should be read in a 
 firm, crisp tone, the voice being 
 clear and ringing, as indeed it 
 should be throughout the poem. 
 
 I. Distinguish between gate and 
 gait; right and ritf : tail and talc; 
 weight and wait ; due and dew. 
 
 II. (i.) Write an imaginary 
 account of a .state of affairs at 
 Ghent and at Aix which might 
 have required the speedy despatch 
 of three messengers bearing good 
 news from the one city to the 
 other ; (ii.) Describe the midnight 
 ride of the three messengers. 
 
 XCV. A FORCED RECRUIT AT SOLFERINO. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Solferino (sol-fd-re'nn) is a town in the northern part of Italy, near 
 which the Austrians were defeated in 1859 by the combined forces ot 
 Sardinia and France. The Austrians at that time ruled Lombardy 
 and Venice— the districts north of the Po and east of the Ticino— and 
 exercised a prevailing influence in several of the other Italian states ; 
 but Victor Emanuel, King of Sardinia, headed a patriotic movement 
 for the independence of Italy, and for the union of all the petty Italian 
 states into one strong nationality. He declared war against Austria in 
 April, 1859. Sardinia was joined by France, and together they rapidly 
 gained the brilliant victories of Magenta and Solferino. By the peace 
 of Villafranca, in July, 1859, the Austrians gave up Lombardy to Sar- 
 dinia ; and several of the states soon afterwards drove out their rulers 
 who were in sympathy with Austria, and acknowledged the sovereignty 
 of Victor Emanuel, who, in 18O0, proclaimed himself king t f Italy. 
 Venetia, the state to which the "forced recruit" belonged, was not freed 
 from Austrian rule till 1866. In the war of that year between Austria 
 and Prussia, the Italians sided with Prussia, and on the conclusion of 
 peace, Venetia became part of the kingdom of Italy. Finally, in 1870. 
 the French troops withdrew from Rome ; the States of the Church then 
 
A FORCED KI<:CKUIT AT SOLFEKINO. 
 
 >79 
 
 submittt'd to the rule of Victor Emanuel ; and thus, by the union of all 
 Italy under one j,'overnment, with Rome as the capital, the aspirations 
 of the Italian patriots were realized. 
 
 all. -What 
 -If the patriots 
 
 287. In the ranks . . him- The 
 recruit is a youn},' Venetian forced 
 to serve in the Austrian army 
 against his fellow-countrymen. 
 Quote lines referring to this/tin<'</ 
 service. 
 
 You found. — The authoress 
 supposes herself to be addressing 
 the victorious Italians, who re- 
 tained possession of the battle- 
 field of Solferino. 
 
 With his face 
 is implied here ? 
 
 Yet . . fall, 
 found him in the ranks of the 
 Austrians, with his face turned 
 towards themselves, why should 
 they give him a place of honor 
 amongst their own bravest ? 
 
 Venetian — a native of Venice, 
 or of the Province of Venetia. 
 
 Shot to death. — For the more 
 usual •' shot dead." 
 
 Mere soldier— one whose busi- 
 ness it is to fight. Explain why 
 the recruit's smile might be differ- 
 ent from that of a tiiere soldier. 
 What faultv rhyme in this stanza ? 
 
 No stranger . . traitor.— 
 What is meant ? 
 
 Alien — foreign, of another 
 country. 
 
 Underneath it . . rest.— "It " 
 refers, grammatically, to the 
 "cloth on his breast," that is, to 
 the Austrian uniform ; but, to ex- 
 press the writer's sentiment, "it" 
 must have reference to any sol- 
 dier's uniform. Give the mean- 
 ing of the two lines fully, expand- 
 ing "underneath it " into a clause. 
 
 Tortured and goaded. — Are 
 the hardsiiips of foiced ser\ ice so 
 great as to justify those strong 
 expressions .'' 
 
 rile I row of soldiers ranged 
 behind one another ; opposed to 
 rank, wliich ineans a row rangc^d 
 side by side. lleiice " r.ink and 
 
 file," the whole body of soldiers. 
 
 28S. His musket . loaded.— 
 Why not ? What effect is pro- 
 duced by the introduction of 
 " See ! " into this line ? 
 
 Facing . . smile. -An absolute 
 construction. What effect would 
 be produced by changing " that " 
 to " a " before " smile " ? 
 
 Yearn— to desire with eager 
 longing. The ordinary phrase, 
 yiiirn for, does not express such 
 intense, vehement desire, or long- 
 ing, as the one used here. 
 
 "Let me die . . hands."— 
 Why are the quotation marks 
 used ? How could he thus die 
 fur Italy ? 
 
 Spare me a ball - spare or spend 
 one for ine ; not, deliver me from. 
 
 Deliver my heart. — Whut is 
 meant ? 
 
 Me. — Indirect object of " tear " 
 — for me. 
 
 This badge — the Austrian uni- 
 form, which was hateful to him. 
 
 So thought — so died. - Ex- 
 pand " so ' in each case into a 
 clause. 
 
 What then ? . . died.— Spoken 
 by an imaginary objector to his 
 burial with honors. The reply 
 comes, " Ay, but it is easy for 
 men, when surrounded by friends 
 and sympathizers, to die bravely, 
 to scorn death ; but it is hard to 
 die, cut off from the sympathy of 
 friends, and regarded as a traitor. " 
 
 Tricolor - a national flag of 
 three colors, arranged in equal 
 stripes, or masses, ordinarily as- 
 sumed by nations which profess to 
 have wrested their liberty from 
 tyrannical rulers. Besides Italy, 
 France, Belgium, and Holland 
 have tricolored ensigns. The 
 Italian colors are green, white, 
 and reel, divid(;d viTtically. The 
 white stripe bears a device a 
 
I Ho 
 
 NOTKS TO THK l-orKTII UKADER. 
 
 whit«* cross on a re<l shield, with ! son's ohciUntce, and with a strong 
 
 a (Town al)ov(: it. What othtT 
 
 
 tricolor Hoat(!(l al)ove the com- 
 batants at Solfcrino? 
 
 Struck down.-~Connccti;rl with 
 " m(Mi " in xhi". preceding stanza. 
 
 Acclaims shouts f)f victory. 
 
 Italy rescued. Str first note. 
 
 To love them. — Whom ? 
 
 Blazon — to dt-ck, or adorn, en- 
 j^ravt; conspicuously, as on a 
 monument or tablet. 
 
 Mixed -mingled. Parse. 
 
 Shamed . regard— disgraced 
 in th»! opinion of his country, by 
 b«'in^,' found (h^ad in the uniform 
 of h(!r oppressor. 
 
 Faithful and passive. -He could 
 only suffer for his country /»<ij- 
 sivily, without resistance ; his 
 countrymen nctivcly fuuf^ht for 
 her. Lihow that his was the 
 harder task. How did he show 
 himself faithful •" 
 
 ( )l)serv<; the cf)ntrast expressed 
 between the glorious fate of the 
 patriot soldier and the hard lot of 
 the conscript —the one dying 
 among his comrades, under his 
 own Hag, sure of the praise and 
 affectionate remembrance of his 
 countrymen ; the other, without 
 any witness of his fidelity, dyinj; 
 among his country's enemies, and 
 wearing lh«rir hated uniform, 
 which would brand him as a 
 traitor. 
 
 'Twas sublime !— To be shot 
 down by his own countrymen, 
 while faithful in heart tohiscoun- 
 try, shows a spirit more lofty than 
 that of a mere solditT. and a death 
 more sublime ; it was the spirit 
 and death of a martyr. 
 
 Restriction restraint. He was 
 a forced, not a willing recruit. 
 Why cruel /> 
 
 The g^uerdon of sons —^cr'don 
 — the reward usually given to 
 sons ; here, praise and honor. 
 See (he c'ighth stanza 
 
 With most . guns. Though 
 he could not enjoy the reu'iird oi 
 a son, lie lu-vt-rtlielrss yielded a 
 
 convictif)n, or sense of duty, he 
 
 was ready to <lie for his country, 
 though hv could not Jif,'ht for her. 
 In th(r last line of the stan/a. the 
 sotd of the recruit is represented 
 as gratefully kissing the guns from 
 whence came his death-wound — a 
 beautiful poetic fancy to express 
 his eager longing for death. See 
 the fifth and sixth stanzas. 
 
 That moves . . it. ICxplain. 
 Show clearly to what " that " and 
 "it " refer. 
 
 Grudge not— be not unwilling. 
 
 The others . . glory liy 
 " your poet " is probably meant 
 Horace, who wrote, " Dulcf ct 
 decorum est pro patria nmri." 
 " Sweet and glorious is it to die 
 for one's native land. " 
 
 Tell the story of the " Forced 
 Recruit " in your own worils. 
 
 To read this poem with pro|>er 
 expression and feeling, the reader 
 must carefully study it until the 
 whole of the picture is represented 
 clearly to his own mind- the bat 
 tie-field, the Italian soldiers re 
 cognizing their countryman in the 
 enemy's uniform, their excitement 
 and anger, gradually giving way 
 to feelings of tenderness and pity, 
 until they are nwived to tears by 
 the words and sentiments of the 
 poem, which are supposed to be 
 addressed to them. 
 
 St. I. Kmphasize"to." Why? 
 
 3. What inllection on " stran- 
 ger," and on "traitor"? Very 
 slight suspension of the voice after 
 " greater." 
 
 5. What inflection on " ranks," 
 and on ' hands " ? 
 
 7. " What then . . died." 
 Compare in sentiment, " Tis but 
 . . said, " Lesson LXVI,, first 
 stanza, and see hint thereon. 
 Falling inflection on "then,' and 
 rising on " died." 
 
 10. "Twas sublime! " Head 
 with full fone, expressive of ad- 
 inir.itioti. 
 
CANADA AND TUl-; UNITKD STATI.S. 
 
 iSl 
 
 XCVI. CANADA AND THK UNITKD STATKS. 
 
 )Ut 
 
 rst 
 
 on. 
 
 nd 
 
 ■ad 
 ad- 
 
 28<j Commercial prosperity. — 
 How can coniinercial prosperity 
 be a bond between nations ? 
 Would "commercial intercourse" 
 be .'i more correct expression here ? 
 
 Three . family— the three 
 divisions of the Anglo-Saxon, or 
 Knglish-si>eakinf,', race — (Ireat 
 liritain, Canada, and the United 
 States. Canada and the United 
 States are properly the branches, 
 Great Britain herself being the 
 parent stem. 
 
 Theme— the subject of discus- 
 sion Name it. 
 
 Petty -small, trifling, such as 
 those springing from mere local 
 considerations. 
 
 Concerns— affairs, interests. 
 
 To come. — Kxpress by an adjec- 
 tive. 
 
 Different . . government.— 
 Name the different systems re- 
 ferred to. Show how each system 
 differs from the others. 
 
 Common origin.— What ? 
 
 Advanced civilization. — Ad- 
 vanced, chielly in political liberty. 
 
 Trefoil — tre'/oil. — Literally, 
 three leaves. The three leaves of 
 the clover spring from one leaf- 
 blade. What comparison does the 
 sjxiaker wish to make by introduc- 
 ing the trefoil ? 
 
 For nearly . family— In what 
 respect is this statement correct ? 
 
 Hastings— See I.^>sson VIII. 
 
 Curfew— Corrupted from the 
 French, couvre-feu, meaning cover 
 fire. This was the name given to 
 a bell, anciently rung in England 
 at eight o'clock in the evening, as 
 a signal to extmguish fires and 
 lights. This custom probably ex- 
 isted in Anglo-Saxon times as a 
 means of guarding against fires 
 and disturbances at night. It was 
 rigidly enforced by William the 
 Conqueror, who has, therefore, the 
 credit of introducing it from Nor- 
 mandy. The practice of ringing a 
 
 bell at suns(;t, or at some othirr 
 stated time in the evening, stil) 
 continued in many places in ling- 
 land, is a survival of the ancient 
 curfew. See the first line of dray's 
 Elegy, Less(.)n ("\'., and Longfel- 
 low's poem, Curfew. 
 
 They fought . . Saviour - 
 The reference is to the ("rusades, 
 or so-called Holy Wars. These 
 were ex> ;ditions undtjrtaken by 
 the Chr—iian nations of Lurope 
 with the object of recovering I'.il- 
 estme, or the Holy Land, from the 
 hands of the Mohammedans. 'Y\w.y 
 were carrietl on in the nth, wth, 
 and 13th centuries. The Knglish 
 to )k an active part in several of 
 these Crusades, especially the 
 Third. See Public School History 
 (English), chap, v., sec. 6; also, 
 Lessons LXXXIV. and LXXXVI. 
 
 Sepulchre— a tomb, a place of 
 burial. See Matt, xxvii 
 
 290. Common ancestors —Kx- 
 press " common " by a phrase. 
 
 Great Charter— c'ommonly 
 called Magna Charta. The Lnglish 
 Barons wrung this famous charter 
 from King John, and forced him 
 to sign it at Runnymede, in i.;i5. 
 It is regarded as the founilation 
 of the liberty of British subjects, 
 because, in addition to many 
 ciauses or provisions relating to 
 the rights of the Barons and of the 
 Church, it contains the first legal 
 declaration of what has since been 
 a vital principle of Lnglish law — 
 that no freeman shall l)e impris- 
 oned, dispossessed of his properly, 
 or outlawed, save by the judgment 
 of hi.: peers (equals), or by due 
 course of law. 
 
 Bill of Rights.— An Act of I'ar- 
 liament passed in 1689, limiting 
 the power of the king, and giving 
 the people's represe-ntatives in 
 Larliament the right to depose 
 him, to change the order of suc- 
 cession, and to set wlnmi they 
 
1 82 
 
 NOTKS TO TIIK FOUKTII RI-.ADKK. 
 
 I 
 
 would ii|»>i) t)))- throii«'. It t(x)k 
 away all claim of diviiu; ri^lit. or \ 
 hereditary riulu in(lep(!ndent of 
 the law, which the Stuarts had 
 insisted on. S(!e Pnhlic School 
 Hiitory (/i»i/,'//sA), chap, xiv., sec 9. 
 and chap xv., st-c. ^. 
 
 Free Parliaments — I'arlia- 
 miMits whose meuibors are freely 
 elected by the people, without the 
 interference of the Crown or the 
 nobles. 
 
 HabeasCorpus -An Act passed 
 in lOjg It provides that no sover- 
 eign can detain any of his sub- 
 jects in prison beyond a sp<!cified 
 time without brin^'in^; him to a 
 fair trial. Every prisoner can 
 by this act demand a writ, com- 
 pelling; his jailer to brin^ both 
 prisoner and warrant before a 
 court of justice to test the legality 
 of the imprisonment. 
 
 Trial by Jury. — It has been long 
 supposed that this form of trial 
 was established by Alfred the 
 Great, but there is no evidence 
 that he did more than reduce to 
 a uniform system a practice al- 
 ready common. 
 
 Jurisprudence— the science of 
 law. 
 
 Coke — Sir Kdward, Chief Jus- 
 tice of Hnj^land in the time of 
 James I., celebrated for his rev- 
 erence for the law. I le sided with 
 the people in their struf^'gle for 
 political hberty, and took an ac- 
 tive pari in framing the I'etition 
 of Rights in lOzH. 
 
 Mansfield -William Murray — 
 became Chief Justice of Kngland 
 in 1756. 
 
 Marshall and Story. — John 
 Marshall and Joseph Story were 
 celebrated American judges of the 
 present century. The former was 
 Chief Justice of the United States, 
 and died in 1835 ; the latter died 
 in 1S45. 
 
 Chaucer — cluuv'ser. — <leoffrey 
 Chaucer, the first great ICnglish 
 poet, lived 1328-1400. His chief 
 
 work is tli«' Cnnli >l>iir\ Talti, .1 
 poem remarkable for the pictur- 
 esqueness of its descriptions anrl 
 for the knouIedg(M)f human nature; 
 which it dis{)lays. lie lived at the 
 court of I'.dward III. 
 
 Shakespeare. — See Introduc- 
 tory Notice, p. 306. 
 
 Our literature inheritance. 
 — l'"xplaiii what is meant. 
 
 Tennyson and Longfellow.— 
 The former the greatest living 
 English poet ; and the latter the 
 greatest living American poet at 
 the time this oration was deliv(;red. 
 See Introductory Notices, pp. 105 
 and 121. 
 
 Enriched . . Atlantic— Recast 
 in your own language Distin- 
 guish the use of " either " in this 
 sentence from its common use. 
 
 Navigators. — Distinguish from 
 sailors, as commonly used. 
 
 Cortereal. — Gaspard Cortereal, 
 a I'ortugui'se navigator, was sent 
 from Lisbon on a voyage of dis- 
 covery in 1500, and made some 
 discoveries on the coast of Labra- 
 dor. He set out on another voyage 
 in 1501, but was never heard of 
 afterwards. 
 
 Hudson. — Henry Hudson, a 
 great English navigator, was first 
 sent in lOcy by some London mer- 
 chants to discover a north-west 
 passag<! to China and Japan. This 
 and a second voyage were unsuc- 
 cessful. In his third voyage in iCxy). 
 under the auspices of the Dutch 
 East India Company, he dis- 
 covered Hudson River in New 
 York State. His fourth and last 
 voyage, in 1610, was rewarded by 
 the discovery of the strait and bay 
 in Northern Canada, which bear 
 his name. He was about to return 
 home when his crew mutinied, and 
 set him, his son, and seven infirm 
 men adrift in a bt\at ; they were 
 never afterwards heard of. 
 
 Name some of the navigators 
 who made voyages of discovery 
 " from Cortereal to Hudson." 
 
CANADA AND THK UNITKH STATKS. 
 
 183 
 
 Moving accidents . field. - 
 A (juotation from Othello, act i , 
 sc 3 
 
 We have . . elements.— Who 
 
 are meant by " we ' here? Com- 
 part; "us" in tin- next sentence. 
 Name the localities in America 
 peopled by the Ciermans and the 
 French respectively. Is "but" 
 the proper connective in this sen- 
 tence ? 
 
 The Germans . . freedom 
 What is the historical allusion? 
 Is the statement true ? Give an 
 account of the most important 
 events by which our freedom has 
 been established, and show in 
 what that freedom chieflv consists 
 
 They give . . thrift. — I'ara 
 phrase so as to brin^ out the full 
 meaning, substitutinj,' synonymous 
 expressions (or "industry," " in- 
 tel!ij.;ence," and " thrift." Account 
 for the change of tense in this sen- 
 tence. 
 
 Fortune . . control— Give the 
 date, anil name chief events of the 
 war which separated Canada from 
 France. For the last and decisive 
 battle, see Lesson LXXIX. What 
 difference in meaning by substi- 
 tuting •' should " for "could " ? 
 
 Two wars. —First, the Revolu- 
 tionary War mentioned below, by 
 which the thirteen British colonies 
 were separated from Great Britain 
 and formed into a Republic. See 
 first note on Lesson XCIII. The 
 war began in 1775, and lasted eight 
 years. Secondly, the War of 1812, 
 between Great Britain, with Can- 
 ada, and the United States. See 
 Public School History (Canadian), 
 chap. iv. 
 
 Pictured Rocks. — These are 
 cliflsof red and gray sandstone ex- 
 tending for about five miles along 
 the southern shore of Lake Su- 
 perior, 100 miles west of the Sault 
 Ste. Marie, and rising, in most 
 places, abruptly from the water 
 to a height varying from 50 to 
 nearly 200 feet. These rocks have 
 "Deen v.orn by the action of the 
 
 lake into fantastic forms, and 
 large |K)rtions of their surface are 
 marked by perptMulicular stripes 
 ( f brilliant colors. 
 
 Keels of commerce. Kxplain 
 this metaphor by a paraphrase. 
 
 Drawn . . heaven. How is 
 this done ' See Lesson XV. Is it 
 true that the water forms the 
 rainbow ? 
 
 Point out on the map the places 
 mentioned in thi^j paragraph 
 
 291. Campaign. — See note, p. 
 107. 
 
 Civil— national. — Distinguish 
 between the two kinds of war 
 mentioned. The civil >var here 
 referred to was between tne North- 
 ern and the Southern States of 
 the American Union, 1861-1865. 
 The question as to the extension 
 of negro slavery was the real cause 
 of the war. During the progress 
 of the war, slavery was abolished 
 throughout the United States, by 
 proclamation of President Lin- 
 coln, Sept., 1S62. 
 
 Two . . elements.— What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Recollection. — Distinguish 
 from remembrance, 
 
 I see . . countries.— The con- 
 vention being of an international 
 character, the door of the chamber 
 in which this spet.'ch was d<;livered 
 was draped by the British and the 
 United States flags. 
 
 Draped —hanging intertwined. 
 Give the ordinary meaning. 
 
 \. Distinguish between theme 
 and subject ; petty, small, and 
 insignijicant ; flourish, thrive, and 
 prosper; plans, methods, and sys- 
 tems ; common, mutual, and gene- 
 ral; distinct and separate; sepul- 
 chre, tomb, and grave; estab- 
 lished, founded, and initiated; 
 language, tongue, and speech; 
 thrift, diligence, and industry; 
 control, govern, and manage; 
 encircle, embrace, and enclose ; 
 unite, combine, and join ; rebuke 
 and reprove. 
 

 
 y 
 
 ^^ 
 
 / 
 
 7 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 .'If 1^ 
 t 1^ 
 
 1.8 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 
 W^.^ 
 
 
 125 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 ^ 6" - 
 
 
 ► 
 
 4 
 
 
 '% 
 
 ^^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 V/EBSTER, NY. M580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

 ^ . 'm.s 
 
 '<> 
 
i34 
 
 NOTliS TO THE FOUK'IH KliADEK. 
 
 il. Define the following words: 
 — commerce, prosperity, civiliza- 
 tion, ancestor, navigator, intelli- 
 gence, campaign. 
 
 III. Constru-t one or more sen- 
 tences, illustrating the meaning 
 and use of the following words: — 
 theme, origin, sepulchre, thrift, 
 knell, dirge. 
 
 IV. Paraphrase : — In the pres- 
 ence of this great theinc all petty 
 interests should stand rebuked, 
 The clover lifts its trefoil leaves to 
 the evening dew, yet they draw 
 their nourishment from a single 
 stem. From Chaucer to Shake- 
 speare our literature is a common 
 inheritance. The people of the 
 United States hope to draw to- 
 gether the two confiictingelements, 
 and make them one people. I 
 would have the flags draped to- 
 gether, fold within fold, and let 
 
 " Their varying tints unite. 
 And form in heaven's light 
 One arch of peace." 
 
 V. Vary the following by change 
 ing the voice of the verbs ; — We are 
 not dealing with the concerns of a 
 City, a Province, or a State, but 
 with the future of a race for all 
 time to come. Our common an- 
 cestors won the great charter. 
 Tennyson and Longfellow write 
 in one language, which is enriched 
 by the genius developed on either 
 side of the Atlantic. It may be 
 said we have been divided by two 
 wars. Since the last war we have 
 had fifty years of peace. I see 
 around the door the flags of the 
 two countries. 
 
 VI. Give an analysis of the 
 extract, making as clear as you 
 can the course of the speaker's 
 thought and argument. 
 
 ODE. 
 
 The Ode may be defined as a poetical composition which expresses 
 in elevated language the most intense feelings of the poet. It may be 
 written in a great variety of metres, and it usually takes the form of an 
 apostrophe or address to the person or thing that forms the subject of 
 the composition. (See Introduction, to the Notes, p. lo.) 
 
 The odes of William Collins (b. 1721, d. 1759) are among the finest 
 lyrical poems in the language. The ode beginning " How sleep the 
 brave" appears in his collection with the title, "Ode written in the 
 year 1746." 
 
 Observe the beauty and melody of the versification, and the 
 frequent use of metaphorical language and of Personification in this 
 ode — the fingers of Spring, the feet of Fancy, Honor represented as a 
 gray pilgrim. Freedom as a weeping hermit. Examine also the epithets 
 — dewy, halloved, sweeter, etc.; and contrast the happy lot of "the 
 brave who sink to rest," as described by Collins, with Scott's descrip- 
 tion of the forlorn condition of the selfish, unpatriotic man, who 
 
 " Living, shall forfeit fair renown. 
 And, doubly dying, shall go down 
 To the vile dust from wt-eince he sprung, 
 Unwept, unhonored, and unsung." 
 
 —The Lay 0/ the Last Minstrel, ci ate vl., st. i. 
 
THL^ SUBLIMITY OF GOD. 
 
 185 
 
 XCVII. THE SUBLIMITY OF GOD. 
 
 This sublime psalm is a hymn of praise to ihe Lord, or Jehovah, as 
 the great Creator and Preserver of all things. The Psalmist seems to 
 follow the order of creation as described in the first chapter of Genesis, 
 with which the pupils should compare the psalm. Verses 2-5 will be 
 found to refer to the work of the first and second days; 6-18 to that of 
 the third ; 19-23 to that of the fourth, and 24-30 to that of the fifth 
 and sixth. The notes are mainly intended to direct attention to the 
 beauty of the language and the grandeur of the images, and to help the 
 pupil to appreciate the noble thoughts and sentiments of this inimitable 
 poem. 
 
 292. Light . . garraent— What 
 grander conception could be 
 formed than that of the Great 
 
 Jehovah enshrouding Himself in 
 ight as in a garment ? The crea- 
 tion of light was the work of the 
 first day. 
 
 Stretchest . . waters.— The 
 Great Architect is poetically re- 
 presented as spreading out the 
 sky as an overarching curtain, or 
 canopy, supported by pillars or 
 beams resting in the waters of a 
 great sea surrounding the earth, 
 His chamber. This corresponds 
 to the conception in Genesis of 
 the second day's work, the crea- 
 tion of the firmament of heaven, 
 and lifting it up above the waters. 
 
 Who maketh . . fire —In the 
 new version, " Who maketh winds 
 his messengers; his ministers a 
 flaming fire." Jehovah is repre- 
 sented as creating those subtle 
 but powerful agents, wind and fire, 
 and using them as His servants to 
 do His will. 
 
 Who laid . earth.— Compare 
 with Genesis i., 6-8. Compare 
 marginal rendering, Revised Ver- 
 sion : "The mountains rose, the 
 valleys sank down." 
 
 He sendeth . . man's heart.— 
 Compare this beautiful descrip- 
 tion of the uses and blessings of 
 water with the work of the third 
 day, Gen. i., 9-13- 
 
 293. The trees . . sap. —The 
 meaning is clearer in Revised 
 Version • " The trees of the T.ord 
 are satisfied;" i.e., fed by the 
 waters. By " trees of the Lord " 
 are meant the great forest trees, 
 especially the majestic cedars, 
 which, springing up and growing 
 to such magnificent proportions 
 without man's cultivation, seem 
 as if more immediately planted by 
 His hand. 
 
 Conies. — The cony of Scripture 
 is thought to be the animal now 
 called a daman, still to be found 
 in Syria and other Eastern coun- 
 tries. It is feeble and timid, and 
 hides in the clefts of rocks and 
 mouths of caves. 
 
 He appointeth . . riches.— A 
 graphic picture of the results of 
 the division of day from night, 
 light from darkness — the work of 
 the fourth day. 
 
 294. Manifold — great in num- 
 ber and variety. 
 
 So is therein. — "Yonder is 
 the sea, great and wide." — Re- 
 vised Version. 
 
 Leviathan. —See note, p. 248. 
 
 That thou givest . . gather.— 
 Some translate without the that ; 
 " Thou givest to them, the^' 
 gather." They gather what God 
 gives, and God gives all they 
 gather. 
 
 He looketh . . smoke. — If 
 
 1. 1. 
 
■Hi 
 
 i86 
 
 NOTIiS TO THE FOURTH RRADKR. 
 
 these expressions njier to the 
 earthqual-f and the volcano, re- 
 spectively, no image could more 
 strikingly illustrate God's con- 
 tinued power over His works. 
 
 The glory . , praise ye the 
 Lord. — The psalm closes with 
 
 celebrating the everlasting glory 
 of Jehovah, and His delight in the 
 works of His creation ; expres- 
 sions of confidence in Him, and a 
 prayer tnat the defilement of sin 
 may be taken away from His 
 beautiful universe. 
 
 XCVIII. NATIONAL MORALITY. 
 
 ; i 
 
 I '< 
 
 295. Permanent— lasting. 
 
 I do not care . live. — Note 
 the contrast between the two sen- 
 tences, heightened by their short- 
 ness and directness. Mr. Bright 
 here shows his fidelity to the prin- 
 ciples of the Friends, or Quakers, 
 of which society he is a member. 
 In 1882, he withdrew from the 
 Gladstone Cabinet when it re- 
 solved to bombard Alexandria, 
 because he could not give his con- 
 sent to the bombardment. "What 
 is meant by " the condition of the 
 people"? Is it possible for any 
 one to care for military renown 
 and for the condition of the people 
 at the same time ? 
 
 Less like!' . — Why ? 
 
 Irreverently — in a manner not 
 reverent or respectful. Note the 
 difference between reverent and 
 reverend, the first meaning respect- 
 ful, the latter worthy of reverence, 
 Mr. Bright advocates the rights of 
 the people. Does such advocacy 
 imply disloyalty to the Crown ? 
 
 Crown . . empire. — Not refer- 
 ring literally to the objects named, 
 but to what the objects represent 
 — the power and dignity of the 
 sovereign, the nobles, and the 
 clergy. The orator, in this sen- 
 tence, enumerates those things in 
 which nations take most pride, and 
 contrasts them with that which he 
 regards as the true test of a na- 
 tion's greatness — the happiness of 
 the people. 
 
 Coronets - inferior crowns worn 
 by princes and noblemen. There 
 
 are distinct coronets for each rank 
 of the nobility. 
 
 Mitres. — A mitre is a covering 
 for the head of the Pope, bishops, 
 cardinals, and certain other church 
 dignitaries, worn only on special 
 occasions. The mitre is a sort of 
 lofty cap, rising in two points. 
 
 Wide colonies.— See note on 
 "colony," p. 155. What two 
 meanings may "wide" have here? 
 
 Great body . people.— Who, 
 besides these, constitute a nation ? 
 
 Baronial castles— casues of the 
 nobility. See note on " nobles 
 and barons," p. 84. 
 
 Halls. — Certain great houses of 
 the nobles are called Halls. The 
 name originated in the custom of 
 holding courts in these houses 
 Compare "My manors, halls, and 
 bowers " in Marmion and Douglas, 
 and see note on "halls," p. 256. 
 Tantallon Castle was also called 
 Tantallon Hall. 
 
 The nation . . cottage. — Al- 
 most a proverb in its triteness 
 and expressiveness. Show what 
 is meant by the statement. 
 
 Unless the light . . govern- 
 ment. — A plea for such legislation 
 as will benefit the masses, and give 
 them a fair share of recognition 
 and influence in their own gov- 
 ernment. Show that "light," 
 "beauty," and "excellence," are 
 suitable descriptive words, as used 
 in this sentence. Express the full 
 meaning of the sentence in simpler 
 language. 
 
 Constitution. -See note on 
 
NATIONAL MOPALITY 
 
 187 
 
 )vern- 
 
 slation 
 ^d give 
 inition 
 
 gov- 
 llight," 
 
 ' are 
 IS used 
 the full 
 timpler 
 
 lote on 
 
 "Constitution of fjovernment," p. 
 282. 
 
 Legislation — statesmanship. 
 - -Give the meaning of these 
 words. What is the difference 
 between a legislator and a states- 
 ;nan ? 
 
 Duties of government. — Write 
 a concise statement of what you 
 consider these duties to be. 
 
 I have . . pleaded. — Where? 
 Explain. 
 
 Adequate — sufficient, equal to 
 the necessity of the case. 
 
 Scientific . . defence. — What 
 are these at the present time? 
 AiA.. they the same as those to 
 which Mr. Bright refers? Show 
 that means of defence may be 
 unscicntijic? 
 
 Statesmen. — Name some Brit- 
 ish and some Canadian statesmen. 
 
 296. Principles — beliefs, rules 
 which govern one's conduct. Dis- 
 tinguish from opinions. What 
 principles are referred to ? What 
 are the principles of the other one 
 per cent.? To which class does 
 Mr. Bright belong ? 
 
 But . . efficiency. — Show that 
 there is sufficient contrast between 
 "moderation" and "efficiency" 
 to require the use of " but." 
 
 Confines — boundaries. Para- 
 phrase the clause " which , . king- 
 dom," showing the full meaning 
 of " within " and "on." 
 
 Repudiate — disclaim, refuse to 
 be responsible for. Distinguish 
 from " denounce." Note the vigor 
 and firmness with which the sen- 
 tence opens, and show that the 
 views expressed are consistent 
 with Mr. Bright's well-known 
 peace principles. 
 
 Engagement — employment. — 
 Distinguish in meaning. Could 
 these words be interchanged here ? 
 
 Too large . . statesmanship. 
 — Explain how this could be. To 
 what peculiar dangers are large 
 Empires exposed ? 
 
 The most ancient . . historians 
 
 — Flerodotus, the Greek hi.sto'"ian, 
 often called the 'Father of His- 
 tory." In what sense is " pro- 
 fane " used here ? 
 
 Scythians — the inhab'tants of 
 Scythia, the ancient name of the 
 territory lying north and east of 
 the Black Sea and the Caspian. 
 They were a pastoral people and 
 nomadic in their habits , that is, 
 roaming about with their flocks 
 and herds. 
 
 Scimitar. — See note, p. 69. 
 
 Symbol. -What is meant? 
 Give modern examples of the use 
 of symbols. How do we symbolize 
 wisdom ? justice ? British author- 
 ity ? the naval supremacy of Britain? 
 
 Mars — the Roman name of 
 the god of war, from which our 
 word martial ia derived. 
 
 Sacrifices . . country. — Show 
 that m such expressions as " He 
 made a sacrifice for his friend," 
 •'He sells goods at a sacrifice," the 
 word •' sacrifice " retains some 
 shade of its primary meaning, 
 which it has in this place. Of 
 what kind of people are horses 
 and cattle the main wealth ? What 
 IS the main wealth of our country ? 
 
 Sacrifices . . scimitar— Bright's 
 contemptuous namefor thenation's 
 expenditure for war purposes. As 
 a member of the Sc.ciety of Friends 
 he opposes war as a means of set- 
 tling national difficulties, prefer- 
 ring arbitration. The National 
 Debt of Great Britain — now 
 amounting to the enormous sum 
 of ;^70o,ooo,ooo — has been con- 
 tracted chiefly on account of war 
 expenditure. This debt may be 
 said to havcj begun in 1693, when 
 the Bank of England was estab- 
 lished. 
 
 Have no political power -have 
 not the right of voting. A wonder- 
 ful change ha? been wrought in 
 England since tnis speech was de- 
 livered. At that time the artisan 
 and agricultural classes were al- 
 most wholly without votes. Suc- 
 
 m 
 
 '■'J- 
 I; 
 
 ii 
 
1 88 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 I 
 
 cessive reform bills have extended 
 the franchise to almost all classes. 
 See Public School History (Eng- 
 lish), chap. XX., sees. 6 and lo. 
 
 Limited means. — Why limited .? 
 Explain fully. 
 
 Am privileged.— What peculi- 
 arity in this form of the verb ? 
 Express differently. 
 
 297. In whose hands . . dis- 
 trict- — In what respect ? 
 
 Those whose gentle . . suf- 
 fered. — Who were these? 
 
 Finer instincts —Explain. 
 
 Turmoil — excessive labor, tu- 
 mult. Explain how the minds of 
 people suffer in the turmoil and 
 strife of life. 
 
 You can . . power.— Ho"/? 
 Paraphrase and expand to express 
 the meaning in full. 
 
 A good thought. — What is 
 meant by good thoughts on politi- 
 cal subjects ? Show that the strife 
 of political parties is antagonistic 
 to such thoughts. 
 
 Social. — Distinguish from "so- 
 ciable" in meaning and use. 
 
 More general meetings — Ex- 
 plain " more general." 
 
 Affecting. — Be careful to dis- 
 tinguish this word from " effect- 
 ing." Make sentences using each 
 correctly. 
 
 Sensibly. — Write sentences to 
 illustrate different meanings of 
 this word. 
 
 The course . . pursue. — The 
 discussion of political subjects 
 would tend to create a public 
 sentiment. This public sentiment 
 would sensibly affect the ballot, 
 and through it the Government. 
 
 Devoutly.— Give synonym. 
 
 Moral law. — What is the moral 
 law ? Quote our Saviour's sum- 
 mary of it. 
 
 Mr. Bright maintains that a 
 nation should be guided by the 
 same principles as an individual ; 
 that what is morally wrong in the 
 individual is equally so in the 
 nation. 
 
 If nations reject . . follow. 
 
 Give a synonym of "deride." 
 How can nations reject and deride 
 the moral law ? How can they 
 suffer or be punished for so doing ? 
 Refer to an instance in illustration 
 of your answer. 
 
 Great Italian. — Dante fdiin'-tdj, 
 another of La Divina Cummedia, 
 the great Italian epic poem. Born 
 at Florence, 1265; ^ied at Ra- 
 venna, 1321. 
 
 **The sword . . linger."— Ex- 
 press the meaning of these lines 
 by a paraphrase. 
 
 We have experience 
 enough. — Express fully, showing 
 what the speaker means by bea- 
 cons and landmarks. 
 
 Beacons. — See note on " beacon 
 light," p. 74. 
 
 An ancient people. — The Jews. 
 
 Urim and Thumtmn—u'-rim, 
 thum'-im. — See Exodus xxviii., 30. 
 These words literally signify lights 
 and perfections. The Urim and 
 Thummim were some kind of 
 emblem or decoration worn on 
 the breastplate of the high priest 
 when serving at the altar, in vir- 
 tue of which he made known the 
 will of God to the people. It is 
 not known exactly what these em- 
 blems were. "The utmost that 
 can be satisfactorily known res- 
 pecting the subject is that it was 
 the manner or thing through 
 which a knowledge of the divine 
 will was sought and conveyed, or 
 rather, the breastplate which the 
 high priest wore when God spoke 
 by him." — Eadie. 
 
 Oraculous — having the nature 
 of an oracle, being instruments or 
 symbols of divine inspiration. 
 This is a rare form of the word ; 
 oracular is more common. 
 
 Notice the simplicity and direct- 
 ness of expression which charac- 
 terize all the paragraphs of this 
 lesson. The orator is expressing 
 sentiments to which most people 
 give at best a mere Intellectual 
 
H 
 
 NATIONAL MORALl :Y — THE FORSAKEN MERMAN. 
 
 I«9 
 
 assent, while in practice nothing 
 so impresses them as the very 
 " crowns, coronets, mitres," etc., 
 which Mr. Bright esteems so 
 lightly. While outspoken and 
 franl. as to his beliefs, he does not 
 indulge in violent statements cal- 
 culated to offend. He tries to 
 overcome national prejudices, not 
 by fierce denunciation, but by 
 appealing to the better natures of 
 his fellow-countrymen, and by 
 pointing out to them a more ex- 
 cellent way to national greatness. 
 
 I. Write sentences to illustrate 
 the different uses or meanings of 
 the following : — morality, virtue ; 
 g;rcatness, renown ; monarchy, 
 king^dom, empire ; statesman, 
 politician ; repudiate, denounce ; 
 
 profane historians, profane writers 
 of history ; compare, contrasted, 
 costly, valuahU ; audience, congre- 
 gation ; adequate, sufficient ; x^- 
 novrn, fame ; topic, subject. 
 
 II. Analyze —permanent, mor- 
 ality, military, irreverently, legis- 
 lation, impressed, scientific, effi- 
 ciency, expenditure, profane, 
 deride, sacrifice, influence, affect- 
 ing, pursue, reject, penalty, inevi- 
 tably, eternal, adequate. 
 
 III. Changethethird paragraph 
 to indirect narration ; that is, put- 
 ting the speaker in the third 
 person. 
 
 IV. Wiite compositions, taking 
 as a subject, (i) the last sentence 
 of the first paragraph ; (2) the 
 second sentence of the second 
 paragraph ; (3) the last sentence 
 of ths lesson. 
 
 XCIX. THE FORSAKEN MERMAN. 
 
 In popular mythology, the mermen and mermaids {mere, a lake or 
 pool, allied to mer, French for sea) are a class of beings represented as 
 having the upper parts of the body like those of men and womv..p,.a.:d 
 the lower parts like the tails of fishes. They possess human intelli- 
 fjence and the power of speech ; they dwell in caves in the depths of the 
 ocean, but are able to live on land, and to enter into social relations 
 with men and women. 
 
 The mermaids are usually described aa extremely beautiful, and, 
 like the Sirens of classical mythology, posfiossed of a magical power of 
 song, by means of which they entice men away to their ocean caves. 
 In The Mermaid, a ballad contributed by John Leyden (1775-1811) 
 to Scott's Minstrelsy of the Scottish Border, we are told of one of these 
 water-sprites who tries " with her silver tongue " to lure Macphail, the 
 chief of Colonsay. 
 
 One of the most charming tales of the water-maidens is that of 
 Undine, by Fouque. a (jernian writer, in which we have the story of a 
 mermaid who marries a brave knight, and forsakes her ocean-home to 
 live with him. In 2'he Forsaken Merman, on the contrary, we are told 
 of a merman who has a human wife. This woman, on hearing the 
 
I go 
 
 NOIKS TO THIi lOUKTM KI'.AlJhR. 
 
 Easter bells, i-^ seized with a sudden desire tj revisit the land, and, 
 repenting of her .strange, unnatural .node of life, rhe forsakes husband 
 and children, and returns to her life on land, freed from the enchant- 
 ment by which she had been held. 
 
 298. Down. — The merman and 
 his children have been on shore 
 seeking for the wife and mother 
 who has left them, and they are 
 represented as standing on a 
 height near the sea and overlook- 
 ing the little port-town and 
 church. 
 
 Away below — below the waves 
 to the still water beneath. 
 
 My brothers — the other mer- 
 men, who want to keep him away 
 from human beings, and who are 
 perhaps afraid that when the tide 
 has ebbed he may not be able to 
 come to them. 
 
 White horses — a poetic name 
 for the foaming waves of the ocean. 
 What is the common name ? The 
 white horses are fancifully sup- 
 posed to disport themselves amidst 
 the foam of the seething waters, 
 while waiting to convey their 
 riders to their ocean caves. 
 
 Champ and chafe. — Explain 
 Point out the same thought in the 
 next stanza. 
 
 Wild with pain. -Why? 
 
 Mother dear . . fret. — Whose 
 words are these ? 
 
 Note the despairing tone of the 
 third stanza. 
 
 299. Was it yesterday? — Ob- 
 serve that this question is fre- 
 quently repeated, as if the mer- 
 man, dazed with grief at Mar- 
 garet's desertion of him, could not 
 tell how long it was since they 
 were happy together in their 
 "pale-green sea-groves." 
 
 Sweet bells. — What bells are 
 these ? 
 
 Sand-strewn caverns. — Caverns 
 is a repetition of " caverns " three 
 lines above, and, of course, in the 
 same constructions. What added 
 idea in sand-strewn ? 
 
 Where the winds . . sleep. - 
 
 Express in prose language. 
 
 The spent lights. — An effecuve 
 touch to a picture already vivid ; 
 the light from above the waves is 
 dim — as it were tired and spent — 
 when it reaches the depths where 
 they were lying. 
 
 Ooze— soft mud or slime , that 
 which oozes out from the ground 
 of the ocean bed. Compare its 
 use on p. 180. 
 
 Mail. — That is, coats of mail, 
 armor ; here, the scales of the sea 
 monsters. How can the sea- 
 snakes be said to dry their mail ? 
 
 Bask- — Is the meaning of 
 "bask" here different from its 
 usual meaning } 
 
 With unshut eye. — The eyes of 
 whales and most other fishes are 
 not protected by eyelids ; hence 
 they cannot be opened and shut 
 
 Aye — a — ever. See note on 
 "ay," p. 218. 
 
 Music— What music ? 
 
 Observe the weirdness and im- 
 aginative beauty of this stanza. 
 
 Call yet once.— Observe the 
 pathos of this parenthetical ex- 
 pression. The merman has lost 
 all hope, yet he again urges his 
 children to make one more de- 
 spairing effort to attract the atten- 
 tion of their mother. 
 
 Sate — sat — old form of the past 
 tense of sit. 
 
 Red gold throne. — The coloring 
 is perhaps suggested by the red 
 coral which, according to the 
 legends, is combined with amber 
 and pearls to form the dwelling- 
 places of the mermen. Compare 
 " He lies within a coral cave." — 
 Leyden, The Mermaid. 
 
 She combed . . hair. — The 
 sea-fairies or mermaids are always 
 
Till-: FOKSAKKN MEKMAN. 
 
 IQI 
 
 im- 
 
 a. 
 the 
 ex- 
 lost 
 his 
 de- 
 
 t ten- 
 
 represented as having long, flow- 
 ing locks of golden hair, which 
 Thomas Carew calls the " mer- 
 maid's yellow pride of hair." 
 Combing their hair seems to be a 
 favonie pastime. See Tennyson's 
 poem, The Me*-mnid ; also, I^ey- 
 den's poem. 
 
 Swung the sound. —As if the 
 undulating motion of the waves 
 above them had imparted the like 
 motion to the sound as it de- 
 scended ; or, as the bell swings, 
 so the sound swings, and the 
 motion continues till it reaches the 
 depths of the sea. 
 
 Clear green.— The color of the 
 sea /rum beluio. It is a darker 
 color when seen from above. Why ? 
 
 Pray. — Is this verb in the indi- 
 cative, the imperative, or the 
 infinitive mood ? Give the differ- 
 ence of meaning for each. 
 
 Easter-time. — Easter is the first 
 Sunday after the full moon— or, 
 more properly, the 14th day of 
 the calendar moon — which hap- 
 pens upon, or next after, the 21st 
 day of March. It may fall as 
 early as the 22nd of March, or as 
 late as the 25th of April. In 
 memory of what event is the 
 Easter festival held ? 
 
 I lose . . soul. — The sound of 
 the Easter bells causes her to think 
 of the unchristian life she is 
 leading. 
 
 According to the fairy-tales the 
 mermaid has no soul, but can 
 obtain one by marriage with a 
 mortal ; thus Undine is repre- 
 sented as saying to her husband, 
 " Now have I a soul, I thank thee 
 for my soul." The poet has pro- 
 bably in his mind this feature of 
 the tales, and intends to present 
 the opposite view, that the woman 
 is in danger of losing her soul on 
 account of her marriage with the 
 merman. 
 
 300. Down — an undulating tract 
 of land, covered with short grass. 
 It is used chiefly for pasturing 
 
 sheep, aj the soil is too light for 
 cultivation. 'I lie downs are in 
 fact a succession of low sand-hills 
 or dunes, covered with a thin 
 layer of mould ; hence the epithet 
 " sandy." 
 
 Sea stocks— flowers of the wide- 
 spread stock family, found grow- 
 ing on sandy soil near the sea- 
 shore. They produce a large 
 purple flower, which is fragrant 
 only at night 
 
 Cold blowing^ airs. — By a natu- 
 ral touch thf winds are lepre- 
 sented as strange and unpleasant 
 to the merman, living, as he did, 
 in the dead calm of the deep sea 
 — an idea to be noticed elsewhere, 
 in " windy shore," " windy hill," 
 etc. 
 
 Leaded panes — small panes of 
 glass set in lead ; still to be seen 
 in old churches 
 
 Hist. — rienerally, hush; here 
 used siuiply to attract attention. 
 
 Humming town.— Why hum- 
 ming ? 
 
 Holy well. — Probably the basin 
 of holy water which stands at the 
 door of Roman Catholic churches. 
 
 301 . Shuttle — an instrument for 
 passing the thread from one side 
 of the web of cloth to the other in 
 weaving. 
 
 Anon — soon. Account for the 
 change that has come over Mar- 
 garet. 
 
 Amber — semi-transparent fossil 
 gum or resin, found chiefly on the 
 shores of the Baltic Sea. Amber, 
 being found mostly on the sea- 
 shore, may be readily fancied as 
 forming the roof of a sea-cave. 
 See note on " red gold throne." 
 
 Singing. — Give grammatical 
 connection. 
 
 A mortal.— Explain. 
 
 And alone . . sea. — Show the 
 connection in thought between 
 these lines and the preceding ones. 
 Who are the " kings of the sea " ? 
 
 Spring-tides— tides at the new 
 and full moon, which rise higher 
 
m 
 
 192 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURIH READER. 
 
 and fall lower than the ordinary 
 or neap tides. 
 
 302. From heaths . . broom. 
 — For " heaths," see note on 
 "heather blooms," p 99. The 
 broom is a common flowering plant 
 which grows abundantly on sandy 
 pastures and heaths in Britain. 
 With wh^t are the flowers of the 
 broom here compared ? 
 
 Blanched — whitened, white. 
 
 Hie— hasten. 
 
 Ebb-tide— low tide, when the 
 tide is out. 
 
 Write a short account of the 
 forsaken mermnn. 
 
 "Nil 
 
 The best preparation for read- 
 ing this beautiful poem with true 
 expression will be th j careful study 
 of its meaning and sentiment. The 
 pupils should first read il carefully 
 tor the purpose of discovering its 
 true meaning, and putting them- 
 selves in sympathy with the mer- 
 man and his children It would 
 be well also to ha'^e them write in 
 their own language a clear account 
 of the story, showing that they 
 thoroughly understand it, and ap- 
 preciate the sentiments it con- 
 tains. They will then naturally 
 express the tones and emotions of 
 the speakers in their v.arious utter- 
 ances and situations. 
 
 The first stanza should be read 
 in a tone denoting dejection. The 
 merman has given up hope. In 
 the second, hope is faintly re- 
 
 vived, and a last call uttered 
 The third should be read in a 
 tone of despair. 
 
 Observe the rising inflection 
 throughout the fourth stanza, ex- 
 cept in the line, " When did music 
 . . way ? " 
 
 A despairing tone will properl) 
 mark the reading of the latter part 
 of the sixth stanza. 
 
 Brmg out the contrast between 
 the joyous song of the woman and 
 the sadness which comes over her 
 when she thinks of her sea-born 
 children. 
 
 The description, in the last 
 stanza, of the proposed secret visit 
 of the merman and his children 
 to the home of the wife and 
 mother should be read in a very 
 subdued tone, with soft, gentle 
 force. 
 
 The variety in the metre re- 
 quires a corresponding variety 
 in the reading, and if the voice, 
 without sing-song or droning, be 
 made to respord readily to the 
 several changes, they will greatly 
 help to make the reading effective. 
 
 I. What is the force of the termi- 
 nation in the words shoreward and 
 seaward? Give other examples. 
 
 II. Write sentences showing the 
 distinction in meanings of the fol- 
 lowing pairs of words: — pain, 
 pane; soul, sole; air, ere; aisle, 
 isle ; steal, steel ; stare, stair ; hie, 
 high ; rains, reins. 
 
 fifl'i. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ! I 
 
 SONNET. 
 
 This sonnet, entitled " Night and Death," was declared by Cole- 
 ridge to be the finest and most grandly conceived sonnet in our 
 language; "at least," h. added, "it is only in Milton and in Words- 
 worth that I remember any rival." Its author, Joseph Blanco White 
 was born at Seville, in Spain, in 1775. His father was of Irish descent] 
 and his mother was a Spanish lady. He went to England in x8io and 
 
SONNET. 
 
 193 
 
 lived chiefly in London as a man of letters, contributing to the Reviews 
 and other high-class periodicals. He died in 184 1. 
 
 It is somewhat remarkable that one of the greatest English sonnets 
 should be the work of a foreigner, and it is perhaps equally remark- 
 able that he wrote nothing else in verse that is worth reading. It has 
 been observed that the execution of the poem is not equal to its con- 
 ception, and fault has been found with the eleventh line, which Rossetti 
 calls "a fatally disenchanting line" — "fly" and "insect" being syn- 
 onymous terms. Another poet has pointed out that in an early copy 
 the line ran, "Whilst flower and leaf,' etc . but in an extant autograph 
 copy of the sonnet, presented by the author himself, the line in question 
 reads as in the text. 
 
 This form of verse is of Italian origin, and was introduced into 
 England by the Earl of Surrey (1516-1547), who is said to have written 
 the first English sonnets. The word sonnet was used by the Italian 
 poets to denote simply " a short poem limited to the exposition of a 
 single idea, sentiment, or emotion." Compare this definition with that 
 on page 27 of the Notes. 
 
 The form of the sonnet is regulated according to certain definite 
 rules. The fourteen lines of which it consists are divided into two 
 groups: the first, of eight lines called the octave; and the second, of 
 six lines called the sestette. In the Sonnet proper (on the Italian 
 pattern), the octave contains only two rhymes, the first, fourth, fifth, 
 and eighth lines rhyming together, and the second, third, sixth, and 
 seventh forming a second rhyme. In the sestette there may be two 
 or three rhymes, variously distributed. In Shakespeare's sonnets the 
 first twelve lines rhyme alternately, and the last two rhyme together. 
 
 The sonnets in the Fourth Reader all differ in arrangement : 
 Wilson's sonnet, p. 45, follows Shakespeare's arrangement ; in Milton's 
 sonnet, p. 73, we have the model of the Sonnet proper ; Blanco White's 
 sonnet partakes of the arrangement of both. 
 
 The unity of thought in the sonnet must be preserved throughout, 
 and, therefore, the sense should flow on without break from the first 
 group into the second. " In the first eight lines the subject is intro- 
 duced and expanded ; in the last six the conclusion or result is drawn 
 out; but both parts must relate to one main idea." In some sonnets 
 the last couplet contains the application of the thought or sentiment 
 which has been set forth and illustrated in the rest of the poem. Apply 
 these tests to the three sonnets in the Fourth Reader, 
 
194 
 
 NoriiS lO THE FOUKTll KEADKK. 
 
 C. SHAKESPEARE. 
 
 303, Frankfort — Fr.inkfort-on- 
 the-M.iin, as it is usually called ; 
 not Frankfort-on the-Oder. The 
 former city is situated on the 
 Main, not far from where it emp- 
 ties into the Rhine, and is one of 
 the oldest cities in Germany. It 
 is noted for its extensive bank- 
 ing institutions, which were at one 
 time the most important in Cen- 
 tral Europe. 
 
 Goethe — geh'/Sh {j, like e in her, 
 nearly). — Johann Wolfgang von 
 Goethe, greatest of German poets, 
 and one of the most accomplished 
 men of his time, lived 1749-1832. 
 The most important of his works 
 is a dramatic poem, called Faust 
 (fowst ). 
 
 Stratford -on -Avon — a small 
 town in Warwickshire, England, 
 the birthplace of Shakespeare. 
 
 Free town. — In the middle ages 
 many of the German towns along 
 the Baltic and the North Sea had 
 become sovereign commonwealths, 
 still acknowledging the supremacy 
 of the Emperor, but ruling them- 
 selves according to their own ideas, 
 and holding equal rights with the 
 Princes and Electors in the Diets, 
 or Parliaments of the German 
 Confederation. The four greatest 
 of these were Lubec, Bremen, 
 Hamburg and Frankfort ; the three 
 first named still retain many of 
 their ancient privileges, and are 
 known as the Free Cities of Ger- 
 many. Frankfort lost her inde- 
 pendence, and was annexed to 
 Prussia, in i866, for having sided 
 with Austria in the Austro-Prus- 
 sian war. 
 
 Frederick Barbarossa— Frede- 
 rick I., Emperor of Germany 
 (ii52-ii9o),surnamed Barbarossa, 
 from his red beard. 
 
 Crowned . . walls. — The Em- 
 perors of Germany were elected 
 and crowned at Frankfort, and 
 
 the Diet held its sittings there 
 Why are large cities not now 
 walled as of old ? 
 
 Speak, . . Germany.— What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Proud mother . . Germany.— 
 Explain fully the meaning,. Note- 
 that the author reckons it a more- 
 distinguished honor to be a really 
 great writer than to bean ICmperor. 
 
 This message.— What message 
 is referred to ? 
 
 Which I . .asked.— Is "which' 
 restrictive or connective ? Why ? 
 What is its antecedent ? 
 
 Schiller —shll'er. — Frederick 
 Schiller, poet, dramatist, and his 
 torian, lived 1759-1805. His fame 
 rests chiefly on his splendid lyrics 
 and on his dramas, the principal 
 of which are The Robbers, Wallcn- 
 stein, Maria Stuart, and William 
 Tell. 
 
 Homer — the great epic poet of 
 Greece, author of the Iliad and 
 the Odyssey. He is supposed to 
 have lived about the gth century 
 
 B.C. 
 
 Virgil -♦he greatest of the Ro 
 man poets, born near Mantua, 
 Italy, in 70 b.c. ; died 19 e.g. 
 His chief work is the Mneid, the 
 great Latin epic poem. 
 
 Dante — ddn'-ta. — See note on 
 " Great Italian," p. 297. 
 
 Comei\\e—kor-ndi'{d,as in/arc), 
 or kor-ndl). — There were two 
 brothers of this name, Pierre, or 
 Peter (1606-1684), and Thomas 
 (1625-1709). The first is here 
 meant ; he was a great French 
 dramatist, and is styled by his 
 countrymen " Le Grand Cor- 
 neille." 
 
 As we admire . . statue.— 
 Show the force of this comparison, 
 and in what respect it makes 
 Shakespeare greater than the 
 other poets mentioned. 
 
 He has . . ourselves. —What 
 
SUAKESTKAKli. 
 
 195 
 
 on 
 
 IS meant ? Show that this is .1 
 cotnplitnctit to Sliaki'spc.ire. 
 
 301 What we owe . . litera 
 ture. -ICxplain clearly what this 
 sontmut' implies. 
 
 Allude. -Is this word correctly 
 used here ? 
 
 His art . . artless. -Paraphrase, 
 showing the effect of the play on 
 the word "art." 
 
 Genuine. — Distinguish from 
 iiiithcntic. Give other synonyms. 
 
 Petty . . false.— Distinguish. 
 Ciive words with opposite mean- 
 ings. 
 
 Great nations . . nations. - 
 I low can this be ? 
 
 If we look , . long. — Observe 
 how skilfully the speaker contrasts 
 the humble surroundings of the 
 poet's early home with the far- 
 reaching influence of his works. 
 Note, too, the rhetorical effect of 
 the arrangement of the sentence. 
 
 World-quickening.— 7 <7M/f^t« 
 is to make alive. See note on 
 "quick with life, " p. 154. 
 
 305. Pilgrimage — a journey to 
 the shrine of some departed saint, 
 or to some sacred place, for the 
 purpose of worship. 
 
 Festivals — feast-days; days of 
 solemnity or joy, rather than the 
 feasts themselves. " Feast " is 
 often used, however, with both 
 meanings. 
 
 Shrine. — See note, p. 1x2. 
 
 Cold — critical. — In what re- 
 spect do these epithets character- 
 ize this "age of ours" ? Compare 
 
 Carlyle's stitem'>nt, " (Criticism 
 . . . business," p. ."/o 
 
 The power . loving. — Could 
 any of the words, "power," "art," 
 "passion," be interchanged ? Ob- 
 serve that in the next sentence the 
 order of words is changed, and 
 notice the effect produced by the 
 rep'tition and the chan»;ed order. 
 
 Nursed . . judged. — How can 
 an author's works produce such 
 effects? 
 
 Common blood . . victories. — 
 Show from the origin and history 
 of the iMigHsh that these expres- 
 sions are properly applied to the 
 two nations. 
 
 Common teachei . . friend.— 
 In what sense is this true ? 
 
 This extract is a good example 
 of simple, vigorous English. The 
 style is that of the public lecture, 
 and the language is, in some 
 places, so highly eulogistic as 
 almost to savour of hero-worship. 
 
 Note the rhetorical effect pro- 
 duced by the many inversions. 
 
 Write out a paraphrase of 
 Wilson's estimate of Shakespeare, 
 and find passages in the lesson 
 which contain similar sentiments. 
 
 I. Distinguish between admire, 
 esteem, and like ; applaud, praise, 
 and commend: student, pupil, 
 and scholar; vie, strive, and 
 compete ; simple, artless, and in- 
 genuous ; proud, haughty, and 
 arrogant; reprove, reproach, and 
 censure. 
 
 CI. SCENE FROM KING JOHN. 
 
 King John was the fourth and youngest son of Henry II. Henry, 
 the eldest son of that monarch, died in 1183, six years before his father, 
 and Geoffrey, the third sjn, who had become Duke of Brittany by his 
 marriage with Constance, the heiress of the Duchy, died in 1186, leav- 
 ing a son Arthur. Kichard, the second son, succeeded his father, and 
 should have been succeeded in turn by his nephew Arthur, then a boy 
 
ma 
 
 196 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 of twelve. On the death of Richard, however. John seized the throne, 
 and was supported in his claim by the paople of England. 
 
 But in the French possessions of the English king a strong party 
 was formed to support Arthur's claim, and Philip of France, to further 
 his own ends, espoused Arthur's cause. John defeated his enemies at 
 Mirebeau ; Arthur fell into his uncle's hands, and was kept in prison in 
 the castle of Falaise, a town in Normandy, under the charge of Hubert 
 de Burgh, the king's chamberlain. 
 
 Shakespeare has departed from the facts of history in making 
 Northampton Castle, England, the place of Arthur's imprisonment. In 
 the third scene of Act iii., John is represented as instigating Hubert to 
 murder Arthur. In the scene forming the lesson is described the 
 interview between Hubert and Arthur, when Hubert comes to fulfil his 
 murderous commission,. 
 
 306. Heat . . hot — Expand so 
 as to show the full force of " hot " 
 joined to " heat." 
 
 Look thou stand. — Look, or 
 see to it, that thou stand. The 
 conjunction is sometimes omitted 
 m animated or excited speech. 
 
 Within the arras— behind the 
 tapestry, or figured curtains which 
 in Norman times ornamented the 
 walls of the rooms in the baronial 
 castles. This tapestry received its 
 name from Arras, a town in the 
 north of France, where it was 
 first manufactured. 
 
 The bosom . . ground. — The 
 comparison of the earth to a hu- 
 man being is very common. Com- 
 pare " lap of earth " — Gray's 
 Elegy. 
 
 "Which. — In Shakespeare's time 
 " which " was often used referring 
 to persons. Compare " Our Fa- 
 ther which art in heaven." 
 
 Shall find.—" Shall " for " will." 
 The present distinctions between 
 "shall" and "will" were not 
 observed by Shakespeare. 
 
 Heedful. — A rather unusual 
 word. What word would be used 
 now ? Give the word of opposite 
 meaning. 
 
 Note the short, sharp sentences, 
 as indicating suppressed excite- 
 ment and stern resolution. 
 
 Warrant — a writing, or writ- 
 ten document, giving a person 
 authority to act. The attendant 
 wishes to be assured that he will 
 not be required to act illegally. 
 
 Uncleanly — httclin'lt — In thf 
 adverb thee is long (clen'll). " Un- 
 cleanly scruples " means scarcely 
 more than foolish doubts — un- 
 worthy of being entertained by 
 any one acting under his orders. 
 
 Exeunt. — ex'e-unt — Latin fo. 
 " they go out." 
 
 I have . . you. — Supply •'some 
 what," or " something." 
 
 307. Good morrow. — A custo 
 mary salutation, morrow being 
 used in its old sense of morning. 
 
 Little prince.— Notice through- 
 out this dialogue the different ex- 
 pressions used by Hubert in ad- 
 dressing Arthur. In these ex- 
 pressions trace the change in 
 Hubert's feelings towards the 
 prince. 
 
 As little • . be. — Arthur pur- 
 posely misapplies Hubert's words. 
 He means, as little princely, or as 
 little of a prince, as is possible to 
 one who has so great a title to be 
 more of a prince— that is, to be a 
 king. Why does Arthur sp)eak 
 thus ? Note the play upon words. 
 
 Methinks. — See note, p. 261. To 
 be grammatically correct, " but" 
 
SCENH IROM KING JOHN. 
 
 197 
 
 in this line must be treated as a 
 conjunction, and the full construc- 
 tion will be, " but I should be sad." 
 The inflections of the personal 
 pronouns, however, were fre- 
 quently neglected or misused by 
 Shakespeare. 
 
 Only for wantonness. — Merely 
 to please their own fancy, or for 
 the sake of change. Wantonness, 
 playfulness. 
 
 My Christendom— my Chris- 
 tian name, or perhaps my faith 
 as a Christian. " Christendom " 
 formerly meant the faith and pro- 
 fession of Christians, Christianity 
 itself. How is the word now 
 used ? 
 
 So I were— provided that I 
 were. Point out simiUr uses of 
 " so " in the extract. 
 
 I doubt — I suspect or fear. 
 
 Practises— plots, works. 
 
 He is afraid . . him. — Para- 
 phrase, showing the difference be- 
 tween John's fear and Arthur's. 
 
 Is *t not. — For it is not. 
 
 Aside.— An aside on the stage is 
 a remark not supposed to be heard 
 by any of the actors but the one 
 who makes it, and the one to 
 whom it is specially directed ; but, 
 of course, it must be heard by the 
 audience. 
 
 Prate — prattle, childish talk. 
 
 He will . . dead. — Express in 
 prose language. 
 
 Sudden — quick. 
 
 Despatch. — Compare the uses 
 of this word on pages 195 and 316. 
 
 Sooth — truth, reality. 
 
 Warrant — assure, declare with 
 assurance. Show the connection 
 in meaning with the noun " war- 
 rant " in the sixth line. 
 
 Certain wordsof Teutonic origin 
 beginning with w changed the ini- 
 tial w into gu in passing through 
 the French, and these words, com- 
 ing into our language from both 
 sources, have given us surh 
 doublets as wise, guise ; ward, 
 guard ; warrant, guarantee. 
 
 His words . . bosom —Express 
 
 differently 
 
 Rheum— rwwi — tears; literally, 
 "anything flowing down" — applied 
 especially to the secretions of the 
 body. Shakespeare makes Shy- 
 lock in The Merchant of Venice 
 apply this name to saliva : " You 
 that did void your rheum upon 
 rny beard." A der-^ed word is 
 "rheumatism,'' which was for- 
 merly supposed to be caused by 
 fluids passing through *hf> part of 
 the body affected. 
 
 Dispiteous— cruel. Its older 
 form is despitous or dispitous, 
 meaning full of despite or malice ; 
 it is not connected with piteous. 
 The coming tears threaten to drive 
 out of his heart the pitiless resolve 
 to torture young Arthur. 
 
 Lest resolution . . tears. — 
 Resolution, fixedness of purpose. 
 Hubert interviewed Arthur to 
 prepare him for the terrible ordeal, 
 but the "innocent prate" of the 
 child unnerves him. It is inter- 
 esting to watch the struggle in 
 Hubert's mind ; at one moment 
 he is overcome by feelings of pity, 
 and the next he remembers his 
 juty, as a true soldier, to obey 
 his master's commands. 
 
 Fair writ— clearly or fairly 
 written. Writ is an old participle 
 of write — not now used. 
 
 Effect — meaning, intention. 
 Note the antithesis in this li.ae, 
 arising from the double meaning 
 of fair." 
 
 308. Knit my handkercher. — 
 Knit means tied or fastened. 
 Kercher is an old form of kerchief 
 (French couvre-chef, head-cover- 
 ing). The two forms were used 
 indifferently in Shakespeare's day. 
 
 It me. — Compare " me " in the 
 first line. 
 
 Like . . time. — Arthur's viva- 
 city was to Hubert's seriousness 
 as the quickly flying minutes to 
 the slowly passing hours. 
 
 Anon — again, another time. 
 
198 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KEAUEK. 
 
 Nay, you . . cunning -Show 
 clearly what Arthur means. 
 
 An if. — In early English and 
 was used where we would now 
 use if; for example, " He bade 
 the carter drive over and he 
 durst." Afterwards the final d 
 was dropped when the word was 
 used in the sense of if, and when 
 the force of an became weak if 
 was added to stre'ngtnen it, so 
 that and if or an if is a kind of 
 double conjunction. The form 
 and if is preserved in the Bible. 
 See Matthew xxiv., 48. 
 
 Nor never. — A double negative, 
 perhaps used to strengthen the 
 negation — a common usage in 
 Shakespeare's time. What would 
 be the force of a double negative 
 in our day ? 
 
 Iron age. — Note the play upon 
 "iron." The ancient Greeks 
 showed their belief in the con- 
 tinuous degeneracy of the human 
 race by dividing the history of 
 the earth into a number of periods 
 or ages. The golden age was the 
 period of innocence and happi- 
 ness (see note, p. 154) ; the silver 
 age was voluptuous and godless ; 
 the brazen, warlike and cruel ; and 
 the iron age — the period at which 
 they placed themselves — was ex- 
 tremely wicked and unlovely, all 
 the virtues having vanished from 
 the earth. 
 
 Heat red-hot— heated red-hot. 
 This shortened form of the past 
 participle is common in Shake- 
 speare and in older writers. See 
 "create" for "created" below; 
 also, " writ" and "spoke" above. 
 
 The iron . . eye. — Were it m 
 any other than this iron age, 
 the red-hot iron itself would be 
 quenched in the tears that flow 
 from my innocent eyes, and would 
 cc nsume away in rust, for shame 
 at having contained the heat to 
 1 arm mine eye. Note the old use 
 of " his " as the possessive case of 
 "it." 
 
 Stubborn-hard—Compound 
 adjective, for stubbornly hard. 
 Such compounds are common in 
 Shakespeare. Compare " bois- 
 terous-ro"gh " below. 
 
 No tongue . . Hubert's— .— 
 Why is the dash after ' ' Hubert's' ' ? 
 Complete what Arthur intends to 
 say. 
 
 309. What need you. — " What " 
 for " why " — common in old 
 fc-nglish. 
 
 Stand stone-still.-— Notice the 
 effect of the alliteration in com- 
 pelling slow utterance. 
 
 For heaven sake. — The pos 
 .sessive inflection is frequently 
 dropped in Shakespeare, and the 
 uninflected noun is then regarded 
 as an adjective. 
 
 Wince — shrink, as from a blow 
 or from pain. 
 
 Angerly— angrily. 
 
 Precious sense.— That is, organ 
 of the precious sense of sight. 
 Why does Arthur wish that there 
 were a r:ote, a grain, etc., in 
 Hubert's eye ? 
 
 Boisterous — troublesome, pain 
 ful. Is this the ordinary meaning? 
 
 Go to. — See note, p. 261. 
 
 Must needs . . pleading.-iV^^rfs, 
 of necessity — an old genitive used 
 adverbially. Want here means 
 fall short of The utterance 
 (speaking) even of a brace of 
 tongues would not be sufficient to 
 plead for a pair of eyes. 
 
 Let me not — make me not ; an 
 old use of "let." 
 
 Though to . . you. — Supply 
 the ellipsis, and give the full 
 meaning. 
 
 310. Troth— trSth. — Old spell- 
 ing of truth. 
 
 To be used — at being used ; that 
 is, with grief that it should be used. 
 
 Undeserved extremes— suffer- 
 ings that are not deserved. 
 
 See else yourself. -- Expand 
 " else " into a clause. 
 
 Burning coal — How do you 
 reconcile the use of the epithet 
 
SCENE FROM KING JOHN. 
 
 199 
 
 " burning " with the rest of this 
 line and the next line ? A sug- 
 gested reading places "burning" 
 after " malice." 
 
 And strewed . . head. — An al- 
 lusion to the old Jewish custom 
 of wearing sackcloth, and sitting 
 in ashes or sprinkling them over 
 the head, as a sign of repentance 
 and grief. 
 
 This speech of Arthur's is full 
 of metaphorical expressions. 
 Change the whole speech into the 
 language of prose so as to bring 
 out fully the meaning. 
 
 Sparkle — send off a spark. 
 
 Tarre. — An old verb, now obso- 
 lete, meaning to incite, to urge on. 
 Show clearly the comparison in- 
 tended between the coal and the 
 dog. 
 
 You should use. —Note the force 
 of "should." Compare with its 
 other uses in this lesson. 
 
 Deny their ofifice— refuse to per- 
 form their office. 
 
 Extends — shows. Why singu- 
 lar? Some think it is the old 
 Northern plural in t's which Shake- 
 speare is supposed to have used, 
 as in The Merchant of Venice, 
 act i., F'",. 3: "Whose own hard 
 dealings teaches them suspect the 
 thoughts of others. " 
 
 Creatures . . uses. — Things 
 that are noted for the cruel, de- 
 structive uses to which they are 
 often applied. "Creatures" is 
 here used m its old sense oi created 
 things, whether animate or inani- 
 mate. 
 
 See to live. — Keep your eye- 
 sight thai you may live; go on 
 seeing and living. 
 
 Owes— possesses; used in the 
 sense of ozvns, which is from the 
 same root. 
 
 Purpose — resolve, determine. 
 Carefulh distinguish from propose, 
 which is often confounded with it. 
 
 Adieu. — See note, p. 256. 
 
 But you are dead— but that you 
 are dead, that you are not dead. 
 
 Dogged— surly, obstinate; or, 
 lurking about to watch his move- 
 ments. 
 
 Doubtless and secure — free 
 from doubt or suspicion, and sure 
 that, etc. Secure has here a shade 
 of its classical meaning, free from 
 care. 
 
 Offend. — Not in the sense of 
 make angry, but with its old force 
 of hurt, injure. 
 
 Closely — cautiously, stealthily. 
 
 Of the beautiful scene between 
 Arthur and Hubert Hazlitt the 
 Shakespearian critic, has written 
 as follows : " If anything ever was 
 penned, heart-piercing, mixing the 
 extremes of terror and pity, of that 
 which shocks and that which 
 soothes the mind, it is this scene." 
 
 Shakespeare represents Arthur 
 as meeting his death by leaping 
 from the castle-wall, while trying 
 to escape in the disguise of a 
 " ship-boy." 
 
 According to the historians, 
 Arthur was removed from Falaise 
 and placed in the castle of Rouen, 
 under the care of a less scrupulous 
 jailer than Hubert. He was mur- 
 dered there in 1203, within the 
 castle ; or, as some say, being 
 enticed from the castle at midnight 
 to enter a boat with the hope of 
 escaping, he was slain by John 
 himself, and his body thrown into 
 the Seine. 
 
 The reading of this scene may 
 be made very efl'ective if the reader 
 will study carefully every thought 
 and expression, until he is in com- 
 plete sympathy with the speakers 
 in their various moods. 
 
 There must be a striking con- 
 trast in tone and inflection to 
 exprejs the difference between the 
 pathetic simplicity and tenderness 
 of the pleading child, and the 
 gruffness of Hubert, struggling 
 with the love and pity which he 
 vainly strives to keep down, and 
 which finally gain the mastery. 
 
200 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURT'; READER. 
 
 CII. THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. 
 
 FIRST READING. 
 
 311. Usurer — yu'-zhu-rcr. — 
 Now, one who lends money at high 
 or illegal rates of interest. In 
 Shakespeare's time it meant one 
 who took any interest, the taking 
 of interest at all being considered 
 disreputable. 
 
 Amassed — massed together. 
 
 Rialto — real to — the chief of 
 the islands on which Venice is 
 built, called Isola di Rialto, or 
 Island of the Deep Stream. Here, 
 it means the Exchange, or place 
 where the merchants met to tran- 
 sact business, which was on this 
 island. 
 
 Best conditioned. — " Condi- 
 tion " is usad in the sense of temper 
 or state of mind — of the best tem- 
 per or disposition. 
 
 Courtesies — acts of kindness. 
 
 Roman honor. — An allusion to 
 the Roman citizen's love for his 
 native city, and his profound rev- 
 erence for its laws at the time of 
 Rome's greatness. He was thor- 
 oughly patriotic, and willingly 
 sacrificed his property, and if 
 need be, his life, for the honor of 
 his country. 
 
 Bassanio — bas-sd'ne-o. 
 
 Patrimony — property or estate 
 inherited from ancestors. 
 
 312. To repair his fortune.— In 
 ■what sense is "repair " used here ? 
 See note on "repairing," p. 192. 
 
 Speechless messages. —What 
 is meant ? Compare Byron's line, 
 " Soft eyes . again," p. 240. 
 
 Ducats — dak'ats. — Originally, a 
 coin struck in the dominions of a 
 duke. The silver ducat is about 
 equal to a dollar in value. The gold 
 ducat is about twice the value. 
 
 Catch . . hip. — " Some explain 
 this as a phrase of wrestling ; 
 others, of hunting. To have one 
 on the hip was to have the advan- 
 tage of him ; as when a wrestler 
 
 seized his antagonist by that part, 
 or a hound a deer." — Hudson. 
 
 Gratis — gratis — for nothing, 
 without recompense. 
 
 Bargains. — Here, the same as 
 gains. What is the ordinary 
 meaning ? 
 
 Signior — sen'yur.— An Italian 
 title of respectful address, like 
 our Mr., Sir; written also signor. 
 
 This whole speech of Shylock's 
 should be so read as to express 
 the utmost scorn and hatred. See 
 Introduction to Fourth Reader, 
 p. 14. 
 
 Many a time and often— A 
 strong expression for ' ' very often. ' ' 
 
 Usuries. — Originally, what is 
 paid for the use of money, interest. 
 See note on " usurer." Shake- 
 speare's word here is " usances." 
 
 Sufferance — meek, unresisting 
 endurance. 
 
 Unbeliever. — Shakespeare uses 
 " misbeliever " here. The two 
 words do not usually express the 
 same idea. Distinguish the words 
 according to prefixes. 
 
 Cut-throat dog. — Some texts 
 separate these words by a comma. 
 What difference in meaning would 
 this make ? To a Jew, " dog " 
 was a term of the greatest possi- 
 ble reproach. See note on '• Ha, 
 dog ! " p. 260. 
 
 Spit upon . . cur. — Though 
 Antonio is represented as an ami- 
 able and worthy gentleman, he is 
 npt free from the prejudices of his 
 class, especially that hatred of the 
 Jews which is still so characteristic 
 of many European races. Even 
 in asking for the loan, he trusts 
 nothing to Shylock's kindness, but 
 everything to his greed of money. 
 
 313. As like. — " Like " for 
 'likely"; common in Shakespeare. 
 
 If I break. —That is, break my 
 day ; a current expression, mean- 
 
THE MERCHANT OF VENICB. 
 
 201 
 
 inq. "to fiil to meet an cnf^age- 
 iijont." 
 
 I would be . you. —This ex- 
 pression is common in familiar 
 speech, and m.iy be explained 
 thus : " I would that we should 
 be friends." 
 
 Shames. — The insults which 
 have put me to shame. 
 
 Merry sport. — The Jew uses 
 th(ise words to mask his deep 
 malii:,'nity towards Antonio. Al- 
 though he cherishes the most 
 deadly hatred, he wishes to con- 
 ceal it till he accomplishes his 
 purpose, and secures the signature 
 to the fatal bond. 
 
 A pound of flesh. — This inci- 
 dent of the pound of flesh appears 
 in an old Italian tale ; also in an 
 old collection of Latin tales, trans- 
 lated into English as early as the 
 time of Henry VI., and in an old 
 English ballad, in which the Jew's 
 name is Gernutus. In this, as in 
 other cases, Shakespeare uses 
 material already existing in history 
 or tradition as the basis of his plot. 
 
 3T4. Their own hard dealings. 
 — Note the cunning of this speech. 
 Shylock retorts upon the Chris- 
 tians with the charge which is usu- 
 ally made against the Jews. 
 
 Break this day — Should 
 be, "break his day"; that is, 
 break the agreement by failing to 
 rej ay the money on the appointed 
 day. See note on " If I break." 
 
 Exaction — compulsory pay- 
 ment. 
 
 Forfeiture— penalty, that which 
 is forfeited. 
 
 Estimable. — Here used in the 
 sense of valuable — a rare meaning 
 of the word. 
 
 If he will . . so. — So, let it be 
 so; that is, on the condition 
 named. 
 
 Adieu — See note, p. 256. 
 
 Cato. — There were two distin- 
 guished Romans of this name, 
 Cato the Elder, or the Censor, 
 and his great-grandson, who is 
 
 referred to here. The youngf-r 
 Cato sidotl with Pompey in the 
 struggle against Cjesar, and pre- 
 ferring death to submission to 
 Caesar's despotism, he committed 
 suicide at Utica, in Africa, n.c. 46. 
 
 His d.iughter, Portia, became 
 the wife of Brutus, one of the 
 chief conspirators against Caesar, 
 H.c. 43, and she is represented 
 by Shakespeare as inflicting a 
 wound upon herself to prove her 
 constancy , and to show that she 
 was worthy to share the counsels 
 of her husband See jfuliHs Ccesar, 
 act u., sc. I. 
 
 Train — a retinue, body of at- 
 tendants 
 
 Gratiano — grd-shc-ano. 
 
 Dispraised.— The usual opposite 
 of " praise " is " blame." Dis- 
 praise implies a less degree of cen- 
 sure than blame, and is very ap- 
 propriately used in this connec- 
 tion. 
 
 Unlessoned— unschooled -un 
 practised. — Distinguish in mean- 
 ing between these words ; or, are 
 they tautological ? 
 
 315. Gentle spirit.—" Gentle " 
 is used here in the sense of tract- 
 able, teachable. 
 
 316. Unpleasantest. — Compa- 
 rison of words of more than one 
 syllable by -cr and -est is quite 
 common in Shakespeare. 
 
 Notwithstanding. — Strictly, the 
 participle of withstand used abso- 
 lutely, " ray wish to see you not 
 withstanding, or standing in the 
 way of, your nleasure." Here, it 
 performs the office of a conjunc- 
 tion, and may be classed as such. 
 
 Begone. — Used now chiefly to 
 inferiors, with perhaps a touch of 
 resentment or anger in the com- 
 mand. 
 
 Event — result, issue. What is 
 the more usual meaning? 
 
 Write out in indirect narration 
 the conversation between Antonio 
 and Shylock concerning the lend- 
 ing of the money. 
 
^H 
 
 202 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOUKT'l READER. 
 
 cm. TO A SKYLARK. 
 
 317. Blithe spirit — Blithe [th 
 as in the), merry, joyous. These 
 two words furnish the key by 
 which to interpret the sentiment 
 of the entire poem. Compare the 
 openinglinesofHogg'sand Words- 
 worth's poems, pp 99 and 187. 
 
 Or near it. — Some regard this 
 alternative as unpoetic, as, in fact, 
 a sort of anti-climax to the first 
 part of the line; but the addition 
 seems rather to intimate that the 
 word " heaven " is not to be taken 
 merely in its conventional sense of 
 sky, but literally, as being the only 
 place whence such melody could 
 come. Compare Shakespeare's 
 " Hark, hark ! the lark at heaven's 
 gate sings." — Cymbcline. 
 
 Pourest . . art. — Compare 
 Wordsworth's .^entiment in 
 "Whence . . harmony," p. 187. 
 
 Strains — prolonged musical 
 notes. 
 
 Unpremeditated — not thought 
 out beforehand ; the result of im- 
 pulse, not of study . Compare note 
 on "instinct," p. 187. 
 
 Like a cloud of fire. — For 
 an interesting description of the 
 cloud-like ascent of the lark, see 
 Mudie's account in C.assell's Popu- 
 lar Natural History, vol. iii. 
 
 Compare E. W. Gosse's descrip- 
 tion in The Return of the Swallows : 
 
 — " And we 
 Shoot into air with our strong 
 young wings 
 Spirally up over level and lea." 
 
 In the . . brightening — De- 
 scribe the appearance which is 
 here referred to. VJhy golden? 
 
 Sunken sun. — Generally taken 
 to mean the sun that has set, but 
 it may mean the sun not yet risen, 
 and shedding its rays upon the 
 clouds that are brightening over 
 it. Compare Hogg's "O'er the 
 red streamer . . day. 
 
 Thou dost float . . begfun.— In 
 
 " unbodied joy " we have the 
 sam»> thought as in ' blithe spirit," 
 but more refined and subtle. It 
 is not enough to compare the glad 
 thrill of the lark's song to a Joy 
 merely, or even to an unbodied 
 joy — the very spirit and essence 
 of joy ; but the thought is still 
 further refined by represc^ntiug 
 this joy as just entering upon its 
 race, with that delight and exhila- 
 ration which the spirit may be sup- 
 posed to feel when released from 
 the body that has confined it. 
 
 Pale purple even. — Note the 
 change of color from golden to 
 purple, as the light fades away. 
 " Purple " is a favorite word with 
 the poets to describe the coloring 
 at sunset and sunrise ; as in Milton, 
 "when morn purples the East, " 
 and in Scott, "The dawning 
 beam purpled the mountain and 
 the stream." 
 
 Melts— Describe in your own 
 language what y^-u understand the 
 poet to mean by the even melting 
 around the bird's flight. 
 
 Like a star. — Show the force of 
 thq comparison. Why is a star 
 invisible in daylight? 
 
 Hear . . delight.— Note the 
 Metonymy " Thy shrill delight " 
 may mean that the song gives 
 delight to the listener, or that it 
 is the expression of the delight 
 felt by the bird. The latter is 
 probably preferable. See note on 
 " Not the less," p. 187 ; and com- 
 pare Scott's Lady of the Lake, 
 canto iii., st. 2 : 
 
 " Invisible in flecked sky. 
 The lark sent down her revelry *' 
 
 318. Arrows . . sphere.— The 
 
 moonbeams are called arrows, in 
 allusion to Diana, the goddess of 
 the moon, who, being also the 
 
To A SKYLARK, 
 
 203 
 
 ikc, 
 
 •y 
 
 ;s of 
 
 the 
 
 goddess of hunting, was repre- 
 sented in ancient mythology as 
 armed with a bow and a quiver 
 full of arrows. What is meant 
 by the silver sphere ? " Silver " is a 
 common descriptive epithet of the 
 moonlight ; as " silver light " 
 (Scutt), "silver he:^^^" ( Shelky ) , 
 " silver moon " (Shakespeare). 
 
 Whose . . there. — Explain, and 
 compare " Like . . delight," 
 in the preceding stanza. The 
 heavenly bodies are frequently 
 (ailed the " lamps of night," and 
 the term " intense" may possibly 
 be applied to the light of the moon 
 as compared with that of the stars. 
 
 All . loud — Probably, because 
 of Its position high in the air, the 
 lark's song seems to flood the 
 whole air, and to come upon the 
 listener from every direction. 
 
 When night is bare. —Explain. 
 
 The poet in this stanza compares 
 a sound sensation to one of sight, 
 the flood of the bird's song to the 
 flood of the moon's light. He 
 seems to confound the senses one 
 with another, as if he were so 
 filled with rapture that he could 
 not tell by what channel the 
 sensation reached him. The same 
 peculiarity may be noticed in the 
 seventh and eleventh stanzas. 
 
 What . . not.— We are re- 
 minded of Wordsworth's familiar 
 Ode to the Cuckoo : 
 
 "O cuckoo ! jhall I call thee bird, 
 Or but a wandering voice? " 
 
 What is . . thee.— The poet, 
 as if unable to describe the enrap- 
 turing melody of the lark's song, 
 tries to convey some notion of it 
 by comparing it to whatever is 
 most beautiful, and concludes that 
 its music surpasses " all that ever 
 was joyous, and clear, and fresh." 
 
 From . . meiody.— Supply 
 what is wanting to nil out the 
 comparison, showing exactly the 
 two things which are compared. 
 
 Rain of melody. — Compare 
 " flood of harmony," p. 187. 
 
 Observe that in the four beau»i- 
 ful and suggestive similes that 
 follow, the notion of concealment 
 is kept up — the poet, the maiden, 
 the glow-worm, the rose, all, like 
 the lark, giving delight and pleas- 
 ure, while they are themselves 
 unseen. It may be worthy of re- 
 mark also that in these similes, 
 the sense of pleasure comes to us 
 in each case through different 
 channels. 
 
 Hidden . . thought —As the 
 bird is invisible in the brightness 
 of the evening sky, so the poet 
 wraps himself up in the bright 
 abstraction /f thought and fancy, 
 away from the sight and compre- 
 hension of duller minds. Com- 
 pare Tennyson's sentiment in The 
 Poet, and The Poet's Mind. 
 
 Unbidden. — Does "unbidden" 
 qualify "hymns" or "poet"? 
 Compare with the sentiment in 
 " unpremeditated." 
 
 Heeded not. — Until wrought 
 upon by the poet's spell. The 
 power of the poet's song is beauti- 
 fully presented in this stanza. 
 
 Bower. — See note, p. 192. 
 
 Glow-worm golden. — 
 " Golden" is probably used, rather 
 for its euphonious sound than 
 because it describes either the 
 general appearance of the glow- 
 worm or the light i* emits ; but 
 see note on "aerial" below. 
 
 Dell of dew — dewy dell, or 
 retired spot in the grass or shrub- 
 bery, a little hollow or ravine. 
 "Dell " is another form of " dale." 
 "Dew" suggests the evening, 
 when the glow-worm's light is seen. 
 
 Unbeholden — without being 
 itself seen. Where else is the same 
 thought expressed ? 
 
 Aerial — d-e'-ri-al. — It is difficult 
 to see how this word, whose mean- 
 ings are connected with the air or 
 atmosphere, fitly describes the 
 peculiar greenish phosphorescent 
 
204 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 li^^ht emitted by the p'nplish rIow- 
 ^vorm. r. II. fioss*;, the iiatiirilist, 
 says of the Caiiadi.iii glow-worm, 
 or fire-fly : " Tlie lif^ht is of a yel- 
 low color, very different from the 
 blue j^Ieam of the Knglish glow- 
 worm. It proceeds from the last 
 three segments of the abdomen, 
 which are of a delicate cream 
 color by day." Shakespeare has 
 " aerial blue," the term being sug- 
 gcste 1. no doubt, by the blueness 
 of the sky or atmosphere, the air 
 in large masses having a blue tinge. 
 
 319. Embowered . . leaves.— 
 E.xpress differently, showing the 
 full meaning of "embowered." 
 
 By warm winds . . thieves.— 
 The warm winds are represented 
 as laden with the perfume of which 
 they have robbed (dcjiuzvered) the 
 rose, so that they move slowly, 
 as if burdened by the weight 
 Winds are frequently personified 
 as having wings. Compare Psalm 
 xviii., 10. 
 
 Vernal — belonging to spring, 
 spring-time. 
 
 Twinkling grass.— The epithet 
 " twinkling " may be suggested by 
 the quivering motion which the 
 patter of rain-drops gives to the 
 short blades of grass, or perhaps 
 by their sparkling appearance in 
 a light shower. 
 
 Sprite. — A contraction of spirit ; 
 spelled also spright, but this spell- 
 ing may be regarded as obsolete, 
 except in the adverb sprightly. 
 
 Rapture— extreme joy or de- 
 light, such delight as carries one 
 out of one's self. 
 
 Hymeneal — hy-mcn-e'-al — per- 
 taining to marriage ; a word de- 
 rived from Hymen, who, in Greek 
 mythology, was the god of mar- 
 riage. The poet enumerates the 
 most joyous and exultant of songs 
 — love-songs, drinking-songs, mar- 
 riage-songs, and songs of triumph 
 — and finds them all lacking in that 
 rapturous joy which distinguishes 
 the song of the lark. 
 
 Vaunt — a boast. See note on 
 " haunt," p. 64. 
 
 Hidden want. — Explain hidden. 
 
 Note the peculiar and question- 
 able rhyme of the third line of 
 this stanza, two or more short 
 words rarely being used together 
 to rhyme with a long one, except 
 in parody or to produce a comic 
 effect. 
 
 What objects . . pain. — The 
 " objects " enumerated are to be 
 found among the chief sources of 
 poetic inspiration. Exprv.^ss the 
 stanza in different language to 
 show the meaning fully. 
 
 Joyance — rejoicing— Why keen ? 
 
 Languor — lang' gwer — weari- 
 ness, the feeling caused by loss of 
 energy. 
 
 Shadow . . thee.— Express in 
 other words. 
 
 Satiety — sa-ti'-c-ti — fulness, an 
 excess of gratification which de- 
 stroys enjoym.3nt; sad, probably 
 because that love is strongest 
 which has C9me triumphant 
 through trial and .sorrow. The 
 poet l.iinks that the lark has not 
 had any sad experience, else his 
 song would not be so joyous. 
 
 320. Deem — tj be of opinion, to 
 think ; evidently used here for the 
 sake of the rhynic in the sense of 
 conceive, know. In prose, deem is 
 not used with a simple noun as 
 object. 
 
 As the poet listens to the bird's 
 enchanting music it seems no 
 longer the utterance of mere 
 instinct — " unpremeditated art " — 
 but the expression of a fuller, 
 clearer insight into the mysteries 
 of existence than is vouchsafed to 
 man. 
 
 Crystal stream — Express dif- 
 ferently. Point out expressions 
 of the same thought in the poem. 
 
 Before and after-into the 
 future and into the past. The 
 sentiment of the two lines, "We 
 look . . not," is. from a poets 
 -♦andpoiut, a true one. Men of 
 
TO A SKYLARK. 
 
 205 
 
 finer mould and more delicate 
 perceptions are often the most 
 unhappy, for their keener sym- 
 pathies are able to detect jarring 
 notes in human society which are 
 unperceived by men of coarser 
 fibre; and of no poet can this be 
 said more truly than of Shelley 
 himself. Compare the sentiment in 
 Keats' lines, p. 249, "Therefore, 
 on every morrow . . spirits." 
 
 Our sincerest . . fraught. — Ex- 
 press this sentiment in different 
 language. 
 
 Fraught — laden, weighed down; 
 an old forn oi freight. It is now 
 obsolete in prose. 
 
 Our sweetest . . thought.— 
 This is u common sentiment ex- 
 pressed in a great variety of ways, 
 both in poetry and in ordinary 
 language ; in The Merchant of 
 Venice, Jessica says, " I am never 
 merry when I hear sweet music." 
 
 We are told that the springs of 
 laughter and the sources of tears 
 lie close together ; and it hqs been 
 said that there is "a sad minor 
 key," an undertone of sadness, 
 running through the sounds of 
 nature ; and so we speak of the 
 sighing of the trees, the moaning 
 of the winds, the murmuring of 
 the waters, etc. 
 
 Yet if . . near. — Hate, and 
 pride, and fear, the poet rightly 
 deems the things which most in- 
 terfere with human joy. But 
 why does he say that even were 
 we to rise above these and other 
 caases of sorrow, we never could 
 come near the joy of the sky- 
 lark ? 
 
 Measures. — This name is given 
 to poetry, because each line of 
 poetry is measured bv the num- 
 ber of accented syllables in it. 
 See note on " Mournful num- 
 bers "p. 119. " Metre" (see under 
 " Rhythm," Introduction to the 
 Notes, p. 9) is derived from a 
 Greek word, metroil, meaning a 
 measure. 
 
 Thou scorner . . grouid. 
 
 Find a similar setitinicnt in 
 Wordsworth's Skyltii k 
 
 Harmonious madness. - N<> 
 tice the contradiction in terms 
 This expression may be regar(l( d 
 as the climax of the series of dc 
 scriptive epithets which the pot 1 
 applies to the lark's song, begin- 
 ning with "profuse strains" in 
 the first stanza. Find these epi 
 thets, and compare them in mean 
 ing and expressiveness. 
 
 The world . . then. — Compan 
 the last two lines of the eighth 
 stanza. 
 
 The poet in the two last stanz is 
 asks to share in the gladness which 
 inspires the song of the lark, and 
 which, better than all the art oi 
 poetry, and all the knowledge of 
 books, would inspire him to pom 
 forth strains of joyous world-en 
 trancing melodies. 
 
 In similes, the well-known, 
 the visible, the material, should In- 
 taken to illustrate the unknown, 
 the hidden, the spiritual. Examine- 
 the similes of the poem to see if 
 this law is followed out. Examine 
 also and explain the metonymies 
 of the poem 
 
 Enumerate the different objects 
 to which the poet compares the 
 lark. 
 
 This poem was written in Italy 
 in 1820, at what was perh.ips the 
 happiest period of the poet's lifo, 
 and it may be said to bear out 
 his own definition of poetry, as 
 " the record of the best and 
 happiest moments of the happiest 
 and best minds " 
 
 It is an example of pure or abso- 
 lute poetry, in which the overflow- 
 ing emotion or passion of the 
 poet finds utterance in the most 
 charming rhythmical language, 
 producing a pleasurable sensation 
 in the mind of the reader. It is 
 the elaboration of a sentiment, 
 without any purpose in view, 
 except perhaps that of making 
 
2o6 
 
 NOTKS TO THE lOUKTH READER. 
 
 others feel something; of what the 
 poet himself teels. driiy's ICL'fry 
 also belongs to the same class of 
 poems. 
 
 The charming melody of the 
 verse will at once suggest a clear, 
 rich, full tone for its appropriate . 
 expression, and the beauty of the 
 reading will depend in great mea- 
 sure upon the quality of the tone 
 employed. 
 
 The first six stanzas are descrip- 
 tive, and should be read with ani- 
 mation of voice and manner, the 
 last line of each s.;: -.a much more 
 slowly than the otl .,i-s. 
 
 In the succeeding stanzas there 
 
 is more of reflection, shaded to- 
 wards the end with a tinge of sad- 
 ness, arising from the contrast 
 which is suggested between the 
 " clear keen joyance" of the bird's 
 notes, and the pain with which 
 the sweetest songs of the poet are 
 fraught. 
 
 The poem ends in a glad out 
 burst of rapturous emotion, which 
 can be fitly expres.sed only by one 
 who has given it close, sympathe- 
 tic study, and has been able in 
 some degree to see and hear the 
 beautiful visions and the joyous 
 music presented to the poet's 
 imagination. 
 
 CIV. THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. 
 
 SECOND READING. 
 
 321. Nothing doubt. -"Nothing ' 
 is used advt;rbially, and is etjuiva- 
 lent to ' not," with the meaning 
 intensified — not in the least, in no 
 respect. 
 
 Counsellor in the law—" Coun- 
 sellor-at-law " is the more modern 
 expression. What terms do we 
 chiefly employ in Canada ? 
 
 Equipment— dress, outfit. 
 
 322. BalihaLSSLr—bal-thazar. 
 Counsellor's . . wig— I.amb, 
 
 not Shakespeare, dresses Portia 
 like an English counsel. E'lglish 
 judges and barristers still wear 
 wigs and robes in court ; ours 
 have discarded the wigs, but re- 
 tain the robes or gowns 
 
 Arduous —very hard or difficult; 
 from a Latin word meaning steep. 
 
 It dropped . . show mercy. — 
 For this appeal to the Jew, see 
 Lesson XC, and the notes thereon. 
 
 Attribute — a quality of mind 
 or character, a characteristic. 
 
 323. Wrest — turn aside from 
 its strict meaning. 
 
 ^ Daniel •. . judgment.— The 
 
 allusion is to a story of Daniel re- 
 lated in the History of Snsniuia, 
 one of the books of the Old Testa- 
 ment Apocrypha ; these books 
 were read in churches in Shake- 
 speare's time. In Portia's plea for 
 mercy there is another allusion to 
 the Apocrypha in " It droppeth 
 . . beneath" (see note), and per- 
 haps also in "And that same 
 prayer . . mercy." What is the 
 meaning of "judgment " here ? 
 
 Honorable— noble. Give other 
 meanings. 
 
 Would lose. — Would de- 
 notes iviliingncss ; so in "would 
 sacrifice." 
 
 324. Pronounce the sentence. — 
 Announce the decision of the 
 court. 
 
 325. Expressly. — Give synony- 
 mous words or expressions. 
 
 Confiscated- appropriated, asa 
 penalty, to the use of the State. 
 
 Sagacity— shrewdness, keen- 
 ness of perception. 
 
 Plaudits— expressions of praise 
 and admiration. 
 
THE MERCHANT OF VIiNlCIi. 
 
 207 
 
 O wise . . judgment -Tht-se 
 words arc used 11: dirii-ion. W'hil 
 intlcction iti tin- rt-aclinj^ ? 
 
 Nor pound. — See noie on 
 
 " Nor ncer." p. joS. 
 
 A just pound -an exact pound. 
 
 More or less . scruple. 
 
 •in 
 
 It- 
 play has " the twentieth part of 
 one poor scruple." 
 
 To the senate.— That is, to the 
 " State of N'enice," as ahovi;. 
 
 Conspired -plotted. Not used 
 in its ordinary sense of a union of 
 several persons for bad or illegal 
 ends. 
 
 326. Our Christian spirit.— In 
 the play it is simply 'our spirit." 
 Does the addition of " Christian " 
 alter the meaning ? 
 
 I pardon . . life.— 1 pardon 
 you so far as to spare your life. 
 
 The generous Antonio . . 
 wealth. — Antonio does not pro- 
 pose to give up " his share " ab- 
 solutely, but to hold it " in use," 
 or in trust, for Lorenzo during 
 Shylock's life — Antonio himself to 
 derive ijO benefit from it. 
 
 Disinherited -cut off from in- 
 heriting his property. 
 
 Despoiled— stripped, deprived 
 of ; now generally used i.T a sensa 
 which implies wrong cr injustice. 
 
 If you repent • . riches —It 
 was Antonio that rei^uired the 
 Jew to become a Christian , the 
 Duke confirmed Antonio's pro- 
 posals. 
 
 Ingenuity —quickness and skill 
 in inventing. 
 
 The " wisdom and ingenuity " of 
 Portia will not appear so surpris- 
 ing, if we bear in mind that many 
 Italian women of the fifteenth and 
 sixteenth centuries were distin- 
 guished for their learning and 
 eloquence. We read of them 
 studying and teaching in the 
 Italian universities, at that time 
 the best schools of learning in the 
 world . 
 
 327 Affected . . affronted.— Ex- 
 press differently. 
 
 32S. Tax charge. accuse 
 Wii.it connection with the 01 di- 
 nary meaning ? 
 
 Naughty world iV<n/^'/./^' in 
 Shakespeare's tinu! meant ivicked. 
 Clive other WDrds that have so 
 changed in nifaaing as to express 
 more or less of praise or blanit; 
 than formerly. 
 
 Methinks— See note, p. 261. 
 
 Paltry — />«?./'.'/ 1 — worthless. 
 Notii e how Gratiano tries to de- 
 preci.ite the value of the ring, now 
 that he has given it av.'ay. 
 
 3-J9- Scrubbed- dv/arfed, or 
 stunted in growth. Scrubby is 
 now more commonly used. 
 
 Civil doctor. — A man learned 
 in the law. C/V-// is here used in 
 the sense of pertaining to the laws 
 of the State, and doctor to denote 
 a learned man. 
 
 Beset— surround, hem in, with 
 hostile intentions ; hence, to press 
 hard upon, as here. 
 
 N otwithjtanding^. — Compare 
 with its use in the hrst paragraph. 
 
 Lend my body. — What does 
 Antonio mean ? 
 
 Note the iorcibleness of An- 
 tonio's speech. Ome he had 
 pledged his body for Bassanio; 
 now he was willing to pledge his 
 soul. 
 
 330. Surety — security, bonds- 
 man. 
 
 Tragical- of the nature of tra- 
 gedy, mournful. See note on 
 " Tragedy," p. 215. 
 
 Leisure— 7t'z// Mr —Often with e 
 short in poetry, to rhyme with 
 " pleasure." 
 
 Comical — of the nature of com- 
 edy, humorous, mirthful. For 
 the definitions of " Tragedy " and 
 "Comedy," see Introduction to 
 the Notes, p. 10. 
 
 The " comical adventure of the 
 rings " was introduced no doubt 
 for the purpose of relieving the 
 almost tragical trial scene, and 
 bringing the play to 9 mirthful 
 clQ^se, 
 
2o8 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KEAUER. 
 
 CV. ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 
 
 It is not known with any dej,'ree of certainty what churchyard 
 Gray had in mind when he composed the Hlej^y, and there is 
 nothing in the poem itself that enat)les us to associate it with any 
 particular place. Of the various places suggested, however, there is 
 none whose claim is so generally admitted as that of Stoke-Pogis, a 
 hamlet near Clough, in Buckinghamshire, about eighteen miles west 
 of I-X3ndon. The poet often visited Stoke-Pogis, where his mother 
 resided after his father's death, and it was in the " beautiful seques- 
 tered churchyard " of this place that he was buried, at his own ref^uest, 
 beside his mother. 
 
 331. Curfew. — See note, p. 289. 
 Here it me^ns any bell ringing in 
 the evening, fanciiuUy supposed to 
 announce the death of the: day. 
 
 Tolls. — To toll ir, lo ring slowly 
 at regular intervals, as at funerals. 
 
 Knell.— See note, p. 240. 
 
 Parting.— See note, p. 80. 
 
 Lowing. — Is this word used as 
 a mere general epithet of cattle, or 
 is there a special fitness in its use 
 under the circumstances the poet 
 is describing ? 
 
 Winds. — Another reading is 
 "wind," which makes the line 
 more melodious, but it is not so cor- 
 rect, grammatically, as "winds." 
 The word may refer either to the 
 slow, leisurely movements of the 
 animals or to the winding course 
 they follow; perhaps to both. 
 
 Lea. — See note, p. 98. 
 
 Plods — walks with slow, heavy 
 tread, as a tired man does. 
 
 Weary way. — Transferred Epi- 
 thet — a common Figure in this 
 poem. Notice that the words of 
 this line may be placed in almost 
 any order to give the same thought. 
 
 And . . to me.— Explain, with 
 special reference to the last two 
 words. 
 
 Darkness. — Show from the two 
 following stanzas that the poet does 
 not mean absolute darkness. 
 
 Glimmering. — To glimmer, fre- 
 (juentative of ^leam, is to give 
 
 forth feeble, unsteady rays of 
 light. 
 
 Landscape.— That is, land- 
 shape, the shape or aspect of that 
 portion of land, with the various 
 objects it contains, which the eye 
 can take in at one view; hence 
 often used for a picture of such a 
 portion. 
 
 Solemn stillness. — Show the 
 appropriateness of the epithet 
 " solemn." 
 
 Holds. — Point out the subject 
 and the object of this verb. Give 
 reasons for your opinion. 
 
 Save. —Once a participle ; now 
 usually parsed as a preposition. 
 See Mason's Grammar, art. 282. 
 
 Beetle. — Probably the May- 
 bug, or cockchafer, which, on 
 summer evenings, flies about in a 
 clumsy, tumbling sort of flight, 
 well described by "wheels," a 
 word which Tennyson also uses 
 to describe the motions of the 
 bat. 
 
 Droning — giving forth a low, 
 humming sound ; perhaps, also, 
 buzzing about in a useless man- 
 ner, like a drone. An example of 
 Onomatopoeia. 
 
 Tinklings.— That is, of the 
 sheep-bells. Show that the epi- 
 thet "drowsy" and the verb "lull " 
 are aptly used. 
 
 Ivy-mant:led— covered with ivy, 
 as with a mantle or cloak. By 
 
ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 
 
 20(J 
 
 the tower tht; port probably moans 
 the oM church at Stoke Po^jis 
 
 Moping; Out of spirits, dull. 
 Why appTiofl to th«' owl ' 
 
 To the moon complam.— The 
 owl seeks its prev at ni^^^ht. Why 
 is it represented as comp'ainitiK 
 to the moan of those who disturb 
 her solitude ? 
 
 Such as —See Mason's Gram- 
 mar, art. 165. 
 
 Bower. —See note, p. 192. 
 
 Ancient . . reign. — Kxplain. 
 
 The three first stanzas are de- 
 scrr^iive, and form a prelude to 
 the poem ; " with the next stanza 
 is infused into the poem that hu- 
 man interest which pervades it to 
 the close." 
 
 Rugged. — Is there any special 
 fitness in this term as applied to 
 the elm tree> 
 
 Rude forefathers.— Not r»r/f in 
 the modern sense of boorish or 
 impudent, but simply unculti- 
 vated, not polished in manners. 
 
 Hamlet— a small country vil- 
 lage ; from Anglo-Saxon ham, 
 meaning home, and the diminu- 
 tive termination let. 
 
 This stanza gives the key-note 
 to the poem, the poet's intention 
 being not to eulogize the rich and 
 influential people who are buried 
 within the church, but to relate 
 the " artless tale " of the poor and 
 obscure, whose resting-place is in 
 the churchyard. 
 
 Breezy— incense - breathing. — 
 Anyone that has felt the refresh- 
 ing, genial influences of a bright 
 spring morning will be able to see 
 the beauty and expressiveness of 
 these epithets. The flowers and 
 grasses are more fragrant in the 
 morning when the dew is on them. 
 Milton has the same thought in 
 "the humid flowers that breathed 
 their morning incense," and 
 Byron, in ' the dewy morn with 
 breath all incense." Iitctiise is the 
 name given to a mi.vture of gums 
 and spices which, when burnt, 
 
 emits a fragrant odor ; alsc ap- 
 plied to the odor itself. 
 
 Clarion a kind of truTn|iei 
 which g:ves a clear, shrill sound 
 The word is derived from the 
 Latin cwjrMs, clear. Does the 
 acljt'ctive " shrill " add any new 
 idea ? Shakespeare wrote, " the 
 cock that is the trumpt^t to the 
 morn." Compare also Milton, 
 Paraifist Lost, vii., .143. 
 
 Echoing. -Justify the use of 
 this word. 
 
 Horn. — What horn is referred 
 to as a familiar morning sound ? 
 
 Shall rouse— What is the force 
 of "shall " here? 
 
 Lowly bed — the humble bed at 
 home ; not ihe ffrnve, as some have 
 supposed. 
 
 This is one of the most beautiful 
 stanzas of the poem, but its beauty 
 is slightly marred by the closely 
 recurring sounds of "breezy" and 
 "breathing." 
 
 332. Ply— Strictly, to fold, or 
 cover over ; hence, to apply 
 closely, to attend to with diligent 
 industry. 
 
 Evening care. — What is refer- 
 red to? 
 
 Describe in your own language 
 the picture painted by the poet in 
 this stanza, carefully bringmg in 
 all the incidents. 
 
 For similar pictures, see Hums' 
 Cotter's Saturday Ni/^ht, 21-27 ; 
 rioldsmith's Traveller, igi-igC ; 
 Thomson's Autumn, 1339-1344. 
 
 Furrow — What Figure ? 
 
 Stubborn glebe -the turf or sod 
 which is difficult to plough. Glebe 
 is now used to signify the land 
 belonging to a parish church. 
 
 Jocund -yo:'«//^/-merry, sportive. 
 
 A-field- to or on the field. See 
 Mason's Grammar, arts. 267 and 
 28 1. 
 
 Name the class of laborers de- 
 scribed by ea( h line of this stanza. 
 
 Ambition —■ Grandeur. — What 
 Figure ? dive (jther instances of 
 its use in this poem. Write ou' 
 
mmmm 
 
 2IO 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 the stanza without using figura- 
 tive language. 
 
 Obscure— darkened, or shaded ; 
 hence, little noticed, humble. 
 
 Annals, — Strictly, a history of 
 events from year t'> year ; hence, 
 generally, records of any kind 
 
 Note the imperfect rhymes in 
 this stanza. 
 
 Heraldry — the art or profession 
 practised by those who devise and 
 describe crests and coats of arms 
 for noble families ; here, not so 
 much the profession, as the pride 
 of rank and family connection de- 
 noted by these distinctions. 
 
 A^vait. — Another reading is 
 " awaits." Give the full construc- 
 tion and meaning with each read- 
 ing. 
 
 Inevitable hour— the hour that 
 cannot be avoided or escaped — 
 the hour of death. 
 
 Paths of glory. — That is, of 
 human glory, whether of arms, 
 literature, or anything else. 
 
 See Wolfe's tribute to this poem 
 in Lesson LXXIX ,p. 234, and see 
 note thereon. 
 
 Nor you . . ptaise. — The con- 
 nection between this stanza and 
 those which follow should be care- 
 fully studied. It was their lot, not 
 their fault, or their lack of native 
 ability, which forbade that tro- 
 phies should be erected o'er their 
 tombs, and that cathedral anthems 
 should celebrate their praises. 
 They lost little, for no honors paid 
 thern after death could have either 
 recalled them to life or gratified 
 them in death. But for aught we 
 can tell, some of those lying there 
 might have displayed all the 
 courage of a Hampden, the poetic 
 genius of a Milton, or the force of 
 character and military talent of a 
 Cromwell, had not ignorance and 
 penury condemned them to lives 
 of obscurity. 
 
 You — ye. — Properly, yc is nom- 
 inative, yuii accusative — a distinc- 
 tipu carefully observed in old 
 
 English ; but this distinction was 
 not generally regarded by the 
 Elizabethan and later poets. 
 
 Trophies. — See note on " tro- 
 phied," p. 240. The ancient 
 trophy consisted of the arms, stan- 
 daids, etc., of the defeated enemy. 
 The word is now used to denote 
 any monument or device in honor 
 of some heroic deed, or, anything 
 preserved as a memorial of victory. 
 Probably the poet here refers to 
 the custom of placing trophies of 
 victory, or their own arms, over 
 the tombs o*" warriors, as in West- 
 minster Abbey, etc. 
 
 Long-drawn aisle — Explain 
 " long-drawn." 
 
 Fretted vault — the arched roof 
 of a large church, ornamented with 
 fine carving and designs interlaC' 
 ing each other Ukti fretwork. 
 
 Pealing — giving forth loud or 
 solemn sounds. 
 
 Anthem— a song of praise sung 
 in alternate parts. The writer of 
 the article "Anthem" in Cham- 
 bers' Encyclopcedia, says : " As a 
 specimen of English music, it can 
 only be heard to perfection in 
 cathedral service." Hence v/e see 
 the appropriateness of the verb 
 '"swells" to describe the greater 
 fulness and volume of the music 
 when produced in the larger 
 churches, where the tombs of 
 great men are frequently placed. 
 
 Storied urn — an urn or funeral 
 vase with an inscription upon it 
 in honor of him whose ashes it 
 contains, and often embossed w ith 
 figures illustrating some important 
 event in the life of the deceased. 
 
 Animated— so perfectly formed 
 and life-like that one could fancy 
 it living. 
 
 Bust. — See note, p. 240. 
 Mansion— Show from the 
 meaning of this word tha: it is 
 properly used here. To what is 
 it ordinarily applied ? 
 
 Provoke. — Used here in its 
 literal sense— to call forth, 
 
ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 
 
 211 
 
 Ear of Death.— What Fisiire ? 
 What other ii^ures in the stanza ? 
 
 This neglected spot — Soe in- 
 troductory note. Nc'<>u-ctcii pro- 
 bably means here unnoticed, un- 
 known to the public. 
 
 Pregnant . . fire— endowed with 
 genius. Celestial jirc refer.s more 
 particularly to poetic inspiration, 
 which was supposed to be sent 
 from heaven by the gods. Cowper 
 has the same expression in liua- 
 f/u<a, prol> d)ly copied from CJray. 
 
 Rod of empire— the royal 
 sceptre; here used for the hi:,'liest 
 offices of the state. Gray first 
 wrote "reins," but changed it, 
 perhaps, because "rod" is better 
 suited to "swayed," which the 
 rhyme demanded. What is the 
 syntax of " rod " ? 
 
 Ecstacy. — Strictly, the state of 
 being beside one"s self with some 
 strong emotion, generally of de- 
 light. Written also " extasy." 
 
 Lyre — a musical stringed in- 
 strument resembling a harp. Ex- 
 plain " living " as nere used. 
 
 What different classes of people 
 are referred to in this stanza ? 
 
 333. Knowledge —What 
 Figure? Explain " ample page" 
 as applied to knuzvledi^e. 
 
 Rich . . time. — Asif Time, like 
 a conqueror, had gathered together 
 riches for us The spoils of time 
 are the various kinds of knowledge 
 which we have gained from the 
 study and experiments of the ages 
 that have preceded us. The idea 
 finds expression in the saying, 
 " We are the heirs of all the 
 ages." 
 
 Did ne'er unroll.— Why? 
 Justify the use of "unroll " with 
 " page." 
 
 Penury — extreme poverty. 
 What added idea in "penurious" ? 
 
 Rage. — Not anger, as in prose; 
 but ardor, passion, inspiration. 
 
 Froze . . current.— Checked the 
 impulses of native genius, as frost 
 checks the current of a stream. 
 
 What is the usual meaning o( 
 " genial " ? 
 
 Full many . . air. — A beautiful 
 thouglit beautifully expressed in 
 the sim[)lest and choicest lan- 
 guage. This is one of the most 
 frequently quoted stanzas in the 
 I'Ac^^y. Show clearly what thought 
 the stanza is intended to illustrate. 
 Compare Thomson, Autumn, 11. 
 209-212. 
 
 Of purest ray serene — of color 
 so perfect as to reflect rays of 
 light accurately and clearly. 
 
 Desert air. — Distinguish from 
 air of a desert. 
 
 Some village Hampden —Some 
 unknown villager who showed the 
 same fearless spirit in withstand- 
 ing " the little tyrant of his fields " 
 that Hampden showed in resisting 
 the tyranny of Charles I.; one 
 who under more favorable circum- 
 stances might have stood forth as 
 a champion of the liberties of his 
 fellow countrymen. See Public 
 SeJtool History (English), chap, 
 xii., sec. 9 
 
 Little tyrant. — Perhaps some 
 wealthy landlord who tried to 
 oppress his tenants. Why little? 
 
 Milton. — See Biographical 
 Note, p 73 E.xplain clearly the 
 meaning of this line. 
 
 Some Cromwell . . blood.— 
 Would you infer from this that 
 Gray approved or disapproved 
 of Cromwell's career ? 
 
 The poet implies in this and the 
 following stanzas that men are the 
 creutures of circumstances; that 
 their obscure destiny prevented 
 some of these " rude forefathers " 
 from becoming great poets, pa- 
 triots, orators, statesmen. Show 
 that this assumption of the poet 
 is not necessarily true, by giving 
 examples of men who have risen 
 superior to adver.se circumstances, 
 and made a way for themselves to 
 honor and fame. 
 
 The applause . . flame.— Re- 
 write these three stanzas in prose 
 
212 
 
 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 order, so as to make the meaning 
 and construction clear. Name 
 also some well-known personages 
 to whom the poet's description 
 may be fairly applied. 
 
 Senates. — Properly, a senate 
 would be a governing body com- 
 posed of aged men. The word is 
 frequently used to denote any 
 legislative body. What is the 
 general meaning in Canada ? 
 
 The threats . . ruin. — Such 
 threats as prominent persons are 
 often exposed to. 
 
 Smiling land.— Personal Meta- 
 phor. Describe a smiling land. 
 
 And read . . eyes.— Explain 
 what is meant. 
 
 Their lot forbade. — What is the 
 object of " forbade " ? 
 
 Circumscribed —limited, kept 
 within narrow bounds. What is 
 the subject ? 
 
 Their growing virtues — the 
 growth of their virtues. The 
 thought is, if they were prevented 
 by circumstances from being emi- 
 nent for great and noble deeds, 
 they were equally prevented from 
 being notorious for wickedness 
 and cruelty. 
 
 Conscio s — known and felt 
 by the individual. Strictly, of 
 course, the person, not the truth, 
 is conscious. Show the force of 
 " struggling." 
 
 Ingenuous. — Distinguish from 
 ingenious. Their lot forbade their 
 learning or practising the art of 
 concealing their real sentiments, 
 and of brazening out any wrong- 
 doing. 
 
 Or heap . . flame. — What is 
 meant by " shrine of Luxury and 
 Pride"? incense? Muses' flame? 
 In these lines we have the poet's 
 protest against the employment of 
 the talents of his brother poets in 
 flattery of their powerful patrons, 
 and in servile defence of their 
 misdeeds. Such flattery was quite 
 common in Gray's time. Gray 
 himself showed his independence 
 
 of spirit by declining the post of 
 poet-laureate, which was offered 
 him in 1757. 
 
 Far from . . stray. — This 
 means just the opposite of what 
 it seems to express. The meaning 
 is, "They being far from," etc. 
 Madding differs from maddening 
 in that, while the latter is active, 
 " making others mad," the former 
 has something of a reflexive force, 
 " making themselves mad " ; hence, 
 excited or furious in their base, 
 unworthy pursuits. 
 
 Ignoble strife. — We seem to 
 have here the expression of an 
 opinion, quite common among the 
 poets of the last century, that 
 towns were haunts of iniquity and 
 that the country was the abode of 
 innocence. Are ignoble strifes — 
 the greed of gain, the struggle for 
 position, the war of parties, etc. — 
 confined to cities ? 
 
 Sober— not wild or visionary, 
 temperate. With what contrasted ? 
 
 Sequestered— retired, apart 
 from the busy world. Why "cool"? 
 What is meant bv the vale of life ? 
 
 Kept the noiseless tenor— went 
 on in a steady, quiet, unvarying 
 course. With what is "noiseless" 
 contrasted ? 
 
 334. Yet even . . protect. — 
 The train of thought is here 
 resumed from the tenth and 
 eleventh stanzas, and a contrast 
 may be noticed between " tomb," 
 " trophies," " pealing anthem," 
 "storied urn," and "animated 
 bust" of the former stanzas, and 
 " these bones," " frail memorial," 
 "uncouth rhymes," "shapeless 
 sculpture," and •' the tribute of a 
 sigh " in this stanza. 
 
 From insult.— Note the object 
 for which the ' frail memorial ' is 
 erected, as compared with that of 
 the "trophies." What might 
 this frail memorial be ? 
 
 Still. —This word may mean 
 even yet, till now : or it may mean 
 always, continually. Give the 
 
ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 2I3 
 
 meaning; of the line in each case. 
 
 Uncouth. — FoTu\cv\y , tinkni>7vn ; 
 here, rude, unpolislied. 
 
 Shapeless sculpture — carved 
 figures having little resemblance 
 to the objects intended to be 
 represented. 
 
 Implores— be^s for. This is 
 done either by the tincuntk rhymes, 
 or by the mere presence of the 
 fyail memorial. 
 
 Spelt. — That is, labor iou.sly 
 written, as done by an unlearned 
 man. 
 
 Muse. — In classical mythology 
 the muses were a class of divinities 
 that inspired men to write poetry 
 and to perform other intellectual 
 exercises. The ' ' unlettered m use " 
 of the poem was the unlearned 
 and unskilled poet who wrote the 
 uncouth rhymes. 
 
 Elegy.-- Here, a funeral song. 
 See Introduction to the Notes, 
 p. 10. 
 
 Holy text. — Refers to the prac- 
 tice of having passa^^'es of Scrip- 
 ture inscribed on tombstones. 
 
 She.— Who? Why "she"? 
 
 That teacli — Strict grammati- 
 cal propriety requires teaches. 
 Mow can "teach" be justified 
 here ? 
 
 Rustic moralist — The one who 
 stops to read the inscription. 
 Why call him a moralist ? 
 
 To die. — That is, how to die. , 
 
 For who . . resigned.— This 
 passage may be construed in two 
 ways: either by connecting the 
 phrase " to dumb . . prey" with 
 "who" as an appositi\e, or by 
 regarding it as the complement of 
 *' resigned," and in apposition 
 with " being." Whichever con- 
 struction is admitted, the meaning 
 is the same — no one ever died 
 without wishing to be remem- 
 bered . 
 
 Dumb Forgetfulness -Why 
 dumb ? 
 
 Pleasing— anxious. — Two care- 
 fully chosen epithets, describing 
 
 two qualities of our being which, 
 in different ways, operate to make 
 us unwilling to surrender it to 
 dumb forgetfulness. 
 
 Cheerful day. — Show that the 
 epithet "cheerful" is peculiarly 
 appropriate here. 
 
 Nor cast . . behind. — What 
 poetic ornament ? Give other 
 instances of its use in the poem. 
 This stanza is connected in 
 thought with the last but one 
 preceding it : trace the connec- 
 tion. 
 
 Pious drops. — Tears of aflFec- 
 tion. "Pious" is here used in 
 the sense of the Latin word pins, 
 from which it is derived, meaning 
 affectionate, dutiful. 
 
 Voice of Nature. — What is 
 meant ? 
 
 Wonted fires — aflections and 
 aspirations peculiar to each one, 
 which find expression in the in- 
 scriptions on tombstones. 
 
 This stanza furnishes an answer 
 to the questions of the preceding 
 stanza. Observe the climax : the 
 yearning for affection and sym- 
 pathy at the near approach of 
 death, at the hour of death, after 
 death, and at a still later period — 
 a strong way of asserting that 
 this feeling never dies. 
 
 For thee — as for thee. The 
 poet describes himself in the 
 speech of the "hoary-headed 
 swain," and in the epitaph. 
 
 Chance. — Used as an adverb, 
 for by chance, or perchance. 
 
 By lonely . . led.— What habit 
 is referrerl to ? 
 
 Kindred spirit.— One of a simi- 
 lar nature. Like the poet he stops 
 to think about the " unhonored 
 dead." 
 
 Swain. — See note, p. 80. 
 
 Upland lawn. — The grassy hill- 
 side or summit where the first 
 rays of the sun would fall. 
 
 Nodding —Here, drooping. 
 
 That wreathes . . high. — Re- 
 ferring to the curious forms into 
 
214 
 
 NOTES To THE FOURTH READER. 
 
 which the roots of the beech are 
 often twisted above the ground 
 
 Babbles. — Give other terms ap- 
 plied to tlie sounds made by run- 
 niiitj water. 
 
 Hard by . . love. — Point out 
 and explain all the words in this 
 stanza which describe the varying 
 moods of the poet. 
 
 Wayward fancies. — The name 
 given to the poet's rhymes by the 
 " swain," who no doubt rej^arded 
 tne poet as a sort of harmless 
 lunatic. It is related that one of 
 Tennyson's rustic neighbvjrs ex- 
 pressed a similar opinion of 
 him. 
 
 Heath. — See note on " heather 
 bloom," p. 99. 
 
 Dirges — songs expressive of 
 grief. Why due ? 
 
 For thou canst read.— What is 
 implied here. 
 
 Lay. — Properly, a species of 
 narrative poetry recited to music. 
 An unsuitable word here ; used 
 evidently for the sake of the rhyme. 
 
 Lap of Earth. — See note on 
 "bosom . . ground," p. 306. 
 What is the subject of " rests " ? 
 
 A youth . . unknown. — Gray 
 was the son of a scrivener, or 
 broker, who was a thorough pro- 
 fligate and shamefully neglected 
 his family. 
 
 Fair Science frowned not.— 
 Gray was educated at Eton and 
 Cambridge, and was one of the 
 most learned men in Europe. 
 
 Melancholy mariced him.— Gray 
 wrote in a letter to his friend, 
 
 Kichard West, in 1737: "Low 
 spirits are my true and faithful 
 companions ; they get up with me, 
 go to bed with me, make journeys 
 and returns, as I do," etc. 
 
 Large • . friend.— What was 
 the bounty, and what the recom- 
 pense ? The second and fourth 
 lines continue and explain the 
 thoughts in the first and third 
 respectively. 
 
 The friend was probably the 
 Rev. William Mason, v/hose ac- 
 quaintance Gray formed in 1747, 
 and who became one ot his literary 
 executors. His early friend. West, 
 died in 1742. 
 
 Dread abode. — Where? This 
 is explained by the last line. 
 
 There they . . repose. — Both 
 the merits and the frailties of the 
 poet are knov/n to God, and with 
 "trembling hope" he trusts in 
 Him for mercy. 
 
 Gray spent seven years in revis- 
 ing and polishing the Elegy, and 
 his critical taste led him to reject 
 stanzas which have been regaided 
 as equal in merit to some of those 
 now composing the poem. 
 
 E. W. Gosse writes of this poem 
 as follows: — "The Elegy may 
 almost be looked upon as the 
 typica' piece of English verse, our 
 poem of poems ; not that it is the 
 most brilliant or original or pro- 
 found lyric in our language, but 
 because it combines in more bal- 
 anced perfection than any other 
 all the qualities that go to the pro- 
 duction of a fine poetical effect."